| -..

/#

m


 Y

 Y
Y
m 
 !"!"#
$ %&'(m 
m )%& *#
!
" ( + #m 
 !"!"#
$ %&'(m 
m )%& *#
!
" ( + ,Y
Y


Y
Y
-0121-../Y
 X
X
Y

3

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
†††
 


 XX
Y

 
 
 Y

Y
 


 á
YY   YM Y š YšY Y

gor er-ee gor gài jor jaan chái dee dtor bpà tak hŏon hăn
A chicken. A good plate to use. The rapid spear.

Ô ÔYM Yá  ! !
YJ Y È È YáÔ YY

kor kài nai láo chor chìng dtee dang thor tăan kâo maa
The eggs are in the The handbells ring rong
coop. loud. The base supported.

Ú Ô
YÔ Yá
    Y

Y 
kor kuat kŏng rao
The bottles belong to
us.
 Y ÂY  YÔ

chor cháang wîng nhĕe thor mon-tho náh kăao
The elephant runs Mrs. Montho has a
away. white face.

m m
YáÔY  8 8YY ð  YáðYá Y

kor kwaai kâo naa sor sôh lâam dee thor pôo tâo dern yông
The buffalo goes to the The chain robe good. The old person walks
field. hunched over.
” YᔠYm Y
€ € YÔ Ô chor gà cher kôo gan  á
Y Y
kor kon kĕung kăng A pair of trees. nor nen mâi mong
A serious person. The novice does not
ƒ ƒ Y
Y look.
®
® YÔ Y yor yĭng soh paa
kor rá-kang kâang făa A pretty girl.  á YJ Y  J
A bell beside the wall. dor dèk dtông ni-mon
 Y

Y The children must
YMY  dor chá-daa sŭam plan invite.
ngor ngoo jai glâa Put on the dancerǯs
A brave snake. crown. J áJY YJ
dtor dtào lăng dtoong
†††
 


 XX
Y
The turtle has a The bees make their   YJ Y


humped back. hive.
lor ling dtài raao
The monkey climbs the
‘ ‘ Y¨ YÔ  YR YR
railing.
thor htŏong bàek kŏn for făa ton taan
The bag carries. The lid is strong.
¨
Y Y
wor wăen long yaa
R R
Y YR   Y
 YJ
The ring is in lacquer.
tor ta-haan òt ton por paan waang dtâng
The soldier is patient. The tray is placed. I IYá  Yá 
sor săa-laa ngîap ngăo
Ā Āů Y
 Y
The pavilion is lonely
for fan sà-àat jang and quiet.
The teeth are very
¿ ¿ Ym Y  clean.  YY
Y

tor tong kon ní-yom sor reu see nùat yaao

áY YM
The peopleǯs favorite The forest hermit has a
flag. por săm-pao gaang bai long mustache.
The junk spreads its
 YÔ
YÔ
 sails.
á
 Y
YmY
nor nŏo kwuk kwài sor sĕua daao ká nong
 YmYm
The rats run around. A tiger leopard.
mor máa kéuk-kuk
M YYYR Y‘ The horse chomps at   YM
Y 
the bit.
bor bai máai táp tŏm hor hèep sài pâa
The leaves pile on each A trunk of clothes.
 áÔ 
YMƒ
other.
yor yák kîeow yài w wYRY 
YJY The giant has big
lor jòo-laa tâa pà-yŏng
fangs.
bpor bplaa dtaa glom The chula kite poised
The fish has round to attack.

á
 YY
eyes.
ror reua paai bpai  Yá  Y

 YRY
 The boat rows past.
or àang neuang nong
por peung tam rang A basin fulled.

†††
 


 XX
Y
Ž Ž YJY J
hor nók hôok dtaadtoh
The owl has big eyes.

ûøøĖĩ YÓY

Y
Y Y

 YY
A.


m
 Hello.

Sawàtdii khráp

m 

 m
 How are you?

Khun sabaidii lë krap

B. !
m I'm fine.

Chan sabaidii khá

Ô m  Thank you.

Khòpkhun

¨
m m
 And you?

LaewKhunLaKha

A. 
m
 I'm fine.

PhomSabaiDiiKrap

†††
 


 XX
Y
¢Y YY

ë
ëĖYYYY
Y YYYYY YYY
Y
Y Y
Y
YY
YYY YYYYĥČ YY

YYY
YYY
YYYYYYYYYYYY
Y
YYYY

YYYYY
.

 
Y¢YY

Y
Y
YY

Phom, ! Chan, m Khun and áÔKao are pronouns in Thai.

Phom means 'I' and is used by ¹PhuuChai) only.

! Chan, ! Dichan ¹ in formal usage Dichan) means 'I' and is used
only by  .¹PhuuYing)

m Khun is polite for 'you'.

ámCaoh ¹in slow distinct speech áÔKhao) means 'he, she, or they'.

ëûēăĖ YY

sabaidii 'to be well, to be in good health' is a verb. The verb in

Thai does not undergo changes in form, hence
sabaidii might be
translated 'am, is, are fine' according to its subject.


Y

YYYYY

†††
 


 XX
Y
The subject precedes the verb in Thai, hence the sentence

 Phom sabaidii is the most common type of a statement.

Y YY!YY

Statements may be changed into questions by adding a question word at

the end.

Statement: m 
 'You're well.'

Khun sabaidii
Question: m 

 'Are you well?'
Khun sabaidii leuh

Y!Y
YČĄĘĎY"Y


 reuh is a question word that is used to ask for verification. It may
occur after words, phrases, or sentences. It is usually unstressed and may
be pronounced in any of the following ways:

OY hen sentence final:  Ylëh á LēhY

 rëhYá
rēhY
OY Before m
 krăp/mkaYY Y
rëYlëYá lè á
rèY

ŸY#Y#
YY

m
 krăpY
or m kăpÐ is a particle used as the final element of statements
or questions. It indicates the the speaker is male. It is often pronounced
Žhà in rapid speech.

mkă is a particle used as the final element of a  . It indicates

that the speaker is female. It may be pronounced Ž in rapid speech.

†††
 


 XX
Y
mká is similar in usage to mkă except that it is used at the end of a
question. In rapid speech Žhá may be used instead of m.

The omission of the polite particles m

 khrap, mkha and mkha may
result in rather abrupt-sounding or impolite speech; it is, therefore,
advisable to put one in at least once each utterance.

¨  YûY

¨
laew 'and' is used to connect sentences.

¨
¹m khun, áÔkhao, etc.) la ¹m

 krap, mkha) is a kind of echo
type question; that is, it forms a question which is based on the previous
statement.

Statement: 
 I'm fine

Phom sabaidii
Echo question: ¨
m m
 And how are you?
laewkhunlakhrap

YY

$%Y
YY

 ¹am) fine

sabai

 ¹am) fine

sabaidii
/! Y
 I am fine.

Phom/chan Sabaidii
A!
m
 Phom/chan I am fine.
Sabaidii
†††
 


 XX
Y

Y
YY


m
  am fine

PhomSabaidiiKhrap
m
m

 YY& are fine.

KhunSabaidii
á ē á ē
m
 ü'' is/are fine.

KhaoSabaidii Krap
m
m

 & are fine.

KhunSabaidii
 
m
  am fine.

PhomSabaidii Krap

Repeat the drill using 
 /m for  /mĄ
û

Y
YY

¨
m
m
 And ?

LaewlaKhrap

á ē ¨
á ēm
 And ?

LaewlaKhrap

m
¨
m
m
 And ?

LaewlaKhrap

†††
 


 X | X
Y

á ē ¨
á ēm
 And ?

LaewlaKhrap

Y


 Y¨
m
m
 Y

PhomSabaidii laewKhunLa khrap

á ē 
 Y¨
á ēm


PhomSabaidii laewKhaola khrap

m

 Y¨
m
m


PhomSabaidii laewKhunLa khrap

Repeat the drill using 
 /m for  /mĄ
û



Y
YYY!YYČĄĘĎ"(ÐYY

  Z
m 
 m 
ČĄĘĎ Are you well?

KhunSabaidii KhunSabaidiiLëu
áÔAá¿ Y
 áÔAá¿ Y
ČĄĘĎ Is she well?

Khao/Ther sabaidii Khao/Ther sabaidii lëu

†††
 


 X X
Y

Y
Y
YY

If there are female members of the class, repeat the basic dialog using
female pronouns and polite words.

$%
YY

OY Each person inquires about the health of the person next to him, to
which that person replies that he is fine.
OY The instructor asks each student how he is, and each student
replies.
OY Each student asks the instructor how he is, and the instructor
responds.
OY The instructor has student m ask student how student s health
is, to which student replies that it is good. ¹The instructor should
continue this exercise until every student has asked and responded
at least once.)


YY
! ç! ,  I ¹female speaker)
Chan,Dichan,Dichan
 ¹to be) good
Dii
m , Ž polite particle,   by a female
Kha,ha
m, Ž polite particle, ! by a female

Kha,ha
áÔ, ám he, she; they ¹third person, singular and plural). It
does  refer to things.
Khao,Khaow
Ô m  thank you
Khopkhun

†††
 


 X
X
Y

m
 , Ž, m polite particle, used in statements and questions by
males
Khrap,ha,Khap
m  you ¹singular only) polite form

Khun
 question word

la
¨
and ¹sentence connective)

Laew
 I ¹male speaker)
Phom

 ,
,  ,  question word

reu,reuh,leu,leuh

 to feel well, be in good health

Sabaidii



 hello ¹used for greeting or leavetaking)

Sawatdii

Finding out someone's name.

Prabas:


m
 Hello.

SawatdiiKhrap


 My name is Suphap.

PhomcheuSuphap
Ô RYm 

m
 Excuse me. hat is your
name?
Kho Thod KhunCheuAraiKhrap
John: 
  m
 My name is John.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
PhomCheuJohn Khrap
Suphap: 
   R m
 Could you please repeat
that?
KarunaPudIikTiiDaiMaihKhrap
John: 
  m
 My name is John.
PhomCheuJohnKhrap
Ô RY Excuse me, whatǯs Mr.
Suphap surname?
m 
 
  
m

KhoThod
KhunSuphapNamsakuunArai
Suphap:  
 Y

IYm
 My surname is Rakwong.
PhomNamsakuun Rakwong
Khrap
Ô RYm   
 Y Excuse me, yoursǯ surname
Thomson, isn't it?

¿YMm

Khothod KhunJohnNamsakuun
Thomson chaimaih
John: Mm
 No, it isn't.

MaihchaiKhrap
 
 Y
RY My surname is Smith.

Suphap:   Y
RY
 m
 John Smith, huh?

John: m
 That's right.

Note: For female members of the class use Mary ¹ ¨


) and the appropriate
pronouns and particles instead of John. If the instructor is female,  may be used
instead of
 with appropriate changes.

Notes on the dialog

†††
 


 X  X
Y

OY 
cheu means 'name' or 'to be named' but refers only to the first or
given name.
OY 
 Naamsakuun means 'surname'.
OY Ô RKhothod means 'excuse me' or 'pardon me' and is used in
the same way as the English words.
OY 
 Karunaa means 'please, kindly...' and is followed by a request
form.
OY R Iiktii 'again' means literally 'an additional time'.
OY m Khun is a polite title that may be used with names of either sex.
It is normally put before a person's given name, since that is the
name that one is usually addressed by in Thailand.
m  
KhunAaree 'Miss Aree', m ‘

KhunThawon 'Mr. Thawon',
m  m
ƒKhunNongkran 'Mrs. Nongkran'
m Khun may be placed before the family names of foreigners, thus
m 

KhunBrown 'Mr. Brown'.

Grammar Notes


Arai hat?

The word 
'what?' occupies the same position in the sentence as the
word it refers to.
Question m 

hat is your name?

Answer 
  My name is John.

M ChaiMaih

hen M is added to a statement, it becomes a question. It is used

when the speaker is seeking confirmation of something. It is very similar
in usage to 
 ¹see 
 ) which it can replace in many situations.
†††
 


 X  X
Y
ZYY m 
‘

Mm
 Your name is Thaworn,
isn't it?
KhunCheuThaworn
ChaimaihKrapm

m
Y
)YYMm
 Yes, it is.

ChaiKhrap
¢Y
)YY Mm
 No, it isn't.
MaihChaiKhrap


Cheu

If one wishes to disagree with a question with 
and give additional
information, it can be done in either of the following ways:
Question m 

IMm
 Your name's Somsak,
isn't it?
KhunSomsak
ChaiMaihKhrap
Negative response 1: Mm
 No, it is not.
MaihChaiKhrap


 My name's Pricha.
PhomCheuPreechaa
M
I It isn't Somsak.
MaihChaiSomsak
Negative response 2: 

 My name's Pricha.

PhomCheuPreechaa
 

I I'm not named Somsak.
PhomMaihDai
ChueSomsak
¹My name's Pricha. It
†††
 


 X  X
Y
isn't Somsak.)

* Do not use contrastive stress as you would in English ¹My name isPricha. It isn't
Somsak.)

Observe that M can occur before a name ¹a noun) but not before 
¹a verb),
 must be used before 
.

ČĄĘĎY

Questions ending with 

 Yare normally answered affirmatively with
m
 , which indicates that what the speaker assumed to be true is indeed
true.
Question m 



 m
 You're named Prapas?
KhunCheuPraphas
LeuKhrap
Affirmative m
 That's right.
response:
Khrap

The usual negative response to questions with 

 is M , thus:
Question m 


 m
 ¹You're) Pricha?

KhunCheuPreechaa
leuKhrap
Negative response: Mm
 No, I'm not.

MaihChaiKhrap
¹ ... 
...) I'm...

PhomCheuǥ..

If one wishes to register strong disagreement with a 

 question, he
may respond with á .Prao
†††
 


 X  X
Y
Question áÔ


 m
 He is named Pricha?

KhaoCheuPreechaaLeuKhrap
Negative response: á m
 YáÔ 

 No, he is not named
Pricha.
PraoKhaoMaihDai
CheuPreechaa

áÔ

I He is Somsak.

KhaoCheuSomsak

Grammar Drills

Expansion Drills

Arai


m
 AraiKrap



m
 Cheu Arai Khrap

m 

m
 Khun Cheu Arai Khrap

Ô RYm 

m
 Khothod KhunCheuAraiKhrap

  John

  m
 JohnKhrap


  m
 CheuJohnKhrap


  m
 PhomCheuJohnKhrap


Arai


m
 AraiKhrap



m
 CheuAraiKhrap

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔ

m
 KhaoCheuAraiKrap

¨8 Sam

¨8m
 SamKhrap


¨8m
 CheuSamKhrap

áÔ
¨8m
 KhaoCheuSamKhrap

Recognition and Familiarization Drills

Q: Ô RYm 

m
 Y
Khothod KhunCheuAraiKhrap
John: 
  m

PhomCheuJohnKhrap
Q: Ô RYm 

m

Khothod KhunCheuAraiKhrap
Mary: ! 
¨

m
DichanCheuMaryKha
Q: Ô RYm 

m

Khothod KhunCheuAraiKhrap
Bill: 
m

PhomCheuBillKhrap
Q: Ô RYm 

m

Khothod KhunCheuAraiKhrap
George: 

m

PhomCheuGeorgeKhrap
Q: Ô RYm 

m

KhothodKhunCheuAraiKhrap
†††
 


 X  X
Y
Sam: 
¨8m

PhomCheuSamKhrap

henever masculine pronouns and polite forms occur, the instructor may replace
them with the equivalent feminine forms. To save space generally only the
masculine forms will be given.

Response Drills
1. The teacher asks the question m

'hat's your name?' and
each student responds with 
'My name is ...' giving his correct
name.
2. The teacher has each student address the following question to him:
m 

and the teacher responds with his correct name.
3. Teacher asks each student the following question: Ô RYm 


and each student responds with his correct name. 

4. Pairs of students take turns asking and answering the question:
Ô RYm 


5. Each student asks another student his name using an incorrect name,
to which the student responds by giving his correct name.
6. Each student asks another student his name using an incorrect name,
to which the student responds by giving his correct name.
7. The following question is to be asked using the real names of the
students:
Question: m 
¹ ) Mm


Answer: Mm
 Y 
¹ )

8. The following question is to be asked using an incorrect student

name:
Question: m 
¹ ) Mm


†††
 


 X
| X
Y
Answer: Mm
 Y 
¹Y)

9. The question following may be used with the correct or incorrect

name of the student addressed. The answer will depend on the
question.
Question: m 
¹ ) Mm


Answer: Mm
 Y 
¹Y) Mm
 Y 
¹ )

Repeat drills 7, 8, and 9 may be repeated with Ô RYpreceding each

question if desired.
10. The teacher has each student address to him the question m 
¹ )

M using an incorrect name, to which he gives the following

response:
Mm
 That's not right,


¹Y) my name is Y.

M ¹ ) My name isn't .

or

¹Y) My name is Y.

 
¹ ) My name isn't .

Transformation Drills

Use the actual names of students.

Student 1 Student 2

 


m
 Ym  

! 
¨




m
 Ym ¨


†††
 


 X
X
Y
¹or)


mYm ¨


Substitution Drill

Have the students ¹in pairs) participate in short dialogs like the model
below using their actual names.
Student 1 Student 2
m 

m
 
 
hat is your name? My name is John.
  
 m

It's John, is it?
M

 m
 Mm

It isn't George? No, it isn't.

Expansion Drill
m
 ¹Question)

NaKhrap

m
 hat?

AraiNaKhrap


m
 hat is your name?

CheuAraiNaKhrap
m
 ¹Question)

NaKhrap

m
 hat?

AraiNaKhrap

  
m
 hat is your surname?

NamsakuunAraiNaKhrap

†††
 


 X

X
Y

m
 ¹Question)

NaKhrap

m
 hat?

AraiNaKhrap

 
m
 ...

ahAraiNaKhrap
 
 
m
 hat did ¹you) say?

Puud wahAraiNaKhrap

m  
 
m
 hat did you say?
KhunPuud wahAraiNaKhrap

#

YY

YY
Cue Pattern
m 

m


áÔ áÔ

m



  áÔ 
  

m


Ô R, m  Ô RYm  
  

m



m 

m


áÔ áÔ

m



  áÔ 
  

m


Ô R, m  Ô RYm  
  

m



 m 

m


†††
 


 X
 X
Y

Transformation Drill
Model: Instructor: 


m

Student: Ô RYm 

m



   RY m

Instructor: 


m


Cue: 1. áÔ


2. ! 
 
3. áÔ 
 
R
4. 

I

Response Drill
Affirmative: Instructor:



 m
 It's Brown, is it?
Yes.
Student:
m
 Yes ¹it is).

Negative: Instructor:



 m
 It's Brown, is it?
No.
Student:
Mm
 No ¹it isn't).

Cue: Question: Response:

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
Yes 
  
 m
 m

No m ‘


 m
 Mm

Yes áÔ
 m
 m

No
¿
 m
 Mm

Yes 
 
¿
 m
 m


Exercises

Students are to take the roles below.

OY Mr. Jones meets Mr. Smith on the street. They greet each other and inquire
about each other's health.
OY Mr. ichai meets Miss Nongkran and says, 'Excuse me. Isn't your name
Absorn?' Miss Nongkran says that is not correct but that her correct name is
Nongkran.
OY Mr. Pricha sees Mr. ichai and says, 'Hello, Mr. Somsak.' Mr. ichai says,
'Excuse me. My name is not Somsak. It's ichai'.
OY Mr. Smith meets a Thai at the Embassy and says, 'Excuse me. hat is your
name?' The man says, 'My name is Pricha. hat's yours?' Smith gives his
name.
OY Miss Nongkran accidentally bumps Mr. ichai and asks his pardon.

The teacher asks the students to bring in pictures of well-known persons. In class
the students ask each other the names of the persons pictured, sometimes
intentionally using the incorrect name.

Y


YY

what ¹question word)

 in addition, more

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

R again, one more time

 Bill ¹name)


 Brown ¹name)

M to be so, to be it, be the one ¹meant, intended)

M Isn't it so? Isn't it the one?


name, to be named


 George ¹name)

  John ¹name)

  Can ¹you)? Could ¹you)? Are ¹you) able to?

 Dick ¹name)

 Kambhu ¹Thai family name)


  please, kindly

m  Mr, Mrs, Miss ¹a polite title)

 Malee ¹Thai girl's name)

M It is not so. It is not the one ¹meant). Negative response

 question word

¨

Mary ¹name)

 particle used to make the question sound less abrupt


  family name

  to speak, talk, say

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

á  No ¹it isn't so). Particle indicating strong disagreement

with the information content of the question


Prabas ¹Thai male first name)

 Pricha ¹Thai male first name)

R Rakthai ¹Thai family name)

¿ Smith ¹name)

‘

Thaworn ¹Thai male first name)

R instance, case, time

 that ¹when used with verbs like  )

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y

 Y$%
YY
  R Please repeat.

PuudIik
 J /! Please repeat after me.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
PuudTaamChan
Āů Please listen.

Fang
m    You said it wrong.

KhunPuudPid
m  ‘ ¨
You said it right.

KhunPuudThuukLeaw
   R Try to say it.
LongPuudIikTee
á
 m   Your tone is wrong.
SiangKhuPid
á
 m ‘  Your tone is right.
SiangKhunThuuk
 R Please speak in Thai.
PuudPasaThai
    Don't speak English.
JahPuudPasaAngkit
 
  Please say it in chorus.

PuudPromtGan
J Rm Answer one at a time.

TobTiiLaKon
  Y   Speak louder.

PuudDangDangNoi
á
 
 Open your book.

DperdNangSue

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

 
 Close your book.

DperdNangSeu
  
 Don't look at your book.

JahDuuNangSue

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

ûøøĖĩYĴY

Y)YY*YY
A: m ¨ R
m
 Do you have a map?

KhunMiiPheanTiiMaih
B: m
 I do.
MeeKhrap
A: m
 Is it good?

MeeMaih
B: m
 It's good.

DeeKhrap
A: 

m
 hat's this?
NiiArai
B: 

m
 That's a picture.

NunRuupArai
A:

m
 A picture of what?

RuupAraiKhrap
B:

m
 A picture of a temple.

RuupatKhrap
A:

m
 Is it pretty?

SuayMaihKhrap
B:

m
 It's pretty.

SuayKhrap
A: ¨

á

 
m
 And what's this called?

LeawNiiReakaahAraiKhrap

†††
 


 X | X
Y
B: á

  J m
 It's called a 'window'.
LeakaahNaahTangKhrap
A: Ô RY á
  J m
 Excuse me. Don't open the
window.
Khorthod JahPerdNahTangKhrap
B: Ô RYm  
 
m
 Excuse me. hat did you say?

Khorthod KhunPuudaahAraiKhrap
áÔM I didn't understand.

PhomMaihKhaoJai

      m
 Could you please speak slowly.
KarunaPuudChachaNoiDaiMaih
A:  
 á
  J I said, 'Don't open the window.'

PuudaahJahPerdNaahTang.

NOTE: The Instructor should have the objects referred to before him and should
point to them when necessary.

Notes on the basic dialog

OY
at is used to refer to the Buddhist temple compound. This

includes the temple and other related buildings in the compound
¹usually fenced in with a gate). It may be translated as 'church, etc.'
when referring to places of worship for other religions.
OY  
Naow means 'cold' when referring to the weather or a
person's feeling about the weather.
OY Chaa means 'slow¹ly)'. It is repeated for emphasis.
OY 
Nii refers to a place near the speaker; 
away from the speaker;
and  Noon, still farther away from the speaker, but within view.

 
YYY

Y
YY
†††
 


 X  X
Y
Dii,

Suay,  
Naow, and
 Rohn are called stative verbs in
Thai. They can be translated as 'to be good', 'to be be pretty', 'to be cold',
and 'to be hot'.

œ YYY*YY

hen the meaning is clear the subject of the sentence may be omitted,
thus:
Question  J m
 MeeTo Do ¹you) have a table?
hMaihKhrap
Answer m
 ¹I) do.

MeeKhrap

¢YYY
YY

A negative sentence is formed by repeating  before the main verb:

 MaihMee 'don't have'

MaihDii '¹is) not good', etc.

[YYY!Y
YĥČ YY

 Mai ¹in slow speech ) is a question word that is used when a
simple YES or NO answer is expected. The affirmative answer is a
repetition of the main verb:
Question:  
 m
 Do you have a book?

MeeNangSueMaihKh
rap
Answer: m
 I do.

MeeKhrap

In the negative answer  Maih is repeated before the main verb:

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
Question:  
  Do you have a book?

MeeNangSueMaih
Answer: m
 MaihMeeKh ¹No) I don't.
rap

¼#
+YYYYY

There is no distinction in form between the singular and plural of nouns

in Thai, thus J  means 'a table' or 'tables' ¹in general).

However, plurality in general may be indicated by other forms in the

noun phrase, thus:
J 'some good tables'

where repeating the stative verb  serves this purpose.

ĎăēYnYYY
!YY

hen  'don't' is repeated before a command or request form, it is

changed into a negative command or request:
á

J m
 open the door.

PerdPraTuu
á

J m
 Don't open the door.
JahPerdPratuu

Ėĩ¢,Y
ĩ¢,Y¢YY
YYY

hen 
, 'this' 
, 'that' or  'that one over there' is the subject, the
sentence has no verb expressed.

J  'This ¹is) a table'

NiiToh

†††
 


 X  X
Y

ČĄĘĎ"YYY!YY

hen yes-no type questions are asked in the negative, 

 is the
question word used,  can not be used.

Negative question:

á
 
 RongRe 'Isn't the school any good?'
anMaiDiiLeu

Confirmatory response:
m
 Khrap 'No, it isn't.'

Since m
 is used to indicate that the information in the question is
correct, and the information was given in the negative, it must be
translated as 'No, it isn't.'

á PraoYas a response would indicate that the information in the

question was incorrect, and it would be translated something like 'On the
contrary', á  is usually followed by a sentence giving the correct
information:

Negative question:


 m
 'The food isn't any good, huh?'

AaharnMaiDiiLeuKhrap

Contradictory response:
á m
 Y 'On the contrary it's good.'

PraoKhrap Dii

 
Y

YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Y
YY

 #



ĩ 
m
 hat's that?
NunAraiKhrap
  
m
 hat's that ¹over there)?

NoonAraiKhrap
Ėĩ Ėĩ 
m
 hat's this?

NiiAraiKhrap

ĩ 
ĩ 
m
 hat's that?

NunAraiKhrap
  
m
 hat's that ¹over there)?

NoonAraiKhrap
Ėĩ Ėĩ 
m
 hat's this?
NiiAraiKhrap

ĩ 
ĩ 
m
 NunAraiKh hat's that?
rap

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y

Z m

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. 

m
 ¹ 
Ð
J m
 door

2. 

m
 ¹ 
Ð  J m
 window

3. 

m
 ¹ 
Ð Jm
 table

4. 

m
 ¹ 
Ð 
 m
 book

5. 

m
 ¹ 
Ð
 m
 notebook

6. 

m
 ¹ 
Ш R
m
 map

7. 

m
 ¹ 
Ð
 m blackboard

8. 

m
 

m
 pencil

9. 

m
 
m
 pen

¢: The instructor points at the object referred to during the drill.)

@Y
Y

hile pointing at the objects referred to in the previous drill, the

instructor asks questions and the students respond as in the following
example:

Y
Y
Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Y



) 

m


) 
 
 m


@YY 
-Y
YY

Z m

1. 
á

 
m

J m


2. 
á

 
m
  
 m


3.  á

 
m
 
 m


4. 
á

 
m
 Jm


5. 
á

 
m
 wm


6. 
á

 
m
 m


7. 
á

 
m
 á  m


¢)The instructor points at the object referred to during the drill.

@Y
YY
†††
 


 X  X
Y
hile pointing at the objects in the previous drill, the instructor asks
questions and the students respond as in the following example:



) 
á

 
m
 NunReaka hat's that called?
hAraiKhrap
) 
á


 m
 That's a blackboard.

NunReakahKradaanKhrap

Y@Y

YY

The Instructor points at one of the objects previously named, and two
students carry on an exchange like the following:



) ¹Pointing at the door of the classroom)

Y.) 
á

 
m

NunReakahAraiKhrap
Y/)
J m

PratuuKhrap
Y.) ¹ 
Ðá


J 
 m

NunReakahPratuuLeuKhrap
Y/) m

Khrap

Y

YY

 #


m ¨øĖĩ m
 Do you have a ?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
KhunMeePheantiiMaihKhrap
Č
ëĘĎ m Č
ëĘĎm
 Do you have a ?

KhunMeeNangseuMaihKhrap
ë  m ë m
 Do you have a ?

KhunMeeSamudMaihKhrap
ëĎ m ëĎm
 Do you have a ?

KhunMeeDinSorhMaihKhrap
ēč
ē m ēč
ēm
 Do you have a ?
KhunMeeNarikaaMaihKhrap
ûČĄĖĩ m ûČĄĖĩm
 KhunMeeBure Do you have a 
?
ehMaihKhrap
á  m á m
 KhunMeeNgen Do you have ?
MaihKhrap
Č
ëĘĎ m Č
ëĘĎÿ ÿ m
 Khun Do you have a 
?
ÿ ÿ MeeNangseuPimMahiKhrap

ĄēĊ m 
ĄēĊm
 KhunMee Do you have 
?
KradasMaihKhrap

@Y
YY

 #
 @

yes m  
 m

 m

KhunMeeNabgseuMaihKhrap MeeKhrap
no m 
m
 m
 Y
KhunMeeKradasMaihKhrap MaihMeeKhrap
yes m 
 m
 m
 Y
†††
 


 X  X
Y
KhunMeeSamuudMaihKhrap MeeKhrap
no m 
m
 m
 Y
KhunMeeDinsohMaihKhrap MaihMeeKhrap
yes m ¨ R
m
 m
 Y
KhunMeePheantiiMaihKhrap MeeKhrap
no m   

m
 m

KhuMeeBureehMaihKhrap MaimeeKhrap
no m 
m
 KhunMeeRuupMaih m

Khrap

@Y

YY
 Z @
yes áÔm
 m
 Y
KhaoDiiMaihKhrap DiiKhrap
no áÔ m

KhaoDiiMaih MaihDiiKhrap
yes
á
  m

RongreanDiiMaih DiiKhrap
no m 
 KhunRon 
 m
 MaihRonhKhr
hMaih ap
yes I 
  
m

AakadNauhMaih NauhKhrap
no 
 m

AaharnDiiMaih MaihDiiKhrap
yes




m

RuubSuayMaih SuayKhrap

†††
 


 X | X
Y
no  
  m

NangSeuDiiMaih MaihDiiKhrap

Y

YY

 #


¨øĖĩ  Is the  good?

PheanTiiDiiMaih
Č
ëĘĎ Č
ëĘĎ Is the  good?
PaakKaaDiiMaih
á ē á ē Is  good?

KhaoDiiMaih
Ą áĄĖă Ą áĄĖă Is the  good?

RongReanDiiMaih
mĄĚ mĄĚ  Is the 
good?

KhruDiiMaih
Gē

ē Gē

ē Is the  good?

PaakKaaDiiMaih
ëĎ ëĎ Is the  good?

DinSohDiiMaih

Ąē
Ąēē  Is the 
 good?

ē KradaanDamDiiMaih

ēč
ē ēč
ē Is the  good?

NarikaDiiMaih

†††
 


 X  X
Y

ĄēĊ
ĄēĊKradasDiiM Is the 
good?
aih
ĎēČēĄ ĎēČēĄ Is the  good?

AaharnDiiMaih

#

YY
YY
 #

IĖ The weather's .

AaKadDii
Čē IČē The weather's .

AaKadNNuaw
   
m cold.

PhomNuaw
á ē á ē 
re cold.

KhaoNuaw
ë ă áÔë ă They're 
.

KhaoSuay
ĄĚG ĄĚG

 The picture's 
.
RuupSuay
Gē

ē Gē

ē

 The s pretty.

PaakKaaSuay
Ė Ė The pen's .
PaakKaaDii
ĎēČēĄ ĎēČēĄ The s good.
AaharnDii
Ą Ď 
ĄĎ The food's .

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
AaharnRonh
á ē á ē
 üs hot.

KhaoRonh
Ė áÔĖ He's .

KhaoDii



Y
YY YY!YY

  Z

á
 
á
 
RongReanDii







RuupSuay







atSuay
I 
I 

AakadNuaw 


 

AaharnDii
m 
 m 
 
KhunRonh



Y
YY YYYY

  ¢

á
 
á
 
RongreanDii

†††
 


 X  X
Y

I 
I 

AakaadNuaw
áÔ
 áÔ

KhaoRonh

 

AaharnRonh







RuupSuay
m
 m

KruuDii



Y
YY
 YY YYY

!0Y

¢Y  ¢Y!

1.
á
 
á
 

RongreanDiiMaih
2. I 
I 


AakadMaihNuaw

3. áÔ
 áÔ
 

KhaoMaihRonh
4.







RuupMaihSuay
5. m
 m


KhruuMaihDii



Y
YYY YY!Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y
  Z
áÔ áÔm

KhaoDii
áÔ áÔ
 m

KhaoMaihDii
áÔ
 áÔ
 m

KhaoRonh


 

 
 m

AaharnMaihRonh







 m

RuupMaihSuay

á
 
á
 m

RongReanDii
m
 m
m

KruuDii
¨ R
 ¨ R

 m

PeanRiiMaihDii

 

 m

AaharnMaihDii
áÔ

 áÔ

m

KhaoSuay

@Y
Y

Students will Indicate they are in 
  with the instructor's
questions.
Z @

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. w
 m
 m
 Y
Ð
NarigaaDiiLeuKhrap
2.
á
 
 m
 m
 Y
Ð
RongReanMaihDiiLeu
3. m  

 m
 m
 Y
 
Ð
KhunNaohLeuKhrap
4. 

 m
 m
 Y
Ð
AaharnMaihDiiLeuKhrap
5.



 m
 m
 Y


Ð
RuupSuayLeuKhrap
Y Y

"Y1Y
Y
)Y$YYYœ
YYœ*YY
A. 

  
 á  M    Could you hand me that book?

 m

ChuayShong
NangSeuLemNan
HaiPhomNoiDaiMaihKhrap
B. m
 Yes.

DaiKhrap
 
 á   This book is good.
NangSueLemNiiDii

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Ô Mm
m
 hose is it?
KhongKraiKhrap
A. Ô á
m
 A friend of mine.

KhongPheanPhomKhrap
B. á
m 

m
 hat's your friend's name?

PheanKhunCheuAraiKhrap
A. ¹áÔ
ÐY  m
 His name is John.

¹KhaoCheu)JohnKhrap
B. m  
  m
 hich person is named John?
KonNaihCheuJohnKhrap
A. m  m
 That person over there.

KonNoonKhrap
B. ¨

Mm
m
 Then who is ¹that) there?

LaeoNanKhraiKhrap
A.  ƒ 
  m
 The woman or the man?

PhuuYingLeuPhuuChaiyKhrap
B.  m
 The man.
PhuuChaiyKhrap
A. 
á
 m
 That's a student.
NanNakReanKhrap
B. m 
áÔm
 Do you know him?
KhunRuuJakKhaoMaihKhrap
A.
m
 Yes, I do.
RuuJakKhrap
B. áÔá  Mm
m
 ho is he?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
KhaoPdenKhrai
A. áÔá  á
m
 He's my friend.

KhaoPdenPeanPhomKhrap

 
YYY

[YY[Y 
YY

The following type of construction is used to indicate the number of

items when referring to 
 nouns:

¢Y2 ¢ 
Y2 [ 

 

á two
books
NangSeu Shong Lem
á

m two
students
NakRean Shong Kon
á 
J
two
chairs
Gaowii Shong Tua

hen specifying a particular noun in a class, the following type of

construction is used:
¢Y2 [Y 
Y2



á
m  that friend

Phean Kon Naan

 á  this notebook

Samud Lem Nii

   which pen?

PaakGaa Darm Naih

A Y
is one of a special class of nouns which are used in

constructions to enumerate or specify 
 nouns. There are about
200 unit classifiers in Thai, and each of them is normally used with a
†††
 


 X  X
Y
large number of concrete nouns of very different meanings.

Since the unit classifier must be used in any situation in which you wish
to indicate the number of items ¹of concrete nouns) or wish to specify a
particular item out of a group ¹of concrete nouns), you will have to learn
which unit classifier is used with each noun. Since there is usually no
obvious connection between the classifier and its Noun, using the correct
one will be a matter of having learned it.

There are a few classifiers for which noun reference is relatively

predictable:

[Y 
¢Y@


m ¹Kon) people ¹professions and positions held by people)

J
¹Tua) animals, objects with arms and legs

¨  ¹Phean) flat objects

M ¹Bai) containers

¨R ¹Thang) sticks

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Y 
Y#
YYY¢Y@ YY

After a noun has been mentioned or otherwise identified,


2


or ¢ 
2 
can replace it in
sentences following immediately:

A. 
 

á Here are 2books.

NiiNangSeuShongLem
á Ô m LemNaihKhongKhun hich is yours?
B. á  m
 That one.

LemNanKhrap
A.  
  Do you have any books?
MiiNangSeuhMaih
B. 
ám
 I have two.
MiiShongLem

The classifier functions like a substitute word here, but it can  occur
without either a number before it or a determiner after it.

Ď YYYY#YY

Ô 'of' or 'belonging toǮ is used to indicate 'possession'. It occurs after

the thing possessed and before the possessor. Its occurrence in the ¢Y
#
 is  when the head noun ¹thing possessed) is present,
thus:

 
 Ô áÔ his book

NangSeuKhongKhao


 
 áÔ his book

LeuNangSeuhKhao

†††
 


 X | X
Y

But the occurrence of Ô Yis 
 when the head noun is not
present, thus:

Ô áÔ his

KhongKhao

The head noun can be omitted only after it has been identified since
Ô áÔ acts as a replacement for the whole Noun Phrase.

Y#YYMmĄ
YYYYY

Mm
like 
¹see 2.2a) has the same position in the sentence as the
noun it refers to, thus:

Question: áÔá  Mm
¹lit: he is who)  is he?

KhaoPdenKhrai
Answer: áÔá  á
 He's my friend

KhaoPdenPheanPhom
Question: m   á  Mm
¹lit: John is who) hat is
John?
KhunJohnPdenKhrai
Answer: m   á  m
 John's my teacher

KhunJohnPdenKruuPhom

hen the main verb in the sentence is á  , Mm

normally occurs in the
predicate. Observe that it may be translated 'what' in some situations.

üYY$%
Y YY

The verb 'to be' is translated differently according to its subject and
complement. Observe the following examples:
†††
 


 X  X
Y
*

   


m á
áÔ This is his

friend
Nii Keu PheanKhao
m
  á  m
 John is my
teacher
Khruu Pden KhruuPhom
áÔ 
  He is ¹named)
John
Khao Cheu John

YY

@Y

YY

The instructor points at a student as he asks the question and gives the
actual name of the student as the cue. He asks every student the
question.

Questions: 
ĩY'YĖĩYMmĄmĄ
ûY ho is that/this?

¢'¢Y

YY

¹actual name of student pointed at)

Cue:

Answers: 
/ 
Ym  ¹n) m

 This/that is ¹n)

Nii/Nan
Khun¹Joe)Khrap

The instructor gives a cue and points at a student. One student asks and
another answers questions like the following:

†††
 


 X 
X
Y


) m ‘

¹pointing at a student)

Y.) 
/ 
m ‘

Mm
 That/this is Mr.
Taworn isn't it?

Y/) Mm
 No, it isn't.

Y) 
/ 
Mm
m
 ho is that/this?

Y/) 
Y 
Ym  ......... ¹That/this is) ___

1. m  2. m
3. m ¨


4.   5. m
ám 6. m 
á

È

Repeat the drill using actual names of students in the class.

Y

YY

 #


 
 Mm
m
 hose book ¹is it)?

w wMm
m
 hose watch ¹is it)



Mm
m
 hose pencil ¹is it)?

Mm
m
 hose picture ¹is it)?

á  á  Mm
m
 hose chair ¹is it)?

 Mm
m
 hose pen ¹is it)?

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 
   
 Mm
m
 hose newspaper ¹is it)

 

 

Mm
m
 hose cigerette ¹is it)

 
  
 Mm
m
 hose book ¹is it)?

@Y

YY

The instructor points at an object near a student and asks him whose is
it. The student's response indicates the actual owner.

3) 

) 
/ 
 
 Mm
m
 hose book is
that/this?

) Ô  /Ô áÔ / Ô m Mine/his/Jim's

1. 
2. w 3.

4.  5.
  6 
 

7.  
 8.  

9. á 

This drill may be repeated one time with students repeating the thing
referred to in the answer:  
 YÔ Y  and one time with students
repeating the thing referred to and  AY 
: 
 
 

$%Y

YY

 $%
1. Ô Mm
m
 hose?

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 
  
 Ô Mm
hose book?



 
 Ô Mm
m
 hose book is that?
2. Ô Mm
m
 hose?

 Ô Mm
m
 hose pen?



Ô Mm
m
 hose pen is that?
3. Ô Mm
m
 hose?


Ô Mm
m
 hose notebook?




Ô Mm
m
 hose notebook is this?

4. Ô Mm
m
 hose?



Ô Mm
m
 hose pencil?




Ô Mm
m
 hose pencil is that?

@Y

YY

Change from Pattern 1 to Pattern 2.

Change from Pattern 2 to Pattern 1.

#
Y. #
Y/
 
 Ô Mm
 
 Mm
hose
book?
NangSeuKhongKhrai NangSeuKhrai

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Ô Mm
Mm
hose
pen?
PaakKaaKhongKhrai PaakKaaKhrai
á
Ô  á
 My
friend.
PheanKhongKhrai PheanPhom
á  Ô Mm
á  Mm
hose
chair.
KaowEeKhongKhrai KaowEeKhrai

Ô á
 SamudKhongNak
  á
 Studen
t's
Rean SamudNakRean
notebo
ok.


Ô m   PhanrayaaKh 

Ô   Phanrayaa John's

wife.
ongKhunJohn KhongJohn

m
Ô á
 m
á
 Our
teache
KhruuKhongRao
r.

Ô áÔ
áÔ Her
husba
SamiiKhongKhao
nd.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY
Z @

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m  
  m  m

KonNaihCheuJohn
hich person is named John? That one.
m  
 m  m

KonNaihCheuJohn
hich person is named Jim? The one over there.
m  
¨

m  m

KonNaihCheuMary
hich person is named Mary? That one.
m  á  á
m  m  m

KonNaihPdenPheanKhun
hich person is your friend? The one over there.
m  á  m
m  m

KonNaihPdenKruu
hich person is the teacher? That one.
m  á   á
 m  m

KonNaihPdenNakRean
hich person is a student? That one.

@Y

YY

The instructor asks the names of students.



) m  
ǥ ¹actual name) hich person is named ǥ.. ?

) m  /  ¹pointing to the This/that person.

student):

Y
†††
 


 X  X
Y
$%Y

YY
1.  hich?
Naih
m  hich one ¹person)?

KonNaih
á
 m  hich student?

NakReanKonNaih
á
  m  hich male student?

NakReanPhuuChaiyKonNai
2.  This
Nii
m  This one ¹person)
KonNii
 ƒ m  This female.
PhuuYingKonNii
á
  ƒ m  This female student.

NakReanPhuuYingKonNii
3.  That over there.

Noon
m  That one ¹person) over there.

KonNoon
m
m  That teacher over there.

KruuKonNoon
m
Ô m m  That teacher of yours over there.
KruuKhongKonNoon

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4.  That.
Nan
m  That one ¹person).

KonNan
á
m  That friend.

PeanKonNan
á
Ô m m  That friend of yours.

PeanKhongKhunKonNan
á
 ƒ Ô m m  That female friend of yours.
PeanPuuYingKhongKhunKonNan

$%Y

YY

1. m  
  hich person is

KonNaihCheuJohn named John?

á
 á
 m  
  hich student is
named John?
NakReanKonNaihCheuJohn
  á
  m  
  hich male
student is
NakReanPhuuChaiyKonNaiCheuJohn
named John?
2. m  
á
 That person is
named Nongyao
KonNunhCheuNongYaow
á
 á
m  
á
 That friend of
mine is named
PeanPhomKonNunhCheuNongYaow
Nongyao
 ƒ á
 ƒ m  
á
 That female
friend of mine is
PeanPhuuYing
named Nongyao

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3.  
 á   That book is
good.
NangSeuLemhNunhDii

Ô m   
 Ô m á   That book of

yours is good.
NangSeuKhongKhunLemNanDii
4. m 

 That one
¹person) is
KonNunhSuay
pretty.
á
á
m 

 That friend is
pretty.
PeanKonNunhSuay

Ô m  á
Ô m m 

 That friend of

yours is pretty.
PeanKhongKhunKonNanSuay
 ƒ á
 ƒ Ô m m 


That female
friend of yours is
PeanPhuuYingKhongKhunKonNanSauy
pretty.



Y

YY
#
Y. #
Y/
m  
 m Ym  hich
one
KonNaihCheuJim KhunJimKonNaih
¹person)
is Jim?
m  


m 

Y hich
one is
KonNaihCheuPrapas m  Praphas?
KhunPrapasKonNai
h

†††
 


 X | X
Y

m  

á

È m 
á

ÈY hich
one is
KonNaiCheuPrasert m 
Prasert?
KhunPrasertKonNa
ih

m  
È  R m È  Rm  hich

one is
KonNaihCheu  Natchana
n?
Nutchaanun KhunNatchaanun

KonNaih

m  á  m
Ô m KonNaihPden m
Ô m Ym  hich is
your
KruuKhongKhun KruuKhongKhun teacher?
KonNaih

m  á  

m ‘

KonNaihPde 

m‘

Y hich
one is
nPden m  Thavorn's
PanrayaKhunThaworn wife?
PanrayaKhunThaw
orn

KonNaih

m  á 
m ¨


m ¨

Y hich
one is
KonNaihSamii m  Mary's
husband?
KhunMary SamiiKhunMary
KonNaih

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY
†††
 


 X  X
Y
Z @

 ƒ 
    m


PhuuYingLeuPhuuChiay

oman or man? Man


  
  m


CheuJohnLeuJim

Is ¹he) named John or Jim? Jim

m  
 m  m  m


KonNunhLeuKonNoon

That one or the one over there? The one over there.

áÔá  m

 á
 á
 m


KhaoPendKhruuLeuNakRean

Is he teacher or a student? A student.


  m


DiiLeuMaihDii

¹Is it) good or not? ¹It's) good.


 

 

m


SuayLeuMaihSuay

¹Is she) pretty or not? ¹She is) not ¹pretty).

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

Ô m 
 Ô áÔ Ô áÔm


KhongKhunLeuKhongKhao

Yours or his? His.

@Y

YY

Pairs of students engage in an exchange of the following kind using

actual names of other student).

Y.) áÔ
____ ¹actual name)

KhaoCheuǥǥ
Y/) Mm
m
 Ym  
 ¹pointing to the
student)
YYKhraiKhrap KhonNiiLeu
Y.) m  Y m

KhonNiiNahKhrap

@Y

YY

 Z @

 
  
  ¹
ÐYm


CheuJohnLeuJim

 m  
 m  m  m


KhonNunhLeuKhonNoon

m
á  á

 á  m
¹á  ÐYm
m


PenPheanLeuPenKhruu

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m  Ô m 
 Ô  Ô m m


KhongKhunLeuKhongPhom

  ƒ m 


 



m


PhuuYingKonNanh
SuayLeuMaihSuay

 
 

  m


CheuNiiDiiLeuMaihDii

@Y

YY




 áÔá  Mm
áÔ


CheuJim

á  á
 áÔá  Mm
áÔá  á


PenPean


, á  á
 m  á  Mm

áÔ
Yá  á


CheuJim,PenPeanPhom


¨

, áÔá  Mm
áÔ
¨

Y

á  

m   á  

m  

CheuMary,PenPanraya

KhunJohn

†††
 


 X  X
Y




áÔá  Mm
áÔ



CheuPrapas

á  m
 áÔá  Mm
áÔá  m


PenKruuPhom




, á  m
 áÔá  Mm
áÔ


Yá  m


CheuPrapas,PenKruuPhom


m   m  á  Mm
áÔ
 

CheuChodChioy

á  m
m  á  Mm
áÔá  m

PenKruu


  , á  á
 m á  Mm
áÔ
  Yá  á


CheuJohn,PenPeanPhom

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

The instructor points at  or 
 of the objects as he asks the

question and selects one of them as he gives the response.

Z @

1.  
 á  á 

NangSeuLemNaihDii

†††
 


 X  X
Y
hich book is good? That one.

2.    

PaakKaaDarmNaiDii

hich pen is good? That one.

3. 
¨R   ¨R 

DinSorhThaeng

hich pencil is good? This one.

4. á  J
  J


GaowiiTuaNaihDii

hich chair is good? That one.

5. ¨ R
¨    ¨  

PaenTiiPaenhNaiDii

hich map is good? This one.

@Y

YY

Selecting two each of the objects listed below, the instructor asks
questions about ownership using the following model:



) 
 

á Here are 2 books.

NiiNangSeuShongLem

á Ô m  hich ¹one) is yours?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
LemNaihKhongKhun

Y.) á  / á  This one/that one.

1. á  Gaowii 2.
  Samud

3. 
Dinshor 4. PaakGaa

5. wNaligaa

In the question m may be replaced by áÔ or  / !

Y

YY

 #


 
 á  


á  

   



¨R  

JY
J
Ð JJ
 

¨ R
¨ R
¨   

Y
M Ð
M  

á
 á
 m  

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m
m
m  

w wá
  

 
  
 á  

Y

YY

 #




  
 á  M Y m



,  

   M Y m



,  


M  M Y m


¨ R
,  

 ¨ R
¨   M Y m



 
 ,  

  
 á  M Y m




,  

 
¨R  M Y m



w,  

 wá

  M Y m


$%
YY

OY One student points at an object and asks who it belongs to. Another
student ¹the actual owner) says that it's his. Continue until
ownership has been established for all the objects the students are
familiar with.

OY Find out the names of all the students by asking questions like this:
hat's the name of that person? A student will respond with the
†††
 


 X  X
Y
real name.

OY Find out the names of all the students by asking questions like this:
ho is named ____? ¹using the names of students). The student with
the name will respond: I am ¹named) ____.

OY One student will point to an object and will ask another student if
it's his. He will respond that it is.

OY Find out if other students think various objects in the room are
 or .

OY Ask someone to pass you something. He pretends he isn't sure

which one you want and asks, 'This one or that one'. You indicate
which one and he passes it. You thank him.


YY
M classifier for 'picture', etc.

 Jim ¹name)

  Chotchoi ¹Thai female first name)


 please

 classifier for 'pen', etc.

 can, could, be able

M for ¹the benefit of)

m Y
m Ð people, also classifier for humans

Ô of, belonging to

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Mm
who, what ¹in some constructions)

á classifier for 'book'

á
 Nongyaw ¹Thai female first name)

á
 Y
m Ð student, pupil

 , 
that ¹determiner)

 which ¹one¹s)) ¹determiner)

 , 
this ¹determiner)

È  R Nuchanan ¹female first name)

 ,  the one over there ¹determiner)

á  to be

, 
 wife ¹elegant term)

¨  classifier for 'map, picture, paper' sheet-like

 Y
m Ð man, boy ¹male human of any age)

 ƒ Y
m Ð woman, girl ¹female human of any age)

á

È Prasert ¹male first name)

á
 we, our, us

†††
 


 X | X
Y

 to know, to be acquainted with, to be familiar with


 ,
, etc. or

á
 classifier for 'watch, clock'

 husband ¹elegant term)

 to pass, to hand ¹someone something)

two

J
classifier for 'animals, objects with legs ¹chairs, tables,

etc.)

¨R classifier for 'pencil', etc.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

"Y4Y
JuBasic dialog: Mr. Smith meets a Thai in the provinces.

¹Part I)
A:


m
 Hello.

SawasDiiKhrp
B: m  Rá  You speak Thai very well.

KhunPuudPasaThaiKengJang
á  m J 
m
 hat nationality are you?

PenKhonChartAraiKhrap
A: á  m á
 m
 I'm an American.

PhomPenKonAmerigan
B: m  R m
 You ¹can) speak Thai very well.

KhunPuudPasaThai
DaiDiiMaakKhrap
A: Ô m m
 Thank you.

KhopKhunKhrap
    áR  m
 I can only speak a little.

PhomPuudDaih
NidNoiThaoNunKhrap
B: Mm

Rm m
 ho taught you Thai?
KhraiSornPasaThaiKhunKhrap
A: m   m
 Miss Nongnut.

KhunNongNuchKhrap
†††
 


 X 
X
Y

áÔá  m
R She is a Thai language teacher
KhaoPenKhruuPasaThai
R

á

 at the language school.

TiiRongReanSornPasaThai

Y

 
YY

Ü
nY

 'extremely, a great deal, very much' is used as an intensifier for stative

verbs like á , ,

, etc. It is used in making comments primarily. It never
occurs in questions.

á
  Y

á means to be skillful, adept, expert ¹at something). It occurs after verb
phrases ¹á
  
 , etc.) or before noun phrases ¹R, etc.).
1. áÔá
  
 á ¹He learns with facility) He's a good student.

2. áÔá  J
á He plays ¹music) poorly.

3. m
áÔá ƒ
His teacher is good in Vietnamese.

áĄĖăYá ĖăYĎēYëĎY

The verbs á
 ¹Rian)'study, learn', áÔ ¹Kian)'write',  ¹Aan)'read',
and
¹Shon) 'to teach' do not occur without object complements; if
there is no other complement,  
 ¹NangSeu) is used, thus
á
  
 ¹RianNangseu) 'to study ¹in a school)', áÔ  

¹KianNangseu)'to write ¹books)',   
 ¹AanNangseu) 'to read', and
†††
 


 X  X
Y

 
 ¹ShonNangseu) 'to teach'.

¢YY

The Thais use the following terms to refer to people of various

nationalities:

OY For all nationalities: m ¹Kon) + name of country

m R
a Thai
KonThai
m ƒ

a Japanese
KonYiipoon
m 
a Burmese
KonPamaah
m á

a German
KonYeraman
m  J
an Egyptian
KonEgip
etc.

OY For people from Malaya, Indonesia, India, and the Middle East only:
¨Ô¹Keak) + Name of Country.
¨Ôáá8
a Malayan
KeakMalaysia
¨Ô  J
an Egyptian
KeakEgip
¨Ô á
'an Indian'
KeakIndia
†††
 


 X  X
Y
etc.

OY The terms ¨Ô¹Keak) and 


¹Farang) are used alone to refer to
certain large groups of people.
OY 

¹Farang)refers to white-skinned people, including Europeans,
Australians, and white Americans.
áÔá  

M
Q: He's a 'farang', isn't he?
KhaoPenFarangChaiMaih
Mm
 YáÔá  m
á
A: That's right. He's Spanish.
Chai KhaoPenKonSpain

OY ¨Ô¹Keak) refers to people from Malaya, Indonesia, India, Ceylon,

and the Middle East. ¹Normally dark-skinned people).
áÔá  ¨ÔY


áRI á He's a ¨Ô, he comes from

KhaoPenKeakMajak India.
PrathedIndia

OY The Moslem people living in South Thailand are referred to as

R
 'Thai Moslem'.

á ĘĎ 3Y Y YYYY

á ¹Meang)+ ¹name of city) or name of city alone is used in colloquial

language to refer to cities, thus á
 J ¹Meangoshington)or

 J 'ashington'. In the mass media 
 ¹Krung) + ¹name of city) is
used to refer to some capitol cities, thus 

¹Krung Rome) 'Rome',

 

¹KrungParis)'Paris', etc.

á ĘĎ 3Y Y YY
YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á ¹Meang) + ¹name of country) or name of country alone is frequently

used in spoken Thai to refer to a country instead of
áRI¹Prathes) +
¹name of country) which is more formal and is used in newspapers,
speeches, etc.
áÔƒ

He comes from Japan.
KhaoMaaJaak
áÔá ƒ

He comes from Japan.
KhaoMaaJaakMeangYiiPoon
áÔ
áRIƒ

He comes from Japan.
KhaoMaaJaakPrathesYiipoon

YYMmĄ
Y

As was Indicated in 4.1, Mm

¹Krai)usually occurs in the complement
position after á  ¹Pen) ¹áÔá  Mm
KhaoPenKhrai, etc.). In some
situations Mm
precedes á  . Observe the following two examples:
 áJá  Mm

1. ho's Juliet? ¹I never heard of her.)

JulietPenKhrai
Mm
á   áJ ho's Juliet? ¹ho is playing the part of Juliet in the
2.
KhraiPenJuliet play by Shakespeare.)

hen the main verb in the sentence is m ¹Keu) 'to be', if the subject of the
sentence is a pronoun, Mm
¹Khrai) is in the complement position.
áÔm Mm

ho is he?
KhaoKeuKhrai

ith noun subjects Mm

¹Khrai) may precede or follow m ¹Keu)optionally:

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m   m Mm

ho is Nongnut?
KhunNongnutKheuKhrai
Mm
m m   
or
KhraiKheuKhunNongnut

ith verbs besides á  ¹Pen) and m ¹Kheu), Mm

¹Khrai) may occupy the
subject or complement position:
Mm

R
ho teaches Thai?
KhraiShonPasaThai
m 


RM Mm
ho is Prapas teaching
KhunPrapasShonPasaThaiHaiKhrai Thai to?

 
Y
YY

@YY 
-Y
YY

áÔá  ¹m )R
1. He's a Thai.
KhaoPenKonThai
áÔá  ¹m ) á

2. He's an American.
KhaoPenKonAmerican
áÔá  ¹m )  
3. He's an Englishman.
KhaoPenKonAngKrit
áÔá  ¹m )

áI

4. He's a Frenchman.
KhaoPenKonFarangses
áÔá  ¹m )á

5. He's a German.
KhaoPenKonYeraman
áÔá  ¹m )
6. He's a Chinese.
KhaoPenKonJiin

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔá  ¹m )ƒ

7. He's a Japanese.
KhaoPenKonYiipoon
áÔá  ¹m )

8. He's a Lao.
KhaoPenKonLao
áÔá  ¹m )ƒ

9. He's a Vietnamese.
KhaoPenKonYuan
áÔá  ¹m )
10. He's a Burmese.
KhaoPenKonPamaah
áÔá  ¹m )áÔ

11. He's a Cambodian.

KhaoPen¹Kon)Kamen
áÔá  ¹m )á
12. He's a Korean.
KhaoPenKonGaolih

Y
Y
 #

áÔá  m R

m  m á  m R

m   m á  m  

m á
 m á  m á


áÔ áÔá  m á


†††
 


 X  X
Y

m   m   á  m á


á
 á
á  m á


m  á
á  m 

áÔ áÔá  m 

m  áÔá  m 

m  m á  m 

R m á  m R

@YY 
-Y
YY

Z @
áÔá  m J 

1. hat nationality is he?

KhaoPenKonChartArai
áÔá  m R
He's a Thai.
KhaoPenKonThai
2. áÔá  m J 
hat nationality is he?

áÔá  ƒ
He's a Vietnamese.

3. áÔá  m J 
hat nationality is he?

áÔá  m á
 He's American.

4. áÔá  m J 
hat nationality is he?

áÔá  m  He's Burmese.

5. áÔá  m J 
hat nationality is he?

áÔá  m  He's Chinese.

†††
 


 X  X
Y



Y
Y YYYYYYYY

m
Y ¢Y.5

¢Y/5#

#
 #

áÔá  m ƒ
 áÔMm ƒ
 áÔ á  m ƒ


áÔá  
áÔM
áÔ á  

áÔá  m   áÔMm   áÔ á  m  

áÔá  ƒ
áÔMƒ
áÔ á  ƒ

@Y
Y

 Z @
 áÔá  m RM M

áÔá  m 

Mm R
He's Thai, isn't he? No, he isn't.
He's Chinese.
He isn't Thai.

áÔá  m RM M YáÔá  m 

áÔá  m 

†††
 


 X | X
Y

Mm R
He's Thai, isn't he? No, he isn't.
He's Lao.
He isn't Thai.

m á  m R
 á  á /M

á  m 

Mm R
Are you Thai? No, I'm not. / I'm not.
I'm Lao.
I'm not a Thai.
á
 m á  R

 á  á /M

á  á


MR

You're a soldier? No, I am not/No, I'm not.

I'm a civilian.
I'm not a soldier.
á  R

‘ R J m á  á  R
 8

 á /M

á  á  R

‘ R J

Má  R
 8

You are a USIS official? No, I'm not/No, I am not.
I'm an Embassy official.
I'm not a USIS official.
m J  
 m á  m 
 áRM M /á 

á  m J  


†††
 


 X  X
Y

Mm 
 áR
You are a Bangkoker, aren't No, I'm not/No, I am not.
you?
I'm an out-of-towner.
I'm not a Bangkoker.
á
áÔá  

m   
 M

áÔá  á

M


She's John's wife? No, she isn't.
She's a friend.
She's not his wife.

Y
Y

 #

áÔ¹
áRI)R He's from Thailand,

á
 áÔ¹
áRI) á
 He's from America.



áI
áÔ¹
áRI)

áI
He's from France.

á
J  áÔ¹
áRI)á
J  He's from Vietnam.

 áÔ¹
áRI) He's from Burma.


á8 áÔ¹
áRI)

á8 He's from Russia.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

 áÔ¹
áRI) He's from China.

áÔ
áÔ¹
áRI)áÔ
He's from Cambodia.

 áÔ¹
áRI) He's from Malaya.

Ā


 áÔ¹
áRI)Ā


 He's from the Philippines.



Y
YY

#
Y. #
Y/
áÔá  m R áÔ¹
áRI)R

áÔá  m   áÔ¹

áRI)  

áÔá  m ƒ
áÔ¹
áRI)á
J 

áÔá  m

á8 áÔ¹
áRI)

á8

áÔá  m ƒ
 áÔ¹

áRI)ƒ


áÔá  m á áÔ¹

áRI) á

Y
YY

Have two students do the following exchange substituting the cue words
for those underlined. Student 1: áÔá  m ƒ
YMm
 Student 2:

MYáÔá  m Rm
 Student 1: 
áRIR
 m
 Student

2: m


á
 ,
1. 4.

á8,
á


áI

†††
 


 X  X
Y

2. 
, á 5.  , á

 / á


3. ƒ
 , 

Y
YY

 Z @

 áR m á 

 áR
hat city do you come from? Bangkok.

 J m á 


 J
hat city do you come from? ashington.


m m á 


m
hat city do you come from? New York.


 m á 



hat city do you come from? Rome.

   m á 

  
hat city do you come from? London.
  m á 
 
hat city do you come from? London.
á á

 m á 
á á


hat city do you come from? Denver.
8 Ā
 8
 m á 
8 Ā
 8

hat city do you come from? San Francisco.

Y

Y
YY

 #
Y. #
Y/

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 , á
 áÔ   áÔ  á


  ,

m áÔ  áÔ 

m



, Já
áÔ¹
 ) 

áÔ ¹
 ) Já

 J , á á

 áÔ
 J áÔ á á





áI
, á
 áÔ

áI
áÔ á


@YY 
-Y
Y

He's a 'farang'. He comes from

1. áÔá  

Y 


Paris.
He's a 'kheek'. He comes from
2. áÔá  ¨ÔY
Malaya.
He's a Thai. He comes from
3. áÔá  m RYá R
Thailand.
He's a 'kheek'. He comes from
4. áÔá  ¨ÔY
áRI á
India.
He's 'farang'. He comes from
5. áÔá  

Y
áRI  
England.
He's Chinese. He comes from
6. áÔá  m  YŽ 
Hong Kong.
He's a Thai Moslem. He comes
7. áÔá  m R
Y ůJJ 
from Pattani.
He's a 'farang'. He comes from
8. áÔá  

Y
 J
ashington.

Y
Y

Substitute the cue words in one of the exchanges below ¹only one will fit the
cue word): MODEL I: ¹for ¨Ô) Cue word: m 

†††
 


 X  X
Y

A: á
m á  

YM

B: MYá  ¨Ô

A: 
áRI

B: 

MODEL II: ¹for others)

Cue word: m 

áI
/R
A: á
m á  

YM

B: Mm
 Yá  m 

áI

Mm
 Yá  m R

1. 
 6. áÔ

2. á 7.
á

3.

á8 8. 

4. á
 9. 

5.  á8 10. 

Y
†††
 


 X  X
Y

@YY 
-Y
YY

1. m R R Thais speak Thai.

2. m á
     Americans speak English.

3. m      Englishmen speak English.

4. m    Chinese speak Chinese.

5. m 
 
Lao speak Laotian.

6. m  
 Malayans speak Malay.

7. m ƒ
 ƒ
Vietnamese speak Vietnamese.

8. m
áJ
á    Australians speak English.

Y
Y

 #



á8 m

á8 

á8

á m á á

ƒ
 m ƒ
  ƒ


áÔ
m áÔ
 áÔ

 m  

Y
†††
 


 X  X
Y

Y
Y

Have two students engage in the following exchange, substituting the cue
words below for those underlined: Cue: , 

Student 1: R
áÔ  YM

Student 2: MYáÔ 

áÔ  

1. 

áI
Yá
 7. Ž  Yá
J 

2.  á8, ƒ
 8. R, 

3.
á , Já 9.

m, á

4. á R, R 10.

Ȩ , R

5. á
,   11.
J ,

á8

6. áÔ
, 
12.
È á ,  
Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Lesson 7
YYY

Mr. Smith meets a Thai in the Provinces ¹Part II)

A.   m
 here are you going?

B:  Jm
 To the market.

A: m  Rá You speak Thai very well.

m á  m J 
hat is your nationality?

B: á  m á
 m
 I'm an American.

Ô RYm    á  m

 Excuse me, do you speak
English?

A: á  m
 No, I don't.

B: m á  
 
 

 á m
 Are you a native of this
province?

A: á m
 Y  
Y  No, I'm from Lampang

m ám m
 Have you ever been there?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
B: ámm
 No, I haven't,

 R
 m
 here is it?

A:  M má  In the North.

¢YYYYYY

OY A  
 is an administrative unit in the Thai government. It may

be translated 'province'. There are 71 in Thailand.
OY 
means 'resident' or 'native'.
OY Observe the difference in meaning between á 'good' ¹in the sense
of skillful) and  'good' ¹in general).

áÔá  m  'He's a good ¹or nice) person'.

áÔá
  
 á 'He's a good student ¹studies well).'

OY   is frequently used as a casual greeting.

 
YYY

ámăYYYY%
YY

ám + Verb Phrase is used to refer to experience in the past.

áÔámá  m
He used to be a teacher.

m ám á R Have you ever been to Thailand?

The affirmative response to ám + Verb Phrase +  questions is ám;

the negative response is ám
†††
 


 X | X
Y

ĥGY YY%
YY

 'to go' and  'to come' may be followed by place expressions

¹
á
 , etc.) or by Verb Phrases indicating an activity ¹8 Ô 'buy
things', etc.). Either the place expression or Verb Phrase may be replaced
by  in questions, thus:

Q:   here are you going?

¹or) hat are you going ¹someplace) to do?

A: 
á
 ¹I'm) going to school.

¹or)  8 Ô ¹I'm) going shopping.

"YY
YYY

Since the verb in Thai does not have changes in form to correlate with
changes in time ¹tense changes), a sentence like 
á
 might be
interpreted as I'm going to school', 'I go to school', or 'I went to school'.
This does not usually result in ambiguity, however, since the context the
utterance occurs in usually makes it clear which interpretation is
intended.

œ YY*Y
YY

The pronoun subject may be omitted anytime its omission does not result
in misunderstanding. Observe these examples:

A:   here are ¹you) going?

B:  Jm
 ¹I'm) going to the market.

The pronoun is sometimes omitted in statements; it is frequently omitted

†††
 


 X  X
Y
in questions, and is almost always omitted in responses to questions.

Y2Yĥ YYY¼+Y
Y¼+YY

The sentence +  construction is used to indicate that something is

'possible, suitable, all right', thus

 R I can speak Thai.

m  R  Can you speak Thai?

Affirmative response: m

 Yes, I can.

Negative response: m

 No, I can't.

Since  is considered to be the main verb in constructions of this type,

the negative  is placed just before it in negative statements, thus:

áÔ J She is unable to go to the market.

The subject of the sentence is the sentence áÔ J

Y2YáGYYY¼YY

Y Y+YY

The Sentence + á  construction is used to indicate that 'someone knows

how to perform some activity', thus:

Statement: Ô
‘á  I know how to drive a
car.

Negative statement: áÔá  J

á  He doesn't know how
to play a musical

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
instrument.

Question: m á  J
Rá   Can you play a Thai
music?

Affirmative response: á  m
 Yes, I can.

Negative response: á  m

 No, I can't.

á  is considered the main verb in constructions of this type,

consequently, the negative  is placed just in front of it, and it is the
normal response to questions.

The sentence m á  J

R is the subject of the combined sentence.

[YYáGY
Yĥ YYYYYY

In situations where ability to do something is a matter of having learned

the technique of doing it, either á  or  may be used interchangeably,
thus:

 R I can speak Thai.

 Rá  I can speak Thai.

In situations in which inability to do something results not from a lack of

technique or skill but for other reasons, only  and not á  can be used.

Ô
‘á  Y¨J
  Ô  I know how to drive a car, but I can't
drive today. I donǯt feel well.



†††
 


 X  X
Y

[YYámăY Yĥ Y
YáGYY

Both ám 'used to' and  or á  can occur in the same sentence, thus:

áÔámá  J
á  He used to be able to play music.

m ám  á   ere you formerly able to speak Chinese?

The affirmative response to this question is ám 'Yes, I was.' The negative
response is ám 'No, I wasn't.'

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y

YY

 #


1.
 

 
m
 ¹I'm) going to the restaurant.

2.
á
 
á
 m
 ¹I'm) going to the school.

3. R
R   R
R  m
 ¹I'm) going to the office.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4. J  Jm
 ¹I'm) going to the market.

5.
  
 m
 ¹I'm) going to the hospital.

6. ¿ m
 ¿ m
m
 ¹I'm) going to the bank.

7.    m
 ¹I'm) going home.

8. 
  
m
 ¹I'm) going to the Post Office.

9.
 ÔÔ 
 ÔÔ m
 ¹I'm) going to the shops.

10.
¨
 
¨
á

m
 ¹I'm) going to the Erawan
Hotel.

@Y

YY

 Z @

á
   m
 
á
 m


here are you going? To school.

R
R    m
  R
R  m


here are you going? To the office.

 
  m
 
 
m


here are you going? To the restaurant.


   m
  
m


here are you going? To the Post Office.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 ÔÔ   m
 
 ÔÔ m


here are you going? To the shops.

¿ m
  m
  ¿ m
m


here are you going? To the bank.

J   m
  Jm


here are you going? To the market.

   m
   m


here are you going? Home.

Y

YY

 #


R   R  m
 I went to work.

á
  
  á
  
 m
 I went to school.

áÔ áÔ á
  
 m
 He went to school.

áR

áÔ áR

m

 He went out ¹for fun).

8 Ô áÔ 8 Ô m
 He went shopping.

 ¨Ā áÔ  ¨Ām

 He went to drink coffee.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 Ô 
áÔ  Ô 
m
 He went to eat.

  áÔ
 m

 He went to mail a letter.

 
 m
 I went to mail a letter.

   m
 I went to see a doctor.

R
IR  R
IRm
 I went to telephone.

R   R  m
 I went to work.

-  could be translated as 'go, is/are going, or went'.

@Y

YY

 Z @

R    m
  R  m


here are you To work.

going?

á
   m
 
á
 m


here are you To school.

going?

á
  
   m
  á
  
 m


here are you To study.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
going?

8 Ô R

 m   m
  8 Ô R

 m 

here are you To buy something at a

going? shop

    m
 
 m


here are you To mail a letter.

going?

R
IR   m
  R
IRm


here are you To telephone.

going?

R    m
  R  m


here are you To work.

going?

 ¨ĀR

 R R   m
   ¨ĀR

 R R

here are you To drink coffee at the Tip

going? Top shop.

 Ô 
R

   m
   Ô 
R



here are you To eat at the Rama.

going?

 R

¿
  m
   R

¿

here are you To see a doctor on

†††
 


 X  X
Y
going? Sathorn ¹street).

áR

  m
  áR


here are you Out ¹for pleasure).

going?

áR

J    m
  áR

J 

here are you Out to the market ¹special

going? one day market) for fun.

¿
R

‘ R J   m
  ¿
R

‘ R J

here are you To the embassy on

going? business.

Y

YY

 #


1. á M áÔ 
á M He comes from

Chiangmai
Province.

2.  J
J‘ áÔ 
  J
J‘ He comes from
Uttaradit
Province.

3.   áÔ 
  He comes from

Pitsanuloke
Province.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4.  
áÔ 
  
He comes from
Udorn Province.

5. Ô ¨ áÔ 
Ô ¨ He comes from

Khonkaen
Province.

6. m


 áÔ 
 m


 He comes from

Korat Province.

7.  
 áÔ 
 
 He comes from
Lopburi
Province.

8.  ¿ áÔ 
  ¿ He comes from

Ayuthaya
Province.

9. 
 áR áÔ
 áR He comes from Bangkok.

10.
 
 áÔ 

 
 He comes from
Ratburi Province.

11. m
I
¿


 áÔ 
 m
I
¿


 He comes from
Nakorn Sri
Thammarat
Province.

12. á

 áÔ 
á

 He comes from
Phetburi
Province.

13.
Ô áÔ 

Ô He comes from

Songkla
Province.

†††
 


 X || X
Y
14.  áÔ 
 He comes from
Yala Province.

15.   áÔ 
   He comes from

Ubon Province.

Y

YY

 #


1.  áÔá  
 He's a native of Yala.

2.
Ô áÔá  

Ô He's a native of

Songkla.

3. m
I
¿


 áÔá  
m
I
¿


 He's a native of
Nakorn Sri
Thammarat.

4. á

 áÔá  
á

 He's a native of
Phetburi.

5.
 
 áÔá  

 
 He's a native of
Ratburi.

6. 
 áR áÔá  

 áR He's a native of
Bangkok.

7.  ¿ áÔá  
 ¿ He's a native of

Ayuthaya.

8.  
 áÔá  
 
 He's a native of
Lopburi.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
9. m
 áÔá  
m
 He's a native of
Khorat.

10.   áÔá  
  He's a native of Ubon.

11. Ô ¨ áÔá  
Ô ¨ He's a native of

Khonkaen.

12.  
áÔá  

He's a native of Udorn.

13.   áÔá  
  He's a native of

Pitsanuloke.

14.  J
J‘ áÔá  
J
J‘ He's a native of
Uttaradit.

15. á M áÔá  
á M He's a native of

Chiangmai.

@Y

YY

 Z @

  
  M m 
 M m

hat part ¹of Thailand) is Lopburi in? It's in the Central

part.

á  á M  M m 

 M má 

†††
 


 X |
X
Y
hat part is Chiangmai in? It's in the Northern
part.


  
 M m 
 M m 


hat part is Udorn in? It's in the N.E. part.

á   J
J‘  M m 
 M má 

hat part is Uttaradit in? It's in the Northern

part.


 Ô ¨  M m 

 M m 


hat part is Konkaen in? It's in the N.E. part.

 á

  M m 
 M m

hat part is Petburi in? It's in the Central

part.

MJ
Ô  M m 

 M ůMJ

hat part is Songkla in? It's in the Southern

part.


 m
  M m 
 M m 


hat part is Korat in? It's in the N.E. part.

MJ   M m 
 M ůMJ

hat part is Yala in? It's in the Southern

part.

†††
 


 X | X
Y


    M m 
 M m 


hat part is Ubol in? It's in the N.E. part.



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. áÔ 
á M áÔá  m á M

He comes from Chiangmai Province. He's a native of Chiangmai

Province.

2. áÔ 
 áÔá  m 

He comes from Yala Province. He's a native of Yala Province.

3. áÔ 
 
 áÔá  m  


He comes from Lopburi Province. He's a native of Lopburi

Province.

4. áÔ 
  ¿ áÔá  m  ¿

He comes from Ayuthaya Province. He's a native of Ayuthaya

Province.

5. áÔ 
  J
J‘ áÔá  m  J
J‘

He comes from Uttaradit Province. He's a native of Uttaradit

Province.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
6. áÔ 
  áÔá  m  

He comes from Pitsanuloke Province. He's a native of Pitsanuloke

Province.

7. áÔ
 áR áÔá  m 
 áR

He comes from Bangkok. He's a 'Bangkoker'.

8. áÔJ  
 áÔá  m J  


He's from the provinces. He's a 'out-of-townerǯ.

@Y

YY

Teacher:  Yala.

Student 1: áÔ 
 He comes from Yala Province.

Student 2: áÔá  m 

 m
 He's a native of Yala, is he?

Student 1: m
 Yes ¹he is).

Continue the drill by substituting the following names for :

†††
 


 X | X
Y
1.   4.  ¿ 7. á

 10.   13. m




2.  
5. á M 8.
Ô 11. Ô ¨ 14. 
 m
YAY


 áR

3.  
 6.
 
 9.  J
J‘ 12. m
I
¿


 15. 



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

áÔá  m  
 áÔá  
 


áÔá  m  áÔá  


áÔá  m
Ô áÔá  

Ô

áÔá  m   áÔá  
 

áÔá  m Ô ¨ áÔá  
Ô ¨

áÔá  m 
 áR áÔá  

 áR

áÔá  m J  
 áÔá  
J  


@Y

YY


) áÔá  m  
 

Yhat province is he native of? Udorn.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

 

) áÔá  m A
 

He's a native of Udorn ¹Province).

Continue the drill by substituting the following names for 

:

1.  4. á

 7.  ¿ 10.   13. á M

2.
Ô 5.
 
 8.  
 11.   14.  

3. m
I
¿


 6. 
 áR 9. m
 12.  J
J‘ 15.  


@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. áÔmá  He comes from the North.

2. áÔm 
 He comes from the Northeast ¹of Thailand)

3. áÔm He comes from the Central part.

4. áÔ ůYMJ He comes from the South ¹of Thailand).

NOTE: 
 refers only to the Northeastern part of Thailand. It is not

the usual word for Northeast. Likewise ů rather than m is used to
refer to the Southern part of Thailand.

Y

YY


) áÔm He comes from the Central part.

†††
 


 X | X
Y


 Northeast.

) áÔm 
 He comes from the Northeast.

Continue the drill by substituting the following items after m:

1. á  6. MJ

2. MJ 7. á 

3. 
 8. 

4.  9. MJ

5. 
 10. 

Y

YY

 #
Y. #
Y/

1. á  áÔmá  áÔá  m má 

He comes from the North. He's a Northerner.

2. 
 áÔm 
 áÔá  m m 


He comes from the Northeast. He's a Northeastener.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
3. MJ áÔ ůMJ áÔá  m ůMJ

He comes from the South. He's a Southerner.

4.  áÔm áÔá  m m

He comes from the Central part. He's a native of the Central

part.

Y

YY

Teacher: MJ South.

Student 1: áÔ ůMJ He comes from the South.

Student 2: áÔá  m ůMJ 

 Is he a Southerner?

Student 1: m
 Yes, he is.

Continue the drill by substituting the following items for MJ :

1.  6. 


2. á  7. 

3. 
 8. MJ

4. MJ 9. á 

5. á  10. 


†††
 


 X | X
Y

Y
)Ym 
YY
YY YY

A.   m
 here are you
going?

B.  R  m
 I'm going to
work.

A. m R  R
 here do you

work?

B. R  R

‘ R J á
 m
 I work at the
American
Embassy.

A. á
Ô m R  R

‘ R Já  

 m
 Does your friend
work at the
Embassy too?

B. á m
 No, he doesn't.

A. áÔR  
m
 hat does he do?

B. áÔá  á  R
 8
m

 He's a USIS
officer.

A. R
R  Ô áÔ  R
 m

 here's his
office?

B.  R
‘
R
MJ m
 On South Sathorn
Street.

 
YYY

Y  YY
†††
 


 X | X
Y
Thai compounds like those of any other language can be explained in
terms of the regular rules of syntax of the language. If asked, the native
speaker can provide a derivation of any particular compound. For
example, if asked to explain ¹provide a derivation) for the compound

Y
, a native speaker of English would probably say 'It's a
permit for parking your car', or 'It's a permit needed for parking your
car', or something like that. Although there is an obvious meaning
relationship between these derivations and the compound, the syntax is
not the same.

The relationship between a compound and any of its derivations in Thai

reveals the same kind of similarities and differences. If you do not know
the meaning of a Thai compound , ask any of your instructors. They will
provide you with a derivation that should make the meaning clear. If you
decide to originate Thai compounds, you will find you have only limited
success. This should not inhibit you from doing this, but you should check
your efforts with the native speaker before using them.

In this text compounds will be analyzed into their constituent parts and
the meaning of each part will be given, and the meaning of the
compound as a whole will be given. In some cases the form class of the
parts will be given, thus: Noun + Noun:
‘ 'place' + R J 'ambassador'.
This will be done to illustrate the different types of compounds in Thai.

¢Y  )Y¢Y2Y¢Y

ëēøĚö embassy = ëē place + øĚö ambassador

áÜēČ ēøĖĩ official, officer, staff member = áÜē ruler + ČēøĖĩ duty. This
word is normally followed by a particular office, as in áÜēČ ēøĖĩöēĄ Ü
police official, etc.

R
 soldier = R
military person +  earth

á
 boat, I air, thus R
á
 sailor and R
I airman.

Ô

government employee = Ô servant +
- pertaining to the
†††
 


 X X
Y

king + 
work, affairs

Ô

R
military government employee

Ô

á
 civilian government employee


R

J
áRI Ministry of Foreign Affairs = 
R

ministry +
J different, other +
áRI country 
R

+   defense'
means 'Ministry of Defense.


J

 police Department = 
 department ¹major subdivision of a
ministry) + J

 police.

 R  The Army =  R military forces +  land

 Rá
 The Navy =  R + á
 boat

 R I The Air Forces =  R + I air

J was used originally to refer to students who lived in. Now only part
of the students live at Chulalongkorn, Kasetsart, and the Fine Arts
University, but students at those universities are still called
J.
Students at Thammasart University are called I. Other students
are called á



 rice farmer




gardener, orchardist or person who works on a rubber

plantation



 an upland farmer who grows crops like tobacco, tapioca, corn, etc.

 m merchant =  male engaged in + m trade

†††
 


 X
X
Y

  hospital =
building +   to nurse

   female nurse =  woman +  

¢Y  )Y¢Y2Y

YY

 á

ƒ expert =  person, one who + á

ƒ to be expert,

experienced

I student ¹in college or university) = - one who ¹agent noun) +
I to study

 occurs before a large number of verbs to form agent noun compounds

¹like -er in English farmer). It rarely occurs alone.

- expert, authority occurs before a limited number of verbs to form

agent nouns. It can not occur alone. Other examples are áÔ author,
 J
 musician, etc.

YYY YY

Noun compounds ¹like those iust described) take the same position as
single nouns in compounds, for example:

á  R
J

m  This police official

I

m  Those 4 students

ĎăĚY YYY

  'to be located at, live at' is normally followed by place expressions:

 8   R
‘ á

 USOM is on Petburi Street.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

@YYm
øē ēĎĥĄYY

The question m R  

'hat do you do?' can be answered in
either of the following ways:

á  ¹á  R
 8
, etc.) I am a USIS officer, etc.

R  R
¹
‘ R J á

 , etc.) I work at the American Embassy,
etc.'


YYĥGĥČYYĥGøĖĩĥČYY

Although both   ¹see 7-2b) and  R
 mean 'here are ¹you)
going?', they are used in different situations and receive different
answers:

Q:   here are you going?

A:  R Ô
I'm going to eat.

Q:  R R
 here are you going to eat?

A: ¹R
)
 
I
¨ at the Red Arrow Restaurant.

 R
 is used when you wish to specify the place.

YY

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. áÔá  m
He's a teacher.

2. áÔá  á
 He's a student.

3. áÔá   He's a doctor.

4. áÔá  ¨   She's a housewife.

5. áÔá     She's a nurse.

6. áÔá  R
 He's a soldier.

7. áÔá   m He's a merchant.

8. áÔá   á

ƒ He's an expert ¹or specialist).

9. áÔá 
I

. He's an engineer.

10. áÔá  ð 

He's a community development worker.

11. áÔá  Ô


They're government employees.

12. áÔá  J

 He's a policeman.

13. áÔá  
 He's a rice farmer.

14. áÔá  


He's a gardener.

15. áÔá  


 He's a crop farmer.

Y

Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 #


áÔá  m
He's a teacher.

 á  m
I'm a teacher.

J

 á  J

 I'm a policeman.

 á   I'm a doctor.

R
á
 á  R
á
 I'm a sailor.

 m á   m I'm a merchant.

áÔ áÔá   m He's a merchant.


 áÔá  
 He's a farmer.

   áÔá     She's a nurse.

ð 
áÔá  ð 
He's a community development
worker.

 á  ð 
I'm a community development
worker.

I

á 
I

I'm an engineer.

J

 á  J

 I'm a policeman.

m  m á  J

 You are a policeman.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔ áÔá  J

 He's a policeman.

R
 áÔá  R
 He's a soldier.

 á

ƒ áÔá   á

ƒ He's an expert.

Ô

áÔá  Ô

They are government employees.

Y

Y

 #


m R  
m
 hat do you do ¹for a living?)

áÔ áÔR  
m
 hat does he do?

m  m R
  
m
 hat does this person do?

m  m  R  
m
 hat does that person do?

m 
 m 
R  
m
 hat does Prichaa do?

Y

Y

 #


m R  
m


m 
 m 
R  
m


†††
 


 X  X
Y

m   m   R  
m


m  m  R  
m


m  m R
  
m


m  m R  
m


áÔ áÔR  
m


@Y

Y

 Z @

teacher m R  
á  m

nurse m R  
! á    

doctor m R  
á  

soldier m R  
á  R


engineer m R  
á 
I


civilian government m R  

! á  Ô 

á

employee

rice farmer m R  

á  


community development m R  

á  ð 

worker

†††
 


 X  X
Y
merchant m R  
á   m

airman m R  
á  R
I

expert m R  
á   á

ƒ

university student m R  

! á  I

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y

1. R  R

  I work at the hospital.

2. R  R

á
 I work at the school.

3. R  R
 8
I work at USIS.

4. R  R
 8  I work at USOM.

5. R  R
á - - I work at AID.

6. R  R
8¨  I work at JUSMAG.

7. R  R

‘ R J I work at the Embassy.

8. R  R

R

J
áRI I work at the State Department.

9. R  R

R

  I work at the Ministry of Defense.

Y

Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

MODEL:

Teacher: R  R

 

á Ā-á
-

Student: R  R
á Ā-á
-

Continue substitution using the following words:

1.  8
4.  8 

2. 8¨  5.
‘ R J á


3. 
R

  6. 
R

J
áRI

@Y

Y

MODEL:

Teacher: m R  R
 here do you work?

Student: R  R
¹Actual place of work)

Continue until all students have responded.

@Y

Y

MODEL:

Teacher: m R  R
.... You work at ...... don't you?

†††
 


 X
| X
Y

Mm


Student: M Y R  R
.......... No, I don't. I work at .......

or: m
 Yes, I do. ¹whichever answer is correct.)

Continue until all students have responded at least once.

@Y

Y

MODEL:

.......R  R
....

Teacher: Mr. ....... works at .......... doesn't he?
Mm


Student: Mm
 Yes, he does.

or: Mm
 YáÔR  R
...... No, he doesn't. He works at . .......

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y

1. á  m
R

á
  I'm a teacher at ¹this) school.

2. á   R

 w I'm a doctor at Chula hospital.

3. á  á
 R
Yá ĀYá
Y I'm a student at FSI.

I'm a soldier at the Ministry of

4. á  R
R

R

 
Defense.

†††
 


 X
X
Y

5. á 
I

R
 8
I'm an engineer at USIS.

I'm a community development

6. á  ð 
R
 8 
worker at USOM.

Y

Y

 #


I'm a
á  á
 R

student
here

I'm a
á Ā-á
- á  á
 R
á Ā-á
- student
at FSI.

I'm a
m
á  m
R
á Ā-á
- teacher
at FSI.

I'm a
teacher
at the

R

  á  m
R

R

 
Ministry
of
Defense.

I'm a
sailor at
R
á
 á  R
á
 R

R

  the
Ministry
of

†††
 


 X

X
Y
Defense.

I'm a
doctor at
the
 á   R

R

 
Ministry
of
Defense.

I'm a

R

J
áR doctor at
á   R

R

J
áRI the
I Foreign
Ministry.

I'm an
á  Ô 

R

R

J
áR employe
Ô

e of the
I Foreign
Ministry.

I'm an
 8
á  Ô 

R
 8
employe
e of USIS.

I'm an
á  R
á  á  R
R
 8
official of
USIS.

I'm an
official

‘ R J á  á  R
R

‘ R J
at
Embassy.



Y

Y

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

Combine the two sentences on the left to form one sentence.

Sentence 1 Sentence 3

Sentence 2

1. áÔá  I áÔá  I¿

I
J


áÔá
 R

R¿

I
J
 He's a student at Thammasart.

2. áÔá  Ô

áÔá  Ô


‘ R J

áÔR  R

‘ R J He's an Embassy employee.

3 á  Ô 


R

J
áR
á  Ô 


. I

R  R

R

J
áR I'm an employee of the Foreign
I Ministry

áÔá  Ô


R

R
4. áÔá  Ô


†††
 


 X
 X
Y

áÔR  R

R

R He's an employee of the Interior
 Ministry

5. áÔá  á
 áÔá  á

á
 

áÔá
 R

á
  He's a student of this school.

6. áÔá 
J áÔá 
J w

áÔá
 R
 w He's a Chula student.



Y

Y

#
Y. #
Y/

áÔ 8
áÔá  á  R
 8

áÔ8¨  áÔá  á  R
8¨ 

m  
R

J
á m  á  á  R

R

J


RI áRI

ð 
m  
R

ð 
m  á  á  R

R

R R

†††
 


 X
 X
Y


‘ R J á
 á  á  R

‘ R J á


 á

ƒm   8   á

ƒm  á  á  R
 8 

m  R
 R  á m  á  á  R
R
 R 


 á


 m  
J

  m  á  á  R
J





Y

YY

Combine Sentences 1 and 2 into 3.

1 áÔá  Ô
Ô
á
 áÔá  Ô
Ô
á
  R

R


.


áÔ  R

R

 

2. áÔá  m
R áÔá  m
R  R
á ĀYá
Y

áÔ  R
á Ā-á
-

3. áÔá  Ô
Ô
R
áÔá  Ô
Ô
R
 R
á J

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

áÔ  R
á J

4. áÔá   R
áÔá   R
 R

  

áÔ  R

  

5 áÔá   á

ƒR áJ áÔá   á

ƒR áJ

 R
 8
.



áÔ  R
 8 

6. áÔá  á  R
J

 áÔá  á  R
J

  R
¹ 
)
 

áÔ  R
¹ 
) 

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y

 ‘Ā  R
‘
1.
‘




The train station is on
Rama 4 Street.

2. 
   R
‘ 



Hualamphong is on Rama
4 Street.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

 ‘Ā
   R
‘
3.
‘




Hualamphong station is on
Rama 4 Street.

4.
‘ R J  R
‘
R The Embassy is on ireless

Road.

5.
‘ R J á
  R
‘
R The American Embassy is
on ireless Road.

6. I á
   R
‘ ð  I The USIS auditorium is on
Pat Pong Street.

7.  8   R
‘ á

 USOM is on Petburi Street.

8.  8
 R
‘
¿
MJ USIS is on South Sathorn
Street.

9. 8¨   R
‘
¿

MJ iUSMAG is on South
Sathorn Street.

10. ¿ m
á
  R
‘


I The Bank of America is on
Suriwong Street.

11. -á  8  R
m áJ The P is at Klong Toei.

12.

Jm  R
‘
 The Sports Club is on Race
Track Road.

13. 
  R
‘ á
ƒ
 The Main Post Office is on
Charoen Krung Street.

Y

Y



†††
 


 X
 X
Y
here is
 8   R
 m

USOM?

here is
 8
 8
 R
 m

USIS?

here is
Hualampong
 ‘Ā
 
‘

‘
 ‘Ā
   R
 m

Railroad
Station?

here is the

‘ R J á

‘ R J á
  R
 m
 American
Embassy?

here is the
¿ m
R ¿ m
R  R
 m

Thai Bank?

here is the


Jm

Jm  R
 m

Sports Club?

here is
8¨  8¨   R
 m

JUSMAG?

here is the

¨
á


¨
á

  R
 m
 Erawan
Hotel?

here is the
I á
 I á
   R
 m
 USIS
Auditorium?

here is
 8   8   R
 m

USOM?

@Y

Y

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
MODEL:

Teacher:  8   R
 m
 here is USOM?

‘ á

 Petburi Street

Student:  8   ‘ á

 USOM is on Petburi Street.

The teacher will continue the drill using real names and places on the
map of Bangkok accompanying this lesson as the cues.


YYY
)YY

Repeat the basic dialog using the following sets.


J

, á  R

R

R, ‘
á

 ƒ ,  R

 

, ‘ á



 8
, á  R
¿ m

á
 , ‘


I

á - -,
JáJ
I
J
, ‘  ¿

8¨ ,   R

 ƒ , ‘

‘

$%
YY

OY Find out where various kinds of buildings in the neighborhood are

located.

For example:

1. banks 4. hotels

2. universities 5. schools

†††
 


 X | X
Y
3. embassies 6. the post office

OY Find out the occupations and places of work of the students, the
wives of students, and the friends of the students.


YY
á - - A.I.D. ¹Agency for International Development)

á - -á A.U.A. ¹American University Association)

 land ¹as opposed to sea)

á
ƒ
 Charoen Krung ¹name of a street in Bangkok)

8¨  JUSMAG ¹ioint Military Assistance Group)

á ruler ¹literally 'prince')

á  R
¹m ) official, officer, staff member


 ¹m ) rice farmer



 ¹m ) a crop farmer




¹m ) gardener, orchard!st

Chula ¹an abbreviation for Chulalongkorn

w
University)

á ĀYá
Y F.S.I. ¹Foreign Service Institute)


  Hualampong ¹name of the main train station in

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Bangkok)

 8
U.S.I.S. ¹United States Information Service)

pronounced  8 , U.S.O.M. ¹United States

 8 
Operations Mission)

agriculture; also the name of the university of

áJ

agriculture in Bangkok

m to trade, engage, in trade

Ô

¹m ) government employee

Ô

á
 civilian government employee

Ô

R

military government employee

¹m )

m áJ Klong Toei ¹Section of Bangkok)

 division ¹subdivision of a 
)

 R the armed forces ¹of a country)

 R I the Air Forces

 R  the Army

 Rá
 the Navy


work, affairs

†††
 


 X 
X
Y


R

  Ministry of Defense


R

R Ministry of the Interior


R

J
áRI Ministry of Foreign Affairs


 department ¹major subdivision of a ministry)


R
police department


R university

¨  ¹m ) housewife

á  too, also

 ¹m ) female, Mrs.

   ¹m ) female nurse

  R
duty

I ¹m ) student

student ¹at Chulalongkorn, Kasetsart, and the

J ¹m )
Fine Arts Universities)

 work

á J the Pentagon

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 ¿ Phahonyothin Road ¹in Bangkok) ‘

ð   Pat Pong Street ¹in Bangkok) ‘

ð 
¹m ) a community development worker

á  8 the P ¹Post Exchange)

á
 ¹m ) civilian

 ¹m ) father, male engaged in...

 m merchant


 RJ Pra-aathit Street ¹in Bangkok) ‘





Rama the Fourth ¹street) ‘


 the main post office

 á

ƒ ¹m ) an expert

‘Ā ¹Ô
) a train

I ¹ ) a pavilion, a hall, a public building

I á
 the USIS auditorium

á Rachadamnoen ¹Road) ‘


Rachadamri ¹Road) ‘

†††
 


 X  X
Y


‘ Raiawithee ¹Road) ‘

building

á
 ¹) boat

 race track ¹name of a street in Bangkok) ‘

Jm The Royal Bangkok Sports Club

‘ ¹¨ ) place, location

‘  ¹¨ ) station

 ‘Ā ¹¨ )

‘
the railroad station

¿
MJ South Sathorn ¹street in Bangkok)‘


four

I
¨ Red Arrow ¹name of a restaurant in Bangkok)



I Suriwong ¹street in Bangkok) ‘

I to study, learn

J

 ¹m ) police

R áJ
agricultural

R
I ¹m ) airman

†††
 


 X  X
Y

R
 ¹m ) soldier

R
á
 ¹m ) sailor

I
J
 Thammasart ¹university in Bangkok)

¿ m
á
 the Bank of America ¹the American bank)

¿ m
R the Bank of Thailand

‘ ¹
) street, road

where ¹as question word) anywhere ¹in negative

R

statement)

R

here

R J ¹m ) the ambassador ¹common usage)

I

¹m ) an engineer

ithayu ¹Thai name of a street), ireless Road

R
¹English name)


Y YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Y)Y YY

Y3YYYYY
Y

Y  m
 here have you been?

Y

A:

B:     Ym    To a movie. here are you

about to go to?

A:   á Y 
  To Don Muang ¹airport).

ant to go along?

B:  ŽYm  R No ¹thanks). hy are you

going?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
A: 
 á
To pick up a friend.

B: ¨

  á
Mary isn't home?

A:   She is.

B: áÔ   ¿á
She didn't go to Ayuthaya?

A: m
 Y That's right. She didn't go

B: áÔ R 
hat's she doing?

A:   
 She's studying

Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
†††
 


 X  X
Y

Y

 
YYY

3YYY¼ +YY¼+YYY
YY

Thai verbs do not have tense, i.e. there are no changes in form that
correlate with   as in English ¹, , etc.) The time or state of an
action is indicated by the use of time ¹Ü,etc.) and aspect ¹
ē
, etc.)
particles. The use and meaning of these particles and various words
relating to time and frequency of occurrence are illustrated on the next
chart, which is arranged in normal sentence word order.

 Y *  YY

Y Ÿ
!Y 3


 Y 
 

#


  J Time
unspecified
¹1)

  J R 
 Repeated

action
¹2)

á
 Y    J Present

time
Ô  action in
¹3) progess

á
 Y     J Action

imminent
Ô 
¹3)

†††
 


 X  X
Y

   J Future

á

Y    J Future

 Y


  ¹4)

á

 Y   J Past

á
 Y

  ¹5)

 ám  J Indefinite

Past

  J Action just

completed,
returned
to former
place

¢)

1.Y Time unspecified means only that there is no formal indication of

time in the sentence
2.Y ø

 everyday
3.Y á ēĖĪ at this time,
ĖĪ at present
4.Y áĖă
Ĭ soon,
ĖĪ today, ÿĄ ĖĪ tomorrow
5.Y á ĩĘĎ ēĖĪ yesterday á ĩĘĎ
ĖĪĖĪ a short time ago

†††
 


 X | X
Y
@YYY!Y
YYYYY YY

In questions the question word may play a role in the indication of time
or of the state of the action. For example,

Ÿ
Y :   ill you go?

#Y :  
 á  Did you go?

üY:  R 
 

 á  Do you go
everyday?

ŸYYY!Y
YY

The question word may also serve to signify the speaker's purpose in
asking the question: seeking information, issuing an invitation, asking
for confirmation of something he is more or less sure about, indicating
surprise, etc. The chart below illustrates the meaning and use of various
question words.

Y ZY 3 m
 ¢Y


 Y@ @

  Invitation  

¹m

)

  Future   ¹ )

 R 
 
 á  Habitual R 
 R 


á

  ... 
 á  Past  á 

¹ )

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔ 8 Ô Confirmatio Ž
¹m

 ) M
n of what
one is very ¹M) ¹á )
sure about

á

 á Ô 8 Ô M Confirmatio Ž
¹m

 ) M
n of what
one is very ¹M) ¹á )
sure about

áÔ 8 Ô  M Confirmatio Ž
¹m

 ) M
n of what
one is very ¹M) ¹á )
sure about

áÔ ¹, á
Confirmatio m
 ¹Ž
) á 
n of one is
 ) 8 Ô ¹á
Ž) less sure
¹
 m
 about
)

áÔ  8 Ô á
Confirmatio m
 ¹Ž
) á 
n of one is
¹á
Ž) less sure
¹
 m
 about
)

á

 á Ô 8 Ô á
Confirmatio m
 ¹Ž
) á 
n of one is
¹á
Ž) less sure ¹ )
¹
 m
 about
)

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

áÔ 8 Ô  á
Confirmatio m
 ¹Ž
) á 
n of one is
¹á
Ž) less sure ¹ )

¹
 m
 about
)

¢YZ

Y ZY 3 m
Y¢Y


 @ @

áÔ 8 Ô á
Future  Ž
, m
 ,

¹
 ) 

m  8 Ô á
Intention  Ž
, m
 ,

¹
 )  ¹ )

¹á

  )  8 Ô á
Past  Ž
, m
 ,

¹
 )  

¢: Between intimates ŽĘĩĎ ¹pronounced with strong nasal quality) may
replace mĄ
û

Y
GrammarY
YY

@Y
Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y
 Z 
 @ 


¹Teacher) ¹Student 1) ¹Student 2)

¿
    here have  ¿
 Out on
you been? business.

áR

 ¿    here have  áR

 ¿ On

you been? excursion to
Ayuthaya.

      here have      To a movie.

you been?

R Ô
   here have  R Ô
 To eat.

you been?

8 Ô    here have  8 Ô  Shopping.

you been?


    here have  
 To the

you been? library

Y
Y

 #
 


1. 
 á

 Č Ď ë  Are you
going to the
library
soon?

2.  ¨ á

 Č Ď ¨
û Are you
going to the
laboratory

†††
 


 X  X
Y
soon?

3.  
á

 Č Ď ĎēČēĄ Are you
going to the
dining room
soon?

4.   á

 Č Ď Īē  Are you
going to the
toilet soon?

5.  á
 á

 Č Ď áĄĖă Are you
going to the
classroom
soon?

6.  á
 R á

 Č Ď áĄĖă ēĊēĥøă Are you
going to the
Thai
classroom
soon?

7.  R  á

 Č Ď øē ē Are you
going to the
work room
soon?

8.  Rá  á

 Č Ď øáûĖă Are you
going to the
registrar's
soon?

9.  R
IR á

 Č Ď øĄĉ
ÿø  Are you
going to the
telephone

†††
 


 X  X
Y
room soon?

10.  
á

 Č Ď ĎēČēĄ Are you
going to the
dining hall
soon?

@Y
Y
Y
YYY

3 
) á


¹m )  ¨ 

Are you going to the laboratory soon?

) m
)  m

 Yes I
am

¢)  m

 I am
not.

@

 

Z Y
 
m

1. á

¹m ) 
 Are you  m
 I am
going to the
library
soon?

2. á

m   
 Are you  m
 I am not.
going to the
dining room
soon?

3. á

  
Are you  m
 I am not.
going to the

†††
 


 X  X
Y
toilet soon?

4. á

  á
  Are you  m
 Yes.
going to the
classroom
soon?

5. á

  á
 R Are you  m
 Yes.
going to the
 Thai
classroom
soon?

6. á

  R   Are you  m
 I am not.
going to the
work room
soon?

7. á


‘ 
‘Ā Are you  m
 Yes.
going to the
Railroad
Station
soon?

8. á


¨

 Are you  m
 I am not.
going to
Hotel Rama
soon?

9. á

  Rá   Are you  m
 Yes.
going to the
registrar's
room soon?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
10 á


  Are you  m
 I am not.
. going to the
Airport
soon?

¹Students ask each other the same questions.)

@Y
Y

3Y.) ) No.

Z)
  ¹m)
 
Y

@)  m


3Y/) ) Yes.

Z)
  ¹m)
 ÔÔ Y

Z)  m


 #
 @

No
  
 ¨Ā  m


Yes
   R
R    m



No
   J  m


Yes
    ¨   m



†††
 


 X  X
Y
Yes
   
   m


No
   áR

  m


No
      m



Yes
   ¿
  m


No
   ¿
  m


Y
Y

 #
 


á

¹m )
á
  Are you going to
school soon?


 á

 
 Are you going to the
post office soon?

 
   
 Are you going to the
Post Office today?

‘ R J
  
‘ R J Are you going to the

embassy today?


  
  
‘ R J Are you going to the
embassy tomorrow?

 8

    8
 Are you going to USIS
tomorrow?

á

á

  8
 Are you going to USIS
soon?

†††
 


 X  X
Y

¿ m
á
 á

 ¿ m
á
  Are you going to the
Bank of America
soon?


  
   ¿ m
á
  Are you going to the
Bank of America
tomorrow?

@Y
Y

 Z @

1. No á


 

 m
 m
 Y

Aren't you going to the restaurant soon? No, I don't intend to

2. Yes
    ¨ 

 m
  m


Aren't you going to the lab today? Yes, I am.

3. No 
  
‘ R J
 m
 m
 Y

Aren't you going to the embassy No, I don't intend to.

tomorrow?

4. Yes 
    8

 m
  m


Aren't you going to USIS tomorrow? Yes, I am.

5. No
   
R

J
áRI
 m
 m
 Y

Aren't you going to the state No, I don't intend to.

department today?

6. Yes á

 
 
 m
  m


†††
 


 X | X
Y
Aren't you going to the library soon? Yes, I am.

7. No á


 

 m
 m
 Y

Aren't you going to the dining room No, I don't intend to.
soon?

8. Yes
   
 
 m
  m


Aren't you going to the auditorium Yes, I am.

soon?

9. No
  
 
 m
 m
 Y

Aren't you going to the hospital today? No, I don't intend to.

10. Yes 
   J
 m
  m


Aren't you going to the market Yes, I am.

tomorrow?

Y
Y

 #
 



R
R  m  øĖĩøē ēR 
 

 á  Do you go
to the
office every
day?

¿ m
m  ¿ēmēĄR 
 
 á  Do you go
to the bank
every day?

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 
m  Ą ēĎēČēĄR 
 
 á  Do you go
to the
restaurant
every day?


R

J
á m 
ĄøĄ öē GĄáøĉR 
 
 Do you go
to the state
RI á  departmen
t every
day?

 8  m   8 R 
 
 á  Do you go
to USOM
every day?

 8
m   8
R 
 
 á  Do you go
to USIS
every day?

 m  û ēR 
 

 á  Do you go
home every
day?

@Y
Y

3: 
: m  R
R  R 
 

 á 

Do you go to the office every day?

m
Ym
) R 
 m

 Yes, everyday.

¢Ym
: R 
 m

 No, not every day.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
 Z @

1. Yes m  ¿ m
R 
 
 á  R 
 m


Do you go to the bank everyday? Yes, everyday.

2. No m  JR 
 
 á  R 
 m


Do you go to the market everyday? No, not every day.

3. Yes m  
R

J
áRIR 
 
 á  R 
 m


Do you go to the Foreign Ministry Yes, everyday.

everyday?

4. Yes m 
á
 R 
 
 á  R 
 m


Do you go to the school everyday? Yes, everyday.

5. No m 
 R 
 
 á  R 
 m


Do you go to the hospital everyday? No, not every day.

6. No m  
R 
 
 á  R 
 m


Do you go to the post office everyday? No, not every day.

7. Yes m  R  R 
 
 á  R 
 m


Do you go to work everyday? Yes, everyday.

8. No m 
‘ R JR 
 

 á  R 
 m


Do you go to the embassy everyday? No, not every day.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
9. Yes m  
R

J
áRIR 
 
 á  R 
 m


Do you go to the Department of State Yes, everyday.

everyday?

10. Yes m  8  Ô
R 
 

 á  R 
 m


Do you buy food everyday? Yes, everyday.

11. No m 
‘ 
 R 
 

 á  R 
 m


Do you go to the Consulate everyday? No, not every day.

12. Yes m   ¨ R 
 

 á  R 
 m


Do you go to the laboratory everyday? Yes, everyday.



Y
YY
 Y
Y!YY

Y!YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1 m  
R

J
áRIR 
 m   
R

J
áRIR 
.

 á 
 
 m


Do you go to the State Don't you go to the State

Department everyday? Department everyday?

2 m 
á
 R 
 
 á  m  
á
 R 
 
 m

.

Do you go to the school Don't you go to the school everyday?

everyday?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3 m  á  ĀR 
 
 á  m   á  ĀR 
 
 m

.

Do you go play golf everyday? Don't you go play golf everyday?

4 m 
 R

 
 á  m  
 R

 
 m

.

Do you go swimming everyday? Don't you go swimming everyday?

5 m  8 Ô R 
 
 á  m   8 Ô R 
 
 m

.

Do you go shopping everyday? Don't you go shopping everyday?

6 m   ¨ R 
 
 á  m    ¨ R 
 
 m

.

Do you go to the laboratory Don't you go to the laboratory

everyday? everyday?

7 m  8  Ô
R 
 
 á  m   8  Ô
R 
 
 m

.

Do you go buy food everyday? Don't you go buy food everyday?

8 m  JR 
 
 á  m   JR 
 
 m

.

Do you go to the market Don't you go to the market

everyday? everyday?

@Y
Y

3: : Yes ¹1)

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Z: m  
‘ R JR 
 
 m
 Don't you go to
the embassy
everyday?

@:  ¹R 
 )m

 Yes, I do.

: No ¹1)

Z: m  
‘ R JR 
 

 m
 Don't you go to
the embassy
everyday?

@: m
 Y ¹R 
 )m
 No, I don't.

Response
 #

¹Audio)

1. Yes m    8 R 
 

 m
  m


2. No m   R
R  R 
 

 m
 m
 Y

3. Yes m  á áR
R 
 

 m
 á R 
 m


4. No m    R 
 

 m
 m
 Y

5. Yes m  
á
 R 
 
 m
  m


6. No m 
 R

 
 m
 m
 Y


7. Yes m  

Jm R 
 
 m
  R 
 m


†††
 


 X  X
Y
8. No m   ¿ m
á
 R 
 
 m
 m
 Y

9. Yes m   ¿
R 
 
 m
  R 
 m


1 & indicates that the answer is in the affirmative, ¢, in the negative.
However, since the question is in the negative a ¢ answer confirms the
question, whereas, a & answer denies it.

Y
Y

 #
 


á

  
‘ R J Yesterday I went to

the embassy.

á
  á ĩĘĎ
ĖĪĖĪ 
‘ R J A short time ago I
went to the embassy

  á
   ČĎ Īē A short time ago I
went to the toilet


 á
   ČĎ ë  A short time ago I

went to the library

Āů áR R
 ¨ á
    áøGøĖĩČĎ ¨
û A short time ago I

went to listen to
tapes in the language
laboratory

R 
á
   øēĎēČēĄ A short time ago I
went to eat

8 Ô R
J á
   8ĘĪĎ Ď øĖĩö ē A short time ago I

went shopping at the
market

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á

  á ĩĘĎ ēĖĪ  8 Ô R
J Yesterday I went

shopping at the
market


 á

   ĥGĄĊ
Ėă Yesterday I went to
the Post Office



Y
Y
YYY YY

#
Y. #
Y/

á

   J á

    J

á

   R 
R

á

    R 
R

¨
á

 ¨
á



á

  
á
 á

   
á


á

  
‘ R J á

   
‘ R J

á

   ¿
R

 á

    ¿
R



á
    ¨ á
     ¨

Y
Y

 #


á

 m
  J
 á m


‘ R J á

 m
 
‘ R J
 á m


†††
 


 X  X
Y

á
  ¹1) á
 m

 
‘ R J
 á m



 á
 m
  
 
 á m


 R
IR á
 m
   R
IR
 á m


á

  á

 m
   R
IR 
 á m


8 Ô á

 m
  8 Ô 
 á m


 á

 m
   
 á m


 á
R
 á á

 m
 
 á
R
 á 
 á m


1 á ĩĘĎ
ĖĪĖĪ may be pronounced also with a high falling tone on the first 'i'
or á ĩĎ
Ę
ĖĪ

@Y
Y

 Z @

No á

 m
  J
 á  ¹

)á m


Did you go to the market yesterday? No, I didn't

Yes á

 m
  J
 á   m


Did you go to the market yesterday? Yes, I did.

No á

 m
  ¿
R
¿ m

 á   

†††
 


 X  X
Y

¹á m
 )

Yes á

 m
  
R

J
áRI
 á   m


No á

 m
  R  
 á  ¹ )

á m


Yes á

 m
    
 R

 
 á   m


No á

 m
 
 
 á   

¹á m
 )

Yes á

   Āů áR R
 ¨ 

 á 
m   m

¹á m
 )

No á

 m
  á áR
R


Jm 
 á  ¹ )
á m




Y
Y
YYY!YY

#
Y. #
Y/

á

 m
  áR


 á  á

 m
   áR


 m


á

 m
 
 
 á á

 m
  
 


 m


á

 m
 á
 RR
á

 m
  á
 R

FSI 
 á  R
FSI 
 m


†††
 


 X | X
Y

á

 m
  R  
 á  á

 m
   R  
 m


á

 m
  áÔR

‘ 
‘Ā á

 m
   áÔR

‘

 ‘


 á  Ā
 m


á

 m
   
RR

 á

 m
    
R
 
á 

 á  R

 
á 

 m


á

 m
 
 á
R

 á

 m
  
 á
R



á 
¨ 
 á   á 
¨ 
 m


á

 m
 R Ô
R
 
 á

 m
  R Ô
R
 
á 
 m


Ask each student one of the affirmative questions above, and then ask
him the same question in the negative ¹or in reverse order). His answers
should be based on the facts of the situation.

@Y
YYY
YYY!YY

Z 
 @ 


  

á

 m
    ¿
 m
 Didn't you m
 No, I didn't.
go to
Ayuthaya ¹
yesterday? )

m      á
Did you go   No, I didn't.
to the

†††
 


 X  X
Y
movies?

á

m  
  Are you  No, I'm not.
going to the
library ¹)
soon?

 m
  á áR
 Are you ¹ ) No, I'm not.
going to
play tennis 
today?


 m
   áÔ Are you ¹ ) No, I'm not.
going to his
house 
tomorrow?

@Y
Y
YY
Y Y
YYY

Y
YY

 Z 
 @ 


   

Yes áÔ   ¿á

He didn't  Yes he
go to went.
Ayuthaya?

Yes áÔ  
R

J
áRIá Didn't he  Yes he
go to the went.

Ministry of
Foreign
Affairs?

Yes áÔ 
 á
R
 á á Didn't he  Yes he
go pick up went.
his friend
†††
 


 X 
X
Y

at Don
Muang?

No ¨

   ¿á
Didn't ¹m
 ) No, she
Mary go to didn't.
Ayuthaya?  

No m    ¨ á
Didn't yo m
 No, I didn't.
go to the
lab? ¹
)

No m   R Ô 
á
Haven't ¹m
 ) No, I
you been to haven't
eat?  

Y
YY/YYYYYYYYY

YY

3) Y
:
  ...


Y.:
ĖĪ  ĥGĄĊ
Ėă
Y/: m 
 
 m

Y.: m


1. á

...
 

2. 
  ...
 

3.
  ...J

4. á

  ...¿ m

¹¿
)

5. á

... R
IR

†††
 


 X  X
Y
6. á
. ..


7.
  ...
 ... á

8. á

... ¨

9. á

  ...R
R 

10. á

...
 ¨Ā

¢YYY

: If the students have difficulty supplying an

activity to go with drill, the instructor may suggest one.

Y
Y

$%
YY

Find out from other students:

YYYYYYYYY
)Y

1. school

2. post office

3. Bank of America

4. market

5. work

6. a restaurant


YYYYYYY)Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. went to work

2. went shopping

3. went to see the doctor

4. went to mail a letter

5. went for a walk

6. played tennis

YYYYYYYY
Y Y)Y

1. laboratory

2. library

3. home

4. school

5. a restaurant

6. to work

7. Boston

YYYYYYYY
Y Y)Y

1. go to the bank

2. play golf

3. go home

4. go to the hospital

5. repair a car

†††
 


 X  X
Y
6. cook food

7. do some typing

8. read a book

9. make a phone call

YYY
Y

YYYYYYYYY
)Y

1. drink coffee

2. eat food

3. go shopping

4. go to the lab

5. speak Thai

6. go to the Registrar's

7. study ¹at home)

8. speak English

9. went to pick up a friend

10. work

YYYYYYYYY)Y

1. go to the doctor's

2. play music

3. teach

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4. go on business

5. write a book

6. go to work

7. go home

8. go to the library

9. swim

10. eat


YY
to fly

 will, shall ¹future particle)

á 
Jenny ¹name)

á

soon

 á Don Muang ¹The name of the main commercial airport

in Bangkok)

Āů to listen

 room

 
dining room, dining hall

 ¨ laboratory ¹English loan 'lab')

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  toilet


  auditorium


 library

 Rá  registrar's ¹office)

 R  work room, office

 R
IR telephone room

 aspect particle indicating action in process

 with

Ô to sell


  the Consul

 Ā golf

¨ lab ¹English loan)

á
 , á
 a short time ago

á

  yesterday


  tomorrow

 ¨Ā coffee shop

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 to receive, accept

¹ /)
 to go meet someone, to go get something

á
 always, regularly, consistently

 field ¹as in airfield, sports field, etc.)

 airport

‘ 
  the Consulate

 to send or ship something; to see someone off, to take

something somewhere.

¨J but

R why ¹question word)

áR tape ¹English loan word)

R  every, each

  today

Y
Y
Y
Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Y
Y

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y

Y
Y

YYY
m
ÜĎČYē ë
ë ¿ YáGmĎá Ą

Y
á ēøē ēøĖĩëēøĚöĎá Ą

Yû ē Ď á ēĎăĚø
 ĩĖ øăY

û ē Ď á ēMČî¨ ëûēăYm
ÜĎČ ēÜē

á ĘĎ áá ĎĄY
Ą
m ĄēY ĄĄăē Ď á ēëĘĩĎ ēáĄĖăY ēÜē
á ĘĎ YëGĄ 
Y
Ą
á ĎĄÜáĖăY ĄĄăēm
ÜĎČë ă ē
Y

m
ÜĎČÿĚ ēĊēĥøăá
 ē
Y
á ēámăáĄĖă ēĊēĥøăøĖĩĄ áĄĖăëĎ ēĊē Ď
ĄøĄ öē GĄáøĉY
†††
 


 X | X
Y
á ēĎē ēĊēĥøăĥ ĖY¨öá Ėăĥ áGY

á ēëĎûÿĚ ēĊēĥøă

ûmĥøăáë ĎY

ĄĄăē Ď á ēÿĚ ēĊēĥøăĥĖáČ ĘĎ

 Y
á ēĥ ámăáĄĖă ēĊēĥøăøĖĩĄ áĄĖăYá ēáĄĖăÜē
mĥøăMö ēY

Ąē ēă Ď Y¨ öē YY

ZYYYYY
1. m   
  

2. áÔá  m J 

3. áÔR  R


4.  Ô áÔ  R


5. m   
È 
Yá 

6. 

Ô áÔ


7. 

Ô áÔ

8. m    R 

9. áÔ  R 

10. áÔáÔ R 

11. 

Ô áÔ R 

†††
 


 X  X
Y

12. áÔámá
 R

á
 

13. áÔá
 RMm

Y

 
Y
YY

The purpose of the drills 3.1 to 3.15 is to improve fluency. Therefore, they
should be done rapidly, so that the student will learn to respond
automatically.

@Y
YY

Model: Teacher:   

m
 Do you have a cigarette?

Student ¹affirmative): m

 Yes, I do.

Student ¹negative): m

 No, I don't.

Cue 
 
 ¨ R

words:

á   
 


 á


Ā  J

w á
m

Repeat the above drill using negative questions, ¹  



 m
 )
†††
 


 X 
X
Y
@Y
YY
#

YYYY
Y
YY

Model: Teacher: ¨ R
 Is the map good?

Student ¹affirmative): m

 Yes, it is.

Student ¹negative): m

 No, it isn't.

Cue  
 

words:

áÔ w

á



m
I

 


Repeat this drill using negative questions.

@Y
YY
#

YYY

YYY

Model: Teacher: I Is the weather good?

Student ¹affirmative): m

 Yes, it is.

Student ¹negative): m

 No, it isn't.

Cue  

words:

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m  




áÔ

 

Repeat this drill using negative questions.

@Y
YY

Z @

1.  
 á  á 

2. á  J
  J


3.  m   Rá m 

4.   m 

 m 

5. 
¨R   ¨R 

6. JJ


 J


7. á  R
m   
m 

8.
M 

 M 

9. ¨ R
¨    ¨  

†††
 


 X  X
Y
10. m
m  
  m 

Repeat this drill using  for  in the responses.

Z @

1. m ámá  R
 ámm


2. m ám 

 ámm


3. m ám áR



 ámm


4. m ámR  R
 8
 ámm



5. m ámá
  ámm


6. m ám  J
áRI ámm


7. m ám 
R ámm


8. m ámá 
JwY ámm



9. m ám
 
  ámm



10. m ám
‘

 ámm


Repeat the above drill with negative responses: ¹ám)

Z @

1. m Ô
‘á   á  m


†††
 


 X  X
Y
2. m R Ô
á   á  m


3. m á  J
á   á  m


4. m 
 á
  á  m


5. m  
 á   á  m


6. m    
 Rá   á  m


7. m  ƒ
á   á  m


Repeat the drill with negative responses: á  .

¹Repeat drill f substituting á for á  in questions and responses.)

Note: In drills f, g, and h, the questions may be asked in the

negative, as in the following examples:

From drill f: mÔ

‘á  
 m


From drill g: m Ô

‘ 
 m


From drill h: mÔ

‘á 
 m

Give a negative response to each question.

Z @

1. á

  ¿ m

 á   

Did you go to the bank yesterday? No, I didn't.

2. á

     
 á   

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Did you go to the movies yesterday? No, I didn't.

3. á
  R ¨Ā
 á   

Did you go drink coffee a short time ago? No, I didn't.

4. á
m   R

 á  

Did you watch TV last night? No, I didn't.

5. á
á 

á
 
 á   

Did you come to school this morning? No, I didn't.

6. á

 
 

á   

Did you go swimming yesterday? No, I didn't.

@Y
YY

Give a negative response to each question.

Z @

1. áÔ     

Is he in? No, he isn't.

2. m
    

Is the teacher in? No, she isn't.

3. 

m     

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Is your wife in? No, she isn't.

4.      

Is the doctor in? No, he isn't.

5. 

m      

Is your younger sister in? No, she isn't.

Respond affirmatively to the questions above.

Respond affirmatively to the questions above.

@Y
YY

Give a negative response to each question.*

Z @

1.
á
   M 
 áRY
 á    

Is that school in Bangkok? No, it isn't.

2.  
 
 m 
 
 á    

Is Udorn in N.E. Thailand? No, it isn't.

3.
‘ 
 R  R
á



 á    

Is the Thai consulate in New York city? No, it isn't.

4.  8   ‘

 á    

Is USOM on Silom Street? No, it isn't.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
5.  m   ‘
¿

 á    

Is your house on Sathorn Street? No, it isn't.

Respond affirmatively to the questions above.

*In drill k the subject of the sentence is an animate noun; in drill l it is an

inanimate noun.

Observe the contrast in usage:

Drill K: Question: ...   Answer:   

Drill L: Question: ...  ...

 á  Answer:   

@Y
YY

Respond affirmatively to the invitations.

 @

1.   Ô 

   m


Shall we go eat together? Yes, let's

2.  áR

á R
   m



Shall we take a pleasure trip to Thailand? Yes, let's do that.

3.     
   m


Shall we go to a movie? Yes, let's go

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4.  8 Ô 
   m


Shall we go shopping? Yes, let's.

5. 
 á
 ‘Ā
 
R

‘
 m


Shall we go pick up ¹our) friend at the train station? Yes, let's go.

Respond negatively to the above invitations ¹ ).

@Y
YY
YY
YYY!YY

 @

1. áÔ 8 Ô 
 á m


Is he going shopping? No, he isn't.

2. áÔ áR


 á m


Is he going out? No, he isn't.

3. m R 

 á m


Are you going to cook? No, I'm not.

4. m áÔ 
 á m


Are you going to write a letter? No, I'm not.

5. 

m á
 

 á m


Is your wife going to Vietnam? No, she isn't.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Give affirmative answers ¹m
 ) to the above questions.

@Y
YY

Give affirmative answers.

 @

1. m   8 Ô 
 m
 m


Are you on the point of going Yes, I am

shopping?

2. 

m     
 m
 m


Is your wife just about ready to go to a Yes, she is.

movie?

3. m   8  
 
 m
 m


Are you about to begin teaching? Yes, I am.

4.  m  
á
 
 m
 m


Are your children just about to leave Yes, they are.

for school?

5. m
   ¨ 
 m
 m


Is the teacher on the point of going to Yes, he is.

the language lab?

Respond negatively to the above questions.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Y  Y

YY

Using ¨J 'but' as a linking word combine the two sentences to form a
new one, as in the example below:

Sentence 1: áÔ Rá 

He can speak Thai.

Sentence 2: áÔáÔ ¹R)á 

He can't write Thai.

New Sentence: áÔ Rá  Y¨JáÔ á 

He can speak Thai, but ¹he) can't write it.

Sentences 1 & 2

1. áÔá  m  áÔá  m  Y¨J



áÔá  m 



2. áÔá  m

 áÔá  m

Y¨J

áÔá  m 

3. áÔ á áÔ á Y¨JR  á

áÔR  á

4. áÔá  m R áÔá  m RY

¨J
Rá 

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

áÔ Rá 

5. áÔ 
áÔ 
Y¨J 






6. áÔ áÔY¨J

áÔ

áÔ

7.  
 '

  
   '  
 '

  
   '

¨JáÔ
 

áÔ
 

8.          Y ¨J   

   

9. R 


áI
 R 


áI
 Y¨Já

R 


áI
á

10. áÔá áR
 áÔá áR
Y¨Já

áÔá áR
á

$%
YY

OY Have each student tell his own life story in the manner of the Basic
Episode ¹10.0).
OY hen student A has finished his short biography, student B will ask
†††
 


 X  X
Y
student C questions about it. This procedure should continue until
each student has taken all three roles.

Y
Y


YY
 to read

 to like, be fond of

m 
  Colorado

Āš Springfield

J along, after; to follow

á

á  Virginia
Y

YYY
mYY"YYY
A. R

á

R
m á
 At the language school where you
studied are there many Thais?
m Rm 

B. m Yes, many.

A.  á
 RáR
How many Thai language students
are there?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
B. R
 m
 I don't know.

A. M  m  á
 
m How many students are there in
your class?

B.  m m
 Five.

A. m á
 
   hat ¹things) are you studying?

B.  Y YáÔ Y¨¨  Reading, speaking, writing, and

translating.

A. áÔ
 
 hat languages do they teach?

B. m
 Yƒ
Y Many languages. Vietnamese, Lao,
French, Spanish, and other

Y

áI
Y
á ¨ 
 languages.

A. m
JJ ¹R )áR
m
 Altogether how many teachers of
different nationalities are there?

B. 
m m
 Several tens ¹less than a hundred).

 
YYY

a)  'each other, mutually, as a group' can be used

1. as a pluralizer of the subject of the sentence:


J  You ¹plural) shut the
door

or
2. to indicate that two or more persons or things are mutually
involved in some activity or are related in some other way.
†††
 


 X  X
Y

A m
 R  á


B. á
  R  m

A + m
¨/ á
  R 
B.

A. The teacher speaks Thai with the

student.

B. The student speaks Thai with the

teacher.

A + The teacher and speak Thai with each

B. student other.

b) 
, Mm
, and  all have interrogative and indefinite meaning
¹neither singular or plural). hen used in negative sentences the
meaning is indefinite:

 
I didn't see anything.

Mm
R
 ¹There is no one that knows.)

No one knows.

m    
 Didn't you go anywhere?


, Mm
, and  can be made plural by the addition of  .
¹Here they have interrogative meaning.)

 
 
 hat books are there?

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m     hat places are you going to?

m  R Mm
 ho all do you speak Thai with?

c) Numerals* include all of the cardinal numbers plus some other

quantity words. Numerals occur in constructions before classifiers. Some
of the quantity words are  'many, several',  'some', 
'how
many?', R  'each, every',   'few', and 
'not many'.

m
m several teachers

 
  á some books

J
J
how many tables?



¨R not many pencils

á
  m few students

The Thai numerical system is a decimal system, and with a few

exceptions compound numbers are made by multiplying by and / or
adding to the numbers from 1 to 10.

The numbers from 1 to 10 are:  
'1',
'2',
 '3',

'4',   '5',
 '6', á  '7', ¨  '8', á '9',
'10'.

Multiples of ten ¹except 20) are made by putting the multiplier in

front of ten, thus 30 is

¹3 x 10).

* For a full treatment of numerals, see Noss, 109 ff.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
70 is á 
¹7 x 10), etc. Numbers to be added to 10 or multiples of

10 occur afterwards, thus 13 is

 ¹1 x 10 + 3), 34 is




¹3 x 10 + 4), etc. 20 is 

; 22 is 


.

Except for the number 'one' itself, á   is used for 'one', thus 21 is



á  , 51 is  
á  , etc.

100 is  
Y
  or
 , but 101 is
 á . 400 is

Y
  j 423 is

Y

 Y
Y
Y
, etc.

1000 is  
 or  ; 10,000 is  

or 
.

100,000 is  
¨
or ¨
, and 1,000,000 is  
  or  .

15,000 is ¹ 
)
  ¹1 x 10,000 plus 5 x 1000).


¹15 x 1,000) is not acceptable.

450,000 is

¨
 
¹4 x 100,000 plus 5 x 10,000),



 
 ¹450 x 1,000) is not acceptable.

d) One sentence may be included in another and serve as a modifier or

specifier of some part of that sentence. R
may serve as a connector
between the main sentence and the included sentence.

Main sentence :  
 

Included sentence: áÔáÔ

Resultant sentence:  
 R
áÔáÔ 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
The books he writes are good.

R
áÔáÔ serves as a modifier of  
 . A response to the

question  
 
 'what books are good?' could be

 
 R
áÔáÔ 'the books he writes'.

Main sentence :  
 á  

Included sentence: áÔáÔ

Resultant sentence:  
 áR
áÔáÔ 

The book he wrote is good.

e) 
means 'other' in the sense of a different one not an additional one

of the same kind, 
yyn means 'others'; it acts as a pluralizer after
nouns.

 
another ¹different)

language

 
 other ¹different) languages.

.... ¨ 
 ¹lit. "and others") "et cetera"

YY

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. áÔ R  He speaks Thai with me.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 R áÔ I speak Thai with him.

á
 R e speak Thai together.

2. áÔ
m  He knows that person.

m 
áÔ That person knows him.

áÔ
 They know each other.

3. á
 R I study Thai.

á
á
 R My friend studies Thai.

á
á
 R e both study Thai.

 Y

YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1.     áÔ

áÔ     á

   

2. m

R á


á
  R m
m
¨ á
  R

3. m    á


†††
 


 X | X
Y

m  á
 m   ¨m  á
 

4. á

m 

m 
á
 m  á



5. m ¨

 J m á 

m á 
 J m ¨


m ¨

¨m á 
 J

6. m   
á


m 
á
 m    m 
á
 

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

hat languages does that

1. m    
 
person speak?

áÔ   Y


áI
Y¨R He speaks English, French,
and Thai.

2. m    
hat language does that
person speak?

áÔ R He speaks Thai.

3. R

Mm
ho is here?

R

 á

 There are students here.

4. R

Mm
 ho is here?

†††
 


 X  X
Y

R

m
Y á
 Y¨ I
J
 There are teachers,
students, and linguists.

5. M á á
áRI 
 hat are some of the
countries in Asia?

M á á
áRI áY Yƒ
 YR In Asia there are India,
China, Japan, Thailand, and
¨
áRI 
 other countries.

6. M 

áRI 
 hat are some of the
countries in Europe?

M 

áRI

áI
Y
á Y J
Y In Europe there are France,
Spain, Italy, Germany, and
á
 ¨
áRI 
 other countries.

7. M á

È 
 hat are some of the states
in America?

M á

È

Y¨
8 á8J
Y In America there are the
states of New York,
¨ ¨mĀ
á Y¨
È 
 Massachusetts, Michigan,
California and other states.

8. R


Jm J 
 hat are some of the
nationalities in the U.N.?

R


Jm  Y

áI
Y In the U.N. there are
Englishmen, Frenchmen,
m á á ¨J 
 Asians, and other
nationalities.

9. m R 
á    hat do you know how to
do?

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

áÔ ¨   á  I can write and speak

English.

10. áÔR 
á    hat does she know how to
do?

áÔR 
¨á  á á  She can cook and take care
of children.

11. áÔá 
 hat things is he good at?

áÔá
  
 á Yá wá Y He's a good student, a good
athlete, and a good worker.
¨R  á

@Y

YY

 Z @

  áÔ  

áÔ   

hat language does he He speaks English.

speak?

R¨   áÔ  

 áÔ R¨  

 

hat languages does he He speaks Thai and

speak? English.

á
 M   Mm
 á


†††
 


 X  X
Y
ho's in that room? Students.

m
¨ á
 M   Mm
 m
¨ á


ho is in that room? Teachers and students.

J R


Jm J 
m J



hat nationalities are there There are many.

at the U.N.?

R
R 
 m
    R
R 

here are you going today? To the office.

J,
 m
      J¨





here ¹all) are you going To the market and the post
today? office.

¨mĀ
á  , M á

È 
 
ȨmĀ
á ,

mY


m, ¨Ā


Ā


hat are some of the states California, New York, and

in America? Florida.

R,  , M á á
áRI 
 
áRIRY Yƒ
 Y
ƒ
 ,
†††
 


 X  X
Y

¨
áRI 
¨
áRI 
Y


hat are some of the Thailand, China, Japan, etc.

countries in Asia?


 m
, á R 
 
  

 m
Y  Y

 , á M ¨á M

hat are some of the Pranakorn, Ubol, and

provinces in Thailand Chiangmai.

á M , má   
 

  
á M¨  J

 J
J‘ J‘

hat are some of the Chiangmai and Uttaradit

provinces in Northern
Thailand?

 ¨  
m 
  
 
  
  ¨ 

hat are some of the Ubol and Udorn

provinces in N.E. Thailand?


 áR m m   
áÔ 
 áR

hat language do Central Bangkok Thai.

Thai speak?


 áRY m ůMJ 
 
 áÔ 
 áRY
¨ ůMJ ¨ ůMJ

hat languages do Southern Bangkok Thai and

†††
 


 X  X
Y
¹Thai) people speak? Southern Thai.

Y

YY

 #


á
 á
  m 5 students

m
m
m 5 teachers

 
m
 
m 1 teacher

   
m 1 doctor

  m 6 doctors


á
 
á
 m 6 Americans

†††
 


 X  X
Y


á

m 10 Americans

R
 R

m 10 soldiers

  R

 m 100 soldiers

m ¹m )
 m 100 people

Y

YY

 #


 á
 m many students

m
m
m many teachers


m

m many tens of teachers

R
R

m many tens of soldiers

ð 
ð 

m many tens of Community
Development workers


  ð 

 m many hundreds of
Community Development
workers

Ô

R Ô

R
 m many hundreds of Thai
government employees

 Ô

R m many thousands of Thai
government employees

Y

YY
†††
 


 X  X
Y

MODEL: A. m 8  
 
 m
 You bought some books?

B. m
 Yes, I did.

A. ¹8 )
ám
 How many?

B. ám
 Six.

Pairs of students are to go through the exchange above substituting the

following cue words for those underlined and making other changes
where appropriate.

1. w,  
5. ¨ R
,


2. 
,
 6.  
 ,  

3. ,
7.
, á

4. á ,
8.
, á

Repeat the drill above using Ô and  for 8 .

Y

YY

MODEL: A. 

áĄĖă 
 á  Did the students go?

B.  m
 Yes, they did.

A.  
m m
 How many?

B. Č
m m
 Six.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Substitute the following cue words for the bold words above.

1. m
, 3 5. J

, 40

2.  , 11 6. Ô

, 25

3. 
á
 , 5,000 7.  m, 100

4. R
, 5,000

Y

YY

 #


m
m
 m some teachers




m



m 22 teachers

¨  m

¨ m 18 teachers



m



m 40 teachers


á  m

á m 67 teachers


  m


 m 300 teachers

á
á  m
á
á m 91 teachers




m




m 34 teachers

  m
 m few teachers

†††
 


 X  X
Y

R  m
R m every teacher

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1.
á
 R
m á
 m
Rm

The school you're studying at has many Thai teachers.

2. Ô

R
 á RJ á
 R

Government employees that are going to Thailand must study Thai.

3. á
 R
á
 R

á  m á


Students who study here are Americans.

4. m R
R

á

Ô


People who do government work are government employees.

5. m R
     á  á


The people who live in that house are my friends.

6.  ƒ R
  m 



The girl who goes with you is pretty.

7. m R
á
 J    á


People who are going to learn a language well must speak it

constantly.

$%Y

YY

†††
 


 X
|| X
Y
Y. Y/ Y6



 R
m    

 R
m  

the house is pretty that you live in The house you live in in pretty.

 
  R
m 8  
 R
m 8 

book is good that you The book you bought is good.

bought

á
  R
áÔámá

á
 R
áÔámá
 

school is good that he used to The school he used to study at is

study ¹at) good.

 
  R
áÔáÔ  
 R
áÔáÔ 

book is good that he wrote The book he wrote is good.

 
 R
m  
 
R
m  

restaurant is good that you told The restaurant that you told ¹me
¹about) about) is good.

 
 R
m   
R
m  

province is good that you are The province you are going to is
going ¹to) good.

m
Rm R

á R
m á
 m
Rm R

á
 R
m

 á


There are many Thai that you study There are many Thai teachers at

†††
 


 X
| X
Y
teachers at the school. ¹at) the school where you study at.

‘

 R
 ƒ m 
‘R
 ƒ m  Ô


Ô

car is pretty that that The car that woman is driving is

woman is pretty.
driving

Y  Y

YY

Combine sentences 1, 2, and 3 to form sentence 4. *

1 áÔá  m
m
R

Rá  m R
.

áÔ
R

áÔá  m R

2 áÔá   ƒ  ƒ R
  m 



.

áÔ  m 

áÔ



3 áÔá  á
 á
 R
á
 R

á  m á

.

áÔá
 R


†††
 


 X
|
X
Y

áÔá  m á


4 áÔá  á
 á
 R
 J
áRIá J
.
 á


áÔ  J

áRIá

áÔJ  á


5 áÔá  Ô


R
Ô


R

J
áRIR
 á
.

J
áRI RJ á
 R

áÔ á R

áÔJ á
 R

* The student may give an acceptable response which differs from the
one given here.

@Y

YY

 Z @

1. R
áÔáÔ  
 á  áR
áÔáÔ

that he wrote hich book is good? The one he wrote.

2. R

  ƒ m 

 m R



who is named Pimpa hich woman is pretty? The one named

†††
 


 X
| X
Y
Pimpa.

3. R
 8
á
 m  á m R
 8

who came from USIS hich student is smart? The one from USIS.

4. R
m 
 M    R
m 
 M 

that you sent me hich pen is good? The one you sent me.

5. R
   m ‘

m  m R
  

who is speaking hich person is Thaworn? The one who is

speaking.

6. R
 á

m ¨

m  m R
 á


that speaks fast hich person is Mary? The one that speaks
fast.

7. R
R  R
 8  m   m  m R
R  R
 8 

who works at USOM hich person is John? The one who works at
USOM

$%
YY
a) Find out what some of the activities are that students engage in with
their wives, friends, and others.

b) Ask questions about the number of various kinds of objects ¹windows,

pencils, etc.) there are in your classroom.

c) Ask and answer questions concerning the number of people employed

in various institutions ¹egs. State Department, etc.)

†††
 


 X
| X
Y
d) Ask and answer questions about the following:

1. countries in Asia and Europe

2. provinces in Thailand

3. cities in the U.S., and in Thailand

4. nationalities in the U..N., in Asia, in Europe, and in Thailand

5. provinces and cities in various parts of Thailand

e) Find out how many people in the classroom have various skills, such as
the ability to drive a car, play tennis, etc.

f) Find out which objects in the classroom are considered to be good by

other students.

g) The instructor will put problems in addition on the, board beginning

with easy ones and proceding to more difficult ones, thus

6 + 7 = ? The students are to read the

problems and supply the correct answers.


YY
á á Asia


 other, others, other ones

 to tell

á  seven

 class, rank, grade, floor ¹in a building)

†††
 


 X
| X
Y

Ā
 Florida

  five

 six


sixty

 to want to



twenty

á nine

á
ninety

á
á  ninety-one

¨mĀ
á  California


how many, how much ¹question word)

w sport¹s), athletics

 many, several

 million

¨ and

á  á  to take care of children, to raise children

†††
 


 X
| X
Y

¨ Michigan

¨
8 á8J
 Massachusetts


ten-thousand

M in, inside

 linguistic scientist

  few

¨  eight

 thousand

 Pimpa ¹female first name)

á

fast, soon

  hundred


J United Nations

 three


thirty

¨
hundred thousand



forty

†††
 


 X
| X
Y

ten

R  altogether

áR
how many, how much ¹question word)

R

there

J must, have to

YYY

A. m 
 m m

 Do you have many brothers and
sisters?

B. m  m ¨   m m

 My parents have five children

A. m á  m R
áR
 hich are you?

B. á  m  Y I'm the middle one. There are

two older brothers, two


m 


m younger sisters.

A. 
Ô m ¨J  
  Are your older brothers married
¹yet)?

B. ¨J ¨
m  
Y One is married, and one is ¹still)

single
m  
 á 


A. Ô RY¨
m m
 And you?

†††
 


 X
| X
Y
B. m
m

¨
m
 I have a family.

A. Ô RYm   J

 á m
 Do you have children?

B. m á
m
 Yá    I have only one. He's a boy.

A.  áR
m
 How old is he?

B. Ô
m
 Six years old

¢YYYYYY

a) The chart below gives the terms used in Thai for different members of
the immediate family in terms of age, sex, and relationship to the speaker
¹Ego):

†††
 


 X
| X
Y

1.  alone means: 'younger brothers and/or sisters' 
alone means:

'older brothers and/or sisters' 
 alone means: 'older and younger
brothers and/or sisters'

2.  J
=   'child'  J
is more elegant;   is more common.

3.  Ym Y 
means 'a child'  Y 
Ym means 'one child'

 m á
w means 'only one child'.

b) ¨J  'to marry'; ¨J 'decorate, adorn' +  'ceremony'. ¨J is a

verb and  is its noun complement. In responses to questions only the
verb is necessary.

 
YYY

œ
Y 
YY

Ordinal number constructions consist of R
+ cardinal numbers ¹or

question word replacements for them)
R


'fourth': R
+

'4'
R
á 'seventh': R
+ á '7'
R
 

  'hundredth' : R
+  

  '100', etc.
R
áR
 'the how manyeth' : R
+ áR 
 'how many'

¨Ą
YY

¨
 means 'to be first in time, quality, in a series or sequence, or from
point of origin.
á   Im ¨
Ô áÔ 'I was his first student.'

R
 
refers to the first item in a numbered series of lessons, floors ¹in a
†††
 


 X
| X
Y
building), etc.
 YR
 
'the first floor'
RR
 
'lesson one'

œ
Y 
Y
Y
YY

Ordinal numbers occur immediately after classifiers and in construction

with them.
 m R

 'the third child
 
 áR
á  'the seventh book'

$%
YY

 'age' is a noun and is used in equational sentences like the following:
 áR
A
š

Noun Phrase = Noun Phrase

áÔ  

š He ¹is) 20 ¹age-20-year).

In questions  áR

 is used generally for asking someone's age but
 
š may be used for younger persons. The response is usually
¹number of years) + š but for persons under 12, ¹number of years) + Ô

is used.

For example:

Q.  m á   
š How old is your youngest?

A. Ô
¹He's) six.

Q. m  m   áR

 How old is your father?

†††
 


 X
X
Y
A.  

 š 53

¨  ČĄĘĎă
YY%
YYYYYY

¨

  'or not yet?' is used in questions to find out the state of an
action ¹complete or not complete).

¨
is often omitted or occurs in reduced form in  or á  . It may

occur as  or á  in very rapid speech.

The responses to it are either: 1.  'not yet' ¹or) 2. Verb + ¨
'Action
completed'.

Q. m R Ô
¨

  Have you eaten
yet?

R: ¹Negative)  m
 No. ¹lit. 'not yet.')

R: ¹Affirmative) R ¨
m
 Yes, I have

[YYă
ĥ YYă
ĥ ĥ YY

Observe the use of   and   in the examples below

1a. áÔ  R

She's still here.

1b. áÔ  She hasn't gone yet.

2. m
áÔ ¿
¨
¨JáÔ   I thought he had gone on
business already, but he
hadn't.

†††
 


 X

X
Y
The meaning of the first example is: 'He hasn't gone yet ¹because he
doesn't want or need to), but he may go yet'. The meaning of the second
example is: 'He could ¹or should) have gone, but he didn't. ¹See 5.2a).

#YY
Y
Y


YY
Y*YY

hen classifier phrases with á
or  refer to the pronoun subject
of the sentence, they occur after the main verb, usually at the end of the
sentence.

áÔ m á
He went by himself.

áÔ  m Several of them went together.

 
Y

YY



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

He is
my I am his
1. áÔá  
  older á   áÔ younger
brother brother.
.

2. R á  m   He is á   R I am his

my son.
father.

3. áÔá  m   ƒ m  He is  ƒ m  á   

á That

that girl is
girl's Ô his
father daughte

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
r

4. áÔá     He is á  
áÔ I'm his

my older
younge brother.
r
brother
.

5. áÔá  

 She's á  
áÔ I'm her

my older
younge brother.
r sister.

6. áÔá  

! She is ! á  


áÔ I'm her

my older
younge sister.
r sister.

7. áÔá  


 She's á   áÔ I'm her

my younger
older brother.
sister.

8. áÔá  
  He's á   áÔ I'm his

my younger
older brother.
brother
.

9. áÔá   ! He's ! á  


áÔ I'm his

my older
younge sister.
r
brother

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
.

10 R á  m ¨  She's á   R I'm her

. my son.
mother
.

Y

YY

 #


J áÔá   m J He's the oldest child.

áÔá   m R

She's the second child.

¨
 áÔá   m ¨
 He's the first child.

 áÔá   m R

 She's the third child.

 áÔá   m  He's the middle child.

  áÔá   m R
 He's the fifth child.

á  áÔá   m á  She's the smallest child. ¹youngest)


áÔá   m R


He's the fourth child,

á  áÔá   m R
á She's the seventh child,

@Y

YY

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
 Z @

1.
  m R
áR

 hich son ¹is ¹ ) The third.
it)?
m R



2.

á
 m R
áR
 hich student ¹ á
 ) The fourth.
¹is it)?
m R



3.  m
m R
áR
 hich teacher ¹m
) m R
 The sixth.
¹is it)?

4.
 m R
áR
 hich doctor ¹ ) The
¹is it)? second.
m R

5.
 
m R
áR

 hich farmer ¹
) The third.
¹is it)?
m R



6.  
 
 áR
áR
 hich book ¹is ¹ 
 ) The first.
it)?
áR
 

7.
R
áR
 hich pen ¹is ¹ ) The
it)? second.
R

8. ¨ 
‘m R
áR
 hich car ¹is ¹
‘) The
it)? eighth.
m R
¨ 

9. á  
¨  R
áR
 hich sheet of ¹
 ) The
paper ¹is it)? seventh
¨  R
á

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
10.  
R  RR
áR
 hich lesson ¹is ¹ R  ) The first.
it)?
RR
 

@Y

YY

 Z @


He's
the
hich
1 young
á  áÔá   m R
áR
 child áÔá   m á 
. est
is he?
¹child)
.

2 J áÔá   m R
áR hich áÔá   m J He's

. son is the

 he? oldest
¹son).

3  m á   m R
áR
 hich á   m  I'm the
. child middle
 are child.
you?

4 J áÔá   

m R
áR

 hich áÔá   

m J She's
. daugh the
ter is oldest
she? daugh
ter.

5 á  m á   m R
áR hich á   m á  I'm the

son young
†††
 


 X
 X
Y
.
 are est
you? son.

6  á m  á   m R
áR hich á m  á   m  That

. of his child is
 
Ô áÔ childr  Ô áÔ his
en is middle
that child.
child?

7 á  á m  á   m R
áR hich á m  á   m á  That

. of his child is

Ô áÔ young Ô áÔ the
er young
sibling est of
s is his
this sibling
child? s.

8 J m á   m R
áR
 hich á   m J I'm the
. child oldest
are ¹child)
you? .

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

á   Im ¨
Ô áÔ I was his first student.

áÔá  m
Rm ¨
Ô Y She was the first Thai
teacher at FSI.
á Āá


†††
 


 X
 X
Y

 
 á á   
 á¨
R
áÔáÔ This book was the first book
he wrote,

‘m á 
‘m ¨
Ô  This car is my first car.

Rá  ¨
R
á
 Thai is the first foreign
language I studied.

áÔá  m ¨
R

 He is the first person I met.

 m  á   m ¨
M  
  That doctor was the first
doctor in this province.

¿ ¿ Y
 J Y President ashington was
the first American president.
á 
¿ ¿ m ¨
Ô á


@Y

YY

Cues Question Response

1.  ƒ m   ƒ m   
š áÔ 
 š


š How old is that woman? She's 16.

2. m  m , m  m   áR

 R  
š

áR
 ¹50) How old is your father? He's 50.

3. á
Ym , á
m   áR

 áÔ 

š

áR
 ¹30) How old is your friend? She's thirty

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

4. 
m , 
m   áR

 áÔ  

á š

áR
 ¹29) How old is your older He's 29.
brother?

5.  Ym ,  m   
Ô
áÔ 
Ô


Ô
¹2) How old is your son? He's 2.

6. 

m , 

m   áR

 áÔ 
Ô

áR
 ¹10) How old is your sister? She's 10.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

áÔ  ... ...m á
He has only one child.

...m  
He has a child.

... 
m He has one child.

áÔ

... ...m á
He has only one wife.

...m  
He has a wife.

... 
m He has one wife.

 
 ... ...áá
I have only one book.

†††
 


 X

| X
Y

...á 
I have a book

... 
á I have one book.

  ... ...á
I have only one pen

... 
I have a pen

... 
  I have one pen.

áÔ á
 ... ...m á
He has only one student.

...m  
He has a student.

... 
m He has one student.

@Y

YY

Y Z @

1 á
áÔ 
m How áÔ m á
He has

. many only one
children child
does he
have?

2  áÔá

m How áÔá
m He has

. many many
 friends friends,
does he
have?

†††
 


 X

X
Y
3 á
áÔ 
 
á How áÔ 
 áá
He has
. many only one
books book,
does he
have?

4 á
áÔ8

á How áÔ8
áá
He bought

. many only one
notebook notebook.
s did he
buy?

5  áÔ
m R
m How áÔ
m Rm He knows
. many many
 Thais Thais,
does he
know ?

6 á
áÔ
m  
How áÔ
m  m á He knows
. many only one
m Englishm 
Englishma
en does n.
he know?

7 á
áÔ  Mm
ho did áÔ m á
He went
. he go by himself.
with?

8  áÔ  Mm
ho did áÔ  m Several of
. they go them went
 with? together.

9 á
áÔR Ô 
 Mm

ho does áÔR m á
He eats
. he eat alone.
with?

†††
 


 X


X
Y
Y

YY

 #


1. 
Y,   m  

Y One person is

named Jim;
m  

  another, John.

2. á  YR, á
 m  
á  RY One person is
Thai; another,
m  
á  á
 American.

3. á  Ym
, R
m  
á  m
Y One person is a
teacher; another,
m  
á  R
a soldier.

4. á  Y
,  m  
á  
Y One is an older

sibling; another
m  
á   is a younger
sibling.

5.

, 

 m  


Y m  


 One person is

pretty, another,
not.

6. á , á m  
á Y m  
á One person Is

skillful; another
isn't.

7.     Y m  
    Y One person can

speak English;
 m  
  another can't.

8.  á R, m  
 á RY One person is in

Thailand;

†††
 


 X

 X
Y

  á
 m  
  á
 another in
America.

9. ¨J  ¨
, m  
¨J  ¨
Y One person is

married; another
 á 
 m  
 á 
 is still single.

10.  ¨
,    m  
 ¨
Y One person has

gone? Another is
m  
   still here.

@Y

YY

 Z @

1 ,  
m  


YYm  
Y
.
m  

Y 

hat are those two people One is named Jim, the

named? other John.

2 ¨J ¨
,  m ¨J  ¨


  ¨J ¨
m  
,
.
 á 
 m  
 á  Y


Are your younger brothers One is; one isn't,

married yet?

3 á   , á
m 
m  R  
á   m  
Y
.
á  Ô 
 m
 m  
á  Ô 





†††
 


 X

 X
Y
hat do your two friends do for One's a doctor; the
a living? other a government
employee.

4   ,
m         m  
Y

.
   m  
 

Can those two people speak One can, one cannot.

English?

5 ,   

á   á 
Y

.
á 


Are those two books good? One is good, the other

isn't.

@Y

YY

 #


1.
á
 m 
á
¨

  m
 Have you
met my
friend yet?

2. áÔ
 áÔ
á
¨

  m
 Has he met
my friend
yet?

3.  R  áÔ R  ¨

  m
 Has he
gone to
work yet?

†††
 


 X

 X
Y
4.  R áÔ R ¨

  m
 Can he
speak Thai
yet?

5. m  m  R ¨

  m
 Can you
speak Thai
yet?

6. 8  
 m 8  
 ¨

  m
 Have you
bought the
books yet?

7. R Ô
m R Ô
¨


  m
 Have you
eaten yet?

8. m
m

m m
m

¨

  m
 Do you
have a
family yet?

9.   
 á  m    
 á  ¨


  m
 Have you
read that
book yet?

10. á
 RR

m á
 RR

¨

  m
 Have you
studied
lesson 10
yet?

@Y

YY

 Z @


1. yes m á
 RR

¨

  m
 Have á
 ¨
m
 Yes,

†††
 


 X

 X
Y
you we
studied have
lesson .
10
already
?

2. no m R Ô
¨

  m
 Have  m
 Not
you yet.
eaten
yet?

3. yes áÔ R  ¨


  m
 Has he  ¨
m
 Yes,
gone to he
work has.
yet?

4. no m 
m
 ¨

  m
 Have  m
 Not
you two yet.
met
yet?

5. no áÔ 
 ¨

  m
 Does he  m
 Not
have yet.
the
books
yet?

6. yes R

I 


  Is it  
¨
m
 Yes,
cold it is.
there
yet?

7. no m   áÔ¨

  m
 Have  m
 Not
you yet.

†††
 


 X

 X
Y
spoken
with
him
yet?

8. yes m  R ¨


  m
 Can you  ¨
Yes,
speak I
Thai can.
yet?

9. no m áÔ R ¨


  m
 Can you  m
 Not
write yet.
Thai
yet?

10 yes áÔÔ
‘á  ¨

  m
 Does he á  ¨
m
 Yes,
. know he
how to does.
drive
yet?

11 no áÔ
 á  ¨

  Can he  m
 Not
. swim yet.
yet?



Y

YY

Add a negative statement with  to the affirmative statement.

m
Y  ¢Y 

1. ¨
Y¨JáÔ  I've come already, but

he hasn't yet.

†††
 


 X

 X
Y
2.  
 ¨
Y¨JáÔ  I have books already,
but he doesn't yet.

3. R ¨
Y¨JRÔ áÔ  My Thai's good

already, but his isn't
yet.

4. m á ¨
¨JáÔ á You are already good

¹at something) but he
isn't yet.

5. ám á R¨
Y¨JáÔ ám I've already been to

Thailand, but he
hasn't yet.

6. Ô
‘á  ¨
¨JáÔ á  I already know how to
drive, but he doesn't
yet.

7. 
m ¨
Y¨JáÔ 
  I've already met you
but he hasn't yet.

Y

YY

 @

1.   áÔ   He hasn't gone home

yet.

2. ámR 
R áÔ ámR 
R He hasn't ever eaten
Thai food.

3. á áÔ á He isn't good ¹at

doing something) yet.

4.  R áÔ R á He doesn't speak

†††
 


 X

 X
Y
Thai well yet.

áÔ  Rá

5. á  áÔ á  He doesn't know how

to do it yet.

6.
 á
 á 
áÔ
  He doesn't know how
to swim yet.

áÔ
 

á 

7.  áÔ  He is unable to do it

yet.

8.  R   áÔ  R   He is unable to go to

work yet.

áÔ R   



Y

YY

Add a negative statement with    to the affirmative statement.

m
Y  ¢Y 

1. m
áÔ ¨
¨JáÔ  

I thought he had gone already, but he hadn't.

2. m
áÔR¨
¨JáÔ  R

I thought he had already done it, but he hadn't.

†††
 


 X
| X
Y
3. m
áÔá
 R  ¨
¨JáÔ  á


I thought he had already studied this but he hadn't.

lesson,

4. m
áÔR ¨
¨JáÔ  R

I thought he had already eaten, but he hadn't.

5. m
áÔá  
 ¨
¨JáÔ  á 

I thought he was already the consul, but he wasn't.

6. m
áÔ
m ¨
¨JáÔ 

I thought he had already taught it to but he hadn't.

you,

7. m
áÔ   
 á ¨

¨JáÔ  

I thought he had already read this book, but he hadn't.

8. m
áÔ¨
¨JáÔ 

I thought he had already typed the but he hadn't.

letter,

9. m
áÔ8  
 á  ¨
¨JáÔ  8

I thought he had already bought that but he hadn't.

book,

10. m
áÔĀů áR   ¨
¨JáÔ Āů

I thought he had already listened to this but he hadn't.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
tape,

Y 
Y

YY

One student forms a sentence like Sentence 1 and another forms a

question like Sentence 2 from the cues given. The first student answers
the question.

 Y. Y/

1 
    
  m   
 


.
 m


I haven't mailed the Haven't you mailed the letters

letters yet. yet?

2 R 
   R 
m   R 


.

 
 
 m


I haven't eaten lunch Haven't you eaten lunch yet?

yet.

3 á  á m  á 

 m

.

I'm not good yet. Aren't you good yet?

4  R  R  m  R  


.
 m


I can't speak Thai yet. Can't you speak Thai yet?

†††
 


 X

X
Y
5
áÔ  
 áÔ m  
 áÔ
 m

.

I haven't met her yet. Haven't you met her yet?

6 8  
   8  
 m   8  
 

 m

.

I haven't bought books Haven't you bought books yet?

yet.

$%
YY

a) Make up a family chart ¹like the one in 12.1) for each member of the
class and the tutor.

b) Ask questions about each memeber of the family in order to find out
the following information:

1. name

2. age

3. present and past occupations

4. residence

5. place of work

6. travel experience

7. languages spoken

8. skill in sports and other activities

c) If some of the people In the class have children, find out the name, sex,
and age of them.


YY
†††
 


 X
 X
Y



 lunch, noontime meal

 age ¹in years)

 classifiers of things

R ¹ R) lesson ¹in a textbook)

 J
¹m ) child ¹elegant usage) ¹one's direct descendant)

á  ¹m ) child ¹immature person)

á
one only, only

 still, not yet

m classifier for cars, and other vehicles

m to think

m  the middle one ¹of children)

m á  the youngest one ¹of children)

m
 R the youngest one ¹of children)

m J the oldest one ¹of children)

m
m

the family

¹m
m

)

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

Ô
year ¹of age for people under 14 years)

m  m ¨ ¹m ) parents ¹polite usage)


 in the daytime, by day

á  small, little ¹in size)

¨
already ¹used to indicate completed action)

¨

  or not yet? ¹used in questions)

  ¹m ) child ¹common usage, refers to one's direct

descendant)

 I ¹m ) student, pupil

¨ ¹m ) mother

 ¹m ) younger brothers and/or sisters

  ¹m ) younger brother¹s)



¹m ) younger slster¹s)

 ceremony


¹m ) older brother¹s) and/or sister¹s)


 ¹m ) older brother¹s)

†††
 


 X
 X
Y


 ¹m ) brother¹s) and sister¹s)




¹m ) older sister¹s)

 ¹m ) father

š year

¿ ¿ ¹m ) the president of a country

¨
 to be first


  yet ¹question word)

 to be single, unmarried

¨J to decorate, adorn ¹the verb in ¨J Y  )

¨J  to marry, to get married, to be married

R
form that is used with numerals to form ordinal

numbers, hence R
Y
 'third', etc.

J big, large, mature

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

¨ Y
 mY

 hich?

m  hich one ¹person)?

á
 m  hich student?

á
  m  hich male student?

 This

m  This one ¹person)

 ƒ m  This female.

á
  ƒ m  This female student.

 That over there.

m  That one ¹person) over there.

m
m  That teacher over there.

m
Ô m m  That teacher of yours over there.

 That.

m  That one ¹person).

á
m  That friend.

á
Ô m m  That friend of yours.

á
 ƒ Ô m m  That female friend of yours.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

hich
m  
  person is
named John?
á
 á
 m  
  hich
student is
named John?
  á
  m  
  hich male
student is
named John?
m  
á
 That person
is named
Nongyao
á
 á
m  
á
 That friend
of mine is
named
Nongyao
 ƒ á
 ƒ m  
á
 That female
friend of
mine is
named
Nongyao
 
 á   That book is
good.
Ô m   
 Ô m á   That book of
yours is
good.
m 

 That one
¹person) is
pretty.
á
á
m 

 That friend
is pretty.
Ô m  á
Ô m m 

 That friend
of yours is
pretty.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

 ƒ á
 ƒ Ô m m 

 That female

friend of
yours is
pretty.

Question Response
 ƒ 
    m

oman or man? Man

  
  m

Is ¹he) named John or Jim? Jim
m  
 m  m  m

That one or the one over there? That one over
there.
áÔá  m

 á
 á
 m

Is he teacher or a student? A student.

  m

¹Is it) good or not? ¹It's) good.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y


 

 

m

¹Is she) pretty or not? ¹She is) not
¹pretty).
Ô m 
 Ô áÔ Ô áÔm

Yours or his? His.

 áÔá  Mm
áÔ

á  á
 áÔá  Mm
áÔá  á


, á  á
 m  á  Mm
áÔ
Y
á  á


¨

, áÔá  Mm
áÔ
¨

Y
á  

m   á  

m  



áÔá  Mm
áÔ



á  m
 áÔá  Mm
áÔá  m




, á  m
 áÔá  Mm
áÔ


Y
á  m


m   m  á  Mm
áÔ
 
á  m
m  á  Mm
áÔá  m


  , á  á
 m á  Mm
áÔ
  Y
á  á

The instructor points at two or more of the objects as he asks the
question and selects one of them as he gives the response.
Question Response
1.  
 á  á 
hich book is good? That one.
2.    
hich pen is good? That one.

†††
 


 X
| X
Y
3. 
¨R   ¨R 
hich pencil is good? This one.
4. á J

  J

hich chair is good? That one.
5. ¨ R
¨    ¨  
hich map is good? This one.



m
 Ym 
 Hello,
Preecha
B.


m
 Ym 
I Hello,
Somsak.
á     m
 How are you?
A.  á

YYm
 O.K. ¹so, so)
B.  Ym 
 Oh, Preecha.

m   This is John.


m ¨

That's Mary.

m  John's wife.

A.


m
 Hello.
John:


m
 Hello.
Mary:


m Hello.

¹l0 minutes later)

A. Ô RY Excuse me, I must go.

  m

B. áƒm
 Y  Mm
 All right, I'll see you again.
ii) Informal ¹especially between intimates)
A: ¹
)

m


†††
 


 X
 X
Y

B:


m

or A: á  ¹ )  m
 How are you?

B:  á

Y So so.
or B: ¨ Terrible.
or A:   m
 here are you going?

B:  áR

m
 Out for pleasure.

B:  ¿
m
 Out for business.
or A:   m
 here are you coming from?

B:  áR

m
 From pleasure.

B:  ¿
m
 From business.

  J 

J 
M  J


 
M


 
á
  M

J 
á   
M J

 
 
 
M
 

 


á
 
M


A:


m
 Hello.
B: m  Rá  You speak Thai very well.

á  m J 
m
 hat nationality are you?
A: á  m á
 m
 I'm an American.
B: m  R m
 You ¹can) speak Thai very well.
A: Ô m m
 Thank you.

    áR  m
 I can only speak a little.

†††
 


 X

X
Y
B: Mm

Rm m
 ho taught you Thai?
A: m   m
 Miss Nongnut.

áÔá  m
R She is a Thai language teacher

R

á

 at the language school.

á
 YáÔ Y  Y

The verbs á
 'study, learn', áÔ 'write',  'read', and
'to
teach' do not occur without object complements; if there is no other
complement,  
 is used, thus á
  
 'to study ¹in a school)',
áÔ  
 'to write ¹books)',   
 'to read', and
 
 'to
teach'.

Nationalities

The Thais use the following terms to refer to people of various

nationalities:
†††
 


 X
 X
Y

OY For all nationalities: m + name of country

m R a Thai
m ƒ
 a Japanese
m  a Burmese
m á
 a German
m  J an Egyptian
etc.
1. áÔá  ¹m )R He's a Thai.
2. áÔá  ¹m ) á
 He's an American.
3. áÔá  ¹m )   He's an Englishman.
4. áÔá  ¹m )

áI
He's a Frenchman.
5. áÔá  ¹m )á
 He's a German.
6. áÔá  ¹m ) He's a Chinese.
7. áÔá  ¹m )ƒ
 He's a Japanese.
8. áÔá  ¹m )
He's a Lao.
9. áÔá  ¹m )ƒ
He's a Vietnamese.
10. áÔá  ¹m ) He's a Burmese.
11. áÔá  ¹m )áÔ
He's a Cambodian.
12. áÔá  ¹m )á He's a Korean.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

Cue Question Response

 áÔá  m RM M
áÔá  m 
Mm R
He's Thai, isn't he? No, he isn't.
He's Chinese.
He isn't Thai.

áÔá  m RM MYáÔá  m 

áÔá  m 

Mm R
He's Thai, isn't he? No, he isn't.
He's Lao.
He isn't Thai.

m á  m R
 á  á /M
á  m 

Mm R
Are you Thai? No, I'm not. / I'm not.
I'm Lao.
I'm not a Thai.
á
 m á  R

 á  á /M
á  á

MR

You're a soldier? No, I am not/No, I'm not.

I'm a civilian.
I'm not a soldier.
á  R

‘ R m á  á  R
 8

 á /M

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

J
á  á  R

‘ R
J
Má  R
 8

You are a USIS official? No, I'm not/No, I am not.
I'm an Embassy official.
I'm not a USIS official.
m J  
 m á  m 
 áRM M /á 
á  m J  

Mm 
 áR
You are a Bangkoker, aren't No, I'm not/No, I am not.
you?
I'm an out-of-towner.
I'm not a Bangkoker.
á
áÔá  

m   
 M
áÔá  á

M


She's John's wife? No, she isn't.
She's a friend.
She's not his wife.
áÔ¹
áRI)R He's from Thailand,

á
 áÔ¹
áRI) á
 He's from America.


áI
áÔ¹
áRI)

áI
He's from France.
á
J  áÔ¹
áRI)á
J  He's from Vietnam.

 áÔ¹
áRI) He's from Burma.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y


á8 áÔ¹
áRI)

á8 He's from Russia.

 áÔ¹
áRI) He's from China.

áÔ
áÔ¹
áRI)áÔ
He's from Cambodia.

 áÔ¹
áRI) He's from Malaya.

Ā


 áÔ¹
áRI)Ā

He's from the
Philippines.


áÔá  m R áÔ¹
áRI)R
áÔá  m   áÔ¹
áRI)  
áÔ¹
áRI)á
J 
áÔá  m ƒ


áÔá  m

á8 áÔ¹
áRI)

á8
áÔá  m ƒ
 áÔ¹
áRI)ƒ

áÔá  m á áÔ¹
áRI) á
Have two students do the following exchange substituting the cue words
for those underlined. Student 1: áÔá  m ƒ
YMm
 Student 2:
M YáÔá  m Rm
 Student 1: 
áRIR
 m

Student 2: m

á
 ,
1. 4.

á8,
á


áI

 ,
2. 
, á 5. á
 / á


3. ƒ
 , 

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

Cue Question Response


 áR m á 

 áR
hat city do you come
Bangkok.
from?

 J m á 


 J
hat city do you come
ashington.
from?


m m á 


m
hat city do you come
New York.
from?


 m á 



hat city do you come
Rome.
from?

   m á 

  
hat city do you come
London.
from?
  m á 
 
hat city do you come London.
†††
 


 X
 X
Y
from?
á á

 m á 
á á


hat city do you come
Denver.
from?
8 Ā
 8
 m á 
8 Ā
 8

hat city do you come
San Francisco.
from?
Cue Pattern 1 Pattern 2
 , á
 áÔ   áÔ  á

  ,
áÔ  áÔ 

m


m


, Já
áÔ¹
 ) 

áÔ ¹
 ) Já


 J ,
áÔ
 J áÔ á á


á á




áI
,
áÔ

áI
áÔ á

á

áÔá  

Y He's a 'farang'. He comes from
1.
 

Paris.

áÔá  ¨ÔY He's a 'kheek'. He comes from

2.
 Malaya.

áÔá  m RY He's a Thai. He comes from

3.
á R Thailand.

áÔá  ¨ÔY He's a 'kheek'. He comes from

4.

áRI á India.

áÔá  

Y He's 'farang'. He comes from
5.

áRI   England.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

áÔá  m  Y He's Chinese. He comes from

6.
Ž  Hong Kong.

áÔá  m R
Y He's a Thai Moslem. He comes

7.
 ůJJ  from Pattani.
He's a 'farang'. He comes from
áÔá  

Y ashington.
8.

 J

Substitute the cue words in one of the exchanges below ¹only one will fit
the cue word): MODEL I: ¹for ¨Ô) Cue word: m 
A: á
m á  

YM
B: M Yá  ¨Ô
A: 
áRI
B: 

MODEL II: ¹for others)

Cue word: m 

áI
/R

A: á
m á  

YM
B: Mm
 Yá  m 

áI

Mm
 Yá  m R

1. 
 6. áÔ

2. á 7.
á
3.

á8 8. 

†††
 


 X
| X
Y

4. á
 9. 
5.  á8 10. 

Recognition and familiarization drill

1. m R R Thais speak Thai.

2. m á
     Americans speak English.
3. m      Englishmen speak English.
4. m    Chinese speak Chinese.
5. m 
 
Lao speak Laotian.
6. m  
 Malayans speak Malay.
7. m ƒ
 ƒ
Vietnamese speak Vietnamese.
8. m
áJ
á    Australians speak English.

Substitution drill

Cue Pattern


á8 m

á8 

á8
á m á á
ƒ
 m ƒ
  ƒ

áÔ
m áÔ
 áÔ

 m  

Substitution drill
Have two students engage in the following exchange, substituting the
cue words below for those underlined: Cue:  , 

Student 1: R
áÔ  YM

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

Student 2: MYáÔ 

áÔ  

1. 

áI
Yá
 7. Ž  Yá
 
2.  á8, ƒ
 8. R, 
3.
á , Já 9.

, á
4. á R, R 10.
Ȩ , R
5. á
,   11.
J ,

á8
6. áÔ
, 
12.
È á ,  

Substitution drill

Cue Pattern
R áÔ R He can speak Thai.

áÔ 
 He can speak Lao.
á
 áÔ á
  He can speak German.

á áÔ 
á  He can speak Spanish.


á8 áÔ 


á8 He can speak Russian.
 áÔ   He can speak Chinese.
ƒ
áÔ ƒ
 He can speak Vietnamese.
 áÔ   He can speak Malayan.
 áÔ  He can speak Burmese.

Substitution drill

Ask the students what languages they can speak, using the following
patterns:
†††
 


 X

X
Y

Instructor: m  ¹...) m

 Can you speak ¹...)?
Student: m
 Yes, I can.
m
 No, I can't.

Substitution drill

Cue Pattern
á
 m 
á R Is that student good in Thai?
m   m   á R Is John good in Thai?
  m   á    Is John good in English?

 m 
á    Is Preechaa good in English?


áI
m 
á 

áI
 Is Preechaa good in French?
m
áÔ m
áÔá 

áI
 Is his teacher good in French?

m
áÔá 
 Is his teacher good in Lao?

Cue Pattern
That student learns
á
 m  á
  
 á
rapidly,
áÔ áÔá
  
 á He learns rapidly.
áÔ  
 R áÔáÔ  
 Rá He writes Thai well.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

m  m áÔ  
 Rá You write Thai well.

You speak Vietnamese
 ƒ
m  ƒ
á
well.
My teacher speaks
m
 m
 ƒ
á
Vietnamese well.
My teacher teaches

 
 m

 
 á
well.

Comprehension test

The teacher reads each of the passages below two times at normal speed
with a pause between the two readings. The students listen and take
notes if they wish. Then the teacher asks them the questions below. The
students are not to look at the book during this time.

1.Y á
YáÔá  ¨ÔYáá8 áÔ  

1.Y á
Y Y YY Y 
2.Y áÔá  

YMm

3.Y áÔ
áRI
2.Y m
á YáÔá  m á
 

áÔR  R
 8

1.Y 

mm
 R  
 m

2.Y m
  
3.Y m
á  

YM
3.Y R

áRIá
 YáÔá  m á



áÔá  m
R
1.Y R



 m

2.Y m
Rá  m á
 YM
†††
 


 X
 X
Y
3.Y R
á  ¨ÔYM
4.Y áÔá  ¨ÔY
áRI áYáÔá  
R  R

  wYáÔ


1.Y m  


2.Y áÔYYR  YY

 á 
3.Y áÔYYR  YYR

4.Y áÔYYá  YY¨ÔYM
5.Y áÔYYY
áRIY YM
6.Y m Y
Yá  Y 
YR
Y
 Yw
5.Y á
 Yá  Y¨ÔY  á8YáÔá
 á áÔá
 Y
á Y

áÔá  

Y 

Ym ¨áÔY

 
J
1.Y á
 Yá
 YY 

2.Y áÔYá
 Yá Y
3.Y 

YáÔY Yá  Y¨Ô
 m

4.Y m Y¨ YáÔYYY
5.Y á
 á ƒ

6.Y á
 á  

YM
7.Y R

 
JáÔ  YMm

6.Y á
á áYáÔá  

Y
áRI J
áÔR  R


YáÔá  R

1.Y á
m á   YMm


2.Y áÔá  

3.Y áÔá  m J 

4.Y áÔ
áRI
5.Y áÔá  ¨ÔYM
†††
 


 X
 X
Y
6.Y áÔR  
 á 
7.Y áÔR  R

7.Y 



 Y

YáÔá  m  YŽ 


áÔ R  Yá  ¨  
1.Y 



 YM
2.Y 

 á  m J 

3.Y áÔá  m
R

4.Y


 


5.Y 

 R  
 á 

Vocabulary
á
 America

á
 American

  England, English

á India, Indian

 á8 Indonesia, Indonesian

á  Indiana

Já Italian ¹ J 'Italy')

áJ
á Australia, Australian

J Boston

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

 from

 extremely, a great deal

J¹J) nationality, nation, race

 China, Chinese

á á

 Denver

white-skinned people, Including Europeans, Austraians,



¹m )
white Americans, etc.



áI
France, French

Ā


 Philippines, Philippine

Ž  Hong Kong

á
 Germany, German

ƒ
 Japan, Japanese

ƒ
Vietnam, Vietnamese

á Korea, Korean

á to be expert, skillful ¹at doing something)

áÔ
Cambodia, Cambodian

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

¨Ô ¹m ) dark-skinned people, Moslems and Hindus in particular

áÔ to write


 ¹
 ) city ¹used to refer to some capitol cities)


 áR Bangkok


Laos, Lao, Laotian

  London

 very much, a lot of

 Malaya

¨ Michigan

á ¹á ) city, country ¹nation)

   a little


 New York



Paris

ůJJ  Pattini ¹city in South Thailand)

 ¹) language, speech

 Burma, Burmese

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

È ¹rat) state, nation

á
 to study, learn

 Rome

á Spain

8 Ā
 8
 San Francisco

to teach

R Thai

áR  only, only that ¹much)

Já
Tokyo

á
  Vietnam, Vietnamese

Mr. Smith meets a Thai in the Provinces ¹Part II)

A.   m
 here are you going?
B:  Jm
 To the market.
A: m  Rá You speak Thai very well.

m á  m J 
hat is your nationality?

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
B: á  m á
 m
 I'm an American.

Ô RY Excuse me, do you speak English?

m    á  m

A: á  m
 No, I don't.
B: m á  
 
 

 á m
 Are you a native of this province?
A: á m
 Y  
Y No, I'm from Lampang
 
m ám m
 Have you ever been there?
B: ámm
 No, I haven't,

 R
 m
 here is it?
A:  M má  In the North.

OY A  
 is an administrative unit in the Thai government. It may

be translated 'province'. There are 76 in Thailand.
OY 
means 'resident' or 'native'.
OY Observe the difference in meaning between á 'good' ¹in the sense
of skillful) and  'good' ¹in general).

áÔá  m  'He's a good ¹or nice) person'.

áÔá
  
 á 'He's a good student ¹studies well).'

OY   is frequently used as a casual greeting.

Basic dialog

†††
 


 X
| X
Y
Mr. Smith meets a Thai in the Provinces ¹Part II)

A.   m
 here are you going?

B:  Jm
 To the market.

A: m  Rá You speak Thai very well.

m á  m J 
hat is your nationality?

B: á  m á
 m
 I'm an American.

Ô RY Excuse me, do you speak

English?
m    á  m


A: á  m
 No, I don't.

B: m á  
 
 

 á m
 Are you a native of this
province?

A: á m
 Y  
Y  No, I'm from Lampang

m ám m
 Have you ever been there?

B: ámm
 No, I haven't,

 R
 m
 here is it?

A:  M má  In the North.

¢YYYYYY

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

OY A  
 is an administrative unit in the Thai government. It may

be translated 'province'. There are 77 in Thailand.
OY 
means 'resident' or 'native'.
OY Observe the difference in meaning between á 'good' ¹in the sense
of skillful) and  'good' ¹in general).

áÔá  m  'He's a good ¹or nice) person'.

áÔá
  
 á 'He's a good student ¹studies well).'

OY   is frequently used as a casual greeting.

Grammar notes

ámYto indicate past experiences

ám + Verb Phrase is used to refer to experience in the past.

áÔámá  m
He used to be a teacher.

m ám á R Have you ever been to Thailand?

The affirmative response to ám + Verb Phrase +  questions is ám;

the negative response is ám

 YYplace expressions

 'to go' and  'to come' may be followed by place expressions

¹
á
 , etc.) or by Verb Phrases indicating an activity ¹8 Ô 'buy
things', etc.). Either the place expression or Verb Phrase may be replaced
by  in questions, thus:

†††
 


 X

X
Y
Q:   here are you going?
¹or) hat are you going ¹someplace) to do?
A: 
á
 ¹I'm) going to school.
¹or)  8 Ô ¹I'm) going shopping.

Sentence +  Yto indicate Ǯpossibilityǯ or Ǯsuitabilityǯ

The sentence +  construction is used to indicate that something is

'possible, suitable, all right', thus

 R I can speak Thai.

m  R  Can you speak Thai?

Affirmative response: m
 Yes, I can.
Negative response: m
 No, I can't.

Since  is considered to be the main verb in constructions of this type,

the negative  is placed just before it in negative statements, thus:

áÔ J She is unable to go to the market.

The subject of the sentence is the sentence áÔ J

Sentence + á  Yto indicate Ǯability to perform some activityǯ

The Sentence + á  construction is used to indicate that 'someone knows

how to perform some activity', thus:

Statement: Ô
‘á  I know how to drive a
car.
Negative statement: áÔá  J
á  He doesn't know how to
play a musical

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
instrument.
Question: m á  J
Rá   Can you play a Thai
music?
Affirmative response: á  m
 Yes, I can.
Negative response: á  m
 No, I can't.

á  is considered the main verb in constructions of this type,

consequently, the negative  is placed just in front of it, and it is the
normal response to questions.

The sentence m á  J

R is the subject of the combined sentence.

Use of á  Yor  Ywhen skill is involved

In situations where ability to do something is a matter of having learned

the technique of doing it, either á  or  may be used interchangeably,
thus:

 R I can speak Thai.

 Rá  I can speak Thai.

In situations in which inability to do something results not from a lack of

technique or skill but for other reasons, only  and not á  can be used.

Ô
‘á  Y¨J
  Ô  I know how to drive a car, but I can't
drive today. I donǯt feel well.



Use of ámYY Yor á 

Both ám 'used to' and  or á  can occur in the same sentence, thus:

áÔámá  J
á  He used to be able to play music.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

m ám  á   ere you formerly able to speak Chinese?

The affirmative response to this question is ám 'Yes, I was.' The negative
response is ám 'No, I wasn't.'

Cue Pattern
1.
 

 
m
 ¹I'm) going to the restaurant.
2.
á
 
á
 m
 ¹I'm) going to the school.
3. R
R   R
R  m
 ¹I'm) going to the office.
4. J  Jm
 ¹I'm) going to the market.
5.
  
 m
 ¹I'm) going to the hospital.
6. ¿ m
 ¿ m
m
 ¹I'm) going to the bank.
7.    m
 ¹I'm) going home.
8. 
  
m
 ¹I'm) going to the Post Office.
9.
 ÔÔ 
 ÔÔ m
 ¹I'm) going to the shops.
10.
¨
 
¨
á

m
 ¹I'm) going to the Erawan Hotel.
Cue Question Response

á
   m
 
á
 m

here are you going? To school.
R
R    m
  R
R  m

here are you going? To the office.

 
  m
 
 
m

here are you going? To the restaurant.

   m
  
m

here are you going? To the Post Office.

 ÔÔ   m
 
 ÔÔ m


†††
 


 X
 X
Y
here are you going? To the shops.
¿ m
  m
  ¿ m
m

here are you going? To the bank.
J   m
  Jm

here are you going? To the market.
   m
   m

here are you going? Home.
Cue Pattern
R   R  m
 I went to
work.
á
  
  á
  
 m
 I went to
school.
áÔ áÔ á
  
 m
 He went
to school.
áR

áÔ áR

m
 He went
out ¹for
fun).
8 Ô áÔ 8 Ô m
 He went
shopping.
 ¨Ā áÔ  ¨Ām
 He went
to drink
coffee.
 Ô 
áÔ  Ô 
m
 He went
to eat.

  áÔ
 m
 He went
to mail a
letter.
 
 m
 I went to
mail a
letter.
   m
 I went to
see a
doctor.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

R
IR  R
IRm
 I went to
telephone
.
R   R  m
 I went to
work.

-  could be translated as 'go, is/are going, or went'.

Cue Question Response

R    m
  R  m


here are To work.

you going?

á
   m
 
á
 m


here are To school.

you going?
á
  
   m
  á
  
 m


here are To study.

you going?
8 Ô R

 m   m
  8 Ô R

 m 

here are To buy something at a

you going? shop

    m
 
 m


here are To mail a letter.

you going?
R
IR   m
  R
IRm


†††
 


 X
 X
Y

here are To telephone.

you going?
R    m
  R  m


here are To work.

you going?
 ¨ĀR

 R R   m
   ¨ĀR

 R R

here are To drink coffee at the Tip

you going? Top shop.
 Ô 
R

   m
   Ô 
R



here are To eat at the Rama.

you going?
 R

¿
  m
   R

¿

here are To see a doctor on

you going? Sathorn ¹street).
áR

  m
  áR


here are Out ¹for pleasure).

you going?
áR

J    m
  áR

J 

here are Out to the market

you going? ¹special one day market)
for fun.
¿
R

‘ R J   m
  ¿
R

‘ R J

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

here are To the embassy on

you going? business
Cue Pattern
1. á M áÔ 
á M He comes
from
Chiangmai
Province.
2.  J
J‘ áÔ 
  J
J‘ He comes
from
Uttaradit
Province.
3.   áÔ 
  He comes
from
Pitsanuloke
Province.
4.  
áÔ 
  
He comes
from Udorn
Province.
5. Ô ¨ áÔ 
Ô ¨ He comes
from
Khonkaen
Province.
6. m


 áÔ 
 m


 He comes
from Korat
Province.
7.  
 áÔ 
 
 He comes
from
Lopburi
Province.
8.  ¿ áÔ 
  ¿ He comes
from
Ayuthaya
Province.
9. 
 áR áÔ
 áR He comes
from
†††
 


 X
 X
Y
Bangkok.
10.
 
 áÔ 

 
 He comes
from
Ratburi
Province.
11. m
I
¿


 áÔ 
 m
I
¿


 He comes
from
Nakorn Sri
Thammara
t Province.
12. á

 áÔ 
á

 He comes
from
Phetburi
Province.
13.
Ô áÔ 

Ô He comes
from
Songkla
Province.
14.  áÔ 
 He comes
from Yala
Province.
15.   áÔ 
   He comes
from Ubon
Province.

Substitution Drill

Cue Pattern
1.  áÔá  
 He's a native of Yala.
2.
Ô áÔá  

Ô He's a native of
Songkla.
3. m
I
¿


 áÔá  
m
I
¿


 He's a native of Nakorn
Sri Thammarat.
4. á

 áÔá  
á

 He's a native of
Phetburi.
†††
 


 X
| X
Y
5.
 
 áÔá  

 
 He's a native of
Ratburi.
6. 
 áR áÔá  

 áR He's a native of
Bangkok.
7.  ¿ áÔá  
 ¿ He's a native of
Ayuthaya.
8.  
 áÔá  
 
 He's a native of
Lopburi.
9. m
 áÔá  
m
 He's a native of Khorat.
10.   áÔá  
  He's a native of Ubon.
11. Ô ¨ áÔá  
Ô ¨ He's a native of
Khonkaen.
12.  
áÔá  

He's a native of Udorn.
13.   áÔá  
  He's a native of
Pitsanuloke.
14.  J
J‘ áÔá  
J
J‘ He's a native of
Uttaradit.
15. á M áÔá  
á M He's a native of
Chiangmai.

Response Drill

Cue Question Response

  
  M m 
 M m
hat part ¹of Thailand) is Lopburi in? It's in the Central part.
á  á M  M m 
 M má 
hat part is Chiangmai in? It's in the Northern
part.

  
 M m 
 M m 

hat part is Udorn in? It's in the N.E. part.
á   J
J‘  M m 
 M má 

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
hat part is Uttaradit in? It's in the Northern
part.

 Ô ¨  M m 
 M m 

hat part is Konkaen in? It's in the N.E. part.
 á

  M m 
 M m
hat part is Petburi in? It's in the Central part.
MJ
Ô  M m 
 M ůMJ
hat part is Songkla in? It's in the Southern
part.

 m
  M m 
 M m 

hat part is Korat in? It's in the N.E. part.
MJ   M m 
 M ůMJ
hat part is Yala in? It's in the Southern
part.

    M m 
 M m 

hat part is Ubol in? It's in the N.E. part.

Transformation Drill

Pattern 1 Pattern 2
1. áÔ 
á M áÔá  m á M
He comes from Chiangmai Province. He's a native of Chiangmai
Province.
2. áÔ 
 áÔá  m 
He comes from Yala Province. He's a native of Yala Province.
3. áÔ 
 
 áÔá  m  

He comes from Lopburi Province. He's a native of Lopburi
Province.
4. áÔ 
  ¿ áÔá  m  ¿

†††
 


 X

X
Y
He comes from Ayuthaya Province. He's a native of Ayuthaya
Province.
5. áÔ 
  J
J‘ áÔá  m  J
J‘
He comes from Uttaradit Province. He's a native of Uttaradit
Province.
6. áÔ 
  áÔá  m  
He comes from Pitsanuloke Province. He's a native of Pitsanuloke
Province.
7. áÔ
 áR áÔá  m 
 áR
He comes from Bangkok. He's a 'Bangkoker'.
8. áÔJ  
 áÔá  m J  

He's from the provinces. He's a 'out-of-townerǯ.

Response Drill

Teacher:  Yala.
Student 1: áÔ 
 He comes from Yala Province.
Student 2: áÔá  m 
 m
 He's a native of Yala, is he?
Student 1: m
 Yes ¹he is).

Continue the drill by substituting the following names for :

1.   4.  ¿ 7. á

 10.   13. m



2.  
5. á M 8.
Ô 11. Ô ¨ 14. 
 m
YAY

 áR
3.  
 6.
 
 9.  J
J‘ 12. m
I
¿


 15. 

Transformation Drill

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
Pattern 1 Pattern 2
áÔá  m  
 áÔá  
 

áÔá  m  áÔá  

áÔá  m
Ô áÔá  

Ô
áÔá  m   áÔá  
 
áÔá  m Ô ¨ áÔá  
Ô ¨
áÔá  m 
 áR áÔá  

 áR
áÔá  m J  
 áÔá  
J  


Response Drill

Teacher: áÔá  m  
 

Yhat province is he native of? Udorn.
 

Student: áÔá  m A
 

He's a native of Udorn ¹Province).

YY
YYYYY Y
YĎĄ)YY

1.  4. á

 7.  ¿ 10.   13. á M
2.
Ô 5.
 
 8.  
 11.   14.  

3. m
I
¿


 6. 
 áR 9. m
 12.  J
J‘ 15.  


@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. áÔmá  He comes from the North.

2. áÔm 
 He comes from the Northeast ¹of Thailand)
3. áÔm He comes from the Central part.
4. áÔ ůYMJ He comes from the South ¹of Thailand).

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

¢œ$)YĎĖëēY

YYYY¢

Y
YYYYY

YYY
Y
Y¢
Y"YG
Ċ Y

YY ēmYY
YY

YYY
Y
YYYY

Y

YY

Teacher: áÔm He comes from the Central part.


 Northeast.
Student: áÔm 
 He comes from the Northeast.

Continue the drill by substituting the following items after m:

1. á  6. MJ
2. MJ 7. á 
3. 
 8. 
4.  9. MJ
5. 
 10. 

Y

YY

Cue Pattern 1 Pattern 2

1. á  áÔmá  áÔá  m má 
He comes from the North. He's a Northerner.
2. 
 áÔm 
 áÔá  m m 

He comes from the Northeast. He's a Northeastener.
3. MJ áÔ ůMJ áÔá  m ůMJ
He comes from the South. He's a Southerner.
†††
 


 X
 X
Y
4.  áÔm áÔá  m m
He comes from the Central part. He's a native of the Central
part.

Y

YY

Teacher: MJ South.

Student 1: áÔ ůMJ He comes from the South.
Student 2: áÔá  m ůMJ 
 Is he a Southerner?
Student 1: m
 Yes, he is.

Continue the drill by substituting the following items for MJ :

1.  6. 

2. á  7. 
3. 
 8. MJ
4. MJ 9. á 
5. á  10. 


Substitution Drill

Cue Pattern 1 Pattern 2

1. á  áÔá  m má  áÔá  
á 
†††
 


 X
 X
Y
He's a Northerner. He's a Northerner.
2. 
 áÔá  m m 
 áÔá  


He's a Northeasterner. He's a Northeasterner.
3. MJ áÔá  m ůMJ áÔá  
MJ
He's a Southerner. He's a Southerner.
4.  áÔá  m m áÔá  
m
He's a native of the Central part. He's a Central Thai
resident.

@Y

YY

Teacher: MJ South.

Student 1: m m hat part do you come from?
Student 2: ůMJ From the South.
Student 1: , m á  
ůMJ 
 m
 Oh, you're a Southerner?
Student 2: m
 Yes, I am.

Continue the drill by substituting the following words for MJ :

1. á  4. MJ 7. 

2. 
 5. á  8. á 
3.  6. MJ

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. m m  
 áR People from Central Thailand
speak Bangkok Thai.
2. m ůMJ 
 ůMJ Southerners speak Southern
Thai.
3. m m 
  Y
mÐY 
 Northeasterners speak
Northeastern Thai.
4. m má   Y
mÐYá  Northerners speak Northern
Thai.

Y

YY

Cue Pattern
m ám á R
Have you ever been to Thailand?

áÔ m ám
áÔ
Have you ever met him?
 á M m ám á M
Have you ever been to Chiangmai?
á
 

áI
m ámá
 

áI

Have you ever studied French?
 J
áRI m ám  J
áRI
Have you ever lived abroad?
R   áÔ m ámR   áÔ
Have you ever worked with him?
á  m
m ámá  m

ere you ever a teacher?
á  J
á  m ámá  J
á  
Did you used to be able to play music?

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

@Y

YY

Answers based on facts.

Model: Teacher: m ám á R Have you ever been to
Thailand?
Student: ámm
 No, I haven't.

ámm
 Yes, I have.

1. m ámR 
R Have you ever eaten Thai food?
2. m ám
 Y

m Have you ever met Dean Rusk?
3. m ám áR


 Have you ever been to Europe?
4. m ám R   m   Have you ever worked with Khun
Chodchoi?
5. m ám R m R Have you ever talked Thai with a
Thai?
6. m ám    Did you used to be able to speak
Chinese?

 Y

YY

Combine these sentences with  .

1. áÔ R
2. 

áÔ áR


3.  ƒ m  áJ

4. R
m 
 

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
5. á
 m    
 R
6. ¨Ô  R
7. m


áI
m   á

8. m 
á

Èá  J

9. m 

 á  Ā
10. 

m  á  J
R

 Y

YY

 YYYYY
Y
YYĥ ĥ YY

@Y

YY

YY
Y
YYY!YY

Y ZYY @YY
1. áÔ ƒ
   m

Can he speak Japanese? Yes, he can.
2. 

áÔ áR

  m


Can his wife go out for pleasure? Yes, she can.
3. m á
  J   m

Can you open the window? Yes, I can.
4. á
 m    
   m

Is that student able to look at the Yes, he is.
book ¹or do homework)?

†††
 


 X
| X
Y
5. m      m

Can Chinese people speak Chinese? Yes, they can.
6. 

 
M   m

Can you hand me the pencil, please? Yes, I can
7. m
á
m 
    m

Can your friend's teacher teach Yes, she can.
English?
8. áÔ 8 Ô  m
 m

Can she go shopping? Yes, she can.
9. m   J
 
áRI m
 m

Can you live abroad? Yes, I can.
10. áÔá
  m
 m

Is he able to study Burmese? Yes, he is.

@Y

YY

YY
YYY!YYY
Y
YY

 Y

YY

 YYYYYáGYY
1. áÔÔ
‘
2. á  J

3. 

áÔR Ô

4. áÔáÔ 
5. m J
  

6.  á

ƒm  á áR

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
7. á
 m   J
áRI
8. á
m Ô

‘
9. m
áÔ
 

10.  

á8

 Y

YY

 YYYYYĥ áGYY

1. áÔ ƒ
  
2. 

áÔ áR

 

3. m á
  J  
4. á
 m    
  
5. m     
6. 

 
M  
7. m
á
m 
   
8. áÔ 8 Ô  m

9. m   J
 
áRI m

10. áÔá
  m


@Y

YY

@YYYY!Y
Y
YYY

YYYYáGY
Yĥ áGYY

†††
 


 X

X
Y
1. m R Ô
á  
2. ¨Ô á ƒ
á  
3. á
 R


 á
 
4. m ƒ
 á  
5. m
m 
 
 á  
6. m á  J
á  
7. á
m RÔ m ¨
‘á  
8. 

m   Rá  
9.
m ¨

Y8 
á 
10. á
m Ô á
 á  

Y@Y

YY

"YYY
YYYYYYYY
,YY

YY
YY!YYáGY
Yĥ YY
Y
Y
Y YY!YYY
YYYYYY
YY Y ZYY @

YY YY
1. áÔ
 Ô
‘ áÔÔ
‘  m


He's ill. drive ¹a Can he drive? No, he

car) can't
drive
2. áÔámá  J
 á  J
 áÔá  J
á   á 

He's never play music played Can he play music? No, he
music can't

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
3. m R Ô
R 
 R Ô
áÔR Ô
á   Rá 
 m

Malichanh cooks everyday. cook Can she cook? Yes, she
can.
4. áÔá  m 

áI
  áÔ 

áI m



áI

 
He's French. speak Can he speak Yes, he
French French? can.
5. áÔá   m ÔÔ áÔÔÔ á   á  m


He's a merchant. sell things Can he sell things? Yes, he
can.
6. áÔámá
 R áÔ  áÔáÔ R m

R  
He has never studied Thai. write Thai Can he write Thai? No, he
can't.
7. áÔá  R
á

 

áÔ
 á   á  m


He's a sailor. swim Can he swim? Yes, he

can.
8. áÔámá  m
   áÔ   m


He used to be a Chinese speak Can he speak Yes, he
teacher. Chinese Chinese? can.
9. á
Ô ámÔ
‘á Ô
‘ áÔÔ
‘á   á 
m

My friend has never driven a drive a car Can he drive a car? No, he
car at all. can't.
1
m  m
ƒ J8 8  Ô
áÔ8  Ô
á   á  m

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
0.  Ô
R 
 
Nongkranǯs husband goes to buy food Does he know how Yes, he
market buy food everyday. to shop? does.

Exercises

OY Find out what section and province different instructors come from.

OY Find out which students in the class know how to:

1. Drive a car. 4. Swim. 7. Play music.

2. Cook. 5. Dance. 8. Repair a car.
3. Play tennis. 6. Type.

Find out if they do the above things well.

OY Ask a student if he is able to:

1. Close the classroom 4. Turn off the lights. 7. Play music.

door.
2. Open the window. 5. Open the door. 8. Repair a car.
3. Open his book. 6. Close his notebook.

If he says he is able to do so, ask him to do it.

If he says he is unable to do so, tell him not to do it.

OY Find out if different student in the class have ever:

1.Y Been to various countries.

2.Y Lived in different provinces in Thailand.
3.Y Been to different cities and countries on pleasure trips.
4.Y Lived in various cities and states in the U.S.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
OY Give each student in the class an index card, on which he is to write
6 items of information taken from the following categories:

1.Y Name: self, wife, relations, teacher, friend, etc.

2.Y Occupation.
3.Y Location of occupation: place, city, country, part of country, etc.
4.Y Nationality: country, state, province, etc.
5.Y Language speaking ability: native, others, dialects of languages.
6.Y Travel experiences: Travel or residence, for pleasure or business.
7.Y Skills: driving a car, playing tennis, playing music, etc.

The students take turns asking questions so as to find out what has been
written on the card. All students take notes.

As soon as the information on a card has been discovered, another

student is quizzed about the information on his card. Continue this until
all cards have been examined.

Vocabulary

 ¿ Ayuthaya ¹city in Central Thailand)

á

 Erawan ¹name of hotel)


 northeast ¹in Thailand)

  Ubon ¹city in Northeast Thailand)

 
Udorn ¹city in Northeast Thailand)

 J
J‘ Uttaradit ¹city in North Thailand)

 Y
 Ð house, home

 
 province


Y
m Ð resident, native

á M Chiangmai ¹city in North Thailand)

Y
!  Ð letter ¹to mail)

 Y

m Dean Rusk

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

 J
 music

 ¹to go) to see, visit, to look for, seek

 Yala ¹city in South Thailand)

  to live, stay; to be located at


Europe

¨Ā coffee

 Y with

 Ô
food, something to eat with rice

¨ to fix, correct ¹something)

Ô
rice

Ô
‘ to drive a car

ám to have ever ¹done something) used to ¹be

something, etc.)
Ô ¨ Khonkaen ¹city in Northeastern Thailand

Ô thing, object; of, belonging to

 to eat or drink something ¹common usage)

 central, middle, neutral

 Y
 AÐ to go back ¹return), to come back

á to play ¹games, music, etc.)

 
 Lopburi ¹city in Central Thailand)

 Y
m Ð doctor ¹medical)

m
 Korat ¹Nakorn rachasima) ¹city in Northeastern
Thailand)
m
I
¿


 Nakorn Sri Thammarat ¹city in Southern
Thailand)

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

á  north, above

ů part ¹with ůMJ Y'Southern Part' only)

mY
mÐ part, region, section

á

 Phetburi ¹city in Central Thailand)

Y
Ð to typewrite

  Pitsanuloke ¹city in Northern Thailand)


 m
Bangkok ¹official name of the province the city
of Bangkok is located in)

 the post office

 the Rama ¹name of a hotel in Bangkok)

 Y
¨ ,
 Ð shop, store

 
Y

 Ð restaurant

 ÔÔ Y

 Ð shop, store

 
 Ratburi ¹city in Central Thailand)

 Y

, ¨ Ð hospital

¨
Y

¨
, ¨ Ð hotel

‘Y
m Ð car


 á  question word ¹negative)

¿
Sathorn ¹street in Bangkok)

‘ R JY
¨ Ð embassy

Ô Songkla ¹city in South Thailand)

8 to buy, ¹with klrôoŋ 'to shop')

J  
 in the provinces, out-of-town

MJ South, under

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

JY
¨ Ð market

J Y
¨ Ð a special kind of market which is open regularly

on a certain day
áR
tennis
áJ
 to dance ¹estern style)

R to eat, drink ¹elegant term)

R to do, make

R  to work

¿ m
Y
¨ Ð bank

R
R  Y
¨ , R
Ð office

R R Tip Top ¹name of a coffee shop)

R
IR to telephone, a telephone

 
to swim

Map of Thailand showing some provinces

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

Chart showing compass points

†††
 


 X
| X
Y

  m
 here are you
going?
B.  R  m
 I'm going to work.
A. m R  R
 here do you
work?
B. R  R

‘ R J á
 m
 I work at the
American
Embassy.
A. á
Ô m R  R

‘ R Já  
 m
 Does your friend
work at the
†††
 


 X
 X
Y
Embassy too?
B. á m
 No, he doesn't.
A. áÔR  
m
 hat does he do?
B. áÔá  á  R
 8
m
 He's a USIS
officer.
A. R
R  Ô áÔ  R
 m
 here's his
office?
B.  R
‘
R
MJ m
 On South Sathorn
Street.

difference between   Yand  R


Although both   ¹see 7-2b) and  R
 mean 'here are ¹you)
going?', they are used in different situations and receive different
answers:

Q:   here are you going?

A:  R Ô
I'm going to eat.
Q:  R R
 here are you going to eat?
A: ¹R
)
 
I
¨ at the Red Arrow Restaurant.

 R
 is used when you wish to specify the place.

1. áÔá  m
He's a teacher.
2. áÔá  á
 He's a student.
3. áÔá   He's a doctor.
4. áÔá  ¨   She's a housewife.
5. áÔá     She's a nurse.
6. áÔá  R
 He's a soldier.

†††
 


 X

X
Y
7. áÔá   m He's a merchant.
8. áÔá   á

ƒ He's an expert ¹or specialist).
9. áÔá 
I

. He's an engineer.
10. áÔá  ð 
He's a community development worker.
11. áÔá  Ô

They're government employees.
12. áÔá  J

 He's a policeman.
13. áÔá  
 He's a rice farmer.
14. áÔá  


He's a gardener.
15. áÔá  

 He's a crop farmer.

Basic dialog

Mr. Smith meets a Thai in the Provinces ¹Part II)

A.   m
 here are you going?

B:  Jm
 To the market.

A: m  Rá You speak Thai very well.

m á  m J 
hat is your nationality?

B: á  m á
 m
 I'm an American.

Ô RYm    á  m

 Excuse me, do you speak English?

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
A: á  m
 No, I don't.

B: m á  
 
 

 á m
 Are you a native of this province?

A: á m
 Y  
Y  No, I'm from Lampang

m ám m
 Have you ever been there?

B: ámm
 No, I haven't,

 R
 m
 here is it?

A:  M má  In the North.

Notes on the basic dialog

OY A  
 is an administrative unit in the Thai government. It may be transla

are 71 in Thailand.
OY 
means 'resident' or 'native'.
OY Observe the difference in meaning between á 'good' ¹in the sense of skillful
general).

áÔá  m  'He's a good ¹or nice) person'.

áÔá
  
 á 'He's a good student ¹studies well).'

OY   is frequently used as a casual greeting.

Grammar notes

ámYto indicate past experiences

ám + Verb Phrase is used to refer to experience in the past.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y

áÔámá  m
He used to be a teacher.

m ám á R Have you ever been to Thailand?

The affirmative response to ám + Verb Phrase +  questions is ám; the negativ

 YYplace expressions

 'to go' and  'to come' may be followed by place expressions ¹

á
 , etc.) o
indicating an activity ¹8 Ô 'buy things', etc.). Either the place expression or Ver
replaced by  in questions, thus:

Q:   here are you going?

¹or) hat are you going ¹someplace) to do?

A: 
á
 ¹I'm) going to school.

¹or)  8 Ô ¹I'm) going shopping.

Lack of verb inflection

Since the verb in Thai does not have changes in form to correlate with changes in
a sentence like 
á
 might be interpreted as I'm going to school', 'I go to
school'. This does not usually result in ambiguity, however, since the context the u
usually makes it clear which interpretation is intended.

Omission of subject pronoun

The pronoun subject may be omitted anytime its omission does not result in misun
these examples:

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
A:   here are ¹you) going?

B:  Jm
 ¹I'm) going to the market.

The pronoun is sometimes omitted in statements; it is frequently omitted in questi

always omitted in responses to questions.

Sentence +  Yto indicate Ǯpossibilityǯ or Ǯsuitabilityǯ

The sentence +  construction is used to indicate that something is 'possible, suit

 R I can speak Thai.

m  R  Can you speak Thai?

Affirmative response: m

 Yes, I can.

Negative response: m

 No, I can't.

Since  is considered to be the main verb in constructions of this type, the negati
before it in negative statements, thus:

áÔ J She is unable to go to the market.

The subject of the sentence is the sentence áÔ J

Sentence + á  Yto indicate Ǯability to perform some activityǯ

The Sentence + á  construction is used to indicate that 'someone knows how to p

activity', thus:

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
Statement: Ô
‘á  I know how to drive a car.

Negative statement: áÔá  J

á  He doesn't know how to play a m

Question: m á  J
Rá   Can you play a Thai music?

Affirmative response: á  m
 Yes, I can.

Negative response: á  m

 No, I can't.

á  is considered the main verb in constructions of this type, consequently, the ne

just in front of it, and it is the normal response to questions.

The sentence m á  J

R is the subject of the combined sentence.

Use of á  Yor  Ywhen skill is involved

In situations where ability to do something is a matter of having learned the techn

either á  or  may be used interchangeably, thus:

 R I can speak Thai.

 Rá  I can speak Thai.

In situations in which inability to do something results not from a lack of techniqu

other reasons, only  and not á  can be used.

Ô
‘á  Y¨J
  Ô  I know how to drive a car, but I can't drive toda




†††
 


 X
 X
Y

Use of ámYY Yor á 

Both ám 'used to' and  or á  can occur in the same sentence, thus:

áÔámá  J
á  He used to be able to play music.

m ám  á   ere you formerly able to speak Chinese?

The affirmative response to this question is ám 'Yes, I was.' The negative response
wasn't.'

Drills

Substitution Drill

Cue Pattern

1.
 

 
m
 ¹I'm) going to the restaurant.

2.
á
 
á
 m
 ¹I'm) going to the school.

3. R
R   R
R  m
 ¹I'm) going to the office.

4. J  Jm
 ¹I'm) going to the market.

5.
  
 m
 ¹I'm) going to the hospital.

6. ¿ m
 ¿ m
m
 ¹I'm) going to the bank.

7.    m
 ¹I'm) going home.

8. 
  
m
 ¹I'm) going to the Post Office.

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
9.
 ÔÔ 
 ÔÔ m
 ¹I'm) going to the shops.

10.
¨
 
¨
á

m
 ¹I'm) going to the Erawan Hotel.

Response Drill

Cue Question Response

á
   m
 
á
 m


here are you going? To school.

R
R    m
  R
R  m


here are you going? To the office.

 
  m
 
 
m


here are you going? To the restaurant.


   m
  
m


here are you going? To the Post Office.

 ÔÔ   m
 
 ÔÔ m


here are you going? To the shops.

¿ m
  m
  ¿ m
m


here are you going? To the bank.

J   m
  Jm


†††
 


 X
 X
Y
here are you going? To the market.

   m
   m


here are you going? Home.

Substitution Drill

Cue Pattern

R   R  m
 I went to work.

á
  
  á
  
 m
 I went to school.

áÔ áÔ á
  
 m
 He went to school.

áR

áÔ áR

m

 He went out ¹for fun).

8 Ô áÔ 8 Ô m
 He went shopping.

 ¨Ā áÔ  ¨Ām

 He went to drink coffee.

 Ô 
áÔ  Ô 
m
 He went to eat.

  áÔ
 m

 He went to mail a letter.

 
 m
 I went to mail a letter.

   m
 I went to see a doctor.

R
IR  R
IRm
 I went to telephone.

†††
 


 X || X
Y

R   R  m
 I went to work.

-  could be translated as 'go, is/are going, or went'.

Response Drill

Cue Question Response

R    m
  R  m


here are you To work.

going?

á
   m
 
á
 m


here are you To school.

going?

á
  
   m
  á
  
 m


here are you To study.

going?

8 Ô R

 m   m
  8 Ô R

 m 

here are you To buy something at a

going? shop

    m
 
 m


here are you To mail a letter.

going?

†††
 


 X | X
Y

R
IR   m
  R
IRm


here are you To telephone.

going?

R    m
  R  m


here are you To work.

going?

 ¨ĀR

 R R   m
   ¨ĀR

 R R

here are you To drink coffee at the Tip

going? Top shop.

 Ô 
R

   m
   Ô 
R



here are you To eat at the Rama.

going?

 R

¿
  m
   R

¿

here are you To see a doctor on

going? Sathorn ¹street).

áR

  m
  áR


here are you Out ¹for pleasure).

going?

áR

J    m
  áR

J 

here are you Out to the market ¹special

going? one day market) for fun.

†††
 


 X |
X
Y

¿
R

‘ R J   m
  ¿
R

‘ R J

here are you To the embassy on

going? business.

Substitution Drill

Cue Pattern

1. á M áÔ 
á M He comes from

Chiangmai
Province.

2.  J
J‘ áÔ 
  J
J‘ He comes from
Uttaradit Province.

3.   áÔ 
  He comes from

Pitsanuloke
Province.

4.  
áÔ 
  
He comes from
Udorn Province.

5. Ô ¨ áÔ 
Ô ¨ He comes from

Khonkaen Province.

6. m


 áÔ 
 m


 He comes from

Korat Province.

7.  
 áÔ 
 
 He comes from
Lopburi Province.

8.  ¿ áÔ 
  ¿ He comes from

Ayuthaya Province.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
9. 
 áR áÔ
 áR He comes from
Bangkok.

10.
 
 áÔ 

 
 He comes from
Ratburi Province.

11. m
I
¿


 áÔ 
 m
I
¿


 He comes from
Nakorn Sri
Thammarat
Province.

12. á

 áÔ 
á

 He comes from
Phetburi Province.

13.
Ô áÔ 

Ô He comes from

Songkla Province.

14.  áÔ 
 He comes from Yala

Province.

15.   áÔ 
   He comes from

Ubon Province.

Substitution Drill

Cue Pattern

1.  áÔá  
 He's a native of Yala.

2.
Ô áÔá  

Ô He's a native of Songkla.

3. m
I
¿


 áÔá  
m
I
¿


 He's a native of Nakorn Sri Tham

†††
 


 X | X
Y
4. á

 áÔá  
á

 He's a native of Phetburi.

5.
 
 áÔá  

 
 He's a native of Ratburi.

6. 
 áR áÔá  

 áR He's a native of Bangkok.

7.  ¿ áÔá  
 ¿ He's a native of Ayuthaya.

8.  
 áÔá  
 
 He's a native of Lopburi.

9. m
 áÔá  
m
 He's a native of Khorat.

10.   áÔá  
  He's a native of Ubon.

11. Ô ¨ áÔá  
Ô ¨ He's a native of Khonkaen.

12.  
áÔá  

He's a native of Udorn.

13.   áÔá  
  He's a native of Pitsanuloke.

14.  J
J‘ áÔá  
J
J‘ He's a native of Uttaradit.

15. á M áÔá  
á M He's a native of Chiangmai.

Response Drill

Cue Question Response

  
  M m 
 M m

†††
 


 X | X
Y
hat part ¹of Thailand) is Lopburi in? It's in the Central part.

á  á M  M m 

 M má 

hat part is Chiangmai in? It's in the Northern part.


  
 M m 
 M m 


hat part is Udorn in? It's in the N.E. part.

á   J
J‘  M m 
 M má 

hat part is Uttaradit in? It's in the Northern part.


 Ô ¨  M m 

 M m 


hat part is Konkaen in? It's in the N.E. part.

 á

  M m 
 M m

hat part is Petburi in? It's in the Central part.

MJ
Ô  M m 

 M ůMJ

hat part is Songkla in? It's in the Southern part.


 m
  M m 
 M m 


hat part is Korat in? It's in the N.E. part.

MJ   M m 
 M ůMJ

hat part is Yala in? It's in the Southern part.


    M m 
 M m 


†††
 


 X | X
Y
hat part is Ubol in? It's in the N.E. part.

Transformation Drill

Pattern 1 Pattern 2

1. áÔ 
á M áÔá  m á M

He comes from Chiangmai Province. He's a native of Chiangmai Province.

2. áÔ 
 áÔá  m 

He comes from Yala Province. He's a native of Yala Province.

3. áÔ 
 
 áÔá  m  


He comes from Lopburi Province. He's a native of Lopburi Province.

4. áÔ 
  ¿ áÔá  m  ¿

He comes from Ayuthaya Province. He's a native of Ayuthaya Province.

5. áÔ 
  J
J‘ áÔá  m  J
J‘

He comes from Uttaradit Province. He's a native of Uttaradit Province.

6. áÔ 
  áÔá  m  

He comes from Pitsanuloke Province. He's a native of Pitsanuloke Province.

7. áÔ
 áR áÔá  m 
 áR

He comes from Bangkok. He's a 'Bangkoker'.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
8. áÔJ  
 áÔá  m J  


He's from the provinces. He's a 'out-of-townerǯ.

Response Drill

Teacher:  Yala.

Student 1: áÔ 
 He comes from Yala Province.

Student 2: áÔá  m 

 m
 He's a native of Yala, is he?

Student 1: m
 Yes ¹he is).

Continue the drill by substituting the following names for :

1.   4.  ¿ 7. á

 10.   13. m




2.  
5. á M 8.
Ô 11. Ô ¨ 14. 
 m
YAY


3.  
 6.
 
 9.  J
J‘ 12. m
I
¿


 15. 

Transformation Drill

Pattern 1 Pattern 2

áÔá  m  
 áÔá  
 


†††
 


 X | X
Y

áÔá  m  áÔá  


áÔá  m
Ô áÔá  

Ô

áÔá  m   áÔá  
 

áÔá  m Ô ¨ áÔá  
Ô ¨

áÔá  m 
 áR áÔá  

 áR

áÔá  m J  
 áÔá  
J  


Response Drill

Teacher: áÔá  m  
 

Yhat province is he native of? Udorn.

 

Student: áÔá  m A
 

He's a native of Udorn ¹Province).

Continue the drill by substituting the following names for 

:

1.  4. á

 7.  ¿ 10.   13. á M

2.
Ô 5.
 
 8.  
 11.   14.  

3. m
I
¿


 6. 
 áR 9. m
 12.  J
J‘ 15.  


Recognition and Familiarization Drill

1. áÔmá  He comes from the North.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
2. áÔm 
 He comes from the Northeast ¹of Thailand)

3. áÔm He comes from the Central part.

4. áÔ ůYMJ He comes from the South ¹of Thailand).

NOTE: 
 refers only to the Northeastern part of Thailand. It is not the usual w
Likewise ů rather than m is used to refer to the Southern part of Thailand.

Substitution Drill

Teacher: áÔm He comes from the Central part.


 Northeast.

Student: áÔm 
 He comes from the Northeast.

Continue the drill by substituting the following items after m:

1. á  6. MJ

2. MJ 7. á 

3. 
 8. 

4.  9. MJ

5. 
 10. 

Substitution Drill

†††
 


 X  | X
Y
Cue Pattern 1 Pattern 2

1. á  áÔmá  áÔá  m má 

He comes from the North. He's a Northerner.

2. 
 áÔm 
 áÔá  m m 


He comes from the Northeast. He's a Northeastener.

3. MJ áÔ ůMJ áÔá  m ůMJ

He comes from the South. He's a Southerner.

4.  áÔm áÔá  m m

He comes from the Central part. He's a native of the Central part.

Substitution Drill

Teacher: MJ South.

Student 1: áÔ ůMJ He comes from the South.

Student 2: áÔá  m ůMJ 

 Is he a Southerner?

Student 1: m
 Yes, he is.

Continue the drill by substituting the following items for MJ :

1.  6. 


†††
 


 X  X
Y
2. á  7. 

3. 
 8. MJ

4. MJ 9. á 

5. á  10. 


Substitution Drill

Cue Pattern 1 Pattern 2

1. á  áÔá  m má  áÔá  
á 

He's a Northerner. He's a Northerner.

2. 
 áÔá  m m 
 áÔá  



He's a Northeasterner. He's a Northeasterner.

3. MJ áÔá  m ůMJ áÔá  
MJ

He's a Southerner. He's a Southerner.

4.  áÔá  m m áÔá  
m

He's a native of the Central part. He's a Central Thai resident.

Response Drill

Teacher: MJ South.

Student 1: m m hat part do you come from?

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
Student 2: ůMJ From the South.

Student 1: , m á  
ůMJ 

 m
 Oh, you're a Southerner?

Student 2: m
 Yes, I am.

Continue the drill by substituting the following words for MJ :

1. á  4. MJ 7. 


2. 
 5. á  8. á 

3.  6. MJ

Recognition and Familiarization Drill

1. m m  
 áR People from Central Thailand speak Bang

2. m ůMJ 
 ůMJ Southerners speak Southern Thai.

3. m m 
  Y
mÐY 
 Northeasterners speak Northeastern Thai

4. m má   Y
mÐYá  Northerners speak Northern Thai.

Substitution Drill

Cue Pattern

m ám á R

†††
 


 X   X
Y
Have you ever been to Thailand?

áÔ m ám
áÔ

Have you ever met him?

 á M m ám á M

Have you ever been to Chiangmai?

á
 

áI
m ámá
 

áI


Have you ever studied French?

 J
áRI m ám  J
áRI

Have you ever lived abroad?

R   áÔ m ámR   áÔ

Have you ever worked with him?

á  m
m ámá  m


ere you ever a teacher?

á  J
á  m ámá  J
á  

Did you used to be able to play music?

Response Drill

Answers based on facts.

†††
 


 X   X
Y
Model: Teacher: m ám á R Have you ever been to Thailand?

Student: ámm
 No, I haven't.

ámm
 Yes, I have.

1. m ámR 
R Have you ever eaten Thai food?

2. m ám
 Y

m Have you ever met Dean Rusk?

3. m ám áR


 Have you ever been to Europe?

4. m ám R   m   Have you ever worked with Khun Chodcho

5. m ám R m R Have you ever talked Thai with a Thai?

6. m ám    Did you used to be able to speak Chinese?

Combination Drill

Combine these sentences with  .

1. áÔ R

2. 

áÔ áR


3.  ƒ m  áJ


†††
 


 X   X
Y
4. R
m 
 

5. á
 m    
 R

6. ¨Ô  R

7. m


áI
m   á


8. m 
á

Èá  J


9. m 

 á  Ā

10. 

m  á  J
R

Combination Drill

Combine the sentences in the previous drill with  .

Response Drill

Give an affirmative response to each question.

Question Response

1. áÔ ƒ
   m



Can he speak Japanese? Yes, he can.

2. 

áÔ áR

  m



†††
 


 X   X
Y
Can his wife go out for pleasure? Yes, she can.

3. m á
  J   m



Can you open the window? Yes, I can.

4. á
 m    
   m


Is that student able to look at the Yes, he is.

book ¹or do homework)?

5. m      m



Can Chinese people speak Chinese? Yes, they can.

6. 

 
M   m



Can you hand me the pencil, please? Yes, I can

7. m
á
m 
    m


Can your friend's teacher teach Yes, she can.

English?

8. áÔ 8 Ô  m

 m


Can she go shopping? Yes, she can.

9. m   J
 
áRI m
 m


Can you live abroad? Yes, I can.

10. áÔá
  m
 m


Is he able to study Burmese? Yes, he is.

†††
 


 X   X
Y

Response Drill

Give negative responses to the questions in the previous drill.

Combination Drill

Combine the following sentences with á  .

1. áÔÔ
‘

2. á  J


3. 

áÔR Ô

4. áÔáÔ 

5. m J
  


6.  á

ƒm  á áR

7. á
 m   J
áRI

8. á
m Ô

‘

9. m
áÔ
 


10.  

á8

Combination Drill

†††
 


 X   X
Y
Combine the following sentences with á  .

1. áÔ ƒ
  

2. 

áÔ áR

 

3. m á
  J  

4. á
 m    
  

5. m     

6. 

 
M  

7. m
á
m 
   

8. áÔ 8 Ô  m



9. m   J
 
áRI m


10. áÔá
  m


Response Drill

Respond to the following questions affirmatively or negatively as the situation ind

á  .

1. m R Ô
á  

2. ¨Ô á ƒ
á  

†††
 


 X   X
Y
3. á
 R


 á
 

4. m ƒ
 á  

5. m
m 
 
 á  

6. m á  J
á  

7. á
m RÔ m ¨

‘á  

8. 

m   Rá  

9.
m ¨

Y8 
á 

10. á
m Ô á

 á  

Situation Response Drill

Listen to the description of the situation and to the cue words, then one student fo
á  or  and another answers it. Both the question and the answer should fit the

Situation Cue words Question

1. áÔ
 Ô
‘ áÔÔ
‘ 

He's ill. drive ¹a car) Can he drive?

2. áÔámá  J
 á  J
 áÔá  J
á 

He's never play music played music Can he play music

†††
 


 X 
| X
Y

3. m R Ô
R 
 R Ô
áÔR Ô
á 

Malichanh cooks everyday. cook Can she cook?

4. áÔá  m 

áI
 

áI
áÔ 

á

He's French. speak French Can he speak Fren

5. áÔá   m ÔÔ áÔÔÔ á  

He's a merchant. sell things Can he sell things?

6. áÔámá
 R áÔ R áÔáÔ R

He has never studied Thai. write Thai Can he write Thai

7. áÔá  R
á

 

áÔ
 á  

He's a sailor. swim Can he swim?

8. áÔámá  m
   áÔ  

He used to be a Chinese teacher. speak Chinese Can he speak Chin

9. á
Ô ámÔ
‘á Ô
‘ áÔÔ
‘á  

My friend has never driven a car at all. drive a car Can he drive a car

10.
m  m
ƒ J8  Ô
R 
 8  Ô
áÔ8  Ô
á 

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
Nongkranǯs husband goes to market buy buy food Does he know how
food everyday.

Exercises

OY Find out what section and province different instructors come from.

OY Find out which students in the class know how to:

1. Drive a car. 4. Swim. 7. Play music.

2. Cook. 5. Dance. 8. Repair a car.

3. Play tennis. 6. Type.

Find out if they do the above things well.

OY Ask a student if he is able to:

1. Close the classroom 4. Turn off the lights. 7. Play music.

door.

2. Open the window. 5. Open the door. 8. Repair a car.

3. Open his book. 6. Close his notebook.

If he says he is able to do so, ask him to do it.

If he says he is unable to do so, tell him not to do it.

OY ŸYYY
YYYYYY
:

1.Y Been to various countries.

2.Y Lived in different provinces in Thailand.
†††
 


 X 

X
Y
3.Y Been to different cities and countries on pleasure trips.
4.Y Lived in various cities and states in the U.S.

OY YYYYYYY%Y
,YYYYYY
Y7Y

Y
 YYY
)YY

1.Y Name: self, wife, relations, teacher, friend, etc.

2.Y Occupation.
3.Y Location of occupation: place, city, country, part of country, etc.
4.Y Nationality: country, state, province, etc.
5.Y Language speaking ability: native, others, dialects of languages.
6.Y Travel experiences: Travel or residence, for pleasure or business.
7.Y Skills: driving a car, playing tennis, playing music, etc.

YYY
YY!YYYYYYYYY

YYYY

mYYYY
YYY
YYY
,Y
YY


YYY
Y YYYY
YYY% YY


YY
 ¿ Ayuthaya ¹city in Central Thailand)

á

 Erawan ¹name of hotel)


 northeast ¹in Thailand)

  Ubon ¹city in Northeast Thailand)

 
Udorn ¹city in Northeast Thailand)

 J
J‘ Uttaradit ¹city in North Thailand)

 Y
 Ð house, home

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

 
 province


Y
m Ð resident, native

á M Chiangmai ¹city in North Thailand)

Y
!  Ð letter ¹to mail)

 Y

m Dean Rusk

 J
 music

 ¹to go) to see, visit, to look for, seek

 Yala ¹city in South Thailand)

  to live, stay; to be located at


Europe

¨Ā coffee

 Y with

 Ô
food, something to eat with rice

¨ to fix, correct ¹something)

Ô
rice

Ô
‘ to drive a car

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

ám to have ever ¹done something) used to ¹be something, etc

Ô ¨ Khonkaen ¹city in Northeastern Thailand

Ô thing, object; of, belonging to

 to eat or drink something ¹common usage)

 central, middle, neutral

 Y
 AÐ to go back ¹return), to come back

á to play ¹games, music, etc.)

 
 Lopburi ¹city in Central Thailand)

 Y
m Ð doctor ¹medical)

m
 Korat ¹Nakorn rachasima) ¹city in Northeastern Thailan

m
I
¿


 Nakorn Sri Thammarat ¹city in Southern Thailand)

á  north, above

ů part ¹with ůMJ Y'Southern Part' only)

mY
mÐ part, region, section

á

 Phetburi ¹city in Central Thailand)

Y
Ð to typewrite

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

  Pitsanuloke ¹city in Northern Thailand)


 m
Bangkok ¹official name of the province the city of Bangko


 the post office

 the Rama ¹name of a hotel in Bangkok)

 Y
¨ ,
 Ð shop, store

 
Y

 Ð restaurant

 ÔÔ Y

 Ð shop, store

 
 Rachaburi ¹city in Central Thailand)

 Y

, ¨ Ð hospital

¨
Y

¨
, ¨ Ð hotel

‘Y
m Ð car


 á  question word ¹negative)

¿
Sathorn ¹street in Bangkok)

‘ R JY
¨ Ð embassy

Ô Songkla ¹city in South Thailand)

8 to buy, ¹with klrôoŋ 'to shop')

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

J  
 in the provinces, out-of-town

MJ South, under

JY
¨ Ð market

J Y
¨ Ð a special kind of market which is open regularly on a cer

áR
tennis

áJ
 to dance ¹estern style)

R to eat, drink ¹elegant term)

R to do, make

R  to work

¿ m
Y
¨ Ð bank

R
R  Y
¨ , R
Ð office

R R Tip Top ¹name of a coffee shop)

R
IR to telephone, a telephone

 
to swim

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

3YYYY Y
YY

Chart showing compass points

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

"

YY

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
Y
Y)YY Y
A: 
 ¨
m
 hat time is it?
B:    á
¨
m
 It's after 11 a.m.

wÔ m á
áR
m
 hat time is it by your watch?
A: w   R  á  By my watch it's five minutes to
11 a.m.
B: wm 
 Rm
 Your watch is fifteen minutes
slow.
A:  Y á J
  á

 In that case, it seems I will have
to hurry.
B: m 
   m
 here are you hurrying to?
A:  á á R
¿ m
 Y I'll go get some money at the
bank first, then go to the post
¨
 
 office.
B:  á

m
 hen will you return?
A: J YYm
 Sometime in the afternoon.

 
: more than, to a greater extent or degree

   á 
¨

11 ¹lit. 5) o'clock a.m. more than already

It's after 11 a.m.

 m

: half

 á m


8 ¹lit. 2) o'clock a.m. half [hour]

8:30 a.m.
†††
 


 X | X
Y

 J
: exactly, sharp ¹of time)

   á J

11 ¹lit. 5) o'clock a.m. sharp

11 a.m. sharp

ĎĖ
Y


YÜY
Y
Y YY

 ...  is used to indicate time in the future.

#
YY
ĎĖ
Ü Y 
 
   R 
  á
¹additional 5 minutes will be 9 a.m.)

It's five minutes to 9 a.m.

ĥGYYY
YY%YYëēYYáĄ
YY

To indicate the extent of error of a timepiece the following construction

is used:


YY $% m YY 

$



 / á

   R
¹slow / fast too much 5 minutes)

¹It's) five minutes slow/fast.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áëē)   á '6 a.m.' áëē Ę) J

'4 a.m.'

 á '7 a.m.' J '5 a.m.'

 á  '8 a.m.'

  á '9 a.m.'


 á '10 a.m.'

   á '11 a.m.'

áR
 'noon'

á:   á '6 a.m.' á: J

'4 a.m.'

 á '7 a.m.' J '5 a.m.'

 á  '8 a.m.'

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

  á '9 a.m.'


 á '10 a.m.'

   á '11 a.m.'

áR
 'noon'

á:   á '6 a.m.' á: J

'4 a.m.'

 á '7 a.m.' J '5 a.m.'

 á  '8 a.m.'

  á '9 a.m.'


 á '10 a.m.'

   á '11 a.m.'

áR
 'noon'

ûēă)   '1

p.m.'

 '2
p.m.'

  '3
p.m.'


 '4
p.m.'
áă
)

 á '4 p.m.'

   á '5 p.m.'

  á '6 p.m.'

ûēă)   '1 p.m.'


 '2 p.m.'


  '3 p.m.'



 '4 p.m.'

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áă
)

 á '4 p.m.'

   á '5 p.m.'

  á '6 p.m.'

 
R '7 p.m.'

R '8 p.m.'

R '9 p.m.'


R '10 p.m.'

 R '11 p.m.

áR
 m '12'
¹midnight)
J 
'1 a.m.'

J
'2 a.m.'

J
 '3 a.m.'

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Y

 
R '7 p.m.'

R '8 p.m.'

R '9 p.m.'


R '10 p.m.'

 R '11 p.m.

áR
 m '12' ¹midnight)

J 
'1 a.m.'

J
'2 a.m.'

J
 '3 a.m.'

 Z @

1. 11 a.m. 
 ¨
m

    á¨
m


hat time is it? 11 a.m.

2. 9 a.m. 
 ¨
m


  ám


hat time is it? 9 a.m.

3. 10 a.m. 
 ¨
m



 ám


hat time is it? 10 a.m.

4. 12 a.m. 
 ¨
m

 áR
 ¨
m


hat time is it? It's noon.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
5. 1 p.m. 
 ¨
m
   m


hat time is it? 1 p.m.

6. 3 p.m. 
 ¨
m

 
  m


hat time is it? 3 p.m.

7. 4 p.m. 
 ¨
m



 á m


hat time is it? 4 p.m.

8. 6 p.m. 
 ¨
m

   á m


hat time is it? 6 p.m.

@Y

Y

 Z @

7 p.m. 
R¨
m
  
R ¹¨
)
m


hat time is it? 7 p.m.

8 p.m. 
R¨
m

Rm


hat time is it? 8 p.m.

10 p.m. 
R¨
m


Rm


hat time is it? 10 p.m.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
11 p.m. 
R¨
m
  Rm


hat time is it? 11 p.m.

Midnight 
R¨
m
 áR
 m

hat time is it? Midnight.

2 a.m. 
R¨
m
 J
m


hat time is it? 2 a.m.

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y

J


 R 4:03 a.m.

J
R 5:02 a.m.

  á
 R 6:15 a.m.

 á

R 7:20 a.m.

 á m

8:30 a.m.

  á


   9:45 a.m.

R

   áJ
11:00 a.m.

áR
 m

12:30 p.m.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  
R 1:50 p.m.

   á 

  R 5:25 p.m.

Rm

7:30 p.m.

áR
 m   R 12:05 a.m.

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y



R
  á 8:40 a.m.


 R  á  10:45 a.m.



RáR
 11:48 a.m.

á  R   12:53 p.m.

  R

 á 3:55 p.m.

¨  R   ám 11:22 a.m.





 RáR
 m 11:35 p.m.

Y

YY

 #


†††
 


 X  X
Y

á w 
á  R

My watch is seventeen minutes slow.

m  wm 
á  R

Your watch is 17 minutes slow.

m



 wm  m





Your watch is half an hour slow.




wm  


R

Your watch is 22 minutes slow.

 w  


R

My watch is 22 minutes slow.

Y

Y

 #


á w á

 á R

My watch is 9 minutes fast.

m



 w á

 m





My watch is half an hour fast.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔ wáÔá

 m





His watch is half an hour fast.

  wáÔá


  R

R

His watch is 15 minutes fast.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

¹Parts of the Day)

J á  5 a.m. to 9:00 a.m.

J
 9 a.m. to 11:59 a.m.

J áR
 12 a.m. to 12:50 p.m.

J   1 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.

J á 4 p.m. to 6:30 p.m.

J m
 From 6:30 p.m. until around midnight

J 
m
 6:30 p.m. to 9 p.m.

J  10:00 p.m. to 3 a.m.



Y

YY

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Change from one pattern to the other.

J á  á
á

J
 á



J áR
 á
áR


J  á
 

J á á
á

J m
 á
m




Y

YY

¹Change from Pattern 1 to Pattern 2.)

#
Y. #
Y/

á J á 

In the morning

J á  áY ¹á á)

In the morning. Sometime in the morning.

J
 J
Y ¹

)

In the late morning. Sometime in the late morning.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

J áR
 J áR
 Y ¹áR
 áR
 )

At noon. Sometime around noon.

J   J Y ¹  )

In the afternoon. Sometime in the afternoon.

J á J á Y ¹á á )

In the late afternoon. Sometime in the late afternoon

J m
 J m
Y ¹m
 m
)

In the evening. Sometime in the evening.

J  J Y ¹ )

Late at night. Sometime late at night.

@Y

Y

 Z @

J Y ¹  m  á


 ¹ ) J Y

) ¹ Y ) m



hen will you return? Sometime in the

afternoon.

J m
Y ¹m
 m
) m   
 á


m
 ¹ ) J m
Y ¹m
Y
m
)

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
hen will you study? In the evening.

J áR
 Y ¹áR
 m R Ô 
á


 ¹R ) J áR
 Y
áR
 ) ¹áR
 YáR
 ) m


hen will you eat? Sometime around

noon.

J á Y ¹á m   áÔá


 ¹ ) J á Y ¹á Y

á ) á ) m


hen will you go to his house? Sometime in the late

afternoon.

J   m  á á á

 ¹ ) J m


hen will you go get the In the afternoon.

money?

J    á  m 
 á
á


 ¹ ) J    á

hen will you see your friend At 11 a.m.

off?

J á Y ¹á m 
 á


 ¹
) J á Y
á ) ¹á Yá ) m


hen will you go swimming? Sometime late in the

afternoon.

J  áÔá

 ¹) J 

hen did he come? Late at night.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á

  áÔ á


 ¹ ) á

 

hen did he go? Yesterday.

á

 áÔ á


 ¹ ) á



hen did she go? At 2 p.m.

á
m  áÔ  m á


 ¹ ) á
m 

hen did he speak to you? A short time ago.



Y

Y

Observe the following examples:

A:   this afternoon ¹Present or future time)

á
 this afternoon ¹Past time)

B: m  tonight ¹Present or future time)

á
m  tonight ¹Past time)

#
Y. #
Y/

á  á
á 

this late afternoon this late afternoon

†††
 


 X  X
Y


  á

 

3 p.m. 3 p.m.

á  á
á 

this morning this morning

m
  á
m
 

this evening this evening

áR
  á
áR
 

this noon this noon


 á á


 á

4 p.m. 4 p.m.

  á á

  á

9 a.m. 9 a.m.

Y

Y

Using the cues given form pairs of sentences like the following with ¨

as the connective:

)  á á  


)  á á  ¨
 


†††
 


 X  X
Y
I'll get the money ¹first), then go to the Post Office.

 #


 á  
  á  
  I'll get a book first,

  á
 ¨
  á
 then go to the classroom.

 R Ô
 R Ô 
 I'll eat first,

    ¨
    then go to the movies.

 Āů áR  Āů áR  I'll listen to tapes first,

 
 ¨
 
  then go to the library.

 J  J I'll go to the market,

  ¨
  then home.

  
 áR   
 áRY I'll go live in Bangkok first,



 J  
 ¨
  J  
 then go live in the provinces.

@Y

Y

 Z @

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áR
 áR

  áR


Is it noon yet? Not yet.

 
   

Is it afternoon yet? Not yet.

m
 m

  m


Is it evening yet? Not yet.

 
  

Is it late ¹at night) yet? Not yet.

á á
  á 

Is it morning yet? Not yet.

$%
YY

¹Use a cardboard clock face with movable hands with the following
exercises.)

OY Set the hands on the clock face. One student asks what time it is and
another responds according to the position of the hands.
OY Set the hands on the clock face, then ask different students what
time it will be in ten minutes, twenty minutes, one hour, etc.
OY One student asks another what time it is by his watch, when he
responds, the first student says that his watch is slow or fast by a
certain number of minutes according to the time indicated by the
classroom clock.
OY Set the clock hands. Student A announces the time indicated.
Student B asks Student C if it is ¹part of the day) ¹J ,
†††
 


 X  X
Y
J á , etc.) yet. Student C responds either ¹1) that it is, or ¹2)
that it isn't yet according to the time announced by Student A.
OY Concerning the activities listed below, find out from other students:

If they did any of them yesterday, and if so, at what time;

If they will do any of them tomorrow, and if so, at what time;
If they do any of them every day, and if so, at what time; and if they
have done any of them yet. If the reply is that they haven't yet, find
out if they will do any of them tomorrows and if so, at what time.

Activities:

a) come to school b) go mail a letter

c) play music d) drive a car

e) go to the bank f) drink coffee

g) go see a doctor h) go for a walk

i) go shopping i) go eat in a restaurant

k) go to work l) write a letter

m) study lessons n) play tennis

o) go to the market


YY
á  to get, to take

 / Y afternoon, o'clock used for the time 1 p.m. - 4 p.m.

 ¹  )

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 late, slow

á morning, a.m.

á early morning



 hour ¹measure of Time)

á

 right now

 11 p.m. - 3 a.m.

á to see

á  think


 library

¹ )


m
 6 p.m. - 9 p.m.

á evening ¹used for 4 p.m. - 6 p.m.)

m
 6 p.m. - 12 a.m.

m

half

m to be night

m  tonight

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 m night time ¹used for 7 p.m. - 3 a.m.)


 more than, to a greater extent or degree

¨
then

 o'clock, time

á
used for past time

á

 when, question word

 dark

R minutes

 in that case

¹)  too much

á

early, fast

 to hurry

 late, the time 9 a.m. - 11:59 a.m.

áR
 noon

áR
 m midnight

R o'clock, used for 7 p.m. - 11 p.m.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

J o'clock ¹for the time 1 a.m. - 5 a.m.)

J sometime, time, part of ¹something)

J
exactly, sharp ¹of time)

á
 time

A: ¨‘


 J m
 Is there a barber shop around here?

B: m
 Y   ůŲ  Yes, there is. On the other side ¹of the street)

A:  J
 m
 Exactly where?

B:  Ô
  YY
 ¨Ā Next to the coffee shop

A:  R 8 
 R Ô
m
 To the left or right?

B:  R 8  To the left.

A: R Ô
Ô
 ¨Āá  
hat's to the right of the coffee shop? 1

m


B: á 
 
A restaurant.

A: 
m  JMm

 It's named 'Key Note' isn't it?

B: Mm
 Y
 m  J  R

No, it isn't. The Key Note is over there.

A: ‘ R
 R Ô
 

‘  hat's the name of the street on the right?

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m


B: ‘  
 m
 Y
‘


I That street? It's Suriwong.

A: ¹‘


I) Does it ¹Suriwong Street) pass the American
Embassy?

‘ R J á
 m


B:   m
 No, it doesn't.

‘ R J á
  ¨‘
‘ á The American Embassy is in the Ploenchit st
area very near Ratprasong Corner.
 JYM Y


¨


m

1. Bangkok is a rapidly changing city. Here today, gone tomorrow.

 
YYY

M
 YYĥ
YY

Constructions with M 'near' and  'far' are illustrated below:


 áR far from Bangkok
M ¹ /)
 áR
near Bangkok


 can only be used after M when the word following begins with a
consonant.

The pairs of sentences below are equivalent in meaning:

A: 
 áRY    
Bangkok is far from
Udorn.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
B: 
 áRY 
  Bangkok and Udorn are
far apart.
A:
‘ R J á
  M 
‘ R J   The American Embassy
is near the British
Embassy.
B:
‘ R J á
 
‘ R J    M The American Embassy
and the British
 Embassy are close to
each other.

ĖYY%Y

 has the meaning 'to be in existence' in constructions like the one below:

" Ė ¢#Y   Y

¹¨‘
 ) 
 J 
In this area ¹there) is a barber shop.

There is no subject of the sentence.

 #


 J  ¨‘


 J m Is there a barber shop
in this area?



 Já
 ¨‘


 Já
 m Is there a tailor shop in
this area?



 Ô 
  ¨‘


 Ô 
 Is there a newsstand in
this area?
 
Ŵ
ů 
 Ŵů 
¨‘
 m
 Is there a gas pump in
this area?

R
IR
¿
 ¨‘

 R
IR
¿
Is there a public
telephone in this area?
 m

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  ¨‘


  m
 Is there a doctor's place
in this area?

 Ô ¨‘


 Ôm Is there a pharmacy in
this area?



 
Y ¨‘


 
 YY Are there good
restaurants in this area?
m

 #


 J  ¨‘


 J  Are there any barber
shops in the area?
R Ô
 R Ô

 J  Are there any
barbershops to the
right?
R
ŽáJ  R
ŽáJ 
 J  Are there any
barbershops at the
hotel?
R
IR R
ŽáJ  R
IR Are there telephones at
the hotel?
R

R

 R
IR Are there telephones
here?



Ô R

 


Ô Is there foreign food
for sale here?
R

  R

   


Ô Is there foreign food
for sale at that shop?

¨‘
 ¨‘
  


Ô Is there foreign food
for sale in this area?


 ¨Ā ¨‘
 
 ¨Ā Are there coffee shops
around here?
M Y ¹ ) M Y ¹ ) Are there coffee shops
near the office?
R
R  R
R  
 ¨Ā
 m Y  
 m   R
 m
    
m

†††
 


 X  X
Y

here's your house? In Bangkapi.

wY
w  R
   ¹R
)
¨‘


¨ R 
 ¨‘


¨ R 


Near
here's the Sport
Pathumwan
Stadium?
Corner.

 8 Y
J   8   R
   ¹R
)


J 
here is USOM? At Pratunam.
 m YM Y  m   R
  MY ¹ )
¹ ) 


 



here's your house? Quite close to
the monument.

¨
¨m
J
¨
¨m
J   R
  ¹R
)
Y
 m
 
 m

here's the Capitol Near the
Hotel? ater Buffalo
Bridge.

  á
  á  R
  ¹R
)
Y á   á
here's Don Muang At Don Muang.
Airport?
  #


R
R

here


R
R

there

 R
R
 way

over
†††
 


 X  X
Y
there
 m   R


¹  )  R


here's your
It's here.
house?

‘ R J  R
 ¹
‘ R J )


  R


here's the
It's there.
Embassy?


¨


¹

¨


m
m  R
 )  R

here's
Ratprasong It's way over there.
Intersection?
á
m   R


¹á
)  R



here's your
¹My friend) is here.
friend?
 
 m Y ¹ 
 )


 R
  R


here's your
It's there.
book?


‘  R
 ¹
‘)  R


here's the
It's way over there.
car?
Combine the cue words to form place expressions.
  #

 J
J
 right here

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 J
J
 right there

 J
J
 right over there

 ¨‘
¨‘
 ¹in) this section

 ¨‘
¨‘
 ¹in) that section

 ¨‘
¨‘
 ¹in) that section over there

 ů Ų ů Ų  ¹on) this side ¹of the street)

 ů Ų ů Ų  ¹on) the far side ¹of the street)

Y. Z Y/ @
R
R
 
R


here? Here.
J
J
  J

¹Exactly) where? Right here.
¨‘
¨‘
  ¨‘

¹in) which section? ¹in) that section.
ů Ų ů Ų   ů Ų 
hich side? This side.
R
R
  R

here? ay over there
J
J
  J

¹Exactly) where? Right over there.
Have one student form a question with the first cue, and a second student
respond to it using the second cue.
 

 
R Ô

 
 R

 
 R Ô
m


here's the It's on the right.

restaurant?

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 J  R 8 
 J   R

 J   R 8m

here's the barber It's on the left.
shop?

¨
á
¨‘


¨
¨
á

  
¨
á

  ¨‘


 

 R


¨


m

m
here's the It's Ratprasong Corner area.
Erawan Hotel?
J J
 J  R
 J  J

here's the It's right over there.
market?

‘ R J á
  
R

The American Embassy is
far from the Foreign
J
áRI Ministry.

¨
¨m
J   8¨  The Capitol Hotel is far
from JUSMAG.

  á   8
Don Muang Airport is far
from USIS.
á  8   8  The P is far from USOM.

J     The market is far from my

house.
 ‘Ā    áÔ

‘
The R.R. station is far
from his house.
 
  á
 The dining room is far
from the classroom.
#
Y. #
Y/

‘ R J  
R

J
‘ R J 
R

J
á

áRI RI  
The Embassy is far from the Foreign The Embassy and the Foreign
Ministry. Ministry are far apart.
 á  
‘ R J  á 
‘ R J  

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Don Muang is far from the Embassy. Don Muang and the Embassy
are far apart.

¨
 á
 áJ   
¨
¨
 á
 áJ 
¨
á

á



  
The Oriental Hotel is far from the The Oriental Hotel and the
Erawan Hotel. Erawan Hotel are far apart.
     m      m   
My house is far from your house. My house and your house are
far apart.
 

Ô   
 
 

Ô  
  
 

Songkla Province is far from Udorn Songkla Province and Udorn
Province. Province are far apart.
‘
R  ‘  ¿ ‘
R  ‘  ¿  

ireless Road is far from ireless Road and Paholyotin
Paholyotin Street. Street are far apart.
 Z @

 ¹no) 
   
 m

Is the Post Office far from No, it isn't.
here?

R

J
áR 
R

J
áRI   m

I ¹yes)  

Is the Foreign Ministry far Yes, it is.
from here?

  á
  á   m

¹no)  

Is Don Muang Airport far No, it isn't.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
from here?
 8  ¹yes)  8    
 m

Is USOM far from here? Yes, it is.

  ¹no) 
    
 m

Is the auditorium far from No, it isn't,
here?
¿ m
¹yes) ¿ m
  
 m

Is the bank far from here? Yes, it is.

‘ J

 ¹yes)
‘ J

   
 m

Is the Police Station far from Yes, it is.
here?

áRI

áI

áRI

áI
  
 m

¹yes) 
Is France far from here? Yes, it is.

‘ R J á
  M 
¨
The American Embassy is
near the Erawan Hotel.
á


8¨ Y  M   8
JUSMAG is near USIS.


¨


m  M  ‘
The Ratprasong
Intersection is near
R ireless Road.
¿ 
  M  
 áR Thonburi is near Bangkok.

Jm  M   w
The Sports Club is near
Chula.


 M  ¿

I
J
 The Pramane Grounds are
near Thamasart
¹University).
   M  J My house is near the
market.

Note to the Instructort Repeat the drill using  for  .

†††
 


 X | X
Y

J  áÔ  M J
His house is near the market.

   áÔ  M
 

His house is near the hospital.
‘
  áÔ  M ‘

His house is near Silom Street.

  áÔ  M 

His house is near the library.
R
R   áÔ  M R
R 
His house is near the office.
ŽáJ 
  áÔ  M ŽáJ 

His house is near Rama Hotel.
‘ Mƒ  áÔ  M ‘ Mƒ
His house is near the main street.

  áÔ  M

His house is near the factory.
J
á  áÔ  M J
á
His house is near down town.

JYR
R  J  M R
R  
Is the market near the office?
 m Y   m ‘

 m   M   m ‘



Is your house near Thaworn's?
R
R  m Y
 R
R  m   M 


†††
 


 X  X
Y


Is your office near the Post
Office?

‘ R J á
 Y 8 
‘ R J á
  M  8 

Is the American Embassy near
USOM?

 áRY ¿ 
 áR  M  ¿
Is Bangkok near Ayuthaya?

áRIƒ
 Y
áRIƒ
  M
áRIá

áRIá

 
Is Japan near Germany?
#
Y. #
Y/
8¨   M   8
8¨   8
 M 
JUSMAG is near USIS. JUSMAG and USIS are near each other.

‘ R J
áJ
á  M
‘ R J
áJ
á
‘ R JĀ


 
‘ R JĀ



  M 
The Australian Embassy The Australian Embassy and the
is near the Philippine Philippine Embassy are near each other.
Embassy.

¨
 
R
  M 
¨
 
R

¨
á

  M

¨
á

  
The Amarin Hotel is near The Amarin Hotel and the Erawan Hotel
the Erawan Hotel. are near each other.
 8   M  J
 8  J
J 
 M 

J 
USOM is near the USOM and the Pratunam Market are
Pratunam Market. close together.
á - -á Y á - -á Y
¨
á

  M 
†††
 


 X 
X
Y

 M 
¨
á



A.U.A. is near the Erawan The A.U.A. and the Erawan Hotel are
Hotel. close together.

8 J  M  á

á
8 J  á

á   M 

ashington is near ashington and Virginia are close
Virginia. together.
#
Y. #
Y/

 
 R Ô

 
  R 8 
The restaurant is on the The restaurant is not on the left.
right.
 Ô áÔ  R
  Ô áÔ  R


His house is over there. His house isn't here.
J  R 8 J R Ô

The market is to the left. The market is not to the right.

  J
 
  J


The P.O. is right over The P.O. is not right here.
there.

‘ R J  R 8 
‘ R J  R Ô

The Embassy is to the left. The Embassy is not to the right.
 
 Ô m   R
  
 Ô m   R


Your book is over there. Your book isn't here.
I á
   R
‘ I á
    R
‘ 

The USIS auditorium is on The USIS auditorium is not on this
the street over there. street.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
#
Y. #
Y/

 
 R Ô

 
 R Ô
YMR 8
The restaurant is on the
The restaurant is on the right. It's not on the left.
right.
ŽáJ   R 8  ŽáJ   R 8 YM R Ô

The hotel is to the left. The hotel is to the left. It's not to the right.
 Ô áÔ  ¨‘
  Ô áÔ  ¨‘
 YM¨‘

His house is in the area His house is in the area over there. It's not in this
over there. area.

‘Ô   J

‘Ô   J
Y MJ

My car is right here. My car is right here. Not over there.
J  R 8 J  R 8YMR Ô

The market is on the left. The market is on the left. It isn't on the right.

¨
á

  M 
‘ R J
¨
á

  
‘

 R J

The Erawan Hotel is near the Embassy. The Erawan Hotel is not far from
the Embassy.

¨
 á
 áJ   M 

¨
 á
 áJ   
 


The Oriental Hotel is near the Central The Oriental Hotel is not far from
Post Office. the Central Post Office.

‘ R J
á  M 
‘ R J á

‘ R J
á  
‘

 R J á


The Spanish Embassy is near the The Spanish Embassy is not far
American Embassy. from the American Embassy.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

8¨   M  8
8¨    8

JUSMAG is near USIS. JUSMAG is not far from USIS.


¨

 R   M 

¨



¨

 R   

¨

m 


m

Sapratum Corner is near Ratprasong Sapratum Corner is not far from

Corner. Ratprasong Corner.

$%
YY

OY Find out if any of the following things are in this areas barber shop,
bank, restaurant, Post Office, gas pump, oil company, public
telephone, pharmacy, coffee shop, hospital, railroad station, airport,
police station.
OY Starting from some particular spot ¹in front of a bank, etc.) find out
where other buildings are in relation ¹to the left, right over there,
etc.) to your position.
OY Using the map following page 133, discuss what places are near
each other and which are far apart in Bangkok.
OY Using the map following page 112 discuss what provinces are near
each other and which are far apart.
OY Ask other students if particular buildings are near their homes.
OY Ask where particular buildings are located. In the answer you will
be told that they are near other buildings.


YY
 á   ¹
R) I.B.E.C., Name of a company


R
 Amarin, name of a hotel in Bangkok




 ¹¨ ) monument

†††
 


 X  X
Y

¨
Ā
 8 Air France, name of an airline

á
 áJ  Oriental, name of a hotel in Bangkok

 
Bangkapi ¹section of Bangkok)

R company

R  Oil Company

ů Ų side ¹of the street/river/canal/sea)

 
¹ ) dining room

ŽáJ  hotel

 medicine

Mƒ big, large

¨m
J  The Capitol ¹name of a hotel in Bangkok)

Ô next to ¹ something or someone), side

m J keynote ¹name)

m

áJ Christian ¹name of a hospital)

 to be far

M to be near, close

†††
 


 X  X
Y

J
 Mitsu ¹name of a restaurant)

 ¹ 
  ) poster, sign, tag

 
‘á ¹ 
  ) bus stop

ůų 
a gas pump

R 
 Patoomwan, ¹section of Bangkok)

 to pass, to go past

 ¿ Phaholyotin Street in Bangkok

8 Plaza, name of a hotel in Bangkok


 The Central Post Office

J  Pratunam ¹name of the section in Bangkok)

 Ô 
 
a newsstand
¹
 )

 Ô ¹
 ) a pharmacy

  ¹
 ) a doctor's office

 J  ¹
 ) a barber shop

 Já
 ¹
 ) a tailor shop

†††
 


 X  X
Y



m Ratprasong ¹section of Bangkok)

 ¹
) factory

‘á ¹m ) bus

I á
 the USIS Auditorium

¿
 public ¹not private)

 ¹¨ ) field, yard, lawn

w ¹¨ ) the sports stadium


¹¨ ) the Pramane Grounds in Bangkok

 ¹
 ,  ) bridge ¹a structure)

 m
 ¹
 , the ater Buffalo Bridge ¹name of a bridge in

 ) Bangkok)

Saprathum ¹name of the corner and section in

 R 
Bangkok)

‘ J

 ¹¨ ) police station


¨ corner

 Silom ¹name of the street in Bangkok)

R way, path, direction, means

†††
 


 X  X
Y

R Ô
 to the right

R 8  to the left

‘ Mƒ the main street

R
at

R
 
‘ ¹R
) parking lot

R
 way over there

¨‘
section, district ¹of a town)

Thonburii, Name of a province in Thailand, used to be

¿ 

the capital during the year 1767 through 1782

J
right, exactly

J
Y
 Ð ¹exactly) where

A:


m
 Y 
R  Hello, my name is Tom.
B: 
¨ m
 My name is Maen.
A:  R

  Glad to meet you.
B: m á  R
á
 
 m
 You're a soldier, aren't you?
A: á m
 No, I'm not.

á  á
 I'm a civilian.
B: m  Rá  You speak Thai very well.
A: Ô m m
 Thank you.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
B: m R 
R

m
 hat did you come here to do?
A: R  R
 8
m
 To work at USIS.
B: Ô RY Sorry, Do you have a family?
m m
m

¨

  m


A: ¨
m
 Y¨Já
 Y I do, but at present I live by myself.
 á

  m
B: Rm
 Y

  Y hy? Are your wife and children in

America?

Ô m   R
á

 m


A: á m
 No, they aren't.

áÔ  R

 áRY They're still in Bangkok, because
before I came here I worked in
á
 R
R

Bangkok.
R  R

 áR
B: m  J

m m
 How many children do you have?
A:
m m
 Two.
B:  ƒ 
  m
 Girls or boys?
A: m Já   ƒ Y The oldest is a girl; the youngest, a
boy.
m á á   
B:  áR
m
 hat ages?
A: m J 
Ô
Y The oldest is 10; the youngest is 5.

m á   Ô

B: á
  
 R
 m
 here do they go to school?

†††
 


 X | X
Y
A:   
 m
 My children?

m  á
 R

á
   One goes to the International School;
the other doesn't go to school yet.
J
m   á
  

B:
á

á The International School is the
 Já 
American School, isn't it?

 Ô á
 Mm

A: Mm
 Yes, it is.

¨JáÔm
¨  á
 J But they have many teachers and
students of other nationalities.

YYm
B:
á
    R
 m
 here is that school?
A:  R
8 

MY It's at Ruamchai Lane, Sukhumwit
Road.
‘
Ô 
Rm

B:  ám
    8 I've never been to the USIS office.
here is it?

áY  R
 m

A:  MYY Jm
 It's quite close to the market. hy
don't you come over and visit us some

  რá
á
  day?
m

B: Ô m m
 Y Thank you. hen does your office
open?
R
R  Ô m á

 m


A: 
á
á
áR
 Y The library opens at noon, ¹and)

closes around 7 p.m. but I begin at



 
R 8.30 a.m. and quit at 5 p.m.
¨J áÔR  á


m

Yá   á
B:  Y
   á
m Y Then someday I'll go visit you. I'll say
†††
 


 X  X
Y

 m
 'Goodbye'. I have urgent business ¹to
take care of).

  ¿

A: m
 Y All right. I hope we'll meet again.



á
m   

ZYYY
YY

OY m R  Mm

OY áÔám
 
OY m R á  Mm

OY m R ¨J  ¨

 
OY á
 m
 R     Mm
YR
OY R

  YYÔ áÔ  R


 áR
OY  m JÔ m R   áR

OY áÔá
  
 R

OY
á
  Jm J 
YY
OY
    8
R
m
  J
OY m R áÔR  

OY áÔá  

OY 
á

 Y


OY m ¨ 
  

$%
YY

OY One student will take the part of a Thai and will interview another
student who will take the part of an American who has just arrived
in a provincial city in Thailand for duty.
OY The interview should follow the general format of the one in the
basic dialog but additional material may be included. As far as
possible, all information given should be correct.
†††
 


 X 
X
Y
OY The other students in the class should take notes on the interview
and be prepared to answer questions about the Information
contained in it.


YY
á
 to visit

áÔ to begin ¹to work, to learn),

enter

m ¹) probably

 to say goodbye ¹said only by

person leaving)

á quit, finish, to be over or

through

¨ Maen ¹male or female first

name)

á
 ¹m ) civilian

á
 because


around, about

 to hurry, to be urgent

á
  J The International School

¹
á
 )


M Ruam chai ¹name of lane on
Sukhumwit Road)

†††
 


 X  X
Y

   ¹¨ ) office ¹of an agency, etc.)

8  lane ¹narrow street)

Ô
R Sukhumwit Road

R  Tom ¹a name)

R why ¹question word)

  some day ¹in the future)


 to hope

á
  at present

A. Ô Rm
 Y
  R  Excuse me, which way is
the main Post Office?
B. J
 Ô   m
 Straight ahead.
A. Ô m m
 Thank you.

¹10 minutes later)

A. Ô Rm
 Y Excuse me, this is the main Post Offic
isn't it?


 Mm

B. Mm
 Yes, it is.
A. R

 R
áÔ  J
 Y here is the place to send telegrams
you know ?
R
 m

B.  Ô
  M m
 It's inside.
A.  R  m
 hich way do you go?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
B. á J
áÔ Ô M ¨
á  Go straight in, then turn right.

Ô

R

 R
áÔ  R Ú The place to send telegrams will be to
your left.
¹ ) ¹Ô ) m
A. Ô m m
 Thank you very much.
B. á  
m
 You're welcome.
#
Y. #
Y/
1.  
   M   
   Ô M
My book is in the room. My book is inside.
2. R

 R
áÔ  M J R

 R
áÔ  Ô M
The place to send telegrams is The place to send telegrams is inside.
in the building.
3. R
R

  M
¨
R
R

  Ô M

The office of the Post Office is The office of the Post Office is inside.
in the hotel.
4. m
 M  ¨ m
 Ô
  M
The teacher is in the lab. The teacher is inside.
5.  

  M   

  Ô M
My daughter is in the room. My daughter is inside.
6.  Rá   M J  Rá   Ô  M
The registrar's room is in the The registrar's room is inside.
building.
7. m 
  M I á
 m 
  Ô
  M
ichai is in the USIS ichai is inside.
auditorium.
#
Y. #
Y/
1. á
    á
 á
  Ô 
†††
 


 X  X
Y
My friend is outside the classroom. My friend is outside.
2.

‘    

‘  Ô
  
The garage is outside the house. The garage is outside.
3. 

      

   Ô 
My wife is outside the house. My wife is outside.
4.
 
  Já

 
 Ô 
The restaurant is outside the school The restaurant is
building. outside.
5. m
   á
 m
 Ô
  
The teacher is outside the classroom. The teacher is outside.
6.            Ô 
My children are outside the house. My children are
outside.
#
Y. #
Y/
1. áÔ    á
 áÔ  Ô 

He is in front of us. He is in
front.
2. m
    m
 Ô
   

The teacher is in The teacher
front of the class. is in front.
3.  
‘á    
  
‘á


á
  Ô   
The bus stop is in The bus stop
front of the school. is in front.
4.
 
   
 

ŽáJ   Ô   
The restaurant is The
†††
 


 X  X
Y
front of the hotel. restaurant is
in front.
5.
‘     
‘  Ô  

The car is in front of The car is in
the house. front.
#
Y. #
Y
/
1. R
 
R
 
‘  Ô
  
‘  

The The parking lot is in the
parking back.
lot is
behind
the
house.
2. á    á   Ô 
 
The The chairs are in back.
chairs
are in
the back
of the
class.
3.  Ô  Ô áÔ  Ô
  
áÔ  
 Žá
J 
His His house is behind.
house is

†††
 


 X  X
Y
behind
the
hotel.
4. Ŵ
ů 
Ŵ
ů 
 Ô  
  

‘
R J
The gas The gas pump is out back.
pump is
behind
the
Embass
y.
 Z @
1. Ô     R  J
 Ô   
ahead Go which way? Go straight
ahead.
2. 8   R   R 8 
left Go which way? Go to the left.
3.   R   R 
this Go which way? Go this way.
4. Ô     R  J
 Ô   
ahead Go which way? Go straight
ahead.
5. Ô
  R   R Ô

right Go which way? Go to the right.
6. 8   R   R 8 
left Go which way? Go to the left.
 Z @
1. á 


J
 
 á J


†††
 


 X  X
Y
not turn Straight ahead or turn? Go
straight
ahead.
2. Ô
 á 
8
 á

Ô
 á 
Ô

right Turn left or turn right? Turn
right.
3. 8  á 
8
 á

Ô
 á 
8
left Turn left or turn right? Turn left.
4. J


J
 
 á á 

not go straight ahead Go straight ahead or turn? Turn left.
5. á 


J
 
 á J

not turn Go straight ahead or turn? Go
straight
ahead.
6. Ô
 á 
Ô

 á 
8 á 
Ô

right Turn right or turn left? Turn
right.
7. 8  á 
8
 á

Ô
 á 
8
left Turn left or turn right? Turn left.
 #

1.  á
 áÔ áÔ
M  á

He is going
into the
classroom.
2.  m  áÔ áÔ
M   m 
He is going
into your
house.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3. 
 áÔ áÔ
M 
 
He is going
into the
library.
4. ¿ m
áÔ áÔ
M ¿ m

He is going
into the bank.
5. 
 áÔ áÔ
M 

He is going
into the Post
Office.
6.
 
áÔ áÔ
M
 

He is going
into the
restaurant.
7.
¨
 áÔ áÔ
M
¨

He is going
into the hotel.
8.  R
IR áÔ áÔ
M  R
I
R
He is going
into the
telephone
†††
 


 X | X
Y
booth.
 #

1. áÔ áÔ 
Ô 
He is going
outside.
2. m
m
 
Ô 
The teacher is
going outside.
3. á
 á
 
 Ô

The student is
going outside.
4. m á 
m á 

 Ô

Jenny is going
outside.
5. 

áÔ 

áÔ
  Ô

His wife is
going outside.
6.  

Ô  

Ô áÔ
áÔ   Ô
 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
His daughter
is going
outside.
7. á
! á
!
¹ ) ¹ )
  Ô
 
My friend is
going outside.
8. m  m  
 Ô

The doctor is
going outside.
9. m  m  
Ô 
You are going
outside.
 #

1.  á
 áÔ áÔ
M  á

He is coming
into the
classroom.
2.  m  áÔ áÔ
M   m 
He is coming
into your house.
3. 
 áÔ áÔ

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

M 

He is coming
into the library.
4. ¿ m
áÔ áÔ
M ¿ m

He is coming
into the bank.
5. 
 áÔ áÔ

M 

He is coming
into the Post
Office.
6.
  áÔ áÔ

M
 

He is coming
into the
restaurant.
7.
¨
 áÔ áÔ
M
¨

He is coming
into the hotel.
8.  R
I áÔ áÔ
R M  R
I
R
He is coming
into the
telephone
booth.
Lesson 16

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Ÿ
 YY"YY

Jump to: navigation, search

Y
[hide]

OY 1 Basic dialog: Directions

OY 2 Grammar drills
UY 2.1 Transformation drill
UY 2.2 Transformation drill
UY 2.3 Transformation drill
UY 2.4 Transformation drill
UY 2.5 Response drill
UY 2.6 Response drill
UY 2.7 Substitution drill
UY 2.8 Substitution drill
UY 2.9 Substitution drill
UY 2.10 Substitution drill
UY 2.11 Substitution drill
UY 2.12 Response drill
UY 2.13 Response drill
UY 2.14 Response drill
OY 3 Exercises
OY 4 Vocabulary
OY 5 Chart

Y)Y

YY

A. Ô Rm
 Y Excuse me, which way
is the main Post

  R  Office?

B. J
 Ô   m
 Straight ahead.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
A. Ô m m
 Thank you.

¹10 minutes later)

A. Ô Rm
 Y 

 Mm
 Excuse me,
this is the
main Post
Office, isn't it?

B. Mm
 Yes, it is.

A. R

 R
áÔ  J
 YR
 m
 here is the
place to send
telegrams, do
you know ?

B.  Ô
  M m
 It's inside.

A.  R  m
 hich way do
you go?

B. á J
áÔ Ô M ¨
á 
Ô
 Go straight in,
then turn
right.

R

 R
áÔ  R Ú ¹ ) ¹Ô ) The place to
send
m  telegrams will
be to your left.

A. Ô m m
 Thank you
very much.

B. á  
m
 You're

†††
 


 X  X
Y
welcome.

 
Y
YY



Y
Y

#
Y. #
Y/

1.  
   M   
 
 Ô
  M

My book is in the room. My book

is inside.

2. R

 R
áÔ  M J R

 R
á
Ô  Ô
 

The place to send telegrams is in the The place

building. to send
telegrams
is inside.

3. R
R

  M
¨
 R
R




 Ô M

The office of the Post Office is in the hotel. The office

of the
Post
Office is
†††
 


 X  X
Y
inside.

4. m
 M  ¨ m
 Ô
 
M

The teacher is in the lab. The

teacher is
inside.

5.  

  M   



 Ô
  M

My daughter is in the room. My

daughter
is inside.

6.  Rá   M J  Rá 

  Ô
M

The registrar's room is in the building. The

registrar's
room is
inside.

7. m 
  M I á
 m 


 Ô M

ichai is in the USIS auditorium. ichai is

inside.



Y
Y
†††
 


 X  X
Y

#
Y. #
Y/

1. á
    á
 á


 Ô 

My friend is outside the classroom. My friend

is outside.

2.

‘    

‘  Ô
 
 

The garage is outside the house. The

garage is
outside.

3. 

      

 

 Ô
 

My wife is outside the house. My wife is

outside.

4.
 
  Já

 

 Ô


The restaurant is outside the school building. The

restaurant
is outside.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
5. m
   á
 m
 Ô
 


The teacher is outside the classroom. The

teacher is
outside.

6.            Ô

 

My children are outside the house. My

children
are
outside.



Y
Y

#
Y. #
Y/

1. áÔ    á
 áÔ  Ô   

He is in front of us. He is in front.

2. m
    m
 Ô
    

The teacher is in front of the class. The teacher is in

front.

3.  
‘á    
á

  
‘á  Ô 




†††
 


 X  X
Y
The bus stop is in front of the school. The bus stop is in
front.

4.
 
    ŽáJ 
 
 Ô 



The restaurant is front of the hotel. The restaurant is in

front.

5.
‘     
‘  Ô   

The car is in front of the house. The car is in front.



Y
YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. R
 
‘    R
 
‘  Ô
  



The parking lot is behind the house. The parking lot is

in the back.

2. á     á   Ô 

The chairs are in the back of the class. The chairs are in
back.

3.  Ô áÔ   ŽáJ   Ô áÔ  Ô

 


†††
 


 X | X
Y
His house is behind the hotel. His house is
behind.

4. Ŵ
ů 
  
‘ R J Ŵ
ů 
 Ô  



The gas pump is behind the Embassy. The gas pump is

out back.

@Y
Y

 Z @

1. Ô     R  J
 Ô 



ahead Go which way? Go straight

ahead.

2. 8   R   R 8 

left Go which way? Go to the

left.

3.   R   R 

this Go which way? Go this way.

4. Ô     R  J
 Ô 


†††
 


 X  X
Y
ahead Go which way? Go straight
ahead.

5. Ô
  R   R Ô


right Go which way? Go to the

right.

6. 8   R   R 8 

left Go which way? Go to the

left.

@Y
Y

 Z @

1. á J
 
 á 
J


not turn Straight ahead or turn? Go

straig
ahea

2. Ô
 á 
8

 á 
Ô
 á 
Ô

right Turn left or turn right? Turn

right

3. 8  á 
8
 á 
Ô
 á 
8

left Turn left or turn right? Turn

4. J
 J
 
 á 
á 

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
not go straight ahead Go straight ahead or turn? Turn left.

5. á J
 
 á 
J


not turn Go straight ahead or turn? Go

straight
ahead.

6. Ô
 á 
Ô


 á

8 á 
Ô


right Turn right or turn left? Turn

right.

7. 8  á 
8
 á 
Ô
 á 
8

left Turn left or turn right? Turn left.

Y
Y

 #


1.  á
 áÔ áÔ M  á


He is going into the classroom.

2.  m  áÔ áÔ M   m 

He is going into your house.

3. 
 áÔ áÔ M 
 

He is going into the library.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4. ¿ m
áÔ áÔ M ¿ m

He is going into the bank.

5. 
 áÔ áÔ M 


He is going into the Post Office.

6.
 
áÔ áÔ M
 

He is going into the restaurant.

7.
¨
 áÔ áÔ M
¨


He is going into the hotel.

8.  R
IR áÔ áÔ M  R
IR

He is going into the telephone

booth.

Y
Y

 #


1. áÔ áÔ  Ô 

He is going outside.

2. m
m
  Ô 

The teacher is going outside.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3. á
 á
   Ô 

The student is going outside.

4. m á 
m á 
  Ô 

Jenny is going outside.

5. 

áÔ 

áÔ  Ô 

His wife is going outside.

6.  

Ô áÔ  

Ô áÔ  Ô

His daughter is going outside.

7. á
! ¹ ) á
! ¹ )

  Ô 

My friend is going outside.

8. m  m    Ô 

The doctor is going outside.

9. m  m   Ô 

You are going outside.

Y
Y

Repeat drill G using áÔ 'come in' for áÔ 'go in'.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 #


1.  á
 áÔ áÔM  á


He is coming into the classroom.

2.  m  áÔ áÔM   m 

He is coming into your house.

3. 
 áÔ áÔM 
 

He is coming into the library.

4. ¿ m
áÔ áÔM ¿ m

He is coming into the bank.

5. 
 áÔ áÔM 


He is coming into the Post Office.

6.
 
áÔ áÔM
 

He is coming into the restaurant.

7.
¨
 áÔ áÔM
¨


He is coming into the hotel.

8.  R
IR áÔ áÔM  R
IR

He is coming into the telephone

booth.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Y
Y

Repeat drill H using  'come out' for  'go out'.

 #


1. áÔ áÔ Ô 

He is coming outside.

2. m
m
 Ô 

The teacher is coming outside.

3. á
 á
  Ô 

The student is coming outside.

4. m á 
m á 
 Ô 

Jenny is coming outside.

5. 

áÔ 

áÔ Ô 

His wife is coming outside.

6.  

Ô áÔ  

Ô áÔ Ô



His daughter is coming outside.

7. á
! ¹ ) á
! ¹ )

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 Ô 

My friend is coming outside.

8. m  m   Ô 

The doctor is coming outside.

9. m  m  Ô 

You are coming outside.

 #

1. áÔ áÔ ¨


 
Has he come
out yet?
2. R
R
¨


 
Has the soldier
come out yet?
3.   ¨


 
Has the doctor
come out yet?
4. m
m
¨


 
Has the teacher
come out yet?
5.     
 ¨

 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Has the nurse
come out yet?
6. m   m   
 ¨

 
Has the
Englishman
come out yet?
7. 

áÔ 

áÔ 
 ¨

 
Has his wife
come out yet?
8.      
 ¨

 
Has my son
come out yet?
9.
m 
m  
¨

 
Has your
husband come
out yet?
10. J

 J

 ¨


 
Has the
policeman come
out yet?
 Z @
1. no R
¨  m



 
Has the soldier Not
come out yet? yet.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2. yes  ¨


  ¨

m

Has the doctor Yes,
come out yet? he
has.
3. no m
¨
  m


 
Has the teacher Not
come out yet? yet.
4. no  áÔ   m

¨

 
Has his son Not
come out yet? yet.
5. yes á
m   
¨

  ¨

m

Has your friend Yes,
come out yet? he
has.
6. yes 
 ¨ 


  ¨

m

Has the farmer Yes,
come out yet? he
has.
 Z @
1. yes áÔáÔ M  á
 
 á  m
 YáÔ
Did he go into the classroom? Yes, he did.

†††
 


 X || X
Y
2. no áÔáÔ M
 
 á  á m

Did he go into the hospital? No, he didn't.
3. no áÔáÔ M ¿ m

 á  á m

Did he go into the bank? No, he didn't.
4. yes áÔáÔ M
 

 á  m
 YáÔ
Did he go into the restaurant? Yes, he did.
5. no áÔáÔ M
‘ R J á
 
 á m

á 
Did he go into the American No, he didn't.
Embassy?
6. yes áÔáÔ M
‘ J


 á  m
 YáÔ
Did he go into the police station? Yes, he did.
Z @
1. 
  J
 Ô   á J
 m

m

á J
 
 á 

If the Post Office is straight Go straight ahead.
ahead, should I go straight or
turn?
2.
 
 R Ô
Y á 
 R Ô


 R M
m

á
If the restaurant is to the right, Turn to the right.
which way should I turn?
3.
á
  R ÚY á 
 R Ú

 R M
m

á
If the school is to the left, which Turn to the left.
way should I turn?
 ‘Ā  J
 Ô   
4.
‘
á J
 m


 R M
m

á
If the train station is straight Go straight ahead.
†††
 


 X | X
Y
ahead, which way should I turn?
$%
YY
m Have students take turns playing the following roles:

Student: Goes in and out of the classroom.

Student: ho is sitting in the classroom, describes what Student A is

doing ¹'He is going out of the classroom, he is coming in ¹to)
the classroom', etc.)

Student: ho is standing outside the classroom, also says what

student A is doing.

Have students take turns playing the following roles:



Student: Goes in and out of the classroom.

Student: Asks Student C questions about Student A's actions ¹for

example, 'Has he gone out of the classroom yet?, etc.) ¹Both
Student B and C are in the classroom).

Student: Responds to Student B's questions according to where

Student A is at the time.

 Repeat exercise ¹b) with Student B and C standing outside the

classroom.

Ask various students to give directions to places in the neighborhood
 starting from where they are.

$ Starting from specific places in the neighborhood, ask how you go to

get to other specific places. ¹For Example, 'I'm at . hich way do I
go to get to Y', etc.)


YY
†††
 


 X |
X
Y

 come out

 go out

 class

á to walk

 R
IR telephone booth

¹ )

Ô  the back, behind

Ô    ahead, in front

Ô M inside

Ô  outside

m

 should

 behind

á 
to turn

 hand

  in front; face

 outside

†††
 


 X | X
Y


what ¹question word)

‘ ¹
) garage, carport

R
 to know ¹a fact)

R path, direction

R
R
áÔ the place to send telegrams

R
R  the office

R
áÔ telegram

J
straight

J ¹ ) building


YY

Chart illustrating use of áÔ 'go in',  'come out', áÔ 'come
in', and  'go out'.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

A. Ô Rm
 Ym R
 m

 Excuse me, do you know
where the President Hotel
is?

¨
á

8á R   R

B. R
‘ á
m
 It's on Gaysorn street.
A.  R  m
 hich direction is it?

†††
 


 X | X
Y
B. á J
 R  Y‘

¨Ô‘  Go straight this way to the
corner, cross the street,
¨
á  R Ô
 then go to the right.

ŽáJ   R 8 The hotel is on the left.

A.  J
 Ô
¨
á

M m It is directly opposite the
Erawan Hotel, isn't it?


B.  á    m
 It is cater-cornered to it.

ĥGYY ēYYYY
YY YY

The verbs  and  occur as postpositions with other verbs to indicate

direction of motion;  'motion away from the speaker' and  'motion
toward the speaker'.

Observe the following examples:

áÔ enter ¹towards the speaker)

áÔ enter ¹away from the speaker)

 exit ¹towards the speakers)

 exit ¹away from the speaker)

R
 telephone ¹away from the speaker)
¹ R
IR )
R
 telephone ¹towards the speaker)
¹ R
IR)
á  walk ¹towards the speaker)

á  walk ¹away from the speaker)

  turn back ¹away from the speaker)

†††
 


 X | X
Y

  turn back ¹towards the speaker)

The meaning of áÔ , áÔ, , and  is illustrated in the

chart in the proceeding lesson ¹lesson 16).

#
YY YY

Prepositions such as M 'in',  'outside of', etc., may occur with nouns
like Ô ¹or xxxx) 'side' and R 'way, path' to form derivatives with the
meaning 'space relationship'*.

The following are examples:

Ô M 'inside', Ô  'outside', Ô    'in front of', Ô 'up above',
Ô  'behind', Ô  'down below', R Ú 'to the left', R Ô
 'to
the right', R á  'North', R MJ 'South'.

The instructor can extend this drill and the three that follow by using
other place names from the maps at the end of this lesson.
#
Y. #
Y/
1.
¨
á

Úá R  J
 Ô 
¨
 

¨
á

Úá
R
  R
¨


R
  J


Ô
The President Hotel is opposite the Amarin. The President
Hotel and the
Amarin are
across from
each other.
2.
¨
á

  J
 Ô  
J


¨
á


 
J


 J
Ô

†††
 


 X | X
Y
The Erawan Hotel is opposite the Police Department. The Erawan
Hotel and the
Police
Department are
opposite each
other.
3.
¨

 
 Ô
áJ
  J
 

¨


 áJ



  J

Ô
The Siam International is opposite the Siam Cinema. The Siam
International
Hotel and the
Siam Cinema
are opposite
each other.
4.

Jm  J
 Ô   w

Jm 
wY
 J
Ô
The Sports Club is opposite Chula¹longkorn). The Sports Club
and
Chulalongkorn
are across from
each other.

For a fuller description see Noss, 147 ff.

#
Y. #
Y/
1. 8 RY 8 R
 á 
¨
á

Úá R 
¨

Design Thai is diagonally across from Design Th
the President. diagonall

†††
 


 X | X
Y
2.
  wY
  w
 á  
Rw  
R
Chula Hospital is diagonally across Chula Hospital a
from Chula ¹University). University are di
each other.
3.
 á Y  á  Y
 
 á Y Y

Shop A is diagonally across from Shop Shop A and Shop
B. across from each
4.
     á 
¨


   
áJ
  á 
The Lido Cinema is diagonally across The Lido Cinema
from the Siam International Hotel. International Ho
across from each
 #

1. á  R 8  Ô‘  ¨
á  R 8
Cross the street, then go to the
left.
2. á  R  Ô‘  ¨
á  R 
Cross the street, then go that
way.
3. á J
 Ô    Ô‘  ¨
á J
 Ô 

Cross the street, then go straight
ahead.
4. á  R Ô
 Ô‘  ¨
á  R Ô

Cross the street, then go to the
right.
5. á 
8 Ô‘  ¨
á

8
Cross the street, then turn left.
6. á J
 Ô    Ô‘  ¨
á J
 Ô 
†††
 


 X | X
Y


Cross the street, then go straight
ahead.
7. á 
Ô
 Ô‘  ¨
á

Ô

Cross the street, then turn right.

1. 8  Ô‘ Y¨
á  R  Ô‘ Y¨
á
Cross the street, and go which way? Cross the street,
2. Ô
 Ô‘ Y¨
á  R  Ô‘ Y¨
á
Cross the street, and go which way? Cross the street
3. J
 Ô‘ Y¨
á  R  Ô‘ Y¨
á
Cross the street, and go which way? Cross the street
4. J
 Ô    Ô‘ Y¨
á  R  Ô‘ Y¨
á
Cross the street, and go which way? Cross the street,
ahead.
5. 8  Ô‘ Y¨
á  R  Ô‘ Y¨
á
Cross the street and go which way? Cross the street,

1.   á
áR
 m   Ô
Ym  
 
You're going to eat at noon. hen will you return? I
2.
R m 
 á
á
á Y 
 
You're going to pick up a friend in the late A
afternoon. hen will you return?
3.    m  Āů áR R
 ¨ J á Y 
 
You're going to listen to tapes in the lab in the A
morning. hen will you come back?
4. m
Y m  Ú Ô R
Já
á Y 
 
You're going shopping at the market in the late S
afternoon. hen will you be back? e
†††
 


 X  | X
Y
5.   á á

 á Ô
J Y
 á Ô 
 á

Yesterday he went to Boston. hat time today will A
he get back?
6.
  m 
 á
 
 Y 
m  

You are going to the meeting at 2 p.m. hat time A
will you get back?
1.

 á m 
á

  á Y ¹ )  
 

You came to school at 9. hat time are you going A

home?
2.    m

m R
R   áY ¹ )  
 

You came to the office at 7. hen will you go home? A

3. á Y  m
   Ym  ¹ )  
 

You're going to the doctor's this afternoon. hat S
time will you go home? a
4. áR
 Y 
 á  m 
 á
R
 á 
m   R  

Tomorrow morning you are going to pick up a friend A
at Don Muang.
hat time will you get back to the office?
5. 
  á

 m
 
‘ R J m  
á
 
 
Yesterday you went to the Embassy. hat time did A
you get back to school?
6.

R áÔ  á  R
  á
 
R YáÔ ¹ ) á
 
R
†††
 


 X  X
Y
He came to a party at my house at 7 p.m. hat time
did he get home?
 Z
1. No

2. Yes

3. No

4. No

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

Model A. 

 R
m  Your wife
called.
B. 
 
m
 hat did she
say?
A. Ô M R
 áÔ Please call her.

Repeat the dialog substituting the following words for 

:

1. á
m  4. 




2.  áÔ 5. m
Ô
m

3. m R 6. ¨Ô



Model A. m  R
 

¨ Have you called your wife yet?



 

B. R
¨
m
 I did.

A. áÔ 
 
hat did she say?

B. ¹ 
) ¹She said) she would come to see me at 1

p.m.
   

†††
 


 X   X
Y

Repeat the dialog substituting the following words for 

:

1.  

m  4. m 

2. á
m  5. m
m 

3.  m  6. m ¨

$%
YY

Use the maps at the end of this lesson with the first exercise.

OY One student asks another if he knows where various buildings are.

A second student gives the location either in terms of another
building ¹directly opposite the Erawan Hotel, etc.) or gives
directions as to how to get there ¹cross the street, go to the corner,
etc.) Use the points marked A, B, C, D, and E as starting points for
directions.
OY One student reports to another that someone has telephoned him.
There follows an exchange concerning ¹l) the person that called, ¹2)
time of the call, and ¹3) the contents of the message.
OY One student tells another one that he called him up Y ¹or
yesterday, etc.). They discuss the time of the call and the message.
OY Each student describes a 'trip' he has made recently in terms of
places visited and times of visits. Another student asks questions
about the trip ¹the location of places visited, the time he left home,
the time he returned home, etc.).


YY

  J Henri Durant ¹name of a street)


R
 Amarin ¹name of a hotel)

†††
 


 X   X
Y
above, on top of

8 YR Design Thai ¹name of a dress shop)

á  diagonally across

Ô to cross, across

Ô up above

Ô  down below

  Lido ¹name)

  corner

 á  party ¹entertainment)

á

Úá R President ¹English name)

  movie house, cinema

 Siam ¹former name for Thailand)

 áJ
 Siam International Hotel

 race track

R
 to know

á
  ¹ J
,   ) cloth

†††
 


 X   X
Y

R á  North

R MJ South

‘ to reach, get to

J
 Ô  , opposite ¹ location)

J
Ô

3Y.YY

†††
 


 X   X
Y

3Y/YY

†††
 


 X   X
Y

mY 

A. Mm
m
 ho did you come to see?
B. m 


Y  m
 Is Mr. Sawat in?
A.   m

 No, he isn't.

†††
 


 X   X
Y

 Ô  He went out.

B.  á

YR
 m
 Do you know when he'll be back?
A. áÔ 
  áR
 He said he'd be back before noon.

áƒáÔ 
m Ô M  8m
 Please come in ¹and) sit down and
wait.

B. Ô m m
 Thank you.

¹m YáÔM 
 ¨ÔÐ ¹Mr. B comes into the reception
room):
B.  Ô RYR

 R
IRm
 Excuse me, is there a telephone
here?
A. m
 Yes, there is.
B. ¹ )M ¹ R
IR )  Y May I use it?
 m

A. áƒm
 Go ahead.

  JJ
 It's on that desk.

á m
 Do you see it?
B. á ¨
m
 YÔ m  I see it. Thanks very much.

¢YYYYY

OY  means come to see someone.

OY Both R
 and
 mean to know a fact, R
 is more formal than
.
In many constructions they are interchangeable, but not in all. In
the following examples only
 may be used.

áÔ
 
 He is literate.

áÔ
   He knows English.

†††
 


 X   X
Y

RÔ áÔ¨ His Thai is very bad.


Āů 
 á

I don't understand what he's saying.

OY
 means to be acquainted with a person or thing.

Y YY

One sentence ¹called a 'constituent sentence') may be embedded in

another sentence ¹called a 'matrix sentence'). The embedded sentence
stands in a particular relationship to the matrix sentence; for example, it
may serve as object complement of the main verb, or in some other
relationship. The examples below illustrate this.

ĎăĚY Y"YY3Y

YY

A: áÔ 
He is sitting.
B: áÔ  Ô
    He is in front.

A/B: áÔ 
 Ô
    He is sitting in front.


The sentence   + Location is embedded in the sentence áÔ 
and

indicates the location of the action. It has the same function when it
occurs with other verbs of motion like  ,  , etc.

ADD TABLE HERE:

A: m R
 ... You know.
B: áÔ  R
 here does he live?

†††
 


 X 
| X
Y
A/B: m R

 áÔ  R
 You know where he lives.

Certain verbs like R

 'to know a fact',   'to speak', etc., normally
have sentences as object complements.
 serves as an obligatory
connector when the verb precedes its object.

ĎYY
!Y
YY

A: Ô I request...
B:  M R
IR I use the telephone.

A/B: l. Ô M R
IR I request ¹to be allowed) to use the
telephone.
A/B: 2. Ô  M R
IR I request ¹to be allowed) to use the
telephone.
A/B: 3. Ô M R
IR I request ¹to be allowed) to use the
telephone.

Either l, 2, or 3 may be used. 3 is probably more common than l or 2.

There is no difference in meaning in the three. The subject pronoun may
be omitted only when it is  or ! .

This request form is often followed by  m

 as in
Ô M R
IR¹  )  m
 , to which the response is m
 'go
ahead'.

Z m

1. R
IR  R
   J
here is the telephone? On the table.
2. ‘
¨Ā  R
    
 ¹ J  )
here is the coffee cup? On the book, ¹table)
†††
 


 X 
X
Y

  R

3. 
á    
here is the suitcase? On the floor.
4. ¨ R
 R
   
here is the map? On the wall.
5. áÔ  R
   
here is he? In the house.
6.
‘  R
   ‘
here is the car? On the street.

Use Chart II ¹below)

Z m

1.
áR   R
  MJ J
here are the shoes? Under the table.
2.  
  R
   JYMJ ‘
¨Ā
here is the book? On the table...under the coffee cup.
3. m  R
   
here is the person? In the house.
4.   R
  MJ‘ 
here is the dog? In the space under the house.
5.  
  
 R
  á  Ô ¨
here is Udorn Province? It is north of Konkaen.
6.  
Ô ¨  R
  á  m
/MJ  

here is Konkaen Province? It is north of Korat/south of Udorn.

7. w  R
  á  
 
here is the clock? It is above the blackboard.
8. 
   R
  MJ w
here is the blackboard? It is below the clock.

†††
 


 X 

X
Y


YY

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
Y

Y Y
YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1. áÔ 
áÔ 
 Ô   
áÔ  Ô    He is sitting in front.
2. áÔ áÔ  Ô Y
J
áÔ  Ô Y
J He is standing beside the door.
3. áÔ áÔ   áJ
áÔ   áJ He is sleeping on ¹in) the bed.
4. áÔ 
áÔ 
 M
‘
áÔ  M
‘ He is sitting in the car.
5. áÔ áÔ  R


¨
áÔ  R


¨ He is standing on the corner.
6. áÔ 
áÔ 
 R
á  
áÔ  R
á   He is sitting in the chair.
7. áÔ 
áÔ 
 R Ô

áÔ  R Ô
 He is sitting on the right.
8. áÔ áÔ  R 8 
áÔ  R 8  He is standing to the left of me.
9. áÔ 
áÔ 
  
áÔ    He is sitting in the house.

$%Y
YY
†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

1. 


8m


 8m

რ
 8m

რ
R

 8m

რ
m R

 8m

2. áÔ

áÔ8m

áÔ 8m

áƒáÔ 8m

áƒáÔÔ M  8m

áƒáÔ 
Ô  M  8m

áƒáÔ 
m Ô M  8m




Y
YY

#
Y. #
Y/
1. ¹áÔ) á

 m R
 m
 Y

¹m)R
 m
 áÔ á


Do you know when he will return?
2. ¹áÔ) á

 m R
 m
 Y

¹m)R
 m
 áÔ á


Do you know when he went?
3. ¹áÔ)R  R
 m R
 m
 Y


†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

¹m)R
 m
 áÔR  R

Do you know where he works?
4. ¹áÔ)

m R
 m
 Y

¹m)R
 m
 áÔ


Do you know what his name is?

5.
‘ R J    R
 m R
 m
 Y


¹m)R
 m

‘ R J    R

Do you know where the British Embassy is?
6. áÔá  Mm
m R
 m

m R
 m

áÔá  Mm

Do you know who ¹what) he is?

7. áÔ 

 m R
 m

m R
 m

áÔ 


Do you know how many days he'll be gone?
8. R

‘ R Jm áR
 m R
 m

 YR

m R
 m

‘ R Jm áR

Do you know how many people are at the
embassy?

Y
YY

 #

1. á

áÔ
á ĄĘĩĎ
He understands.
2. á

 áÔ
á ĄĘĩĎ ĖĪ
He understands this matter.
3. á

m á
 áÔ
á ĄĘĩĎ mĎá Ą



†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
He understands Americans.
4. á
 R
IR  áÔ
á ûĎĄøĄĉ
ÿø
He knows my telephone number.
5.
má  Mm
áÔ
 ēm
áGMmĄ
He knows who you are.
6.
  áÔ áÔ
 ē ĥ ëĎûá ē
He knows I don't like him.

Y
YY

 #

1. m  áÔ
m

He knows you.
2.  áÔ

He knows me.
3. 
m  áÔ
ëĘĩĎm

He knows your name.
4.

áÔ
ëē Č
He is acquainted with ¹knows where it is) the
Pramane Grounds.
5. m  áÔ
mēĖĪ
He is familiar with this word.
6. m Rm áÔ
mĥøăČ ēăm
He knows many Thais.
7. R   m  áÔ
øē ĥGû ēm

He knows the way to your house.

 Y
YY

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
#
Y.YY/ #
Y6
1. J  R
 R
 ēJ  R

R
 I know where the market is.
2. áÔR  
R
 ēáÔR  

R
 I know where he works.
3. áÔá  m  R
 ēáÔá  m 
R
 I know he's a good person.
4. ¨‘
 
 
áÔR
 ē¨‘
 
 

áÔR
 He knows in which section there are good
restaurants.
5. m á áÔR
 ēm á
áÔR
 He knows you are skillful.

 Y
YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1 
, Mm
m R
 
 
Mm

.
m R
  Do you know who that over there is?
2 áÔ 
m R
 m

áÔ 

.
m R
  Do you know what he likes?
3 
  R
 m R
 m


   R

.
m R
 m
 Do you know where the library is?
4 áÔá

 m R
 m

áÔá


.
m R
  Do you know when he came?

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
5 
 á Ô m R
 m


 á Ô
.
m R
  Do you know if he is coming tomorrow?
6 á

 á Ô R  
 m R
 
á

 á Ô R  

.
á  á 
m R
  Do you know whether he went to work
yesterday or not?
7 áÔ R 
 á m R
 m

áÔ R 
.

 á 
m R
  Do you know if he speaks Thai or not?
8 áÔ 
 á  m R
 m

áÔ 
 á
.

m R
  Do you know whether he can type well?
9 áÔ R 



 m R
 m

áÔ R 



.
á  
 á 
m R
  Do you know if he likes foreign food?

 Y
YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1. áÔ 
 R
 R

áÔ
R
 
 R

I don't know where she is sitting.
2. m  áÔ R

m 
R
  áÔ
I didn't know that you didn't like her.
3. áÔ á 
 R

áÔ
†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

R
  á 

I didn't know that he was still single.
4. áÔ¨J  ¨

  R

áÔ

R
 ¨J  ¨

 
I didn't know whether he was married or not.
5. áÔ R

áÔ
R
 
I don't know if she will come or not.

 Y
YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1. áÔR 
 á  ‘

‘¹áÔ) áÔR 
 á 
I didn't ask if he could do it.
2. áÔ  ‘

‘ áÔ 
I didn't ask if he would return.
3. áÔámR  
‘

‘¹áÔ) áÔámR  

I didn't ask what he used to do.

4. áÔá  m  m ‘á
m 
m ‘á
m 
 á  
 á 
áÔá  m 
Did you ask your friend if he is a good
person?
5. áÔ  R
 m ‘áÔ
 á 
m ‘áÔ
 á 
áÔ  R

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Did you ask him where he lived?
6. áÔáÔM m ‘áÔ
 á 
m ‘áÔ
 á 
áÔáÔM
Did you ask him if he understood?
7. m 
I  
    m ‘áÔ
 á 

m ‘áÔ
 á  m 
I  
   
Did you ask him if Somsak was in or not?
8. áÔ  m ‘áÔ
 á 

m ‘áÔ
 á  áÔ 
Did you ask him if he would be able to
come?

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. Ô M R
IR   m
 May I use the telephone?
2. Ô ‘ 
   m
 May I ask something?
3. Ô     m
 May I look?
4. Ô  á
m
 May I leave ahead of time?
5. Ô  á


  R m
 May I leave 15 minutes
ahead of time?

Repeat the drill above two times. Use Ô one time and Ô  one time.

Y
YY

 #

1.  áÔûĎ

  áR

He said he would return before noon.
†††
 


 X  X
Y
2. m áÔm
  áR

He thought he would return before noon.
3.   áÔÿĚ
  áR

He said he would return before noon.
4.

áÔë
ĩ
  áR

He left a message that he would return before
noon.
5. R
  áÔøĄ ēûĎ

áÔ  áR

He called and said he would return before noon.

$%
YY

OY One student asks another where various classroom objects are;

another responds that they are , , 
, etc. other
objects.

OY Using the map following page 74 ¹or a classroom map) discuss the
relative positions ¹'north of, 'south of) of various Thai cities and
provinces.

OY Different students assume different positions in the classroom

¹standing by the door, sitting on the table, etc.). Other students
describe the positions they are in.

OY Have the students find out information about each other ¹where
they live, whether they play tennis, if they are cold, etc.). Use
conversational exchanges  the one below:

Student A: Do you know where Mr. C lives?

Student B: No, I don't.
¹to Student
): here does Mr. C live?
Student D: I think he lives on Birch Street.
Student C: No, I don't. I live on Elm Street.
¹Student m to Student ): Did you ask Mr. C where he lives?
Student B: No, I didn't. I asked Mr. D.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
Student A: hat did Mr. D say?
Student B: He said he didn't know.
Student A: Then you didn't ask Mr. C?
Student B: No, I didn't.
Student A: Ask him now.
¹Student to Student ): here do you live?
Student C: On Elm Street.
Student B: He said he lived on Elm Street.
Student A: Thanks very much.

OY Student m asks Student if he is familiar with a certain person or

place. Student responds that he is not familiar with the person or
place and asks for further information ¹where a thing is or who a
person is). Student m provides the information.

OY Student A asks the instructor for permission to perform some act

¹close the window, open his book, etc.) The instructor responds to
the request either negatively or affirmatively.

OY One student asks another his opinion about something. The second
student gives an opinion.


YY

oh

á
 ¹á
) ¹for rooms, telephone, clothing size, etc.)

რplease

 to like

 ¹) wall

á to see


 ¨Ô ¹ ) reception room, living room
 to stand

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m word

m to think

m person ¹classifier for person)

Ô to request, ask

m  to wait

 ¹M )

á  suitcase, bag, purse

 dog


to sit
to sleep

 to type, print

 floor

áR  ¹m ) shoes ¹pair)

á

to understand

á

story ¹about), about
¹classifier for story)

 a little, bit


the Pramane Grounds


to order, to leave instructions or a message


 Sawat ¹name)

8, 8 particle indicating definiteness or emphasis

MJ under

MJ‘ the space under the house

‘ to ask,¹a question)

‘
 ¹M ) cup ¹classifier for a cup of something)

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áJ ¹áJ ) bed ¹to sleep on)

J
 
 ¹J
) letter ¹of the alphabet)

 ¹
 ) day ¹classifier for day)

Retrieved from
"http://www.thailanguagewiki.com/index.php?title=Lesson_18"

A: Ô
RY 

    R
 m
 Excuse me, where's
the men's bathroom?
 á
Y  Ô
B      The men's bathroom?
: It's downstairs.
A:  R  m
 hich way?
B  R  Go this way
:
B  
 Y¨
á 
Ô
Y Go down the stairs,
: then turn right. The

   R Ô
 bathroom will be on
your right.
A: Ô m m
 Thank you.
B á  
m
 You're welcome.
:
1.  down

  Go down.

 
 Go down the stairs.

á  
 alk down the stairs.

2.  down

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  Go down.

 ĀR Go down the elevator.

 ĀR 
Go down the second floor on

the elevator.

3. Ô up

Ô  Go up.

Ô 
 Go up the stairs.

á Ô 
 alk up the stairs.

á Ô 
  ¨  alk up the stairs to the
eighth floor.

4. Ô up

Ô  Go up.

Ô ĀR Go up on the elevator.

Ô ĀR Ô Go upstairs on the elevator.

5.  down

  Come down.

 
 Come down the stairs.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á  
 alk down the stairs.

6.  down

  Come down.

 ĀR Come down on the elevator.

7. Ô up

Ô  Come up.

Ô 
 Come up the stairs.

á Ô 
 alk up the stairs. ¹towards
the speaker)

8. Ô up

Ô  Come up.

Ô ĀR  Come up on the elevator.

9. Ô up

Ô  Come up.

áƒÔ 
m
 Please come up first.

áƒÔ    
m
 Please come in the house
first.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

@Y
YY

Note: See chart I

1. 
) áÔ á  


She's walking to the library.

Z @

áÔ R 
áÔ á

hat is she doing? She's walking.

áÔ    


here is she going? To the library.

áÔ   áÔá 

How is she going? She's walking.

2. 
) áÔ á  á



She's coming to the classroom.

Z @

áÔ R 
á

hat's she doing? alking.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔ    á


here is she going? To school.

áÔ   á 

How is she coming? alking.

3. 
) áÔ 
 á  

She's sitting down on the chair.

Z @

áÔ R 


hat is she doing? ¹She's) sitting.

áÔ 
 
¹1) á  

hat is she sitting on? On a chair.

4. 
) áÔ  áJ

He's lying down on the bed.

Z @

áÔ R 

hat is he doing? Lying.

 
áJ

†††
 


 X  X
Y
hat's he lying on? On the bed.

5. 
) áÔ  Ô

She's standing.

Z @

áÔ R 
 Ô

hat is she doing? Standing ¹up).

6. 
) áÔ  Ô áJ

He's getting up out of bed.

Z @

áÔ R 
 Ô

hat is he doing? Getting up.

 Ô  
¹1) áJ

hat is he getting up from? From bed.

¹1) This type of question is not common. It is used here in order to elicit a
certain kind of response.


Y
Y

†††
 


 X | X
Y

#
Y. #
Y/

1.  

    
 

Men's toilet Men's toilet

2.  

  ƒ  ƒ
 

omen's toilet omen's toilet

3.  


 á   
 á 

A book for children. A book for children.

4.
‘

 R J
‘R J

The ambassador's car. The ambassador's car.

5. R
 
‘

 á  R
R
 
‘á  R

The parking place for The parking place for

officials. officials.

6. J

 m
Jm

The teacher's desk. The teacher's desk.


YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y



Y
Y

 #
Y. #
Y/

1.  ƒ 
 


  M

  ƒ

This is a men's toilet. It's not for women.

2.  Mƒ 
 


 á  M

  Mƒ

This is a book for children. It's not for adults.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
3. á
 
J 

 m
M

 á


This is the teacher's desk. It's not for students.

4. 
 



M M

 


This is water for use. It's not for drinking.

5. m  
 

 m

 M

 m 

This is a house for rich It's not for poor people.

people.

6. á
 
 


  á M

 á


This is a book to read for It's not a text to study.

pleasure.

7. R

ám



 á
 M

 R

This is a plane for civilians. It is not for soldiers.

8.
¿ ¿  

‘

 R J M


¿ ¿ 

This is the car for the It is not for the President.

Ambassador.

9. 
 
ám



 


M

 


This is a tool for gardeners. It is not for rice farmers.

$%
YY

a) The instructor will ask different students to do different things ¹stand

up, sit down, sit down on the table, etc.). As the student performs the

†††
 


 X  X
Y
action, another student will ask a third student questions like these: ¹1)
hat's he doing? ¹2) hat's he doing it on? ¹if appropriate)

b) Ask directions to: 1. Registrar's room.

2. The library.

3. Language laboratory.

4. The restaurant.
5. Other places in the vicinity.


YY
M to use

 floor, story

 to be poor ¹in
wealth)

  to park


 to drink

  bathroom

 to stand

ám

¹ám

) airplane

ám

 ¹ám

) tool

Ô to go up

†††
 


 X  X
Y


 stairs, steps

 to ¹go) down

á 
to turn

ĀR elevator

  to get up

 hand

 Mƒ ¹m ) an adult

¿ ¿  The President

 to be rich,
wealthy


 for

R
 
‘ parking place

m J   
J  
J Ð  M  
¨  
M m Y

J  J
  
m
á  I  Ô J   Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  
m YÔ YY

á


á
 á 
á
 á YYm
m Y

m  

 áR 

m á  m  
  Y
R

á
  á


YY
 m

ů Ų J
 Ô 
JY
 Y¨
‘ J


J  á 
YÔ YYJ
  J YYá Y

 ÔÔ Y
 J  R
J    
  Y
¨
Y

¨
Y
  Y¨J
ÔI

R

 ÔI   
m Y
 ÔI  M  JY

R


‘ J


‘ J

  JY
J  

‘Ā  Y
‘ 
‘Ā  J


  Ô J  á

  YáÔ


R¿

á  Y 

R¿á  
á  Y

 á R m á  


  

R¿  ůŲ á

Y
¨J  
¨J     áÔá  m Y

  á  

Questions on the basic episode

1. J   


2. J    M m

3. J  J
  
m 
 ¨ 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4. 
á  I   Ô J  

5.
á
  R


6. R

á
 m

m Y á
 áR


7. m
R
  

8. ů Ų J
 Ô 
 


9. R
J  

 

10. R
J  

‘ J

Y  R


11. J  

‘Ā  

12. 
  Ô J á

 

13. 
 á R m R  

14.   

R¿  R


15.     Ô áÔá  
Y
  á  

Translation of the basic episode

This is Bangchak tambon. ¹1) This tambon is in a province

in the central part. This tambon is located on a canal. The
temple is in the center of this tambon. The temple is on the
bank of the canal. Beside the temple is the school. This
school is a very small school. It has five teachers. One

†††
 


 X  X
Y
comes from Bangkok; the other four are natives of this
province. At the school there are around one hundred
pupils.

On the opposite bank from the temple are the market,

shops, and the police station. The market is diagonally
opposite the temple. Next to the market are various shops,
such as a store, and a barber shop. There is no movie house,
hotel, or post office in this tambon. There is no hospital
either, but there is a public health center. At the center are
two nurses. The center is near the market. There is a police
station here. The police station is not far from the market.
The train passes through this tambon. This train station is
far from the market.

The head of the tambon is also called the kamnan. He is Mr.

Prasit Kengngan. Mr. Prasit is also a rice farmer. Almost all
the residents of Bangchak are rice farmers. Kamnan
Prasit's house is on the same side of the canal ¹lit. bank) as
the temple, but is far from the temple and the market. In
front of his house is the canal. Behind are rice fields.

¹1) A tambon is a subdivision of an amphoe, which is a

subdivision of a changwat. changwat, amphoe, and
tambon may be translated roughly as province, district,
and precinct.

Exercises

Student A takes the part of a resident of Bang

¹precinct).

Student B takes the part of an American write

come to Bangchak with the intentio
magazine article

†††
 


 X  X
Y
about it. He asks questions of one or more
residents in order to get information of the
following kind:

a) People ¹how many there are, ages, how many children

they have, etc.)

b) Physical layout of the tambon ¹location of buildings, rice

fields, the canal, etc.)
c) Occupations of people

d) Daily habits ¹time of eating, going to bed, going to work,

etc.)
e) eather

f) Religion ¹if there is a wat, where it is, when people go to

it).

g) Market ¹where it is located, when it is open, who goes

there, etc.)
h) Language ¹which dialect of Thai is spoken in the
tambon, in the school, etc.)
i) Health Facilities ¹where does one go when he is sick, if
there is a clinic, how many doctors and nurses does it have,
etc.)
j) Travel experience of people ¹have they been outside the
tambon, to Bangkok, to some other places, etc.)

k) Any other information that may be of interest.

Students should take turns carrying out each of the roles in
the interview. Students not participating should be taking
notes on the conversation. After each interview students
not taking part in it may question other students about

†††
 


 X  X
Y
information contained in it.
Translate the sentences in the basic episode

 


1. This is Bangchak tambon
m J   

2. This tambon is in a province in J    M  
¨

the central part.

3. This tambon is located on a J  J

  
m
canal.

4. The temple is the center of this
á  I  Ô J

tambon.

5. The temple is on the bank of the
  

m
canal.

6. Beside the temple is the school. Ô YY


á


7. This school is a very small

á
 á 
á
 á
school.

8. It has five teachers. m

m

9. One comes from Bangkok. m  


 áR

10. The other four are natives of this 

m á  m  


province.

11. At the school there are around R

á
  á



150 pupils.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
12. On the opposite bank from the ů Ų J
 Ô 
JY
 Y¨
‘ J
temple are the market, shops,
and the police station.

13. The market is diagonally J  á 


opposite the temple.

14. Next to the market are various Ô YYJ

 J Y
shops.

15. Such as a store and a barber á Y

 ÔÔ Y
 J 
shop.

16. There is no movie house, hotel or R
J   

  Y
¨
Y¨

post office in this tambon.

17. There is no hospital either.

  

18. But there is a public health ¨J
ÔI

center.

19. At the center are two nurses. R

 ÔI   
m

20. The center is near the market.
ÔI  M  J

21. There is a police station here. R


‘ J



22. The police station is not far from
‘ J

  J
the market.

23. The train passes through this J  


‘Ā 
tambon.

 ‘Ā  J
24. The train station is far from the
‘

market.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
25. The head of the tambon is called 
  Ô J á

 
the kamnan.

26. He is Mr. Prasit Kengngan. áÔ



R¿Yá 

27. Mr. Prasit is also a rice farmer. 


R¿á  
á 

28. Almost all the residents of 
 á R m á  


Bangchak are rice farmers.

29. Kamnan Prasit's house is on the   


R¿  ů Ų á


same side of the canal as the
temple.

30. But is far from the temple and ¨J  
¨J
the market.

31. In front of his house is the canal.     áÔá  m

32. Behind are rice fields.   á  

Questions on the basic episode

Z @

1. J   

J   
J   

2. J    M m J    M  
¨

3. J  J
  
m 
 ¨  J  J
  
m

4. 
á  I   Ô J  


†††
 


 X 
X
Y
5.
á
  R
 Ô YY


6. R

á
 m

m Y m
m Y á

  
m

 á
 áR


7. m
R
   m  

 áRY 

m á  m 

8. ů Ų J
 Ô 
 
 
 ÔÔ J Y

9. R
J  

  

10. R
J  

‘ J

Y Y   ůŲ á
 J

 R


11. J  

‘Ā   

12. 
  Ô J á

 
 

13. 
 á R m R   á  


14.   

R¿  R
  
m

15.     Ô áÔá  
Y     á  m Y  á  

  á  

Vocabulary

á district, a subdivision of a

changwat

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  Bangchak, name of tambon in

Thailand

á such as

ů Ų bank ¹of a river, street)

¨ classifier of places


   ¹m ) the chief, head ¹of an

organization)

  ¹m ) kamnan, the chief of the

tambon

á  Kengngan ¹last name)

 then, also, too, consequently

á almost

m to be ¹in written language or

formal speech)

m canal

¹
)
¨  river

 ¹
) rice field

 ¹m ) Mr. ¹title)


R¿ Prasit ¹male first name),
success, achievement
†††
 


 X  X
Y

 to pass


¹

) around, approximately

 bank, edge

ÔI ¹¨ ) Public health center or clinic

I  ¹¨ ) center

J  precinct, subdivision of an
amphoe

J to be located

J
 Ô  opposite

Maps
Chart I

Chart II
Map of Bangchat Tambon

A.
 R
áá á 
   April 7th is a holiday.

m 
  Are you free?

B.
 R
áJ

 
m
 hat day of the week is
the 7th?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
A.
  R
 Monday

B.  
 m
 Then Iǯm free.

m ¿
 

 m
 Do you have something
in mind?

A. 
 áR

J Iǯd like to invite you to

go to the Floating

 Market.

B. Rá
m
 Very good.

    á¨
¨J Iǯve been wanting to go

for a long time, but
 
havenǯt had the chance.

á
    m
 How shall we go?

A.  

‘  á
 eǯll go by car to the
house of a friend of
¨
  á
 R

mine and then get in a
boat there.

B.  áÔ  
m 
 m
 His house is on the edge
of the canal, eh?

A. m
 Right.

áÔá
  J 
He will take us to see
the Floating Market.

B. á
  R
 here shall we meet?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
A. 
 m R
  á

Iǯll pick you up at home
at 8am.
 á

B. m

á  
   hat should I take with
me?

A. á á  8 Ô Y Take some money for

shopping and your
  ‘
camera.

  ¨
m
 That should be enough.

ZYYYYYY

1. m  m  Ym   áR

R
 

2. áÔ  á


3. Mm

Mm

4. m   áR

J 

5. áÔ   

6. Mm
áÔ  J 

7. m  M m  m á  
 

¢YYYYYY

OY ē when used with people means Ǯfreeǯ in the sense of Ǯunoccupied,

at leisure, not busyǯ.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
OY öĄ

û ¹) means Ǯcorrespond to, agree with, coincide withǯ and it
is used to indicate correspondence in time, such as the date with the
day of the week, years of the Christian era with those of the
Buddhist, etc.
OY áëî Ǯto inviteǯ is used for formal invitations. It carries the meaning
that the person issuing the invitation is acting as the host.
OY Ǯto inviteǯ is less formal. It indicates that the person making the
request is urging someone to join him in some activity.

 
YYY

@YYĎăē ĥĄYY

The question  /:   'How are you going?' can be answered in

several ways.

YY
3



1. 
‘Ā ¹no destination given) train



2. 

‘J   ¹+destination) 3-wheeled bus

 á
 ¹+destination) boat

Ô ám

plane


‘ J car

‘ 
 bicycle

†††
 


 X  X
Y

3.  ¹+destination) to fly

á ¹+destination) to walk

4.  +destination+ 
‘á bus

The construction with  ¹4) is used largely in written language or

formal speech.

[YYÿē8YĥGYYÿē8Y ēYY

The verb  'to escort, to take' normally has sentence complements as

indicated in the following:

1. áÔ ...

2. á
  ...

3. á
  J 

áÔ  á
   J 

He escorted us to ¹go see) the Floating Market.

 is used when referring to human beings. hen objects are referred to

á  'to take,' is used. hen the direction of the action is away from the
speaker  is used with  or á  when it is toward the speaker, .

Observe the following construction with á .

1. áÔ á ... á

†††
 


 X  X
Y

2. á ...

3. áÔ 8 Ô

áÔ á  á  8 Ô

He brought money for buying things.

On occasion Thai speakers may use á  ____  / instead of  ____

 / when referring to human beings.

ēē¨  YYYYYYY
Y

hen the Verb Phrase   ¨
is added to a sentence, it indicates

that the action referred to in the sentence has been in process for a long
period of time and is still going on. ¹See 23.2.)

 2 ēē¨ 

  m    ¨

I want to meet you come long time already

I have been wanting to meet you for a long time.

YY

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

 RJ Sunday

  R
 Monday

†††
 


 X | X
Y

  m
Tuesday

 ¿ ednesday

 
Thursday

 I 
 Friday

 á

 Saturday

 
 Buddhist day of worship

@Y

YY

 Z @

1.
 á 
 
 

  R


  R
 
 

  m

á

 

 RJ

Today is Monday. hat day is it? Monday.

Tomorrow? Sunday.

Yesterday? Sunday.

2. á

 
 
 

 RJ

á 
 á

 
 

  R


á

 

 á



†††
 


 X  X
Y

¨

 

  m

Yesterday was hat day is today? Sunday.

Saturday.

Tomorrow? Monday.

Yesterday? Saturday.

The day after Tuesday.

tomorrow?

3. 
 á 
 
 

 ¿

 
á

 

  m


 

 

¨

 

 I 


Tomorrow is hat is today? ednesday.

Thursday.

Yesterday? Tuesday.

Tomorrow? Thursday.

And the day after Friday.

tomorrow?

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. áÔ
 áR

J 
He invited me to go to the
Floating Market.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
2. áÔ
 R   áÔ He asked me to go work for
him.

3. 
áÔm á

á R I invited him to converse
about Thailand.

4. 

m


  8 Ô 
  Your wife asked my wife to
go shopping tomorrow.

5. á

 8  M YYáÔ My friend tried to talk me

into buying a house near
him.

6. áÔ
 R á R
  He invited me to have a drink

at his house.

7. 
á
YY R Ô
R
  I'm going to invite some

friends to eat at my house.

Y

YY

 #


    ¨

I have been wanting to go for a long time.

1.  m    m   ¨

I have been wanting to meet you for a long time.

2. á áÔ  á áÔ  ¨

I have been wanting to see her for a long time.

3. ‘m   ‘m   ¨

†††
 


 X  X
Y
I have been wanting to ask you ¹that) for a long
time.

4. áÔ   áÔ  ¨

I have been wanting to tell him ¹that) for a long

time.

5.  á


 m    á

  m   ¨

I have been wanting to talk about this matter with

you for a long time.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Z @

1.    How are you going? 

‘á By bus.

2.    How are you going? 

‘ J By car.

3.    How are you going? 

‘Ā By train.

4.    How are you going? 

ԬR 8
By taxi.

5.    How are you going?  á

 By boat.

6.    How are you going?  á

 ¹ám

) By plane.

7.    How are you going? 
 By samlor.

@Y

YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y
 Z @

1.
‘    
‘

2.
ԬR 8
   
ԬR 8

3.
‘Ā    
‘Ā

4. ám

    ám


5. á
 á
    á
 á

6.
‘á    
‘á

7.
‘á
   
‘á

8.
‘
    
‘


@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Z @

1.    How are you going? 

‘ By car.

2.    How are you going? 

‘á By bus.

3.    How are you going? 

ԬR 8
By taxi.

4.    How are you going? Ô

‘ Drive ¹a car).

5.    How are you going? 
á

  By boat.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
6.    How are you going?  Fly.

7.    How are you going? ‘ 

  Ride a bicycle.

@Y

YY

 Z @

1. 

‘    

‘

2. 

‘á    

‘á

3. 
¨R 8
   
¨R 8


4. Ô
‘    Ô
‘

5. 
á
    
á
 

6.    

7. ‘ 
    ‘ 
 

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. A. áYYm  R    How do you go to work

mornings?

B. Ô
‘ I drive.

2. A. 

Ô m  R    How does your wife go to work?

B. 
 áÔ I take her.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3. A.  

Ô m 
á
   How does your daughter go to
school?

B. áÔ
‘á
She goes in a friend's car.

4. A. á
m m   ¹  ¿)   How does that friend of yours go

to Ayuthaya?

B. áÔ 
á
  By boat.

5. A. Ô m  á
  How is your boss going to
America?

B. áÔ  He'll fly.

6. A. ¿

m 
á
   How do you usually come to
school?

B. á  I walk.

7. A. á
Ô m 
á
   How does your friend come to
school?

B. áÔ
‘á By bus.

8. A. m   
á
   How does John come to school?

B. áÔ‘ 
  He rides a bike.

@Y

YY

 Z @

1 m   ‘ 
 m   
á
  áÔ‘ 


†††
 


 X  X
Y
.  

How did John come to He rode a bike.

school?

2 

m

áÔR m 

á
   

áÔ

.



How did Jim come to His wife

school? brought him.

3 m 
 R
 á
 m 
 R
   áÔ 
.
¹ ám

)

How did Mr. Sunthorn He flew.

go?

4 m R  
á
  
m R    áÔ 
á
 
.
¹ á
 )

How did Tom go? He went by

boat.

5 m 



‘á R m 

 R   áÔ 

‘á
.
  ¹
‘á )

How did Prapas go to By bus.

work?

6 
á   
   áÔá 

.

How did the farmer go He walked.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
to the field?

7 

áÔ 

  J 

áÔ J  áÔ


.
¹ 

‘
 

How did his wife go to By samlor.

the market?

Y

YY

Use Chart I with this Drill.

 #


áÔ Ô
‘

He's getting in ¹to) the car.

1.
‘á áÔ Ô
‘á

He's boarding the bus.

2.
‘Ā áÔ Ô
‘Ā

He's boarding the train.

3. ám

áÔ Ô ám


He's boarding the plane.

4.
‘
 áÔ Ô
‘


He's getting into the samlor.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

YœYY

áÔ Ô
‘ áÔ  
‘

áÔ  á
 áÔ Ô á


Y

YY

 #


áÔ 
‘

†††
 


 X | X
Y
He's getting out of the car.

1.
‘á áÔ  ¹)
‘á

He's getting out of the bus.

2.
‘Ā áÔ  ¹)
‘Ā

He's getting out of the train.

3. ám

áÔ  ¹)ám


He's disembarking from the plane.

Y

YY

 #


áÔá
  J 

He took us to see the Floating Market.

1.  áR

áÔá
 áR

J 

He took us on a trip to the Floating Market.

2. á M áÔá

 áR

á M

He took us on a trip to Chiangmai.

3.  R 
R

 áÔá
 R 
R



He took us to eat at that restaurant.

4. R 
R

áÔá
R 
R


†††
 


 X  X
Y
He took us to eat here.

5. 8 Ô áÔá
8 Ô R


He took us shopping here.

6.  á
 áÔá
 á
 R


He took us into the boat.

7. 
 áÔá

 R


He took us here.

Y

YY

 #


áÔá  
  R


He took the books over there.

1. á  áÔá á   R


He took the chairs over there.

2.  áÔá á  
R
Ð

He took the chairs into the bedroom.

3.  
 áÔá  
  

He took the books into the bedrooms.

4.  áÔá  
  

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
He took the books home.

5.  ‘
áÔá  ‘
 

He took the camera home.

6. R

 áÔá  ‘
 R



He took the camera to the shop.

Y

YY

 #


áÔá  
 R


He brought the books here.

1. á  áÔá á  

R


He brought the chairs here.

2.   áÔá á  
 

He brought the chairs into this room.

3. 
áÔá  
 

He brought the food into this room.

4.  ‘
áÔá  ‘
 

He brought a camera into this room.

Y

YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y
 #


áÔá  
R ¹R

)

He brought food to eat here.

1. á , 8 Ô áÔá á 8 Ô

He brought money for shopping.

2.  
 ,  áÔá  
  

He brought books to read.

3.
‘, ¨ áÔá 
Ԭ

He brought cars to be repaired.

4.  ‘
, ‘
áÔá  ‘
‘

He brought a camera for picture taking.

5. , áÔ áÔá  áÔ

He brought a pen to write with.

Change R

to R
 and repeat the drill using  instead of .

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. ¿
 

 Do you have something in mind?

2. m‘ 
 Any questions?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3. m
á 
 Any comments?

4.
Mm
 Recognize anybody?

5.
    
 á  Are you going anywhere this holiday?

6.  
 ould you like something to eat?

$%
YY

 
Y$%
YY

Listen to the episodes and answer the questions:

A. m   
á
  ¿YáÔ R
R
 R

áÔÔ á
 R
J  ¿

1. m    

2. áÔ  

3. áÔ á
 R


4. áÔÔ á
 R


B. 
8


Y 
¨R 8
 áÔÔ
‘R


¨


mY

J 
áÔ
‘R
   8 

1. 
8


 

†††
 


 X  X
Y

2. áÔ  

3. áÔÔ
‘R


4. áÔ
‘R


C. 
áJ

¿  m  m ¨YM YY
J
áÔÔ ám

R

 J YáÔ R

J

1. 
áJ

¿ 

2. áÔ  

3. áÔÔ ám

R


4. áÔ R


Using the format of the basic dialog as a guide plan an excursion to some
point of interest. Keep the following points in mind:

1.Y Date and time of the trip.

2.Y The place.
3.Y The means of conveyance.
4.Y The persons included.
5.Y The arrangements for meeting beforehand.
6.Y hat should be taken along.
7.Y Any other relevant factors ¹weather conditions, etc.)


YY

¹m
 ) chance

†††
 


 X  X
Y
to fly


 ¹m ) a bicycle


to invite, urge, persuade someone to do something

 by ¹means of transportation)

¨ to repair, correct

m to converse

 ‘
camera

¹  )

á  ¹Ô
) liquor, alcohol ¹bottle)


8
Mrs.


áJ
 Mr.

 ¹m ) boss

 to be long ¹in time)


 R
 ¹R) ... ¹moon), name of the port in Bangkok across the
Chaophraya River

 ¹ );  to take, or escort someone

¹)

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 to be enough, sufficient

 ¹
) edge, rim

‘ J ¹m ) car, motor car

‘
 ¹m ) samlor

‘J J  ¹m ) a small 3-wheeled car used mainly as taxis

á
 ¹); airplane

ám


¹ám

)

J  the Floating Market in Thonburi

R ¹R, ¨ ) port, harbor

‘
to take a picture

¨R 8
¹m ) taxi

Rá
exactly, quite, very

‘ ride, pedal

 usually, normally

J
 to correspond to, agree with, coincide with

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  m
Tuesday

 RJ Sunday

  R
 Monday

 
 Buddhist day of worship

 
Thursday

 ¿ ednesday

 á

 Saturday

 I 
 Friday

 to be free, not busy, not occupie

A voice: Ž YR

Yá Y 
Y RY¨ Y Hello, this is 91280

I YŽ

David: Ô   m 
 R

  Y Could I speak with
Mr. Sunthorn?
 m


Voice:
á

Ž Just a minute.

Sunthorn:
 R
 m
 Sunthorn speaking.

David:


m
 Y á
 m
 Y Hello, itǯs David
speaking. Remember
   me?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Sunthorn:  Ym á

 Y Oh! Itǯs David. hen
did you get here?
‘ J ¨Já



David: á

 I 
R
¨
Last Friday

Sunthorn: m   á
á

Ž hen did you leave
America?

David: á

á  ŽY Around two months

ago. Around



 R
á   February the ninth.

Sunthorn: á
 m
 R
 Ž here are you
staying?

David: R
ŽáJ Y á

Y At the Imperial
Hotel. On Ruam
J
8 

 Rudee Lane

Sunthorn: á 
 ŽY Are you free this

evening? Iǯd like to
áƒR Ô 
R
 invite you to eat at
my house?

David: 

ᎠDonǯt put yourself
out.

Sunthorn: 


ŽY No trouble at all. Iǯd
like you to know
 M m 
  
 where my house is.

David: Ô m ŽY Thanks very much.

here is your house?
 m   R
 ŽY I donǯt know how to
get there.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

 ‘ 

Sunthorn: 
 m R
ŽáJ Y Iǯll pick you up at the
hotel. Around 6:30,



  m

Ž O.K.?

David: J ŽY m      ŽáJ  Right. Iǯll wait for

you in front of the
hotel.

¢YYYYYY

A. There are three ways to express the meaning of 'ago' in Thai:

¹á
+) = period of time + 

R
¨

¨

Example: ¹á
)
 RJ

¹á
)
 RJR
¨
three weeks ago

¹á
)
 RJ¨

B. J ¨J 'since, from ¹such and such time)' may be used with the time

expressions above.

J ¨J ¹á
)
á  'since two months ago'

†††
 


 X  X
Y

It may also be used with particular points in time, as in J ¨J ¹á
)

¹á ) I 'Since November'

C. m.I. is an abbreviation for m

JI
 ¹A.D. or Christian Era).

.I. is an abbreviation of  R¿I

 ¹B.E. or Buddhist Era).

 
YYY

øĖĩYYYY

The following constructions are used in asking and giving the date:

Q:
  ¹á  )
 R
áR


A:
  ¹á  )
 R
¨  ¹á [ ])

hat day of the month is it

It's the eighth ¹of April)

Ďăē
Y2Y
Y
YY

The verb  'want to', 'would like' normally has a sentence as a
complement.

hen the subject of the main verb ¹ ) and of its complement are the
same, the subject of the complement does not occur.

A:  ... I would like ...

B:  . . .  m  I meet you

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
A/B:   m  I would like to meet you.

hen the subject of the main verb and of the complement are different
and the meaning is causative ¹i.e. 'to have or cause someone to do
something'), both subjects occur and M occurs after .

A:  ... I would like ...

B: áÔ m  He meets you

A/B:  M áÔ m  I would like him to meet you.

 
Y
YY

@Y

YY

 Z @

1.


 
 R
áR

 
 R



hat is the date today. Itǯs the fourth.

2.   
 
 R
áR
 
 
 R


hat is the date Itǯs the fifth.

tomorrow.

3.
 á

 
 R
áR

 á

 
 R



hat was the date It was the third.

yesterday?

4.  
 
 R
áR
 
 
 R


†††
 


 X  X
Y
hat is the date the day Itǯs the sixth.
after tomorrow?

5.



 
 R
áR

 
 R




hatǯs the date today? Itǯs the fourteenth.

6.
 
 
 R
áR
 
 
 R



hatǯs the date Itǯs the fifteenth.

tomorrow?

7.
 
 
 R
áR
 
 
 R



hatǯs the date the day Itǯs the sixteenth.

after tomorrow?

8.


 8 ¹  )
 R
áR

 8 
 R

hatǯs the day before It was the twelfth.

yesterday?

Y

YY

 #


1. 
m, ¨
 á 
má  á ¨
Ô š

January is the first month of the year.

2.   ¿ ,
á   ¿á  á R

Ô š

February is the second month of the year.

3.  m,
 á  má  á R

Ô š

†††
 


 X  X
Y
March is the third month of the year.

4. á ,

á á á  á R


Ô š

April is the fourth month of the year.

5. m,   á má  á R
Ô š

May is the fifth month of the year.

6. ‘  ,  á ‘  á  á R
Ô š

June is the sixth month of the year.

7. 
m, á  
má  á R
áÔ š

July is the seventh month of the year.

8.
m, ¨ 
má  á R
¨ Ô š

August is the eighth month of the year.

9.   , á   á  á R
á Ô š

September is the ninth month of the year.

10. J m,
J má  á R

Ô š

October is the tenth month of the year.

11. I ,
á  I á  á R

á  Ô š

November is the eleventh month of the year.

12. ¿
m,
R ¿
má  á
R Ô š

†††
 


 X  X
Y
December is the last month of the year.

@Y

YY

Z @

1. á 
á  á R

Ô š ¹á ) ¹ ¿)

2. á 
á  á ¨
Ô š ¹á )
¹m)

3. á 
á  á
 RÔ š ¹á )¿
¹m)

4. á 
á  á R
¨ Ô š ¹á )
¹m)

5. á 
á  á R
Ô š ¹á )¹m)

6. á 
á  á R

Ô š ¹á ) ¹m)

7. á 
á  á
á  Ô š ¹á )I¹ )

8. á 
á  á R
á Ô š ¹á )
¹m)

9. á 
á  á R
Ô š ¹á )‘ ¹ )

10. á 
á  á R

Ô š ¹á )J ¹m)

11. á 
á  á R


Ô š ¹á )á¹ )

12. á 
á  á R
á Ô š ¹á ) ¹ )

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y&
YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y
I. 1. m.I.  
 á 
 á 
 1776 A.D.

2. m.I.  
 á 
 ¨ 
á 1789 A.D.

3. m.I.  
 ¨ 
 

1862 A.D.

4. m.I.  
 ¨ 
 
 1865 A.D.

5. m.I.  
 á 
 


1940 A.D.

6. m.I.  
 á 
 


¨  1948 A.D.

7. m.I.  
 á 
 


1954 A.D.

8. m.I.  
 á 
 
 1966 A.D.

II. 1. .I.



 
2310 B.E.

2. .I.


 

 2325 B.E.

3. .I.



 á 
 2475 B.E.

4. .I.



 á


2494 B.E.

5. .I.
  
  2500 B.E.

6. .I.
  
  
2501 B.E.

7. .I.
  
 á 2509 B.E.

@Y

YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Use actual dates in the responses below.

Z @

1. š á  š Ym.I. 
š á  šYm.I.  
 á 
 á 
á  

hat year ¹A.D.) is this? Itǯs 1971.

2. š   á  š Ym.I. 
š   á  šYm.I.

 
 á 
 á

hat year ¹A.D.) is next Itǯs 1972.

year?

3. šR
¨
á  š Ym.I. 
šR
¨
á  šYm.I.  
 á 
 á 

hat year ¹A.D.) was last It was 1970.

year?

4. š á  š Y.I. 
š á  šY.I.
  
 



hat year ¹B.E.) is this. Itǯs 2514. ¹A.D. 1971)

5. š   á  š Y.I. 
š   á  šY.I.
  
 
 

hat year ¹B.E.) is next It's 2515. ¹A.D. 1972)

year?

6. šR
¨
á  š Y.I. 
šR
¨
á  šY.I.
  
 



hat year ¹B.E.) was last It was 2513. ¹A.D. 1970)

year?

Y

YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y
 #


June 1, 1960
 R
 
‘  Ym.I.  
 á 

 

July 14, 1966
 R





mYm.I.  
 á 
 


February 23, 1969
 R



  ¿Ym.I.

 
 á 
 
á

May 20, B.E. 2509
 R


mY.I.
  

 á 

December 5, B.E. 2510
 R
¿
mY.I.
  

 

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. á


  three days ago

á


 R
¨

á


 ¨

2. á


  ten days ago

á


 R
¨

á


 ¨

3. á

 RJ three weeks ago

á

 RJR
¨

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á

 RJ¨

4. á
 á  five months ago

á
 á R
¨

á
 á ¨

5. á
 š six years ago

á
 šR
¨

á
 š¨

@Y

YY

 Z @

1
á á
á

á
 Rá
á
á

á
 Rá

á
.

 

hen did we start e started studying Thai two

studying Thai? months ago.

2   š áÔám  á Rá
 áÔám  á Rá
  š

.



hen did he live in He lived in Thailand five years ago.

Thailand?

3
á áÔ  á Rá
 áÔ  á Rá

á

.

†††
 


 X | X
Y


 

hen did he return to He returned to Thailand three

Thailand? months ago.

4



 m  áÔá

  áÔá




 
.

hen did you meet him? I met him three or four days ago.

Note: Repeat the drill using . . . R
¨
and once more using . . .

¨
in place of  .

@Y

YY

 Z @

1 
 á



  m  á



    M

.
 R
 
 

here were you two Two hours ago I was at the

hours ago? library.

2   
 á


R¨
Y á


R¨
Y

.
m R 
  


hat were you doing Twenty minutes ago I was

twenty minutes ago? studying.

3
Ô á

 RJR
¨
m á

 RJR
¨
Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y
.   
Ô

here did you go three Three weeks ago I went to

weeks ago? Songkla.

4 R

á
á  š Y á
á  š Y
.
áÔR  
m
 áÔR


Seven years ago, what Seven years ago he was in

was he doing? government service.

5 á
  
 R

 á
 š Y á
 š Y
.
áR m á
  
 R
 á
  
 R

 áR

here were you I was going to school in

studying ¹going to Bangkok six years ago.
school) six years ago?

6  R
á
J á
¨  šR
¨
Y á
¨  šR
¨
Y

.
m   R
   R
á
J

here were you living Eight years ago I was living

eight years ago? in Boston.

@Y

YY

 Z @

1 á
á I m ‘ 
J ¨Já


 J ¨J ¹á
)á I
.


How long have you been Since November.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
here?

2 á

á  m ‘ 
J ¨Já


 J ¨J ¹á
)
á 
.

How long have you been Since two months ago.

here?

3 á

 š¨
m   á RJ ¨Já
J ¨J ¹á
)

.


 š¨

How long have you been Since three years ago.

living in Thailand?

4 á
šY.I. m   á RJ ¨Já
J ¨J ¹á
) šY.I.

.

  
  

  
 

How long have you been Since B.E. 2500.

living in Thailand?

5 á
á ¿
 šR
m   R

J ¨Já


 J ¨Já
á ¿
 š
.
¨
R
¨

How long have you been Since last December.

living here?

6 á



  áÔ J ¨Já


 J ¨Já



 
.

How long has he been Since two hours ago.

gone?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
7 á

RJR
¨ áÔ J ¨Já

 J ¨Já

RJR

.

¨

How long has he been Since two weeks ago.

gone?

Y

YY

 #


áƒR Ô 
R


1. R

áƒR Ô 
R


I'd like to invite you to eat here.

2. áR

áƒáR

R


I'd like to invite you to go out here.

3.
áƒ
R


I'd like to invite you to come teach here.

4.
 



áƒ
 R

I'd like to invite you to go swimming here.

5.  áÔ áƒ áÔR


I'd like to invite you to meet him here.

Y

YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y
 #


რR Ô 
R


1. R

 რR Ô 
R



2. R

რR Ô 
R


3.
áƒ
R


4.  áÔ áƒ  áÔR


Y

YY

 #


  m 

1. áÔ  áÔ  m 

2.
m  áÔ 
m 

3.  á R áÔ  á R

4. á   áÔ á  

5. 8
‘ áÔ 8
‘

6. Ô
‘á  áÔ Ô
‘á 

7.   Ô
‘á 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
8.  R   R

Y  Y

YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1.   . . .  M m 
  

m 
  

I'd like for you to know where my house is.

2.   . . .  M m  R

 R

I'd like to have you speak Thai together.

3. m    . . . m   M á  

á  

My father would have liked for me to become

a doctor.

4.   . . .  M m    
 á 

m    
 á 

I'd like to have you read this book.

5.  ¨R m   ¨R m M  YYá


á
 Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 YYá

á
 Y

All parents would like to have their children

go to good schools.

Y  Y

YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1.   . . .  
áÔ


áÔ I'd like to meet him.

2.   . . .  M áÔ R


áÔ R

I wouldn't like to have him come to see

me here.

3.   . . .  M

 Ô
‘á 

 Ô
‘á  I'd like to have my wife able to drive a car.

4.   . . .    

 áR

  
 áR I wouldn't like to live in Bangkok.

5. m  m ¨   . . . m  m ¨  M R



R

My parents would like me to be a
government employee.

@Y
YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y
 Z @

1  m  m  M m á  m
  m
 Y
.
m   M á 



ould your father like for you to No, he wouldn't. My

be a teacher? father would like for me
to be a doctor.

2  J   m    
 áRY  m
 Y
.

    

   J

ould you like to live in Bangkok? No, I wouldn't. I'd like to

live in the provinces.

3 á á m   ¨ Ā
  m
 Y
.
  á á

ould you like to go to Africa? No, I wouldn't. I'd like to

go to Asia.

4 
R m  R 


  m
 Y
.
  R 
R


ould you like to eat foreign No, I wouldn't. I'd like to

food? eat Thai food.

5R  m  M áÔá
m 
Y  m
 Y
.
 M áÔá
 

†††
 


 X  X
Y


áJ
Y

 Y
R 

ould you like to have him call No, I wouldn't. I'd like to
you Mr. Brown? have him call me Tom.

6    m  M

m R    m

 Y
.
   M áÔ   

ould you like to have your wife No, I wouldn't. I would

work ¹outside)? like to have her stay at
home.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Suppose today is Thursday. Focus your attention on
  ¹today) and

notice what the days in the past weeks and the future weeks are called.
Repeat the words in the left column after the instructor.

RJR
¨
 R
 Monday of last week.

¹Last week)  m
Tuesday of last week.

 ¿ ednesday of last week.


Thursday of last week.

I 
 Friday of last week.

á

 Saturday of last week.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

RJ Sunday of last week.

RJ   R
 á

  R
  Last Monday.

¹This week)  m
á

  m
 Last Tuesday.

 ¿ á

  Yesterday.

ÿąČ
ë
ĖĪ 

I 
 
  Tomorrow

á

 
  ¹or) This coming Sunday.

 á

  This Saturday.

 á

R
‘ 

RJ
 RJ  ¹or) This Sunday.

 RJR
‘ 

RJ    R

  R
   Next Monday

¹or)

¹Next week)
  R
R
‘  This coming Monday.

†††
 


 X || X
Y

 m

  m
   Next Tuesday.

 ¿
 ¿   Next ednesday.



 
   Next Thursday.

I 

 I 
   Friday of next week.

á


 á

   Saturday of next week.

RJ
 RJ   Sunday of next week.

$%
YY

a. Assume that you have just arrived in Thailand. Call up your friend, Mr.
Prasert. He invites you to dinner at his house so that you can meet his
wife.

¹Use the approximate date of your arrival in Thailand as a basis for

your responses.)

b. The instructor points at various dates on the calendar asks the

students what the date is. ¹This should be continued until all students
can give any date in the year readily.)

c. Student A asks student B. his birth date. Student B responds with the
appropriate information.

d. Student A asks student B how long he has been doing various things
¹below are some examples). Student B responds with the correct
information.

1. Living in the ashington area ¹or some other area).

2. Studying Thai
†††
 


 X | X
Y
3. Married

4. Sitting here, etc.

e. The students question each other about things they have wanted to do
in the past and whether or not other people wanted them to do these
things. Below is a sample exchange:

A. á

š¨
 á  

B m  M m á   
 á


A.  m
 YáÔ M á  m

A. Ten years ago I wanted to be a doctor.

B. Did your father want you to be a doctor.

A. No he didnǯt. He wanted me to be a teacher.


YY
¨ Ā
 Africa

RJ week

á
 Imperial ¹name of hotel in Bangkok)

 . . .  to remember



 hour

á
 David

á month

†††
 


 X |
X
Y

Ž  Hello

 to want to, to like to

- ending of the months that have 30 days

 ¹ ) September


¹m) July

-m ending of the months that have 31 days

m

JI
 ¹m.I.) Christian Era

 ¹ ¿ ) February

á at all ¹after a negative); so, then, consequently

¨
ago


  the day after tomorrow

á¹ ) April

 ¹m) March

‘ ¹ ) June


¹m) January

 to stay at; to stop at ¹hotel, etc.)

†††
 


 X | X
Y

- ¿ ending for the month of February

I¹ ) November

¹m) May

 R¿I
 ¹.I.) Buddhist Era

á

 to start


to bother, trouble ¹someone)


 particle often used with statement of negation


 Ruam Rudi, name of a lane off Sukhumwit Rd.

¹m) August

 R
Sunthorn, male first name

R last

R
¨
ago

J ¨J from ¹such and such a time or starting point),

since

¿
¹m) December

R
¨
last

†††
 


 X | X
Y

‘  to be right, correct

J right, O.K., to agree ¹to something)

J m October

 8  the day before yesterday

 R
date

Lesson 23

Y
YY

YmY"YœY@

A. m   á R 
š¨
How long have you been

living in Thailand?

B.
š
¨
m
 More than two years.

A. ¨
á
m m
 Y    ¨

 And your friend? Has he
been here long?

B. áÔá
m
 He just came.

A. áÔ  
šm
 How many years will he
be ¹here)?

B.   
Yš  

š At least two years. At

most four years.

A. RáÔ‘  R   m

 How is it that he speaks
Thai so clearly?

B. á
áÔámá
  m
 He studied it previously.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
A. R
 m
 here?

B. R
á
m
 In America.

A. áÔá
    áR
m
 How long did he study?

B.
á m
 Ten months.

¢YYYYY

OY After constructions giving numerical amounts 
 is translated as

'more than'. For example,

ëĎ G

ē More than 2 years

ëû öĄ
ē More than 10 liters

hen used with ûēø 'baht' ¹Thai currency), the position of

ē is
important, thus ëûûēø
ē means 'more than 10 baht but less than 11',
but ëû
ēûēø means 'more than 10 but less than 20'.

OY áÿĩ 'just' occurs just before the main verb in the sentence and
refers to the recent past.

á ēáÿĩ ē He just came.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

OY ÿĚøĄĉ
ÿø means 'to talk on the telephone.'

 
YYY

mY#
YĎăĚ ,Yĥ ,Y¨  YY

The verbs ĎăĚ, and ē may be used in conjunction with ĥ and ¨  to
indicate whether ¹1) an activity is complete or incomplete, and ¹2)
whether it lasted for a long or short period of time. hen verbs are used
in this manner, they may be called mY#
.

1. hen ĎăĚ is used as an Y
, it indicates that the activity

referred to continued for a particular period of time. ĎăĚ does not itself
indicate the time of an action but may be used in combination with  Y
%
 as in the following example.

á ēÜáĄĖăČ
ëĘĎĎăĚë
 Ď G
'He'll be studying for 2 years ¹no more or
less)'

2. hen ē... ¨  occur together as aspect markers there is indication

that the action originated in the past and is continuing into the present.

á ēøē ē ēY/YG
¨  'He has been working for 2 years ¹and still is)'.

3. ĥ + Time Expression refers only to the passage of a specific period of

time; when it is followed by ¨  , there is indication that the period of
time referred to continues into the present; when used without time or
aspect particles, it is interpreted as 'indefinite past time'.

á ēøē ēĥY/YG
'He worked for 2 years.'

á ēøē ēĥY/YG
¨  'He's been working for 2 years ¹and still is

working)'.

In the chart below the use and meaning of ĎăĚ,Yĥ , ē, and ¨  are
†††
 


 X | X
Y
illustrated:

3Y mY#
YY 3

 Y$%


áÔR   Y
Y š Past Time; Specific Period of

Time ¹1)

áÔR   Y  Y
Y š Past Time; Specific Period of

Time ¹1)

áÔR  Y
Y š Past Time; Specific Period of

Time ¹1)

áÔR    Present Progressive ¹2)

áÔ
ē
R    Present Progressive ¹2)

áÔR    / Y
Y š ¨
Present Perfect ¹3)

áÔR    / Y Y
Y š ¨
Present Perfect ¹4)

áÔR  Y
Y š Y¨
Present Perfect ¹3)

áÔÜR 
Y š Future ¹5)

áÔÜR   Y
Y š Future, Specific Period of

Time ¹5)

1. He worked ¹for) two years.

2. He is working.

3. He has been working...

†††
 


 X | X
Y
4. He has been working... ¹focus on starting point)

5. He will be working two years.

Y: If either ē or ĎăĚ occurs in the main sentence, it can not
occur as a particle, thus á ē ēĎăĚá ĘĎ ĥøăĥY/YG
¨ 

¹Two years have passed since he came to live in Thailand).

'He's been living in Thailand for 2 years.'

Neither ēĥ Y/YG
¨  nor ĎăĚĥ Y/YG
¨  can occur after

á ē ēĎăĚá ĘĎ ĥøă

øēĥ ,YYYY
Y
Y%Y

øēĥ 'why' may occur at the beginning of the sentence or at the end. Its
position is determined by the expected answer, thus

1. øēĥ is at the end of the sentence if the response is a Verb Phrase

indicating 
, thus

Q:  øēĥ , 'hy are you going?' ¹hat is the purpose?)

A:  8ĘĪĎ Ď 'To shop.'

2. øēĥ is at the beginning of the sentence if the response expected

normally begins with áÿĄē 'because', and provides an explanation as to
why certain actions took place or why certain situations exist) thus

Q: øēĥ  8 R

'hy did you buy there?'

†††
 


 X | X
Y

øēĥ ĥ  8 R

'hy not shop here?'

A: áÿĄēR

¹Ô ‘ 
) 'Because things are cheaper there.

3. øēĥ Y occurs at the beginning of  questions.

 YYøēĥ YY

 may occur with øēĥ . It serves as an intensifier of the question.

Observe the following example:

øēĥ m   

  J 'hy don't you like living in ashington?

øēĥ m    

  J 'How is that you don't like living in
ashington?'

 
Y

YY

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Z @

1. m   á R ¹ ) 
š /   á R ¹ )
š¨

 áR
Y¨

How long have you been living Two years.

in Thailand?

2. m R  R

 ¹ ) 
š / R  R

 ¹ )  š¨

 áR
Y¨

How long have you been Several years.

†††
 


 X  | X
Y
working here?

3. m á
 R¹ ) á
 R ¹ )

á ¨
 á ¨

How many months have you Five months.

been studying Thai?

4. m á  m
 ¹ ) 
š¨
á  m
 ¹ )  
š
¨

How many years have you More than a year.

been a teacher?

5. m 
áÔ ¹ ) 
áÔ ¹ )
 š¨

 áR
¨

How long have you been Three years.

knowing him?

6. m ¨J   ¹ ) 
š¨
¨J   ¹ ) á š¨

How many years have you Almost a year.

been married?

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y/YY

Z @

1 m   R

  áR

¨
m
   R

 á ¨
m

.

How long ago was it that you Six months ¹ago).

came to live here?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2 m R  R

  áR
¨
R  R

  
š¨
m

.
m


How long ago was it that you One year ¹ago).

came to work here?

3 m á
  
 R

 
á ¨ á
  
 R


á
.

¨

How many months ago was it that Two months ¹ago).

you came to study here?

4 m á  m
R

 
š¨
á  m
R

 á  
š¨

.
m


How many years ago was it that Almost a year ¹ago).

you came to be a teacher here?

@Y

YY

 Z @

1  š m R

  áR R

  š¨
.

¨


How long have you been a Several years.

government employee?

2
á m á
 RR
FSI á
 RR
FSI
.
 
á ¨

á ¨

How many months have you Three months.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
been studying Thai at FSI?

3 RJ m á
 R 
á
 R R
.

 RJ¨

¨

How many weeks have you More than a week.

been studying Thai?

4
š
 m 
áÔ  áR
¨ 
áÔ
š
¨

.


How long have you been More than two years.

knowing him?

5  á m   á
 
á ¨   á
 á
.

¨

How many months has it been Five months.

since you came back to
America?

6


m  
m áÔ 


 ¨  
m áÔ




.
 
¨

How many hours have you Three hours.

been sitting waiting for him?

7 m



á
m   
R¨
á
m  m



 ¨

.


How many minutes have you A half hour.

been conversing?

†††
 


 X   X
Y



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1 m 
áÔ  ¨
m 
áÔ  ¨

 m

.

You've been knowing him for Have you been knowing him for long?
a long time.

2 m R  R

  ¨
m R  R

  ¨


 m

.

You've been working here for Have you been working here long?
a long time.

3 m á
 R  ¨ m á
 R  ¨

 m

.

You've been studying Thai for Have you been studying Thai for long?
a long time.

4 m   R

  ¨
m   R

  ¨


 m

.

You've been living here for a Have you been living here long?
long time.

5 m R
 á


  ¨
m R
 á


  ¨

 m

.

You've been knowing about Have you been knowing about this
this matter for a long time. matter for long?

6 m  á áÔ  ¨
m  á áÔ  ¨


 m

.

†††
 


 X   X
Y
You've been wanting to see Have you been wanting to see him for
him for a long time. long?

7 m  áÔ  ¨
m  áÔ  ¨


 m

.

You've liked her for a long Have you liked her long?
time.

@Y

YY

Z @

1. m   á R  ¨


 m
 á
m


Have you been living in Thailand long? I just came.

2. m m    ¨


 m
 á
m


Have you been waiting for me long? I just came.

3. m á
 R  ¨

 m
 á
m


Have you been studying Thai for long? I just started.

4. m 
áÔ  ¨

 m
 á

m


Have you been knowing him for long? I just met him.

5. m á
  
 á 
  ¨

 m
 á
á
 m


Have you been reading this book long? I just began.

$%Y

YY

†††
 


 X   X
Y

R

Rm


R‘ m


R‘   m


R‘     m



R‘  R   m



@YYŸ 
-Y

Y6YY

1. áÔá
á R RáÔ‘  R   m



He just came to Thailand. How is it that he can speak Thai so clearly?

2. áÔ I
 RáÔ‘   á Rm


He doesn't like hot weather. How is it that he wants to go to

Thailand?

3. áÔámá
 R
á
 RáÔ‘    m


He has never studied in America. How is it that he speaks English ¹so)

well?

4. áÔ 
áÔá YRáÔ‘ 8

‘m


He said he didn't have any money. How is it that he bought a car?

Y

YY
†††
 


 X   X
Y
 #


R ¹m ) ¹‘ )  ĥGøē ē

hy is it that you aren't going to work?

1.   Rm ‘  ÿĚ

hy is it that you don't talk?

2.  áÔ Rm ‘ ëĎûá ē

hy is it that you don't like him?

3.   

  J Rm ‘ ĥ Ďăē
ĎăĚ Ďë ö


hy is it that you don't like to live in

ashington?

4. á
  
 Rm ‘ ĥ  ēáĄĖăČ
ëĘĎ

How is it that you aren't studying?

5. áÔM Rm ‘ ĥ á  ēMÜ

How does it happen that you don't understand?

6. Ô
‘
á
 Rm ‘ ĥ 
ûĄ ēĄ áĄĖă

hy is it that you don't drive to school?

@Y

YY

 Z @

†††
 


 X   X
Y
1 ámá
  RáÔ‘  R ¹á
)
.
 áÔámá
 

How does it come Because he studied it

about that he speaks previously.
Thai so well?

2  I 
Rm ‘   ¹á

)
.

á
  I 

How is it that you Because I don't like

don't want to go to cold weather.
Norway?

3 
 Rá

 á Ô‘  ¹á

) áÔ

.
R 

hy was it that he Because he was ill.

didn't come to work
yesterday?

4 Ô
‘á  R

m ‘  ¹á

)
.
Ô
‘ áÔÔ
‘á 

hy isn't your wife Because she doesn't

driving? know how.

5 R

M Rm ‘ J á
 ¹á
)
.

R R R

M

R

†††
 


 X   X
Y
hy did you have to Because the
come to study Thai? Government wanted
me to know Thai.

6 
 Rm ‘ á 

‘ ¹á
) 

.
¨

hy didn't you take Because I wasn't free.

your car to get it
repaired?

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Z @

1. áÔá
 R  
š áÔá
   
š

How many years did he study Thai? He studied one year.

2. m á  R
 
š  š
á  R


How many years were you a soldier? I was a soldier for two years.

3. m Āů áR  


 Āů áR 





 m

How many hours did you listen to I listened to the tape for half an
the tape? hour.

4. m   R
IR    áR
áÔ  R
IR  

 R

How long did he talk on the He talked 25 minutes on the

telephone? phone.

5. áÔR    R
á
  R 
š áÔR    R


šm



†††
 


 X   X
Y
How many years did he work in He worked there two and a half
Vientiane? years.

 
Y%
Y"YYYYY
YY

!YY

a) á
š 1941 - ‘ 1943 m R á  R

 R
 

áÔá   Yš á

m

 R á  Ô


R

J
áRI

Z @

1. m R ámá  R
 ám

2. R
 R
 


3. á   
š
š

4. J ¨J š YmIY 
‘ YmIY 1941 - 1943

5. á

á ÔR  
áÔá  Ô


R

J
áRI

b) á
á  m
 
 JYáÔ á
R
J
áÔm  á
 




Z @

1. á
á m
 
 Mm
áÔ á

2. R
 R
J

†††
 


 X 
| X
Y
3. áÔm  á
   áR
áÔm  á
 




c) 
áJ

¿R  R

R

J
áRI  š¨

áÔám  
áRIYáÔám á  
 R
á M  
 š
á
 á Ô  R

 J

Z @

1 
áJ

¿R  R

R

J
áRI  š¨

.
 
š¨

2 áÔám  J
áRI ámY
.
áÔám  
á

RI

3 áÔám  á R ámY

.
áÔám á  
 R
á
 M

4 áÔá  
   R
á M 
š áÔá    š



.

$%
YY

a) Different students will find out how long other students have been
doing different kinds of activities. The following are some examples: ¹l)
living here, ¹2) learning Thai, ¹3) married, ¹4) playing some sport, ¹5)
knowing how to do something, such as driving a car, etc.

b) One student will give a short biography of himself. Other students will
question him about certain parts of it, in particular how long some parts
†††
 


 X 
X
Y
of it lasted ¹e.g. how long he was in the armed forces, etc.).

c) One student says he went some particular place. A second student asks
him why he went there. hen the first student gives a reason, the second
one asks him why he didn't go some other place. The first student gives
his reasons.


YY
 
 Okinawa

 plain¹ly), clear¹ly), distinct¹ly)

  at most

   at least

J
liter

 previously

á
 Norway

á
just

‘ that, so, then, if it comes to the point that

"

YY
YYY

m  R
 á
 R  R

á

Ô 
R

J

áRI áÔá
 
á ¨
YáÔá
 

á Y
¨
 á R áÔ  á R   


Yš

†††
 


 X 

X
Y
 

Yš áÔ

Y¨  Ô áÔ 
Y

áÔ
áÔ 
 J
 R


m
Ô
‘   ¨áÔR

Èá 8
á 
áÔ  R

 
 ¨
áÔÔ
‘

mY
áÔ á
 R


m ¨ Ô R


áI
Y

áI
áÔ 
Y
á á¿
YáJ
 Y
á¨
 áR áÔ¨
áR

áJ
 Y
¨
áY¨JáÔ¨
áR





 Y¨á á¿


áÔ
áÔ‘ 
 áRY

YY
 R
 



ZYYYYY
YY

1. m  R
 á
 R   R


2. áÔá
   áR
¨

3. áÔá
  
á

4. ¨
áÔ 

5. áÔ  á R
š

6. áÔMm
 


7. áÔ 
 J á




8. áÔ   Y  

9. RáÔJ  R


m

10. áÔ Ô á
 R


†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

11. 

áI
áÔ á R  

12. áÔ¨
áR

R
  

13. áÔ‘ á Rá




YY

Y
Y

 #


1.
á , á R áÔá

 ëĎ áĘϨ
 á ĘĎ ĥøă

He'll study for two more months, then go to

Thailand.

2.

 , á ƒ
áÔá
 ëû
 ¨
 á ĘĎ î 

He'll study for ten more days, then go to Viet

Nam.

3.  RJ, á M áÔá

 Č
Ďēøöă ¨
 áëĖă MČ 

He'll study for six more weeks, then go to

Chiangmai

4.  
š ,  áÔá
 Čĩ G
¨
 ÿ ē

He'll study for one more year, then go to

Burma.

5.

  áÔá
 ëĎ ë
GēČ ¨
 ē

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
He'll study for two more weeks, then go to
Laos.

6.  
š ,


áÔá
 Čĩ G
¨
 ë ë

He'll study for one more year, then go to

Switzerland.

@Y
Y

 Z @

1. TY RJ m á
 
RJ 
 RJ

How many more weeks will Three more weeks.

you study?

2. Y š m R  
š 

š

How many more years will Four more years.

you work?

3. IJıY š m á  Ô 


š 
š

How many more years will Ten more years.

you be a civil servant?

4. IJĶY R m  m áÔ 
R 
 R

How many more minutes will Fifteen more minutes.

you wait for him?

5. TY
 m áR



 



†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
How many more days will Three more days.
you be on vacation?

6. ÓY š m 
R
á R 
š 
š

How many more years will Two more years.

you be stationed in Thailand?

Y
Y

 #


1.  
š , ÓY š   Čĩ G
 ëĎ G

2. ÓıY R , TıY R   ăĖĩëûēøĖ  ëē ëûēøĖ

3.
á ,

á   ëĎ áĘĎ  ëĖĩáĘĎ

4.  

 , á 
   Čĩ
  áÜ



5.
RJ,
 RJ   ëĎ Ďēøöă  ëē Ďēøöă

6. ÓY

 , T 

   ëĎ ë
ĩ   ëē ë
ĩ 

@Y
Y

 Z @

1
 R


áÔ 
 J
 R
áÔ ¹
áÔ)
.
 áR
  
 J
 R





On what date will he leave He estimates he will leave on

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
ashington? July 10

2

á  á
m ‘ á

 áÔ¹
áÔ)‘

á
.
  

hen will your friend He estimates he will arrive

come? next month.

3
  R
 m  á 
‘á

 ¹
 ) á 
  R
.

  

hen will you go get the I plan to go get the car next
car? Monday.

4


 m  áÔá

 ¹
 ) áÔ


.









hen will you tell him? I plan to tell him in three or

four days.

 Y
Y YY.YY/YY6Y

Y.YY/ Y6

1. áÔÔ
‘ áÔÔ
‘

m

áÔ

m He'll drive to New York

2. áÔá ... áÔá 

á


áÔ
á
 He'll walk to school.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
3. áÔ á
 áÔ á
   

áÔ   He'll take a boat to London.

4. áÔÔ
‘á áÔÔ
‘á  ¿

áÔ  ¿ He'll go to Ayuthaya by bus.

5. áÔ 
á
 áÔ 
á
  á R

áÔ á R He'll take a plane to Thailand.

6. áÔÔ
‘Ā áÔÔ
‘Ā á M

áÔ á M He'll take a train to Chiangmai.

Y
Y

 #


1.
¨
á

,  
 áÔ  R
Ą ¨Ą áĎĄē

Č ē


He'll stay at the Erawan Hotel

for five days.

2.  á
,
RJ áÔ  R
û ēáÿĘĩĎëĎ Ďēøöă

He'll stay at his friend's house for

two weeks.

3. Rá,  
á áÔ  R
ëēăøá Čĩ áĘĎ

He'll stay at the beach for a

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
month.

4. 

, Y

 áÔ  R
GēĄĖëëĖĩëĩ


He'll stay in Paris for four hours.

5.  ,  
š áÔ  R
û ē Čĩ G

He'll stay at my house for one

year.

6. R

,
 R áÔ  ø

 ĩĖĩë
Ė ē ēøĖ

He'll stay here three minutes.

@Y
Y

 Z @

1. ¨
 m ¨
áR

R


 á  á m


Are you going to stop in Rome? No.

2. ¨
 m ¨
áR

R
áJ
 
 m
 ¨
m


Aren't you going to stop in Teheran? Yes, I am.

3. ¨
 m ¨
R
  
 á  á m


Are you going to stop at my house? No.

4. ¨
 m ¨
R
Ž  
 m
 ¨
m


Aren't you stopping at Hong Kong? Yes, I am.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
5. ¨
 m ¨
áR

R
ƒ
 
 á  á m


Are you stopping in Japan? No.

6. ¨
 m ¨
R
Ž

 m
 ¨
m


Aren't you stopping at Hawaii? Yes, I am.

Y
Y

 #


1. á
 ,

m, áÔ áĄĘĎR
 ăĎĄm Ô R
Ą
ĩ áĉë


áI

He'll get on a boat in New York and get off in

France.

2. ám

,
 J áÔÔ ámĄĘĩĎ û R
Ďë ö
¨ R

Ą áøÿĐ

, 
 áR

He'll get on a plane in ashington and get off in

Bangkok.

3.
‘Ā,  ¿, áÔÔ ĄĥR
Ďă¿ăē¨ R
áëĖă MČ 
á M

He'll get on the train in Ayuthaya and get off in

Chiangmai.

4. á
 M ,  ,
áÔ áĄĘĎMûR
Gē
Īē¨Ô R
ûē GĚ


†††
 


 X | X
Y
He'll get on a sail boat at Paknam and get off at
Bangpu.

5. ¨R 8
, 
  , áÔÔ ¨ø

8Ėĩ R
Č
ēÿ ¨ R
ĥGĄĊ
Ėă
ē




He'll get in a taxi at Hualampong ¹Station) and get

off at the Main Post Office.

6. á
  , áÔ áĄĘĎÜ ē R
øēÿĄÜ
øĄ¨Ô R
ĉĄĄēë

R
 R
,
I



He'll get on a rented boat at Pracan landing and

get off at Siriraj.

Y Y
Y

Y.YY/ Y6

1 áÔ áÔ
¹áÔ)á
m Rm  

.

áÔá
m Rm  
He remembered he had a Thai friend.

2 áÔ áÔ
m   R


.

m   R
 He remembered where you were

staying.

3 áÔ áÔ
m  
 

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m  
 
He remembered what you said

4 áÔ áÔ
m ám á R

.

m ám á R He remembered that you had been in

Thailand.

5 áÔ áÔ
áÔ m R
 

.

áÔ m R
  He remembered he met you in London.

6 áÔ áÔ
m á  Ô



R


.
J
áRI

m á  Ô


R

J He remembered that you were a State
Department civil servant.

áRI

YY
YYY

m  R
‘ 
 áRYá

 R


m
áÔ  R

¨
 á
YJ
8 

Y

¨ YY
Ô áÔ
¨
 
 á
  M
‘ R JY
 
Y
¨
 ÔÔ YR

¨



 
áÔ
 
R 


m  R
  á R

 YáÔ
 áÔá
m Rm  

á
m  ámá
    áÔR

Ráá

šR
¨

áÔámá
    á
 á
m   Yš áÔ  
¨Jm  R
R

á
áÔ  R
 Y
†††
 


 X 
X
Y
áÔ
á
m  
m 
 R

 IY

  
áÔá

  R
IRYáÔ 
m 
 R

áÔ R
 m 
 R
R
  Ym 
 R
M
áÔáƒm  R
¨m
m

 R Ô
R
 Y
áÔ
 m  R
¨m
m

R
ŽáJ  ¨  áÔY
 m 
 R



m 
 R
M m  R
¨m
m

   áÔ
áÔ
m  R
¨Jm  R
 

m 
 R

ZYYYYY
YYY

1. m  R
‘ 
 áRá



2. áÔ  R


3. m
m

Ô m  R

¨
R
áÔ   á
 

4. m  R
ámá
R

5. áÔ
   

6. m  R
R
 
á
Ô áÔ  R


7. áÔ
¨ 
 Ô á
áÔ 

8. áÔ m 
 R
  

9. m 
 R
M

10. áÔáƒm  R
¨m

m

  
 á 

11. m  R
  m 
 R

 

†††
 


 X  X
Y

12. m 
 R
M m  R
¨m
m

   áÔ

13. áÔR 

14. Rm  R
‘   m 
 R

$%
YY

One student will describe a travel experience he has had using the basic
episode as a model. Other students will ask questions about it.


YY
á á¿
 Athens

 Bangpu ¹name of a tambon)

 edge, rim, border

Rá the beach

M to be glad

Ž
 Hawaii

Ž  Hong Kong

á Yale ¹University)

 to guess, estimate

I Mahasak ¹last name)

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á New Delhi

  Paknam ¹name of an Amphoe)

á 8
á  Pennsylvania

 to be stationed


to trouble, bother

á
 M sail boat

á
  rented boat

  week ¹elegant usage)


  swimming pool

Switzerland

 Siriraj, name of the hospital in Thonburi

 R
Sunthorn ¹male first name)

áJ
 Teheran

Rá sea

R
Thomas

¨
 to stop in, over

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Y
)Y3YmYm!YY
A. á  
 m
 Y

 hat's the matter with you?
Aren't you well?

B. á m
 Y á  
Y 
Nothing's the matter. I'm
sleepy.

á
m   á  á     Last night I went to a party

so I got to bed a little late.

A.
 m
 as it fun? ¹Did you have a
good time?)

B.
  Yes, it was. ¹I certainly did.)

A.  Mm
 ho did you meet there?
¹ho was there?)

B. m m
 Y á
Mm Y A lot of people. I made a lot
of new friends. Oh, I ran into
 Y  m Rm  
a Thai. He said he was an
áÔ 
á  á
ám  old friend of yours.

A. áÔ

hat was his name?

B.  Y I can't remember. He gave

me his card, but I forgot to
áÔM  J
¨J á  bring it.


YYY

a. áGĎĥĄĥG 'hat's the matter ¹with you)?' is the normal way to

inquire about what pain or ailment someone has.

1. If one has some kind of disease, he may respond as follows:

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á  Č
 I have a cold.

á  ĥ  I have a fever.

á  ĥ  Č
 I have the flu.

Or he may respond as follows:

á  Ąmû I have dysentery.

á  Ąmĥë ö
 I have appendicitis.

á  ĎČ ēö
Ąm 'I have cholera.'

2. If one has an ache or pain, he will give its location:

 G Č
¹Lit. I ache in the head.) I have a headache.

 G ø Ď ¹Lit. I ache in the area of the intestines.) I have a

stomach ache.

b. ë
means 'to be amusing, to be fun, to have a good time, etc.' It may
have a place, thing, person, or activity as subject.

c. ĥ has the meaning 'get, obtain, procure' when used as the main verb,
as in the sentence

 á
Mm I made a lot of new friends.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

d. There are several ways to indicate 'lateness' in Thai. The choice is

determined by the time of day referred to. Observe the following chart:

 YY
 $
 "

Morning á


¨Já

Late in the day
 m


¨J


Evening 
m
 

¨J
m


Anytime á



e. hen ¨J ¹often J) occurs before áëē,
, etc., it indicates that the
speaker considers the earliness to be unexpected or unusual.

f. áûĘĩĎmeans 'to be bored.'YēáûĘĩĎ means boring. Observe the following

examples:

á 
¹áÔ,  
 ,etc.) I'm bored ¹with him, studying, etc.).

áÔRM á 
¹He causes me to be bored.) He bores

me.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  á

 á 
This movie is boring.

g. ë
means 'to have fun, have a good time, enjoy oneself' or 'to be fun,
entertaining'. Observe the following examples:

áÔ
  He's having a good time.

R  R


  orking here is not fun.

áÔá  m
  He's a fun person.

h. á ă 'so' is a word used to connect conditional sentences with result

sentences, thus

áÔá  m á 
He's a dull person  we don't want

á
á m áÔ to talk with him.

i. MČ 'to give' is followed by the object and then by the recipient of the
object.

áÔM  
  He gave a book to me.

 
Y

YY

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y

1. áÔR 
R 
 ¨J
 á Ô¨J ¹J)á  He comes to

work late

†††
 


 X  X
Y
every day,
but today he
came early.

2. áÔ  m
R 
 ¨J
 á Ô  ¨J ¹J)
 He goes

home late
every day,
but today he
went home
early.

3. áÔáÔ R m ¨Jm á Ô ¨J ¹J)
m
 She goes to

bed late
every night,
but tonight
she went to
bed early.

4. áÔá
 ¨J
 
áĄ
He always
comes late,
but today he
came early.

5. m
m    á
 ¨J
 á Ô  áĄ
That
teacher
always
comes out of
the room
late, but
today she
came out
early.



Y

Y

†††
 


 X | X
Y
#
Y. #
Y/

1 áÔáÔ áR
 m áÔáÔ 

.

He went to bed at midnight. He went to bed late.

2 áÔR 
m
á
R áÔR 
.

She ate dinner at 11 p.m. She ate late.

3 áÔJ
J  áÔJ
á 

.

He got up at 5 a.m. He got up early.

4 áÔ
á
 á
á   á m

áÔ
á
 ¨Já
.


He came to school at 7:30 a.m. He came to school

early.

5 áÔ 
áÔ 
 R

¨JáÔ 
 áÔ á



.
R


He said he'd return on the tenth, but he returned He came back early.
on the fifth.

6 áÔáÔ R m ¨Jm á ÔáÔ á

áÔáÔ ¨J 

.
R m


He goes to bed late every night, but tonight he He went to bed

went to bed at 8 p.m. early.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Z @

1. áÔá  
 áÔ


hat's the matter with him? He's ill.

2. m á  
 
YI
 / 

hat's the matter with you? I have a headache.

3. m á  
áÔá  


hat's the matter with Jim? He has a cold.

4. 

má  
 áÔá  Ô

hat's the matter with your wife? She has a fever.

5. m á  
 á  

hat's the matter with you? Nothing.

6. m á  
¹ ) á  Ô 


hat's the matter with you? I have the flu.

7. áÔá  
¹ ) áÔá 
m 

hat's the matter with him? He has dysentery.

8.  m á  
¹ ) áÔ
R

hat's the matter with your son? He has a belly ache.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
9. m  m á  
¹ ) áÔ
Y
áÔá 
m 
J

hat's the matter with your father? He's very ill. He has cholera.

Y

YY

 #


 
 á

as the party fun?

1.  
 Č
ëĘĎ
 

Is the book amusing?

2.   Č

 

as the movie fun?

3. 
 áR
Ą áøÿĐ
 

Is Bangkok fun?

4. á
 R áĄĖă ēĊēĥøă
 

Is studying Thai fun?

5.  R

ĎăĚøĩĖĩĖ
 

Is it enjoyable living here?

6. m áÔ mă

ûá ē
 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Is talking to her fun?

@Y

YY

 Z @

1. very 
 
 

Is the work amusing? Very amusing.

2. not at all 
  
 á

Is the work amusing? Not at all.

3. very  
 á 

 
 

Is this book amusing? Very amusing.

4. not at all  R


  
 á

Is living here fun? Not at all.

5. very á
 R
 
 

Is studying Thai fun? It's a lot of fun.

6. not at all m áÔ
  
 á

Is talking to her fun? Not at all.

7. very áÔ 
 
 

Is what he says amusing? Very amusing.

8. not at all  
  
 á

†††
 


 X  X
Y
as the movie fun? Not at all.

"%Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1.  
   á 

The working isn't amusing. The work's dull.

2. R  R


  R  R

á 

orking here isn't enjoyable. orking here is boring.

3.   á

 
    á

 á 

This movie isn't amusing. This movie is dull.

4.  
 á  
   
 á  á 

This book isn't amusing. This book is boring.

5. á
 R
  á
 R á 

Studying Thai isn't fun. Studying Thai is boring.

"%Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. á

  á
á 

e're having fun. e are not ¹being) bored.

2. á
m R m
  á
m  Mm

á 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Last night everybody had fun. Last night nobody found it
dull.

3. á

  á
á 

My friend is having a good time. My friend isn't bored.

4. 
  á 

I'm having fun. I'm not being bored.

"%Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. á

  á
á 

e're not enjoying ourselves. e are bored.

2. Mm

  R m á 

Nobody's having fun. Everybody is being bored.

3. m   
  m   á 

John is not enjoying himself. John is finding it dull.

4. 
  á 

I'm not having a good time. I'm being bored.

Y

YY

 #


†††
 


 X  X
Y

á ēá  m
 

He's an amusing person.

1. á
m m  áÿĘĩĎm
m
Ī á  m
 

That friend of yours is an amusing person.

2. m 

m
GĄ ēëá  m
 

Mr. Prapas is an amusing person.

3. m   m
ÿĎ á  m
 

My father is an amusing person.

4. m  m
á  m
 

You are an amusing person.

5. á
 Mm  

áĄĖăMČ m
Ī á  m
 

That new student is an amusing person.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. á
m    á  á ă    

Last night I went to a party, so I got to bed late.

2. áÔáR

 ¹áÔ)á ă


He goes out a lot, so he's not well.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3. áÔ
  á R ¹áÔ)á ăá
¨
áR



He was in such a hurry to get to Thailand, that he didn't have time to

stop off in Europe.

4. m
m R
 ¨
¹ )á ă m 

I thought you already knew, so I didn't tell you.

5. 
    ¹ )á ăá á 

I left home in such a hurry, that I forgot to bring any money.

6. ¨‘
  R
 

‘Y á ăJ 
‘á

There's no place to park around here, so I had to take the bus.

7.
 

 J M
‘Y á ăJ ¨R 8

Today my wife had to use the car, so I had to come by taxi.

8. áÔá  m á 
Yá
á ă m  áÔ

He's such a dull person that we don't want to talk with him.

9.
 

    áR

 Y á ăJ    m á

Today my wife and children went out, so I had to stay home alone.

10.  ƒ m  m
m ¨J  ¨
¹áÔ)á ă  áR

 m 

That woman thought you were married, so she didn't want to go out
with you.

11. áÔ    Y á ăJ  R áÔ

†††
 


 X  X
Y
She doesn't speak English, so I must talk Thai to her.

12. ¨
  á
á ă      

I stopped at a friend's house, so I got home late.



Y

YY

Make a statement expressing what is in the conversational exchange

using á.

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1
I m 


Y
.
: Rm ‘ 

hy did you go to bed so

late?


: á
   á  m 


  á
Y

áÔá ă    

Because I went to a party. Somsak went to a party so he

went to bed late.

2
I Rm   ‘ 


.
:

hy isn't John well?


: á
áÔR     m   R    Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔá ă


Because he ate too much. John ate too much, so he isn't

well.

3
I m 


Y
.
: Rm ¨
áR



hy didn't you stop in

Europe?


: á
 á
 m 


á
Y

áÔá ă ¨
áR



Because I didn't have time. Sawat didn't have time, so he

didn't stop off in Europe.

4
I Rm   
‘á
.
:

hy did John come by bus?


: á
áÔÔ
‘á  m   Ô
‘á 

á ăJ 
‘á

Because he can't drive. John can't drive, so he came by

bus.

5
I m 


Y
.
: Rm ‘    

 áÔ

†††
 


 X | X
Y
hy do you speak English
with them?


: á
áÔ Rá  áÔ Rá  Y

m 


á ăJ    

áÔ

Because they can't speak They can't speak Thai, so Sawat

Thai. has to speak English with them.

6
I Rm   ƒ m

.
: 

hy doesn't Jim like that

woman?


: á
  ƒ m  

  ƒ m  

Y

m á ă áÔ

Because that woman isn't That woman isn't pretty, so Jim

pretty. doesn't like her.

7
I m 
m
 Y
.
: Rm ‘ áÔMm


hy didn't you understand?


: á
  Ā ů m 
 Āů Y

áÔá ăáÔM

Because I didn't listen. Pricha didn't listen, so he didn't

†††
 


 X  X
Y
understand.

8
I m 


m
 Yá
m 
.
: Rm ‘
  m


hy were you in such a

hurry to leave last night,
Sawat?


: á
 á 
á
m m
 


á 
Y

áÔá ă
 

Because I was bored. Last night Sawat was bored, so

he left in a hurry.

Y

YY

 #


áÔM ē û
öĄ 

He gave me his card.

1.  
 á  áÔMČ
ëĘĎá  ĖĪ 

He gave me this book.

2. á áÔMá  

He gave me some money.

3.  ‘
áÔM
 Ď ēăĄĚG 

He gave me a camera.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
4.
R áÔM øă 

He gave me a radio.

5. á
 R
IR áÔMáûĎĄøĄĉ
ÿø 

She gave me her telephone number.

6.
áÔM ĄĚG 

She gave me a picture.

7.  áÔM Gē

ē 

They gave me a pen.

8.
 áÔMë  

They gave me a notebook.

Y

YY

 #


 áÿĘĩĎMČ m

I made many new friends.

1.  
  Č
ëĘĎá

I got many books.

2.  
 Y  Č
ëĘĎĖYħYá

I procured many good books.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3. á ¹
 )  á Ą Ďă

I earned many hundred baht.

4. w  ēč

ēá


I obtained several watches.

5.
 ĄĚGM

I got many pictures.

6.

 ¹  )  Ąē
Ďăē

I earned many prizes.

7.    á Y  Ě
 Ď á
 YħYm

I procured several skilled subordinates.

@Y

Y

Give negative answers to the questions.

Z @

1. á  
¹ )  á  

hat's the matter with you? Nothing.

2.  R 
 R 

hat are you doing? Nothing.

3.   
 


†††
 


 X  X
Y
hat did you say? Nothing.

4.     

here are you going? Nowhere.

5.
Mm

 Mm

ho do you know? I don't know anybody.

6.  Mm
  Mm

ho do you want to meet? Nobody.

7. m 
m 

hat are you thinking about? Nothing.

8. 8 
 8 

hat did you buy? Nothing.

9. Mm
á   Mm
á

Did anybody see anything? Nobody saw anything.

$%
YY

a) One student asks another what is the matter with him. The second
responds with some type of ailment.

b) One student asks another whether he considers certain people, places,

things, or activities to be amusing or fun. The second responds with his
opinion. The questions may be  ¹the person you met at the party
last night, etc.) or they may be 
 ¹learning Thai, etc.)

†††
 


 X  X
Y

c) Student m will ask Student why he did or didn't do something ¹ex:

hy did you go to bed late last night?). Student will give a reason ¹ex:
Because I went to a party). Student will pretend he didn't understand
and will ask Student m what was said ¹ex: Excuse me, I didn't understand.
hat did he say?). Student m will tell him. Use the following examples as
a model:

Student A: á
m  YRm‘ 

Student B: á
   á 

Student C: Ô RY áÔM áÔ 
 

m


Student A: á
m  áÔ  á  á    

/41Y

YY
á 
to be bored

 To get, obtain, procure


¹
) head

¹á  )Ô ¹to have) ¹a) fever

¹á  )Ô 
 ¹to have) flu

   ¹m ) subordinate

 to forget

á 
to be dull

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  ¹á

) movie ¹story)


to be sleepy

 to ache, have a pain


¹  ) prize ¹kind)

¹á  )
m 
J ¹to have) cholera

¹á  )
m  ¹to have) dysentery

¹á  )
m
J ¹to have) appendicitis

 to be amusing, to be fun, to have a good time

I
 head ¹elegant word)

¨J /Já very early

R stomach, intestinal area

¹á  )
 ¹to have) a cold

Y)Y
YYYYY
A: m 


mY‘ 
   m Mr. Sawat, may I ask you
something?

B:  Ž Gladly.

A:
 RJ  ! 

 რ á  This Sunday I received an

†††
 


 X  X
Y
invitation to a party.

B:  
Ž hat kind of a party?

A:  ¨J  A wedding.

!  R

8 
M áÔ I don't know what I should
buy to give them.

B: M Ô M
Ž Give something to use.

A: á 
 m hat for example?

B: á ám

 m



 á

Kitchen utensils for the bride,

ám

M ĀĀ electrical devices


 Ô

YY

 ¨J  or pretty things to decorate
the house withM

A: J R
m ¨J  hen you got married,

m  Ô Ô
ƒ 
 m hat are some of the presents
you got?

B:  R á ¨Ô Ž I got money and things.

á
 m  M Ô Some friends gave things,

 m  M á some gave money.

ƒJYY

M á Most of the relatives gave

money.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
¢YYYYY

#Y
YY

Note the following variant forms of the male and female polite particles:

Formal Informa
l

 ) Male m
 Ž

Female m Ž/Ž

Z) Male m
 Ž

Female m Ž

YYYYY

The relationship between რ'to invite' and 

 რ'to be invited' is
similar to the active: passive voice relationship in English.

áÔრ  á  They invited me ¹to go) to a party.


 რ á
I was invited ¹to go) to a party.

 YYøē YY

Compounds like R +
á
 refer to institutions as agents rather
than as places. Observe the following examples:

R
á
 M  
 The school gave me some
books.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

R

M á
á
 š¨  R The government gives
8,000 baht a year to the
school.

 
YYY

MČY Y*Y  Y2Y
Y  YY

The object complement of M 'to give' normally precedes the personal
complement as in the following example:

áÔM  
  He gave me a book.

1. Specifier phrases of the object complement follow immediately after it

¹i.e. before the personal complement).

áÔM  
 R
áÔ¨   He gave me some books he had translated.

áÔM  

á   He gave me those two books.

2. Quantifier phrases of the object complement occur after the personal

complement

áÔM  

á He gave me two books.

áÔM  
 áÔm 
á He gave them two books apiece.


Y
YY

Constructions of the type m 
á 'two books apiece' are called

Distributive constructions. They are used to refer to the distribution of
objects according to a certain ratio. The distribution may refer to space

†††
 


 X | X
Y
as in the example above, or it may refer to time. Examples of each type
are given below:

1. Space distribution:

He gave the students two books

áÔM  
 á
 m 
á
apiece.

2. Time distribution:

áÔM á m M á YeııY

He gave his servant 800 baht a month.
R

YY
YY
YY

 frequently occurs before the main verb phrase in each of the sentences
in parallel sentence constructions. It is not translated.

á
  m  á Y
Some students are good; some aren't.
 m  á

¢Y
Y,Y
Y
Y
 YY

hen noun phrases with more than one noun head are replaced by
classifier phrases, the classifier used in the replacement is determined by
the types of nouns in the noun phrase:

¢Y
 
Y
Y
 

R m
¨ R
m

Both teachers and doctors. Both kinds of people.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

R á ¨ 
R


Both money and food. Both kinds of things.

R 
 áRY¨á M R
¨ ¹or) R
á

Both Bangkok and Chiangmai. Both places ¹or) both cities.

ĖYY!YY
YYY

hen  occurs with questions, it may indicate that the person asking the
question is requesting advice ¹whether a certain course of action is good,
suitable, or advisable) or is asking for a suggestion. The response, if short
and definite, usually ends with
m
 .

Question +  Response

M 
 M Ô M
m


hat shall I give? Give something useful.

 
Y
YY



Y
YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1 áÔრ  á  

 რ á 
.

They invited me to a to a party. I got an invitation to a party.

2 áÔრ  ¨J  áÔ 

 რ ¨J  áÔ
.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
She invited me to her to her I received an invitation to her
wedding. wedding.

3 áÔრ
 R
á
J 
 áƒ
 R
á
J
.

He invited me to a meeting in I received an invitation to a meeting

Boston. in Boston.

4 áÔ áƒ   R

‘ R J 

 რ R

‘ R J
.

He didn't invite me to the party at I didn't get an invitation to the

the Embassy. party at the Embassy.

5 áÔ áƒ   á

 á 
 რ  á
 á
.


He didn't invite me to the party I didn't get an invitation to the

for former students party for former students

YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1 áÔM 
m m
 áÔM á m

.

hat did he give you? He gave me some money.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2 R
á
 M 
m m
 R
á
 M  
 m

.

hat did the school give you? The school gave me a textbook.

3 J R
m ¨J  m M 

m J R
¨J   M
R
.
m
 m


hat did your boss give you when hen I got married, my boss
you got married? gave me a radio.

4
 m

J
š m
 M 


 m
 M ám

m

áÔm
.
m m



hat are you going to give your wife I think I'll give her kitchen
this Christmas? implements.

5 
m M 
m m
 
 M  m

.

hat did your older brother give My older brother gave me a pen.
you?

6 m M 
 m m
 M 
¨
 
.
m


hat are you going to give your son? I'm going to give my son a pencil
and a notebook.

7 á
Ym M Ô Ô
ƒ 

m m
 áÔM á m

.

hat kind of presents did your They gave me money.

friends give you?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
8 m  M 
m m
 áÔM  
 R
áÔ¨  m

.

hat did that linguist give you? He gave me a book he translated.

@YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1 m  m ¨Ô m M á m á m  m ¨ M á   R

.
R
m
 m


How much money did your My parents gave me five thousand

parents give you? baht.

2 áÔM á m M áÔá áR áÔM á m M áÔá 


  R
.

m
 m


How much does he give his He gives his servants four hundred
servants per month? baht per month.

3 R

M á
á
 šá R

M á
á
 š¨ 
.
R
m
  Rm


How much does the government The government gives the school
give the school a year? 8,000 baht a year.

4 R
á
 M  
 á
 m R
á
 M  
 á
 m 
.

ám

ám


How many books per student The school gives two books to each
does the school give? student.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
5 R
 M Ô Ô
ƒáÔ
 m
 R
 M Ô Ô
ƒáÔ
 m

.

How many presents did the shop The shop gave them three presents.
give them?

6 áÔM Ô Ô
ƒm 
 m

 áÔM Ô Ô
ƒ¹¨)   á
m

.

How many kinds of presents did He gave me one kind of present.

he give you?

7 áÔM  
 

ám
 áÔM  
 ¹¨)
  
á
.
m


How many books did he give to He gave fifty books to the library.
the library?

8 
R


J
áRIM á 
R


J
áRIM á m 
.
m 
 m m áR
m

 á
m 

 
m


How much did the State The State Department gave us 30

Department give each person for dollars per person for books.
books? ¹lit. give you per person.)

9 m M á  
 áR

m
 M á  
 
Rm

.

How much money per day do you I give him/her 2 Bath per day.
give your child?

Note: ¨ 'to' may be used in rather formal style or in cases which the


might be confused with 
.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY
†††
 


 X  X
Y
Z @

1 Mm
M  

á m
 m M ¹ 

á ) m

.



ho gave you these two The linguist gave me these two books.
books?

2 Mm
M
 

á m
 m
 á
M


á  m

.

ho gave you these four My friend gave me these four notebooks.
notebooks?

3 Mm
M  m
 m
 m  
 M   m

.

ho gave you this pen? Anuroj gave me this pen.

4 Mm
M
M m
 m
 ð 
m  M
M  m

.

ho gave you this picture? That community development worker

gave me this picture.

5 Mm
M ¨ R

¨  m
 m

R  M ¨ R

¨   m

.



ho gave you these two The gasoline company gave me these two
maps? maps.

6 Mm
M  
 R
á 
R


J
áRI á
 M  
.
  ¨
 m


á  ¨
 m


ho gave these ten Thai The American Department of State gave
†††
 


 X  X
Y
language books to the these ten books to the library.
library?



YY
YY



) áÔM  
 á  

 

á

) áÔM  
 
á

Continue by substituting the following items in the appropriate

structure.

1.  

 J

2. á

3. á 


4. á  
  R

5. á m 

6.   

7. 
¨R 

8. á





Y
Y
YY
†††
 


 X  X
Y

Using the cue words given student 1 will form a question with M as the
main verb. Student 2 will give an appropriate answer. ¹Study the
examples below carefully.) Example 1.

á
YY 
Ym 

S 1: á
YYM 
m m


S 2: áÔM  
 m


Example 2:

á
YYm Y 
 Y
á

S 1: á
YYM  
 m 
ám



S 2: áÔM  
 
ám


Example 3:

á
YYm Y 
 á Y 



S 1: á
YYM  
 á m

 
 m


S 2 m
 ¹or) á m


Example 4:

Mm
Ym Y 

á 

†††
 


 X  X
Y

S 1: Mm
M  

á m
 m


S 2: m
M  

á  m


Continue by using the following cue words:

1. á  R
 8
Ym Y 

2. m 

Ym Y¨ R

áRIRY
¨ 

3. 
R

J
áRIY á
 Yá m 
 m áR

4. m Y

m YÔ Ô
ƒYR  š Y

 á 

5. Mm
Ym Y
 á 

6. Mm
Ym Y
 
á

7. Mm
Ym Y JJ


8. áÔYm Yá 
R

9. áÔYm M Yá Yá Y
R

10. m   Ym Y   Y



11. áÔY Yá
 




Ÿ 
-Y
YY

Z @

†††
 


 X | X
Y
1 m 8 
M

m m
 8 M áÔ 
 
.
m


hat did you buy your wife? I bought her a pen.

2
 m

J
š  m 8 
M 

8 wM áÔm

.
m m


hat are you going to buy your wife for I'm going to buy a watch for
Christmas next year? her.

3
 ¨J  Ô á
m m 8 

M á 8 Ô

 ¨J  M
.
Ôm
 áÔm


hat did you buy for your friend on his I bought things for
wedding day? decorating the house for him.

4 šR
¨


m 8 
M m  áÔ8 á
 M  
J

.

hat did your wife buy for you last year? She bought a shirt for for me.

5 m 8 
M á
m  m
8  
  YY
.
M áÔ

hat are you going to buy for your I think I'll buy him some good
friend? books.

Ÿ 
-Y
YY

1. A: m 
I
M
 Miss Somsri gave me
some pictures.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
B: m 
m 
I

M m
 How many pictures
did you get from Miss
Somsri?

A: 
m 
I
M m
 I got five pictures
from Miss Somsri.

2. A: m  m ¨M á  My parents gave me

some money.

B: m  á m  m ¨
Rm

 How many baht did
you get from your
parents?

A:  á m  m ¨

  Rm
 I got several hundred
baht from my
parents.

3. A: R
‘ R JM  
 J YY¨

á
 á
 The Embassy gave
various books to our
school.

B: á

  
 
‘ R J
ám
 How many books did
we get from the
Embassy?

A: á
  
 J YY
‘ R J

Y e got about 30
different books from


ám
 the Embassy.

4. A: 
R

J
áRIM á m 
 á
 The State
Department gave us
money for buying
books.

B: á
 á m 
 m áR
m
 How much money
did each person get
†††
 


 X 
X
Y
for buying books?

A: á
 á m 
 m 

 
m
 e got 30 dollars a
person ¹for buying
books).

Y

YY

 #


1. Ô Ô
ƒ  Ô Ô
ƒ I got presents.

I got several
2. á 
   á 
  hundred
¹baht).

3.    I got work.

4.    I got a house.

5. Ô M  Ô M I got things to

use.

6.  

á   

á I got two

books.

7. ám

M ĀĀ  ám

M ĀĀ I got
electrical
equipment.

8.
R 
R I got a radio.

9. R
  R
 I got a TV.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
10. á  M  á   M I got a new
chair.

11. á
 R
IRÔ áÔ  á
 R
IRÔ áÔ I got her
telephone
number.

12. m¨   m¨  I got good

grades.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Z @

1. m

M 
áÔ M  

m


hat shall I give him? Give a book.

2. m

8 
M 

 8 ám

m

M áÔ
m


hat shall I give my wife? Buy some kitchen utensils for her.

3. m

‘Mm
 ‘ 
m


ho shall I ask? Ask the linguist.

4. m

R R

   R R

 

m


hich restaurant shall I eat at? Eat at this restaurant.

5. m

  
 
‘Ā
m


How shall I go? Go by train.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Y

$%Y
YY

1. 


8 


m

8 
M áÔ

m

8 Ô Ô
ƒ 
M áÔ

2. Mm


áƒMm


áƒMm


á
áƒMm


3. Mm


‘Mm


m

‘Mm


m

‘Mm


4.  

†††
 


 X  X
Y

R
 

R R
 

R 
R
 

R 

 R
 

m

R 

 R
 

5.  

R 

á
 R 

m

á
 R 

á
m

á
 R 

6.  

  

á 
  

  á 
  

  
m

  á

á
m

  á 
  

†††
 


 X  X
Y

7.  


R  


m

R  


m

R  


@YY 
-Y
YY


 means 'for' in the sense of function ¹for doing such and such).

Z @

1   


 Mm

  


  ƒ
.
¹M

  )

ho is this toilet for? This toilet is for women. It's

not for men.

2 á J



 
 Mm
á  J


 
 m

.

ho is this chair for? This chair is for the teacher.

It's not for students.

3 ám

m

 


 Mm
ám


m



 
 á


.
¹M

 á 
)

ho is this set of kitchen utensils for? It's for the bride. It's not for
the groom.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4 á 
á  á

 R 
á 
á  á

 8
.


hat is this amount of money for ¹for This sum of money is for food.
doing what)?

5  
 á  M

 R 
m
  
 á  M



.
á


hat is this book used for? This book is used for teaching
students.

6   M

 R 
  M


  á

.

hat is this room used for? This room is used for student
meetings.

7   R
 J
 Ô
‘ á  R


    
‘ R
.
R Já  R


 R 
m
 J  m



hat are the ¹several) houses opposite They are for Embassy
the Embassy for? employees to live in.

@YY 
-Y
YY

1 R

á

áÔM   R

á

áÔM  
 Ô
.

 

á


hat books do they use at the At the language school they use the
language school? school's books.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2 m M
‘ 
M
‘ á

.

hat kind of car did you use? I used an American car.

3 áÔM á
 
 

 áÔM á
  
á8 J
.

How many dollars does he He spends 50 cents a day.

spend per day?

4 R
á RáÔM á 
R
á RáÔM á R
.

hat kind of money do they use In Thailand they use 'bahts'.

in Thailand?

5 m M 
¹

 )áÔ  
 M R ¨
¹

 )áÔ
.
  


hat do you use for writing? I use both pen and pencil for writing.

$%Y
YY

1.  m á  R

á
  m á  R

á
 R

 m á  R

2.  á

 
  á

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 
 R  á

3.  ám

M 

ám

 ám

M 

ám

ĀĀ  ám

M 

4.  J  

J   J  

J R
 M Y  J  

Y
YY

 #


1. á
á
 m  M Ô Y  m  M á Some friends

gave things;
some, money.

2. m
m
 m  M Ô Y  m  M á Some teachers
gave things;
some, money.

3.    m  M Ô Y  m  M á Some doctors

gave things;
some, money.

4. Ô

Ô

 m  M Ô Y  m  M á Some employees
gave things;
some, money.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
5. á  R
á  R
 m  M Ô Y  m  M á Some officials
gave things;
some, money.

Y

Y

 #


1. á á
  m  á Y  m  á Some students are
good; some aren't.

2.

 á
  m 

Y  m  

 Some students are
pretty; some aren't.

3.  ƒ  ƒ  m 

Y  m  

 Some v/omen are

pretty; some aren't.

4.   ƒ  m  Y  m   Some women are

good; some' aren't.

5.  
  
  á Y  á  Some books are good;

some aren't.

6.
   
  á
 Y  á 
  Some books are

amusing; some
aren't.

Y
YY

Using  with time expressions.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
 #


1.
 
 áÔ Y Some days he comes; some he

doesn't.

 áÔ 

2. 

  

 áÔ Y Some hours he comes; some he

doesn't.
 

 áÔ 

3. m
  m
 áÔ Y Some times he comes; some times
he doesn't.
 m
 áÔ 

4.
 
 áÔ Y Some days he comes; some he

doesn't.

 áÔ 

5.  R  
 áÔ  R  Y Some days he goes to work; some

he doesn't.

 áÔ  R 

6.    
 áÔ    Y Some days she's at home; some

she isn't.

 áÔ    

7. I 
 I Y Some days the weather's fine;

some it isn't.

 I 

@YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1 m 
R
¨


 m
 m
 Y 
áÔR
m
.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
Do you know both the husband and wife? Yes, I know both of them.

2 m  R R¨ 
R
 m
 Y  R

.
m


Do you like both the Thai language and Yes. I like both ¹things).
Thai food?

3 mám  R 

áI
¨
á 
 m
 m
 Y
.
ám  R

áRI

Have you lived in both France and Spain? Yes, I have lived in both
countries.

4 m   R  ¨


á8
 m
 Y   R

.
m


Can you speak both Chinese and Russian? Yes, I can speak both
languages.

5 m ám  R á ¨

 áRY m
 Y ám  R
¨
.

 m


Have you lived in both Chiangmai and Yes, I have lived in both
Bangkok? places.

6 m M R á ¨ 
áÔ
 m
 m
 Y M áÔR

.

Did you give him both money and food? Yes, I gave him both things.

7 áÔ m¨  R m

R
¨
¨m

 m
 Y
.
áÔ m¨  R
m


†††
 


 X  X
Y


 m
 ¹m
 )

Did he get good grades both the time Yes, he got good grades
before and this time? both times.

¢Y  Y

YY

Form noun compounds with ám


+ verb/noun


Y
Y ¢Y  

1. M ám

M

to use things to use

2. m

ám

m


kitchen kitchen utensils

3. áÔ ám

áÔ

to write writing equipment

4. ¨J  ám

¨J 

to decorate a house house decoration

$%
YY

OY Students will discuss invitations they have received specifying type

of activity, time, and place.
†††
 


 X  X
Y
OY Students will discuss various gifts they have given and received.
OY One student will ask another's opinion about something he is
considering doing ¹giving a gift, etc.). The second will give his
opinion.


Y


  Anuroj ¹male first name)

á
 number


amount

á

¹m ) bride

to use ¹to do something), be used for, to spend

M
¹money)

 piece ¹classifier for things)

  set of ¹something)

the male and female polite particles informal

Ž/Ž
for m
 or m, in responses

 classifier for things

ƒJ/ƒJY relative¹s)

old ¹of non living things), former ¹of living and

á
nonliving things)

¨ to, for

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m fee, cost, price, value

m¨ ¹m¨ ) grade, score point¹s)

m M ¹m ) servant

Ô M ¹  ,  ,  ) something useful, utensils

ám

M ĀĀ ¹ám

) electrical equipment

ám

m

¹ám

) kitchen utensils

ám

á
 ¹ám

) furniture


R


J
áRI State Department, Foreign Ministry

m

time¹s) ¹occasion)

m
 time¹s) ¹occasion) classifier for time

m

J
Christmas

 per, a, the


some, any ¹pronominal, another form of  )

 ¹m ) boss

 ¹m ) linguistic scientist

á
 á ¹m ) former student

†††
 


 X  X
Y

   ¹m ) employee

ð 
¹m ) community development worker

¨  to translate

  meeting


 for

particle indicating definiteness or emphasis


 most of, in the main

¨J to decorate

R
 ¹ám

) TV

R ¹ám

 ) radio

Y
Y

Y
YYY

Sending a servant for a taxi.

: 
á
¨R 8
M ¹ )m  
Please call a taxi for me.

áÔ

R
Y Tell him ¹I'm) going to Sathorn a

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á
¨     little past JUSMAG.

m M : M áÔm 
m ill you have him wait?

: J That is not necessary.

¹m M  ) ¹The servant returns)

: 
‘ Did you get one?

m M : m Yes, I did.

: áÔá áR

 How much does
he want?

m M :
 Rm Fifteen baht.

: ¨  
 That is not too
much?

á
! á
á YáÔm¨  RáR  Usually when I
get one myself,
they charge only
8 baht.

m M : J 
 á  It is quitting
time now.

¨R 8
m Taxis are hard to

find

J m  Bargaining is

hardly possible.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Y

¢YYYYYY

OY ! 'I' is rarely used by men except when speaking to persons of

inferior social status. omen use it more often. They used it l) with
persons of inferior social status, 2) to strangers, acquaintances,
friends and intimates.

OY máR
 'figured or reckoned as how much?' is a reduced form of
m
máR
 'the price is reckoned as how much?' or
mm 

áR
 'The fare is reckoned as how much?'

OY After stative verbs like ¨ 'expensive', á  may occur with the

meaning 'excessively, too',  occurs in the same position as a
reduced form of á  .

OY J R
and á
 both refer to time and may be translated 'when'
however, á
 usually refers to a Y
á
 áÔM 'hen ¹ever) I don't understand') whereas, J R

refers to a 

Y
 of time J R
m á  á  'hen you
were a child'.

 
YYY

MČYYYY

M occurs in constructions of the following kind:

OY As main verb in the sentence ¹see 26.2a).

†††
 


 X  X
Y
OY As secondary verb with the meaning 'for the benefit or, in place of
someone else', 
Ô
‘M ¹ ) 'Please drive-for me'
áÔR 
M m R 'He makes food for you ¹to eat).'

OY Or as the main verb with a sentence complement. In constructions

of this type it has causative meaning, mM  m á
 

'hat are you going to have your children study?'

See NOSS, pg. 100.

ûĎ
YY
Y
YYMČYYYY

The verbs  'tell', Ô 'request',  ƒJ 'permit' and

'order' ¹like
, see 22.2b) are followed by M plus Sentence Complement when the
utterance tends to be causative in effect.

áÔûĎ
MČ m áÔ He told me to wait for him.

áÔĎîēöMČ á
 R He permitted me to study Thai.

Compare the following two sentences:

áÔM m áÔ He  me wait for him.

The manner in which the request or command is delivered is Y

.

áÔ M m áÔ He  me to wait for him.

The manner in which the command or request is delivered is .

See Noss, pg. 93

†††
 


 X | X
Y

áĎ YY*Y 
YY

á occurs at the end of clauses and has the meaning by himself, herself,
themselves, etc., without outside help or influence.

 8 ¹¨Ā)á m
 I went to buy coffee myself.

¹Nobody bought it for me)

Y
Y

YY

@YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1 Mm
J
mMČ m m
 á
m RÔ J ¹
m)MČ 
.
m


ho did your bargaining for Thai friend of mine did the
you? bargaining for me.

2 Mm
Ô
‘MČ m m
 Ô áĎ m

.

ho drove the car for you? I drove ¹it) myself.

¹Mm
Ô M ) No one drove for me.

3 Mm
R 
MČ m R m
 

 R¹ 
)MČ m

.

ho cooks for you? My wife cooks for me.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4 á
m  8 ¨ĀMČ m 
 á m
  8 ¹¨Ā)áĎ m

.
m


Did your friend go buy coffee for No, I bought ¹it) myself.
you?

5 Mm
áÔ !   MČ m m áÔ áĎ m

.



ho wrote this letter for you? I wrote it myself.

6 Mm
  MČ m m
 áĎ m

.

ho looked for a house for you? I looked myself.

7 Mm
8 
MČm m
 

 8 MČ m

.

ho bought food for you? My wife bought it for me.

Y

Y
YY

 #
Y. #
Y/

1. 

   R 
á ĄĄăē RM ¹ )

I don't cook for myself. My wife cooks for me.

2. á
 áÔ !  á áÿĘĩĎ áÔ M

I didn't write this letter myself. A friend of mine wrote

it for me.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
3. m ‘

 8  
 á á m
ē Ą8 M

I didn't buy this book myself. Thaworn bought it for

me.

4. m Ô
‘ Ô
‘á m
ûĄÔ M

I didn't drive myself. The chauffeur drove

for me.

5. áÔ 
 á á ē
 M

I didn't send the letter myself. He sent it for me.

6. áÔ má á ēmM

I didn't originate the idea He thought of it for

myself. me.

@Y
YY

) Gē

ē,YáÿĘĩĎ ,Y


8 
m
 hat did you buy?

8 Gē

ēm
 I bought a pen.

8 M Mm
m
 ho did you buy it for?

8 M áÿĘĩĎm
 I bought ¹it) for a friend.

) Č
ëĘĎ,Yö
áĎ ,Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

8 
m
 hat did you buy?

8 Č
ëĘĎ m
 I bought a book.

8 M Mm
m
 ho did you buy it for?

8  áĎ m
 I bought ¹it) to read myself.

Continue the drill by having two students form questions and answers
like those above using the following cue words:

1.  
 , J
á

2. ¨Ā, m

3.
, J
á

4. 
, 



5. Ô Ô
ƒ, á

6.
‘, J
á

Y
YY

 #



á
¨R 8
M    Please call a taxi for
me.

1.
  
 á  
ë Č
ëĘĎá  
ĪM    Please send me that

book.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2. Ô
‘ 

ûĄM    Please drive the car
for me.

3. R 

øēĎēČēĄM    Please cook for me.

4. 8  
  
8ĘĪĎČ
ëĘĎÿ ÿ M    Please buy

newspapers for me.

5. !   

8  
 û
ûČĩ Please buy a

newspaper for me.

6.    
8  
 MČĎă Please buy a

newspaper for me.

7. J R
IR 
öĎøĄĉ
ÿøM    Please make a phone
call for me.

@YY 
-Y
YY

1. áÔá  
 MČ 

He brought a book  me.

2. áÔáÔ  MČm ¨áÔ

He wrote a letter  his mother.

3. áÔ
 MČ 

He sent a letter  me.

4. áÔÔ
‘MČ 

He bought a car 
me.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
5. áÔ
RMČ 

He taught Thai  me.

Y
YY

 #


¹m)M á ēmĎăĥČ

ill you have him wait?

1.  
 ¹m)M áÔĥG

Ėĩ

At what time will you have him go?

2.  ¹m)M   


At what time will you have me go?

3. R 
¹m)M øēĎĥĄ

hat will you cause me to do?

4.  m  ¹m)M Ě

m
R 

hat will you have your children do?

5. á
 
¹m)M  m áĄĖăĎĥĄ

†††
 


 X  X
Y
hat will you have your children study?

6. 8 
¹m)M  m 8ĘĪĎĎĥĄ

hat will you have your children buy?

7.  ¹m)M  8 

hat will you have me buy?

8. R  ¹m)M øēă
ĥ

How will you have me do ¹it)?

9. áÔ ¹m)M ûĎ

á ēĥČ

ill you have me tell him?

10. m R
 ¹m)M mĎăøĖĩĥČ

here will you have me wait?

Y
YY

 #


áÔM ¨ø

8Ėĩm 

He had the taxi wait.

1.  áÔM m 

He had me wait.

2.  8 Ô áÔM ĥG8ĘĪĎ Ď

†††
 


 X  X
Y
He let me go shopping.

3.   áÔM ÿ

Ď

He let me take a rest.

4.  M Č ĎMČ  

The doctor had me take a rest.

5. R   M øēăē

The doctor had me take medicine.

6.  R   M Čăøē ē

The doctor had me stop working.

7.  M ēă MČ  R 

My boss had me stop working.

8. R
m   M øĄ ēČēm

My boss had me call you.

Y
YY

 Z @

1 áÔ  m M áÔM m M R 

áÔM m M á
¨R 8
M
.
'
á
¨R 8
M m  áÔ
 
'

†††
 


 X  X
Y
He said to a servant hat did he have the He had the servant call a
'call a taxi for me'. servant do? taxi.

2 áÔ  m  áÔM m R 

áÔM  m  
.
' m    

'

He said to you, 'Go hat did he have you He had me go to see John.
see John'. do?

3 ¨    ' 
 ' ¨M  R 

¨M   

.

The mother said to hat did the mother The mother had her child
her child, 'Sit down'. have her child do? sit down.

4 m

 á
 m
M á
 R 
m
M á
  Jm

.
' Jm
'

The teacher said to hat did the teacher The teacher had the
the student 'Say have the student do? student repeat after her.
after me'.

5 m 


  m  m 


M m 
I m 


M m 
I


.

I R 
 


Sawat said to hat did Sawat have Sawat had Somsak send
Somsak 'Please send Somsak do? him a book.
me that book'.

@YY 
-Y
YY

1. xxx He told me to tell you.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2. xxxx He ordered me to tell you.

3. xxxx He requested me to tell you.

4. xxxx He allowed me to tell you.



Y
Y
YY

 Z @

¹Student 1 to Student 2) ¹Teacher) ¹Student 2)

1 
 M m    áÔ M m  áÔ M 
 M m 

.
    R 
   áÔ

Please tell John to come hat did he tell He told me to tell John to go
to see me. you to do? to see him.

2  á

 áÔ

M m R áÔ

M  á


.


Go now. hat did he He ordered me to go now.

order you to do?

3 
  ¿   Y áÔÔ M m R áÔÔ M  ¿ 
.
 m
 

Please explain. hat did he ask He asked me to explain.

you to do?

†††
 


 X || X
Y
4    R
Y
  áÔ

M m R áÔ

M    R
Y

.

M  

Stand here. Don't go. hat did he He ordered me to stand here,

order you to do? not to go anywhere.

5 m m  
 m
 áÔ M m  áÔ M m áÔ
.
R 

ait for me. hat did he tell He told me to wait for him.
you to do?

6 
   YY  Y áÔÔ M m R áÔÔ M  YY  
.
 m
 

Could you please speak hat did he He asked me to speak slowly.

slowly. request you to
do?

7 á
 
  áÔ  ƒJM m áÔ  ƒJM á
 


.
R 

You can open your hat did he He permitted me to open the

book. permit you to book.
do?

8   áÔ  ƒJM m áÔ  ƒJM 

.
R 

You may go. hat did he let He let me go.

you do?

†††
 


 X | X
Y


Y
YY

Change pattern 1 to 2 or vice versa.

#
Y. #
Y/

1 R

ë
ĩ MČ á
 R R

M á
 R
.


The government ordered me to study The government had me study

Thai. Thai.

2 áÔĎîēöMČ   á
 áÔMČ   á


.

He permitted me to leave before He had me leave before time.

time.

3 áÔûĎ
MČ m 
á
¨R 8
M áÔ áÔMČm 
á
¨R 8
M áÔ
.

He told you to call a taxi for him. He had you call a taxi for him.

4 áÔë
ĩ MČ m   R

 áÔMČ m   R



.

He ordered me to wait here first. He had me wait here first.

5 áÔĎîēöMČ á
 R¹ áÔMČ á
 R¹ )
.
)

He permitted me to study Thai. He had me study Thai.

6 

  ĎMČ  8 Ô M áÔ 

 MČ  8 Ô M áÔ

.

My wife asked me to go shopping for My wife had me go shopping for

†††
 


 X |
X
Y
her. her.

7 áÔ

M ¨R 8
Ô

‘Y áÔM ¨R 8
Ô
‘Y
.

He ordered the taxi to drive slowly. He had the taxi drive slowly.



Y
YY

Change from direct to indirect statement.

#
Y. ¹direct) #
Y/ ¹indirect)

1 áÔ  
   
 áÔ ĥ MČ   


.

He said to me, 'Don't look at your He told me not to look at my book.

book'.

2 áÔ


  Mm

áÔ

ĥ MČ  Mm

He ordered me, 'Don't tell anybody.' He ordered me not to tell anybody.

3 m
 á

    m
ĥ MČ á
   
.
 

The teacher said to the students, The teacher told the students not
'Don't speak English.' to speak English.

4 áÔÔ 
  á


 áÔÔ ĥ MČ  á


.

He requested me, 'Don't talk about He asked me not to talk about this
this subject.' matter.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
5 áÔ ¨R 8

 Ô
‘á

áÔ ĥ MČ ¨R 8
Ô
‘á


.

He said to the taxi ¹driver), 'Don't He told the taxi ¹driver) not to
drive fast'. drive fast.

6 áÔ  
 8 Ô

  áÔ ĥ MČ 8 Ô
 
.

He said to me, 'Don't shop in that He told me not to shop in that

shop.' shop.

7   
 
 m


ĥ MČ 
 m
.

The doctor said to me, 'Don't drink The doctor told me not to drink
canal water.' canal water.



Y
YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1 áÔë
ĩ ĥ MČ  Mm

áÔĥ MČ  Mm

He ordered me not to tell anyone. He didn't let me tell anyone.

2 áÔĥ ĎîēöMČ  á
 áÔĥ MČ  á

.

He didn't permit me to go by boat. He didn't let me go by boat.

3 m
ûĎ
ĥ MČ á
     m
ĥ MČ á
    
.
 

The teacher told the students not to The teacher didn't let the

†††
 


 X | X
Y
speak English. student speak English.

4 áÔ Ďĥ MČ  á

 áÔĥ MČ  á


.

He asked me not to talk about this He didn't let me talk about this
matter. matter.

5 áÔûĎ
ĥ MČ  áÔĥ MČ 
.

He told me not to come. He didn't let me come.

Y
YY

 #


ԬR 8


It is hard to find a taxi.

1.
 
  

It is hard to find that shop.

2.  áÔ  áÔ

It is hard to find his house.

3.  
 á   
 á  

It is hard to find this book.

4. m M Y m M YY

†††
 


 X | X
Y
It is hard to find good servants.

5.   Y   YY

It is hard to find good houses.

6. á
 á YY   á
 á YY   

Smart students like this are hard to find.

@Y
YY

Respond negatively to the question.

Z @

1.  

2.  

3. R R

4. áÔ  áÔ 

†††
 


 X | X
Y
5. á
  á
  

6.    

7. áÔM áÔM

8.    

9.    

10.    

11. M  M 

12. Ô  Ô 

13. á
  á
 

14. Āů  Āů 

15. Ô Ô

16. m m

17. ‘ ‘

18. R  R 

19.  

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Y

Y
Y
YY

 Z @

1. m‘Ô áÔ, m‘Ô áÔJ  J 

m


J Y
ŽÐ

Is his question hard to No, it isn't.

answer?

2.  m ,   m   Ž

Is your house hard to find? No, it isn't.

3.  , R   R  R  Ž

Is this medicine hard to take? No, it isn't.

4. 
R, R 
RR R Ž

Is it hard to make Thai food? No, it isn't.

5. mR,
 mR

 Ž

Is it hard to drive this car? No, it isn't.

6.
‘m  , Ô
‘m  Ô  Ô  Ž

Is it hard to drive this car? No, it isn't.

7.
J   ,

J  

 Ž

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Is this door hard to shut? No, it isn't.

8. áÔ    áÔ   Āů  Āů  Ž

, Āů 

Is his English hard to No, it isn't.

understand?

9. J
 
 R, J
 
 RáÔ  áÔ  Ž

áÔ

Is it hard to write Thai No, it isn't.

letters?

10  ƒ R,
  ƒ R

 Ž
.

Is it hard to get to know Thai No, it isn't.

women?

11  
 á ,   
 á      Ž

.

Is it hard to read this book? No, it isn't.

12 
 m R, 
 m R  Ž

.


Are Thai names hard to No, they aren't.

remember?

@YY 
-Y
YY

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Z @

1. á ē á
   Y á ē á
   Ym
m

¨
m
m

R 

hen a student speaks hen a student speaks incorrectly, the

incorrectly, what should teacher should correct ¹him).
the teacher do?

2. á ēm áÔM á ē áÔM ‘m

m ‘Mm

hen you don't hen I don't understand, I ask the

understand, what do vou teacher.
do?

3. á ēm  m R á ē  m R

m   
 áÔ  R áÔ

hen you meet a Thai, hen I meet a Thai, I speak Thai to him.
what language do you
speak to him?

4. á ēm 
 á ē 
  

m  Mm

hen you are not well, hen I'm not well, I go to the doctor's.
who do you go to see?

5. á ēm   á ē   m á

m R 


†††
 


 X  | X
Y
hen you take a break, hen I take a break, I talk to friends.
what do you do?

6. á ēm J m
á ē J m

m má   
má    

hen you answer the hen I answer the teacher, I usually think
teacher, what language do first in English.
you think in?

@Y
YY

 Z @

 á
m 
Ym R  á
 
Y

 ČēČ Ď

hen you are not well, what do hen I'm not well, I usually go
you do? to the doctor's

 á
áÔ á

YYm áÔM á
áÔ á

YY ĥ áÔM

hen he speaks fast, do you hen he speaks fast, I don't

understand. understand.

   á
m 
 Ym R 

á
 
 Y ĎēČ
ëĘĎ



†††
 


 X  X
Y
hen you are free, what do you hen I'm not busy, I read.
do?

  
 á
m 
Ym m

R 
á
 
Y

m

ĚČ
ëĘĎ

hen you are going to have a hen I'm going to have a test, I
test, what would you do? should study.

  á
m J m
Y á
 J m
Y

m má   
má    

hen you answer the teacher, hen I answer the teacher, I

what language do you think in? think in English.

¨ á
m   Y á
   Ym

m

¨

m
m

R 

hen you speak incorrectly, hen I speak incorrectly, the

what should the teacher do? teacher should correct me.

‘m
á
m áÔMYm R  á
 áÔMY ē mĄĚ

hen you don't understand, hen I don't understand, I ask

what do you do? the teacher.

 R á
m  Ym R 

á
  Y
¨Ā ĥGøē
ē¨

hen you take a break, what do hen I take a break I go drink

you do? coffee.

  á
 I

 m á


á
 I
 m á



†††
 


 X 
X
Y

Rá   áR

R
  ĥGëēăøá

hen the weather's hot, where hen the weather's hot, most
do most Americans like to go on Americans like to go to the
vacations? seashore.

@YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1 öĎøĖĩm á  á Y öĎøĖĩ á  á 

.
m á
  
 R
 á
  
 R
J  


hen you were a child, where hen I was a child, I studied in the
did you go to school? provinces ¹outside Bangkok).

2 öĎøĖĩáÔm  m   öĎøĖĩáÔ 
.
 8 Ô Ô 

hen he came to see you, where hen he came to see me, I had gone
had you go? out shopping.

3 öĎøĖĩm   R

áRIá
  öĎøĖĩ   R

áRIá
 Y
.
Ym J¨ 
á 

 

hen you were stationed in hen I was stationed in Vietnam, I

Vietnam, what was your was consul.
position ¹rank)?

4 öĎøĖĩm á

á
 RM öĎøĖĩ á

á
 RM Y
.
YY m


†††
 


 X   X
Y

m m
R

hen you started to study Thai, hen I first began to study Thai, I
did you think it was hard? thought it was very hard.

5 öĎøĖĩm   R
á

Y öĎøĖĩ   R
á
Y
.
m 
áÔ¨

   
 áÔ

Did you meet him while you I didn't know him when I was in
were in America? America.

6 öĎøĖĩm   R
á

Y öĎøĖĩ   R
á
Y
.
m á
 RR
 á
 RR

á




hen you were in America, hen I was in America, I studied Thai

where did you study Thai? at a language school.

@Y
YY

 Z @

á
á
  R

m 
áÔá


áÔJ R
áĄēáĄĖăĎăĚøĩĖ
 J Ďë ö


hen were you I knew him when we were

acquainted with him? studying in ashington.

m   Ô áÔá

áÔJ R
m
ĎĎ
ĥG  ē Ď

hen did he come? He came as you were leaving.

†††
 


 X   X
Y

¨J  m  Ô Ô
ƒ   Ô Ô
ƒ  J R

 á

¨ö ē

hen did you get a lot I got a lot of presents when I

of gifts? married.

á
   m á

m J R
áĄēĥ ĎăĚ

hen did people come People came to see us while we

to see ¹us)? were not in.

á
 J R
m 
Y áÿĘĩĎ R 

M J R


Mm
R 
M m  


ho cooked for you My friend cooked for me while I

while you were sick? was sick.

R
 
 J
m
 m
 R
  ø
 ĩĖ ÿûĄĖJ
m
 

Ym   R
 m
 R

here were you living I was living in Lopburl during

during orld ar II? orld ar II.

@YY 
-Y
YY

1. J R
á
 R  R
á Āá
 Yá
   

m R ¨ M

hen I was studying Thai at the FSI, when ¹ever) I made a mistake, a
Thai usually corrected it.

2. J R
á
  R
á
Yá


 8 

†††
 


 X   X
Y

 


á


hen we were still living in America, when ¹ever) my wife went to buy
food, I always helped her.

3. J R
á
  M á


á


 
 
R 

áM áÔ

hen we were living in America, when ¹ever) my wife was busy, I

made breakfast for her.

4. J R
R  
R

J
áRIM Y

Y  á

á
áÔრ  á

hen I had just begun working at the Foreign Ministry, when ¹ever)
they invited me to a party, I always went.

@YY 
-Y
YY

1. áÔ  m á
Ym
m

Ô áÔ 


He didn't go alone. His family went too.

2.
   ¿
R
¿ m
¨ á
R

 ă

Today I'm going to the bank on business and I will see a friend there
also.

3. áÔá  m

¨


She is a beautiful person and good too.

4. á
  áR  ¨Já
  ¨áÔ  ă

†††
 


 X   X
Y
I didn't just learn to speak but to read and write also.

5. áÔM ¨R 8

 ¨M m áÔ ă

He had the taxi pick him up and had it wait for him too.

6. áÔá  Ô

¨ 
á  ă

He is a government employee and a politician too.

$%
YY

OY Student m asks student to call a taxi for him. They discuss

destination, where he will stop on the way, how long the driver will
have to wait, what the cost will be, and whether the cost is too high
or not. hen student points out that it will be hard to get a taxi
at that particular time, student m says he will call one himself.

NOTE: Use the basic dialog as a guide only.

OY Student m asks Student whether he does any of the following

things for himself or whether he has someone do them for him; and
if so, who does them for him.

1. drive a car 4. buy food or other 7. other

things activities

2. go shopping 5. call taxis

3. bargain 6. make telephone calls

OY Student m asks Student what he told ¹ask, let, ordered, requested,

wanted) someone to do and if he did it. Use the following exchange
as a model:

A. m  ¹Ô ,  ƒJ,

)M áÔ¹á
m  etc.)R 

†††
 


 X   X
Y
B.  ¹Ô etc.)M áÔmĎăĎăĚøĩĖĩĖ ¹øēăēYøĄ ēČēm
etc)

A. ¹áÔ)m ¹R etc.) 

 á m


B. á m
 
m



YY
 ƒ permit

J

¿ explain



á by himself, herself, themselves, etc., without outside help of

influence.

á to pronounce, to voice



 classifier for door

! Man speaking to persons of inferior status. omen use it more

often with persons of inferior social status, to strangers,
acquaintances, friends and intimates.

!  classifier for letter or newspaper


 too, also

M for the benefit or in place of someone else

†††
 


 X   X
Y

  to stop

  to take a break



¨ to correct

á  excessively

m fare



m‘ question


¹Ô )

m to figure or reckon, to think

m Ô chauffeur, driver

‘

Ô to request

 world

m hardly, rather

†††
 


 X   X
Y


¹)

 usually, likely to

 a politician

á

  to rest

¨ to be expensive

 to be incorrect, a mistake

m price

 to spell ¹words)



to order

¹M )

m
war


†††
 


 X 
| X
Y

to test, be tested

J to follow, after, along

J¨ position ¹rank)

 

J to bargain

¹
m
)

J to make a phone call

¹ R

IR
)

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

Lesson 28

YYY

Conversation with a taxi driver

David: ¨R 8
Taxi

m Ô ¨R 8
:   m
 here to?

¹Taxi driver)

David:  áR


J á How much to
Pratnam?

m Ô :

Rm
 Twelve baht.

David: á  R M ¨m á How, about seven?

It's right near here.

m Ô : 

m
 ¨‘

‘J Can't do it. The
traffic's heavy over
there.

David:  ¨  R  Then, can you do it

for eight?

ám  ¨  R I've been for eight

¹before).

†††
 


 X 

X
Y

m Ô : á R ¨
   Let's say nine baht.

Do you want to go?

David:    If we're going, let's

go.


     m
 Please drive slowly.

¹¨R 8
Ô á

 ¹The taxi goes very
fast,

m á
á 
) so David says, ....)

David: m m
 Ô á


m
 Say, don't drive so
fast.


 Ô     m
 Could you please
slow down a little?

 
YYY

@YY
YY
Y
!YY

In affirmative requests stative verbs ¹,  , etc.) usually occur in

reduplicated form when used as modifiers of other verbs.

ÿĚë ēħČĎămĄ
û Speak a little slower.

ČĎă 'a little' usually occurs after the stative verb and serves to
soften the request.

In  requests the stative verb is not usually reduplicated.

ĎăēÿĚáĄ


mĄ
û Don't speak so fast.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y



'so, so much' may occur after the stative verb.

In the construction ĎăĚM

 ħ¨mĖĪáĎ , áĎ is used to emphasize the
shortness of the distance.

ČĄĎ
YY YYYY
YY

ČĄĎ
is also pronounced 
 , rook, rok, ro, when followed by
mĄ
û or m or “ when followed by Ž. It is used with statements of
negation, or contradiction, or when correcting a misapprehension.
It makes a statement milder or less abrupt.

ĥ ĥČ ČĄĎ
mĄ
û I can't do it.

YYYYY YY

 or  with mĄ
û at the end of a sentence indicates that a

comment is being made and attention is being called to it. No
response to it is necessary, but if one is made, it is mĄ
û.

Request = Ô   / m
 Drive well.

[YYë,Y8,Y8ĖÐYY
!YY

Notice the difference in usage between ë, 8, and 8Ė, ë is used to
request some one to do something. If it is to be done for the
speaker, ČĎă or øĖ may be used to soften the request.

Ô   
¹or Slow down a bit.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

m
 )

If the speaker is urging someone to do something that he has failed

to do on the first request, or urging someone to do something that
obviously needs doing, he may use 8.

Ô ¹  )8 Slow down ¹as I asked you to)

¨ 

 YYY

Y
YY

Y
YY
YY

¨ 

 is a phrase which is used in affirmative sentences to
indicate preference for a particular course of action and to urge
another to agree to it. English equivalents vary from example to
example:

á R ¨
 Let's say nine baht.

 m
 Ô
‘ ¨
 How about you driving today?

YY

Y
Y

 #


 GĄöĚĪēá áR


How much to Pratunam?

1.

¨


m  ëĖĩ¨ă
ĄēëGĄë m á áR


†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
How much to Ratprasong Corner?

2.
  m
  Ą Č
m ë á áR


How much to King's Cinema?

3. á  8  ÿĖáĎ

8á áR


How much to the P. .?

4. ¿

I
J
  ¿ĄĄ ĉēëöĄá áR


How much to Thammasart

¹University)?

5.  8
Y‘
R
MJ  ăĚ8ëëēøĄMö á áR


How much to USIS on South

Sathorn?

6.
 
 Ą ÿăēûē ëë
ĩá áR


How much to the Mission Hospital?

7.
¨
¨m
J Y  Ą ¨Ą ¨mGG
mĎ Y

 m
 ëÿēm ēăá áR



How much to Hotel Capitol at

Buffalo Bridge?

8. R 
  Gø
á áR



How much to Patoomwan Corner?

9. ‘
Ô 
RJ
M YY  ë øöĄ M
 YħY
†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

8 

 8ĎăăĖĩëûČ ē á áR



How much to Sukhumwit Street,

right near Lane 25?

1 ‘
á J

  ĄēëēáöĄ Ďëē ĄĖăG
0.



¿ J Ąëē¿Gĥöăá áR


How much to Rachadamnoen Street

right at the Freedom Monument?

@YY 
-Y
Y

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
1. Ô YY   m


Drive a little slower.

2. á YY   m


Come a bit earlier.

3.   YY   m


Speak a bit louder.

4.  á

YY   m


Go a little faster.

5.  á

YY   m


Come back a bit sooner.

6.   
 YY   m


Study a little bit more.

7. R YY   m


Eat a little more.

Y
Y

 #


1.  ,    ë ēYħY   m


Speak a little slower.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
2. Ô ,  Ô ëēYħY   m


Drive a little slower.

3.  , á

 áĄ
YħY   m


Come back a little sooner.

4. R ,  R ē
YħY   m


Eat a little more.

5.  ,     YY   m


Stay a while longer.

6. R ¹ 
)  R ē
YħY   m


Do a bit more.

7.  ,   
YħY   m


Speak a little louder.

8.   áÔ,    áÔĖYħY   m



Speak a little better with him.

@YY 
-Y
Y

1. Ô á

 m


Don't drive so fast.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
2.  á

 m


Don't speak so fast.

3.  m   m


Don't speak so softly.

4. á    m


Don't walk so slowly.

5.   m


Don't come so late.

6. 
  m


Don't come so late ¹in the morning).

7.    m


Don't be gone for so long.



Y
Y

m
 ¢

1. Ô YY   m
 Ô á

 m


Drive a little slower. Don't drive so fast.

2. á YY   m
 
  m


Come a little earlier. Don't come so late.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
3.  á

YY   m
    m


Go a little faster. Don't go so slow.

4.  m YY   m
    m


Speak a little softer. Don't speak so loud.

5.  á

YY   m
     m


Come back a little sooner. Don't come back so late.

6. á YY   m
 
  m


Come a little earlier. Don't come so late.

@YY 
-Y
Y

1.

  ¹ Ž) Very pretty, isn't it?

2.

  ¹ Ž) Pretty, isn't it?

3. á   ¹ Ž) Very expert, isn't it?

4.   ¹ Ž) Good, isn't it?

5.   ¹ Ž) Very clear ¹distinct), isn't it?

6. ¨  ¹ Ž) Expensive, isn't it?

7.    ¹ Ž) A very long time, isn't it?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
8.   ¹ Ž) Very slow, isn't it?

9. á

  ¹ Ž) Very fast ¹quick), isn't it?

10.   ¹ Ž) Very far, isn't it?

11.   ¹ Ž) ¹It's) a lot, isn't it?

12.   ¹ Ž) ¹It's) a very great deal, isn't it



Y
Y

From the situation given in Column 1, one student makes a

comment ¹as a reaction to the situation) to another student.

  

1. 

m   R 

m   R

That esterner speaks Thai That esterner speaks Thai

very distinctly. very distinctly, doesn't he?

2. áÔá  m á 
áÔá  m á 


He's a bore. He's a bore, isn't he?

3.  ƒ m 


 ƒ m 
 

That woman is very pretty. That woman is very pretty, isn't

she?

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
4. R 
 R 
 

Thai is hard. Thai is hard, isn't it?

5. á
m á  m
  á
m á  m
  

Your friend is an amusing Your friend is an amusing

person. person, isn't he?

6.  m  á áR
á   m  á áR
á 

That fellow plays tennis very That fellow plays tennis very
well. well, doesn't he?

7.  m    m   

That doctor is very good. That doctor is very good, isn't

he?

8.  m 

   m 

 

Mr. Prapas' house is very far. Mr. Prapas' house is very far,
isn't it?

9.
  I
  I 

Today the weather's fine. Today the weather's fine, isn't

it?

10 R

Ô ¨  R

Ô ¨  

.

Here things are very Here things are very expensive,

†††
 


 X  X
Y
expensive. aren't they?

 ‘J
11 ¨‘

 ‘J 
¨‘

The traffic Is very heavy in this The traffic Is very heavy in this
section. section, isn't it?

@YY 
-Y
Y

1. Ô YY  
m


Slow down a bit.

2. á YY  
m



Come a little earlier.

3.   YY  
m



Speak a little louder.

4.  á

YY  
m


Go a little faster.

5.   
 YY  
m


Study a little more.



Y
Y

 @!

†††
 


 X  X
Y

¹mÔ
‘á

) Ô YY  
m


Drive a little slower.

¹m
R 
 ) á YY  
m



Come a bit earlier.

¹m m )   YY  
m



Speak a little louder.

¹m )  á

  
m


Go a little earlier.

¹mR   ) Rá

YY  
m


ork a little faster.

¹mR  ) R YY  
m



Eat a little more.

¹m )   YY  
m



Speak a little better.



Y
Y

m
Y
! ¢Y
!

1. Ô YY  
m
 Ô á


m


Drive slower. Don't drive so fast.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2. á YY  
m
 
 
m


Come earlier. Don't come so late.

3.  á

YY  
m
   
m


Go sooner. Don't go so late.

4. m m YY m   
m



  
m


Converse more quietly. Don't converse in such loud voices.

5. R  á

YY R 
m

  
m


ork faster. Don't work so slowly.



Y
Y

Change Pattern 1 to 2 with , which has the meaning: 'a

reminder to...'; change Pattern 1 to 3 with
, which has the
meaning 'you are urged to...'.

#
Y. #
Y/ #
Y6

1  m
 
m

.

2   m
 
m

.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3     m
  
m

.

4J J m
 J
m

.

5  á

Y  á

YY m
  á

YY
m

.

6  R  R m
  R
m

.

7           

.
 m
 m


$%
YY

¹The instructor reads the sentences describing the situation and a

student makes an appropriate response.)

1. m  Ô ¨R 8Y
m  M ¨R 8
Ô

‘á

m  
...

2. m  
¨R 8
Ym Ô Ô á


 m  M áÔÔ á

Y

m  
...

3. á
  á
 m á  Ym  M áÔ  Y

m  
...

4. 
 m
  áR

 á
¨Já  áÔJ  m R
  Y
m  M áÔáYYm  
...

5. m  
á
m á
 m M m  
á
m Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m  
...

6. m  á  ƒ m  
áÔ

 m     ƒ
...

7. m   m

  I m     á

...

8. m
M á
  RYm


 ...

9. á
     

m
M áÔ R Ym


 ...


YY



 monument

á is used to emphasize the shortness of the distance

¹in this lesson).

 Joe

 loud

¨m  ¹  ) up to ¹such and such a point) that near ¹far), to

that extent

¨m
J  Capitol, name of a hotel in Bangkok

m  softly, low ¹of sound)

 ¨
 used in affirmative sentences to indicate preference

for a particular course of action and to urge
another to agree to it.

†††
 


 X  X
Y


can't do it, unable to, is incapable of ¹because of

lack of physical strength of energy)


Mission, name of a hospital in Bangkok

 so, so much

R 
 a section in Bangkok

¿ J freedom and also the name of a monument in
Bangkok

  m
 King's Cinema

‘J the traffic's heavy

J to get stuck ¹to, in), to connect, to stick ¹to), to

attach ¹to)

 m
 Buffalo Bridge, name of the section in Bangkok on

Phaholyothin Road

, 8, 8 to request someone to do something to urge

someone to do something that he has failed to do
on the first request or obviously needs doing

¨‘
 over there, that area

R may be used In the place of    to soften the

request if it is to be done for the speaker.

YY
YYY

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m  R
 á
 R  R

á

Ô 
R


J
áRI áÔá
 
á ¨
YáÔá
  

á Y
¨
 á R áÔ  á R   


Yš
 

Yš áÔ

Y¨  Ô áÔ 
Y

áÔ
áÔ 
 J
 R


m
Ô
‘   ¨áÔR

Èá 8
á 
áÔ  R

 
 ¨
áÔÔ
‘

mY
áÔ á
 R


m ¨ Ô R


áI
Y


áI
áÔ 
Yá á¿
YáJ
 Y

á¨
 áR áÔ¨
áR

áJ
 Y¨
áY
¨JáÔ¨
áR





 Y¨á á¿


áÔ
áÔ‘ 
 áRY

YY
 R
 



ZYYYYY
YY

1. m  R
 á
 R   R


2. áÔá
   áR
¨

3. áÔá
  
á

4. ¨
áÔ 

5. áÔ  á R
š

6. áÔMm
 


7. áÔ 
 J á




†††
 


 X | X
Y

8. áÔ   Y  

9. RáÔJ  R


m

10. áÔ Ô á
 R


11. 

áI
áÔ á R  

12. áÔ¨
áR

R
  

13. áÔ‘ á Rá




YY

Y
Y

 #


1.
á , áÔá
 ëĎ áĘϨ
 á ĘĎ ĥøă
á R

He'll study for two more months, then go to

Thailand.

2.

 , á ƒ
áÔá
 ëû
¨
 á ĘĎ î 

He'll study for ten more days, then go to Viet

Nam.

3.  RJ, áÔá
 Č
Ďēøöă ¨
 áëĖă MČ 

á M

†††
 


 X  X
Y
He'll study for six more weeks, then go to
Chiangmai

4.  
š ,  áÔá
 Čĩ G
¨
 ÿ ē

He'll study for one more year, then go to

Burma.

5.

  áÔá
 ëĎ ë
GēČ ¨
 ē

He'll study for two more weeks, then go to

Laos.

6.  
š ,


áÔá
 Čĩ G
¨
 ë ë

He'll study for one more year, then go to

Switzerland.

@Y
Y

 Z @

1. TY m á
 
RJ 
 RJ

RJ

How many more weeks will you study? Three more

weeks.

2. Y š m R  
š 

š

How many more years will you work? Four more

years.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
3. IJıY š m á  Ô 


š 
š

How many more years will you be a Ten more

civil servant? years.

4. IJĶY R m  m áÔ 
R 
 R

How many more minutes will you wait Fifteen more

for him? minutes.

5. TY
 m áR



 



How many more days will you be on Three more

vacation? days.

6. ÓY š m 
R
á R 
š 
š

How many more years will you be Two more

stationed in Thailand? years.

Y
Y

 #


1.  
š, ÓY š   Čĩ G
 ëĎ G

2. ÓıY R , TıY R   ăĖĩëûēøĖ

 ëē ëûēøĖ

3.
á ,

á   ëĎ áĘĎ  ëĖĩáĘĎ

4.  

 , á 
   Čĩ
  áÜ



†††
 


 X  X
Y
5.
RJ,   ëĎ Ďēøöă

 RJ  ëē Ďēøöă

6. ÓY

 , T 

   ëĎ ë
ĩ 

 ëē ë
ĩ 

@Y
Y

 Z @

1
 R


áÔ 
 J
 áÔ ¹
áÔ)
.
 R
áR
  
 J
 R





On what date will he He estimates he will leave

leave ashington? on July 10

2

á á
m ‘ á
 áÔ¹
áÔ)‘

á
.
 
   

hen will your friend He estimates he will arrive

come? next month.

3
  R
 m  á 
‘á

 ¹
 ) á 
 
.
 R
  

hen will you go get the I plan to go get the car next
car? Monday.

4


 m  áÔá

 ¹
 ) áÔ


.

†††
 


 X  X
Y




 





hen will you tell him? I plan to tell him in three or

four days.

 Y
Y YY.YY/YY6Y

Y.YY/ Y6

1. áÔÔ
‘ áÔÔ
‘

m

áÔ

m He'll drive to New York

2. áÔá ... áÔá 

á


áÔ
á
 He'll walk to school.

3. áÔ á
 áÔ á
   

áÔ   He'll take a boat to London.

4. áÔÔ
‘á áÔÔ
‘á  ¿

áÔ  ¿ He'll go to Ayuthaya by bus.

5. áÔ 
á
 áÔ 
á
  á R

áÔ á R He'll take a plane to Thailand.

6. áÔÔ
‘Ā áÔÔ
‘Ā á M

áÔ á M He'll take a train to Chiangmai.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Y
Y

 #


1.
¨
á

,  
 áÔ  R
Ą ¨Ą áĎĄē

Č ē


He'll stay at the Erawan

Hotel for five days.

2.  á
,
RJ áÔ  R
û ēáÿĘĩĎëĎ Ďēøöă

He'll stay at his friend's

house for two weeks.

3. Rá,  
á áÔ  R
ëēăøá Čĩ áĘĎ

He'll stay at the beach for

a month.

4. 

, Y

 áÔ  R
GēĄĖëëĖĩëĩ


He'll stay in Paris for four

hours.

5.  ,  
š áÔ  R
û ē Čĩ G

He'll stay at my house for

one year.

6. R

,
 R áÔ  ø

 ĩĖĩë
Ė ē ēøĖ

He'll stay here three

minutes.

@Y
Y
†††
 


 X  X
Y
 Z @

1. ¨
 m ¨
áR

R


 á  á m


Are you going to stop in Rome? No.

2. ¨
 m ¨
áR

R
áJ
 
 m
 ¨
m


Aren't you going to stop in Teheran? Yes, I am.

3. ¨
 m ¨
R
  
 á  á m


Are you going to stop at my house? No.

4. ¨
 m ¨
R
Ž  
 m
 ¨
m


Aren't you stopping at Hong Kong? Yes, I am.

5. ¨
 m ¨
áR

R
ƒ
 
 á  á m


Are you stopping in Japan? No.

6. ¨
 m ¨
R
Ž

 m
 ¨
m


Aren't you stopping at Hawaii? Yes, I am.

Y
Y

 #


1 á
 ,

m, áÔ áĄĘĎR
 ăĎĄm Ô R
Ą
ĩ áĉë
.


áI

He'll get on a boat in New York and get off in

†††
 


 X  X
Y
France.

2 ám

,
 J áÔÔ ámĄĘĩĎ ûR
Ďë ö
¨ R

Ą áø
.
, 
 áR ÿĐ

He'll get on a plane in ashington and get off

in Bangkok.

3
‘Ā,  ¿, áÔÔ ĄĥR
Ďă¿ăē¨ R
áëĖă MČ 
.
á M

He'll get on the train in Ayuthaya and get off

in Chiangmai.

4 á
 M ,  ,
áÔ áĄĘĎMûR
Gē
Īē¨Ô R
ûē GĚ
.


He'll get on a sail boat at Paknam and get off

at Bangpu.

5 ¨R 8
, áÔÔ ¨ø

8Ėĩ R
Č
ēÿ ¨ R
ĥGĄĊ
Ėă
.

  ,
ē




He'll get in a taxi at Hualampong ¹Station)

and get off at the Main Post Office.

6 á
  , áÔ áĄĘĎÜ ē R
øēÿĄÜ
øĄ¨Ô R
ĉĄĄē
.
R
 R
, ë



†††
 


 X  X
Y
He'll get on a rented boat at Pracan landing
and get off at Siriraj.

Y Y
Y

Y.YY/ Y6

1 áÔ áÔ
¹áÔ)á
m Rm

.
 

áÔá
m Rm  
He remembered he had a Thai

friend.

2 áÔ áÔ
m   R


.

m   R
 He remembered where you were

staying.

3 áÔ áÔ
m  
 

m  
 
He remembered what you said

4 áÔ áÔ
m ám á R

.

m ám á R He remembered that you had been

in Thailand.

5 áÔ áÔ
áÔ m R
 

.

áÔ m R
  He remembered he met you in

London.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
6 áÔ áÔ
m á  Ô


R
.


J
áRI

m á  Ô


R

He remembered that you were a
State Department civil servant.
J
áRI

Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
YY
YYY

m  R
‘ 
 áRYá

 R


m
áÔ  R

¨
 á
YJ
8 

Y

¨ YY
Ô áÔ
¨
 
 á
  M
‘ R JY
 
Y
¨
 ÔÔ YR

¨



 
áÔ
 
R 


m  R
  á R

 YáÔ


áÔá
m Rm  

á
m  ámá
    áÔR

Ráá

šR
¨

áÔámá
    á
 á
m   Yš áÔ  
¨Jm  R
R

á
áÔ  R
 Y
áÔ
á
m  
m 
 R

 IY

  
áÔá

  R
IRYáÔ 
m 
 R

†††
 


 X | X
Y

áÔ R
 m 
 R
R
  Ym 
 R
M
áÔáƒm  R
¨m
m

 R Ô
R
 Y
áÔ
 m  R
¨m
m

R
ŽáJ  ¨  áÔY
 m 
 R



m 
 R
M m  R
¨m
m

   áÔ
áÔ
m  R
¨Jm  R
 

m 
 R

ZYYYYY
YYY

1. m R
‘ 

 áRá



2. áÔ  R


3. m
m

Ô m  R

¨
R
áÔ   á
 

4. m  R
ámá
R

5. áÔ
   

6. m  R
R
 
á
Ô áÔ  R


7. áÔ
¨ 
 Ô á
áÔ 

8. áÔ m 
 R
  

9. m 
 R
M

10. áÔáƒm  R
¨m

m

  
 á 

11. m  R
  m 
 R

 

12. m 
 R
M m  R
¨m
m

   áÔ

†††
 


 X  X
Y

13. áÔR 

14. Rm  R
‘   m 
 R

$%
YY

One student will describe a travel experience he has had using the
basic episode as a model. Other students will ask questions about
it.


YY
á á¿
 Athens

 Bangpu ¹name of a tambon)

 edge, rim, border

Rá the beach

M to be glad

Ž
 Hawaii

Ž  Hong Kong

á Yale ¹University)

 to guess, estimate

I Mahasak ¹last name)

á New Delhi

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

  Paknam ¹name of an Amphoe)

á 8
á  Pennsylvania

 to be stationed


to trouble, bother

á
 M sail boat

á
  rented boat

  week ¹elegant usage)


  swimming pool

Switzerland

 Siriraj, name of the hospital in

Thonburi

 R
Sunthorn ¹male first name)

áJ
 Teheran

Rá sea

R
Thomas

¨
 to stop in, over

Y
)Y3YmYm!YY
†††
 


 X  X
Y
A. á  
 m
 Y

 hat's the
matter
with you?
Aren't you
well?

B. á m
 Y á  
Y 
Nothing's
the
matter.
I'm sleepy.

á
m   á
á     Last night
I went to a
party so I
got to bed
a little
late.

A.
 m
 as it
fun? ¹Did
you have a
good
time?)

B.
  Yes, it was.

¹I
certainly
did.)

A.  Mm
 ho did
you meet
there?
¹ho was
there?)

†††
 


 X  X
Y
B. m m
 Y á
Mm Y  Y A lot of
people. I
 m Rm  
áÔ 
á  á
ám  made a lot
of new
friends.
Oh, I ran
into a
Thai. He
said he
was an old
friend of
yours.

A. áÔ

hat was
his name?

B.  YáÔM  J
¨J á  I can't
remember.
He gave
me his
card, but I
forgot to
bring it.


YYY

a. áGĎĥĄĥG 'hat's the matter ¹with you)?' is the normal

way to inquire about what pain or ailment someone has.

1. If one has some kind of disease, he may respond as follows:

á  Č
 I have a cold.

á  ĥ  I have a fever.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á  ĥ  Č
 I have the flu.

Or he may respond as follows:

á  Ąmû I have dysentery.

á  Ąmĥë ö
 I have appendicitis.

á  ĎČ ēö
Ąm 'I have cholera.'

2. If one has an ache or pain, he will give its location:

 G Č
¹Lit. I ache in the head.) I have a headache.

 G ø Ď ¹Lit. I ache in the area of the intestines.) I

have a stomach ache.

b. ë
means 'to be amusing, to be fun, to have a good time, etc.' It
may have a place, thing, person, or activity as subject.

c. ĥ has the meaning 'get, obtain, procure' when used as the main
verb, as in the sentence

 á
Mm I made a lot of new friends.

d. There are several ways to indicate 'lateness' in Thai. The choice

is determined by the time of day referred to. Observe the following
chart:

 YY
 $
 "

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Morning á


¨Já

Late in the day
 m


¨J


Evening 
m
 

¨J
m


Anytime á



e. hen ¨J ¹often J) occurs before áëē,
, etc., it indicates that
the speaker considers the earliness to be unexpected or unusual.

f. áûĘĩĎmeans 'to be bored.'YēáûĘĩĎ means boring. Observe the

following examples:

á 
¹áÔ,  
 ,etc.) I'm bored ¹with him, studying,

etc.).

áÔRM á 
¹He causes me to be bored.) He

bores me.

  á

 á 
This movie is boring.

g. ë
means 'to have fun, have a good time, enjoy oneself' or 'to

†††
 


 X  X
Y
be fun, entertaining'. Observe the following examples:

áÔ
  He's having a good time.

R  R


  orking here is not fun.

áÔá  m
  He's a fun person.

h. á ă 'so' is a word used to connect conditional sentences with

result sentences, thus

áÔá  m á 
He's a dull person  we

á
á m áÔ don't want to talk with him.

i. MČ 'to give' is followed by the object and then by the recipient of
the object.

áÔM  
  He gave a book to me.

 
Y

YY

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y

1 áÔR 
R 
 ¨J
 á Ô¨J ¹J)á  He

. comes
to
work
late
every
day,

†††
 


 X  X
Y
but
today
he
came
early.

2 áÔ  m
R 
 ¨J
 á Ô  ¨J ¹J)
 He

. goes
home
late
every
day,
but
today
he
went
home
early.

3 áÔáÔ R m ¨Jm á Ô ¨J ¹J)
m
 She

. goes to
bed
late
every
night,
but
tonight
she
went
to bed
early.

4 áÔá
 ¨J
 
áĄ
He
always

†††
 


 X  X
Y
. comes
late,
but
today
he
came
early.

5 m
m    á
 ¨J
 á Ô  áĄ
That
. teache
r
always
comes
out of
the
room
late,
but
today
she
came
out
early.



Y

Y

#
Y. #
Y/

1 áÔáÔ áR
 m áÔáÔ 

.

He went to bed at midnight. He went to bed

late.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
2 áÔR 
m
á
R áÔR 
.

She ate dinner at 11 p.m. She ate late.

3 áÔJ
J  áÔJ
á 

.

He got up at 5 a.m. He got up early.

4 áÔ
á
 á
á   á m

áÔ
á
 ¨
.
Já

He came to school at 7:30 a.m. He came to

school early.

4 á ēûĎ
ēá ēÜ

û ē
øĖĩëû¨öá ē

û á ē

û ēáĄ
YY
YY
ē
øĖĩČēYY

He said he'd return on the tenth, but he He came back

returned on the fifth. early.

6 áÔáÔ R m ¨Jm á ÔáÔ á
 áÔáÔ ¨J 

.

R
m


He goes to bed late every night, but tonight he He went to bed

went to bed at 8 p.m. early.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Z @

1. áÔá  
 áÔ


†††
 


 X  X
Y
hat's the matter with him? He's ill.

2. m á  
 
YI
 / 

hat's the matter with you? I have a headache.

3. m á  
áÔá  


hat's the matter with Jim? He has a cold.

4. 

má  
 áÔá  Ô

hat's the matter with your wife? She has a fever.

5. m á  
 á  

hat's the matter with you? Nothing.

6. m á  
¹ ) á  Ô 


hat's the matter with you? I have the flu.

7. áÔá  
¹ ) áÔá 
m 

hat's the matter with him? He has dysentery.

8.  m á  
¹ ) áÔ
R

hat's the matter with your son? He has a belly ache.

9. m  m á  
¹ ) áÔ
Y
áÔá 
m 
J

hat's the matter with your father? He's very ill. He has

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
cholera.

Y

YY

 #


 á 
 

as the party fun?

1.  
 Č
ëĘĎ
 

Is the book amusing?

2.   Č

 

as the movie fun?

3. 
 áR
Ą áøÿĐ
 

Is Bangkok fun?

4. á
 R áĄĖă ēĊēĥøă
 

Is studying Thai fun?

5.  R

ĎăĚøĩĖĩĖ
 

Is it enjoyable living here?

6. m áÔ mă

ûá ē
 

Is talking to her fun?

@Y

YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y
 Z @

1. very 
 
 

Is the work amusing? Very

amusing.

2. not at all 
  
 á

Is the work amusing? Not at all.

3. very  
 á 

 
 

Is this book amusing? Very

amusing.

4. not at all  R


  
 á

Is living here fun? Not at all.

5. very á
 R
 
 

Is studying Thai fun? It's a lot of

fun.

6. not at all m áÔ
  
 á

Is talking to her fun? Not at all.

7. very áÔ 
 
 

Is what he says amusing? Very

amusing.

8. not at all  
  
 á

†††
 


 X  X
Y
as the movie fun? Not at all.

"%Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1.  
   á 

The working isn't amusing. The work's dull.

2. R  R


  R  R

á 

orking here isn't enjoyable. orking here is

boring.

3.   á

 
    á

 á 

This movie isn't amusing. This movie is dull.

4.  
 á  
   
 á  á 

This book isn't amusing. This book is boring.

5. á
 R
  á
 R á 

Studying Thai isn't fun. Studying Thai is

boring.

"%Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. á

  á
á 

e're having fun. e are not ¹being)

†††
 


 X  X
Y
bored.

2. á
m R m
  á
m  Mm

á 

Last night everybody had fun. Last night nobody

found it dull.

3. á

  á
á 

My friend is having a good time. My friend isn't bored.

4. 
  á 

I'm having fun. I'm not being bored.

"%Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. á

  á
á 

e're not enjoying ourselves. e are bored.

2. Mm

  R m á 

Nobody's having fun. Everybody is being

bored.

3. m   
  m   á 

John is not enjoying himself. John is finding it dull.

4. 
  á 

I'm not having a good time. I'm being bored.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Y

YY

 #


á ēá  m
 

He's an amusing person.

1. á
m m  áÿĘĩĎm
m
Ī á  m
 

That friend of yours is an amusing person.

2. m 

m
GĄ ēëá  m
 

Mr. Prapas is an amusing person.

3. m   m
ÿĎ á  m
 

My father is an amusing person.

4. m  m
á  m
 

You are an amusing person.

5. á
 Mm  

áĄĖăMČ m
Ī á  m
 

That new student is an amusing person.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. á
m    á
á ă    

Last night I went to a party, so I got to bed late.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2. áÔáR

 ¹áÔ)á ă


He goes out a lot, so he's not well.

3. áÔ
  á R ¹áÔ)á ăá
¨
áR



He was in such a hurry to get to Thailand, that he didn't have

time to stop off in Europe.

4. m
m R
 ¨
¹ )á ă m 

I thought you already knew, so I didn't tell you.

5. 
    ¹ )á ăá á 

I left home in such a hurry, that I forgot to bring any money.

6. ¨‘
  R
 

‘Y á ăJ 
‘á

There's no place to park around here, so I had to take the bus.

7.
 

 J M
‘Y á ăJ ¨R 8

Today my wife had to use the car, so I had to come by taxi.

8. áÔá  m á 
Yá
á ă m  áÔ

He's such a dull person that we don't want to talk with him.

9.
 

    áR

 Y á ăJ    m á

Today my wife and children went out, so I had to stay home

alone.

10.  ƒ m  m
m ¨J  ¨

†††
 


 X  X
Y

¹áÔ)á ă  áR

 m 

That woman thought you were married, so she didn't want to

go out with you.

11. áÔ    Y á ăJ  R áÔ

She doesn't speak English, so I must talk Thai to her.

12. ¨
  á
á ă      

I stopped at a friend's house, so I got home late.



Y

YY

Make a statement expressing what is in the conversational

exchange using á.

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1
I m 


Y
.
: Rm ‘ 

hy did you go to bed so

late?


 á
   á
m 


  á  Y
: áÔá ă    

Because I went to a party. Somsak went to a party so he

went to bed late.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2
I Rm   ‘ 

.
:

hy isn't John well?


 á
áÔR    m   R    Y
:  áÔá ă


Because he ate too much. John ate too much, so he isn't

well.

3
I m 


Y
.
: Rm ¨
áR



hy didn't you stop in

Europe?


 á
 á
 m 


á
Y
: áÔá ă ¨
áR



Because I didn't have time. Sawat didn't have time, so he

didn't stop off in Europe.

4
I Rm   
‘á
.
:

hy did John come by

bus?


 á
áÔÔ
‘á  m   Ô
‘á 
: á ăJ 
‘á

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Because he can't drive. John can't drive, so he came by
bus.

5
I m 


Y
.
: Rm ‘    

 áÔ

hy do you speak English

with them?


 á
áÔ R áÔ Rá  Y
: á  m 


á ăJ   
áÔ

Because they can't speak They can't speak Thai, so

Thai. Sawat has to speak English
with them.

6
I Rm   ƒ

.
: m 

hy doesn't Jim like that

woman?


 á
  ƒ m  

  ƒ m  

Y
: m á ă áÔ

Because that woman isn't That woman isn't pretty, so

pretty. Jim doesn't like her.

7
I m 
m
 Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y
. : Rm ‘ áÔMm


hy didn't you

understand?


 á
  Ā ů m 
 Āů Y
: áÔá ăáÔM

Because I didn't listen. Pricha didn't listen, so he

didn't understand.

8
I m 


m
 Yá
m 
.
: Rm ‘
  m


hy were you in such a

hurry to leave last night,
Sawat?


 á
 á 
á
m m
 


á 
Y
: áÔá ă
 

Because I was bored. Last night Sawat was bored,

so he left in a hurry.

Y

YY

 #


áÔM ē û
öĄ 

He gave me his card.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
1.  
 á  áÔMČ
ëĘĎá  ĖĪ 

He gave me this book.

2. á áÔMá  

He gave me some money.

3.  ‘
áÔM
 Ď ēăĄĚG 

He gave me a camera.

4.
R áÔM øă 

He gave me a radio.

5. á
 R
IR áÔMáûĎĄøĄĉ
ÿø 

She gave me her telephone number.

6.
áÔM ĄĚG 

She gave me a picture.

7.  áÔM Gē

ē 

They gave me a pen.

8.
 áÔMë  

They gave me a notebook.

Y

YY

 #


†††
 


 X  X
Y

 áÿĘĩĎMČ m

I made many new friends.

1.  
  Č
ëĘĎ á

I got many books.

2.  
 Y  Č
ëĘĎĖ YħYá

I procured many good books.

3. á ¹
 )  á Ą Ďă

I earned many hundred baht.

4. w  ēč

ēá


I obtained several watches.

5.
 ĄĚGM

I got many pictures.

6.

 ¹  )  Ąē
Ďăē

I earned many prizes.

7.    á Y  Ě
 Ď á
 YħYm

I procured several skilled subordinates.

@Y

Y

Give negative answers to the questions.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Z @

1. á  
¹ )  á  

hat's the matter with you? Nothing.

2.  R 
 R 

hat are you doing? Nothing.

3.   
 


hat did you say? Nothing.

4.     

here are you going? Nowhere.

5.
Mm

 Mm

ho do you know? I don't know anybody.

6.  Mm
  Mm

ho do you want to meet? Nobody.

7. m 
m 

hat are you thinking about? Nothing.

8. 8 
 8 

hat did you buy? Nothing.

9. Mm
á   Mm
á

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Did anybody see anything? Nobody saw anything.

$%
YY

a) One student asks another what is the matter with him. The
second responds with some type of ailment.

b) One student asks another whether he considers certain people,

places, things, or activities to be amusing or fun. The second
responds with his opinion. The questions may be  ¹the
person you met at the party last night, etc.) or they may be

 ¹learning Thai, etc.)

c) Student m will ask Student why he did or didn't do something

¹ex: hy did you go to bed late last night?). Student will give a
reason ¹ex: Because I went to a party). Student will pretend he
didn't understand and will ask Student m what was said ¹ex: Excuse
me, I didn't understand. hat did he say?). Student m will tell him.
Use the following examples as a model:

Student A: á
m  YRm‘ 

Student B: á
   á 

Student C: Ô RY áÔM áÔ 
 

m


Student A: á
m  áÔ  á  á    

/41Y

YY
á 
to be bored

 To get, obtain, procure

†††
 


 X  X
Y


¹
) head

¹á  )Ô ¹to have) ¹a) fever

¹á  )Ô 
 ¹to have) flu

   ¹m ) subordinate

 to forget

á 
to be dull

  ¹á

) movie ¹story)


to be sleepy

 to ache, have a pain


¹  ) prize ¹kind)

¹á  )
m 
J ¹to have) cholera

¹á  )
m  ¹to have) dysentery

¹á  )
m
J ¹to have) appendicitis

 to be amusing, to be fun, to have a good time

I
 head ¹elegant word)

¨J /Já very early

†††
 


 X  X
Y

R stomach, intestinal area

¹á  )
 ¹to have) a cold

Y)Y
YYYYY
A: m 


mY‘ 
   m Mr. Sawat, may I ask
you something?

B:  Ž Gladly.

A:
 RJ  ! 

 რ á  This Sunday I received
an invitation to a party.

B:  
Ž hat kind of a party?

A:  ¨J  A wedding.

!  R

8 
M áÔ I don't know what I
should buy to give
them.

B: M Ô M
Ž Give something to use.

A: á 
 m hat for example?

B: á ám

 m



 á

Kitchen utensils for the
bride,

ám

M ĀĀ electrical devices


 Ô

YY

 ¨J  or pretty things to
decorate the house

†††
 


 X  X
Y

withM

A: J R
m ¨J  hen you got married,

m  Ô Ô
ƒ 
 m hat are some of the
presents you got?

B:  R á ¨Ô Ž I got money and things.

á
 m  M Ô Some friends gave

things,

 m  M á some gave money.

ƒJYY

M á Most of the relatives

gave money.

¢YYYYY

#Y
YY

Note the following variant forms of the male and female polite
particles:

Formal Informa
l

 ) Male m
 Ž

Female m Ž/Ž

Z) Male m
 Ž

Female m Ž

†††
 


 X  X
Y

YYYYY

The relationship between რ'to invite' and 

 რ'to be
invited' is similar to the active: passive voice relationship in
English.

áÔრ  á  They invited me ¹to go) to a party.


 რ á
I was invited ¹to go) to a party.

 YYøē YY

Compounds like R +
á
 refer to institutions as agents
rather than as places. Observe the following examples:

R
á
 M  
 The school gave me
some books.

R

M á
á
 š¨  R The government
gives 8,000 baht a
year to the school.

 
YYY

MČ Y Y*Y  Y2Y
Y  YY

The object complement of M 'to give' normally precedes the

personal complement as in the following example:

áÔM  
  He gave me a book.

1. Specifier phrases of the object complement follow immediately

after it ¹i.e. before the personal complement).
†††
 


 X | X
Y

áÔM  
 R
áÔ¨   He gave me some books he had

translated.

áÔM  

á   He gave me those two books.

2. Quantifier phrases of the object complement occur after the

personal complement

áÔM  

á He gave me two books.

áÔM  
 áÔm 
á He gave them two books apiece.


Y
YY

Constructions of the type m 
á 'two books apiece' are

called Distributive constructions. They are used to refer to the
distribution of objects according to a certain ratio. The
distribution may refer to space as in the example above, or it may
refer to time. Examples of each type are given below:

1. Space distribution:

He gave the students two

áÔM  
 á
 m 
á
books apiece.

2. Time distribution:

áÔM á m M á YeııY He gave his servant 800 baht a

R month.

YY
YY
YY

 frequently occurs before the main verb phrase in each of the

†††
 


 X  X
Y
sentences in parallel sentence constructions. It is not translated.

á
  m  á Y Some students are good; some
 m  á aren't.

¢Y
Y,Y
Y
Y
 YY

hen noun phrases with more than one noun head are replaced by
classifier phrases, the classifier used in the replacement is
determined by the types of nouns in the noun phrase:

¢Y
 
Y
Y
 

R m
¨ R
m

Both teachers and doctors. Both kinds of people.

R á ¨ 
R


Both money and food. Both kinds of things.

R 
 áRY¨á M R
¨ ¹or) R
á

Both Bangkok and Chiangmai. Both places ¹or) both cities.

ĖYY!YY
YYY

hen  occurs with questions, it may indicate that the person

asking the question is requesting advice ¹whether a certain course
of action is good, suitable, or advisable) or is asking for a
suggestion. The response, if short and definite, usually ends with

m
 .

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

Question +  Response

M 
 M Ô M
m


hat shall I give? Give something useful.

 
Y
YY



Y
YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1 áÔრ  á 
 რ á 
.

They invited me to a to a I got an invitation to a party.

party.

2 áÔრ  ¨J  áÔ 

 რ ¨J  áÔ
.

She invited me to her to her I received an invitation to her

wedding. wedding.

3 áÔრ
 R
á 
 áƒ
 R
á
.

J
J

He invited me to a meeting in I received an invitation to a

Boston. meeting in Boston.

4 áÔ áƒ   R

‘ 

 რ R

‘ R
.
R J J

He didn't invite me to the I didn't get an invitation to the

†††
 


 X  X
Y
party at the Embassy. party at the Embassy.

5 áÔ áƒ   á

 
 რ  á
 á
.
á 

He didn't invite me to the I didn't get an invitation to the

party for former students party for former students

YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1 áÔM 
m m
 áÔM á m

.

hat did he give you? He gave me some money.

2 R
á
 M 
m m
 R
á
 M  
 m

.

hat did the school give you? The school gave me a

textbook.

3 J R
m ¨J  m M  J R
¨J   M

.

mm
 R m


hat did your boss give you when hen I got married, my boss
you got married? gave me a radio.

4
 m

J
š m
 M 

m
 M ám

m

áÔ
.

m m
 m


hat are you going to give your I think I'll give her kitchen

†††
 


 X  X
Y
wife this Christmas? implements.

5 
m M 
m m
 
 M  m

.

hat did your older brother give My older brother gave me a

you? pen.

6 m M 
 m m
 M 
¨
 
.
 m


hat are you going to give your I'm going to give my son a
son? pencil and a notebook.

7 á
Y áÔM á m

.
m M Ô Ô
ƒ 
m m


hat kind of presents did your They gave me money.

friends give you?

8 m  M 
m m
 áÔM  
 R
áÔ¨  m

.

hat did that linguist give you? He gave me a book he

translated.

@YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1m  m ¨Ô m M á m m  m ¨ M á  

.
áR
m
 Rm


†††
 


 X  X
Y
How much money did your My parents gave me five thousand
parents give you? baht.

2áÔM á m M áÔá áR áÔM á m M áÔá 


 
.

m
 Rm


How much does he give his He gives his servants four hundred
servants per month? baht per month.

3R

M á
á
 š R

M á
á
 š¨
.
áR
m
  Rm


How much does the The government gives the school

government give the school a 8,000 baht a year.
year?

4R
á
 M  
 á
 R
á
 M  
 á
 m
.
m 
ám
 
ám


How many books per student The school gives two books to
does the school give? each student.

5R
 M Ô Ô
ƒáÔ
 m R
 M Ô Ô
ƒáÔ
 m

.



How many presents did the The shop gave them three
shop give them? presents.

6áÔM Ô Ô
ƒm 
 m

 áÔM Ô Ô
ƒ¹¨)   á

.
m


How many kinds of presents He gave me one kind of present.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
did he give you?

7áÔM  
 

ám áÔM  
 ¹¨)
  
á

.

 m


How many books did he give He gave fifty books to the library.
to the library?

8
R


J
áRIM á 
R


J
áRIM á m
.
m 
 m m áR
 
 á
m 

 
m

m



How much did the State The State Department gave us 30

Department give each person dollars per person for books.
for books? ¹lit. give you per
person.)

9m M á  
 áR

m
 M á  
 
Rm

.

How much money per day do I give him/her 2 Bath per day.
you give your child?

Note: ¨ 'to' may be used in rather formal style or in cases which
the

might be confused with 
.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Z @

1 Mm
M  

á m
 M ¹ 

á ) m

.
m


†††
 


 X  X
Y
ho gave you these two The linguist gave me these two books.
books?

2 Mm
M
 

á m
 m
 á
M


á  m

.

ho gave you these four My friend gave me these four

notebooks? notebooks.

3 Mm
M  m
 m
 m  
 M   m

.

ho gave you this pen? Anuroj gave me this pen.

4 Mm
M
M m
 m
 ð 
m  M
M  m

.

ho gave you this That community development

picture? worker gave me this picture.

5 Mm
M ¨ R

¨  m


R  M ¨ R

¨   m
.
m



ho gave you these two The gasoline company gave me these
maps? two maps.

6 Mm
M  
 R

R


J
áRI á
 M
.
á ¨

 m
  

á ¨
 
m


ho gave these ten Thai The American Department of State

language books to the gave these ten books to the library.
library?



YY
YY
†††
 


 X  X
Y



) áÔM  
 á  

 

á

) áÔM  
 
á

Continue by substituting the following items in the appropriate

structure.

1.  

 J

2. á

3. á 


4. á  
  R

5. á m 

6.   

7. 
¨R 

8. á





Y
Y
YY

Using the cue words given student 1 will form a question with M
as the main verb. Student 2 will give an appropriate answer.
¹Study the examples below carefully.) Example 1.
†††
 


 X  X
Y

á
YY 
Ym 

S 1: á
YYM 
m m


S 2: áÔM  
 m


Example 2:

á
YYm Y 
 Y
á

S 1: á
YYM  
 m 
ám



S 2: áÔM  
 
ám


Example 3:

á
YYm Y 
 á Y 



S 1: á
YYM  
 á m

 
 m


S 2 m
 ¹or) á m


Example 4:

Mm
Ym Y 

á 

S 1: Mm
M  

á m
 m


S 2: m
M  

á  m


Continue by using the following cue words:

†††
 


 X | X
Y

1. á  R
 8
Ym Y 

2. m 

Ym Y¨ R

áRIRY
¨ 

3. 
R

J
áRIY á
 Yá m 
 m áR

4. m Y

m YÔ Ô
ƒYR  šY

 á 

5. Mm
Ym Y
 á 

6. Mm
Ym Y
 
á

7. Mm
Ym Y JJ


8. áÔYm Yá 
R

9. áÔYm M Yá Yá Y
R

10. m   Ym Y  Y 



11. áÔY Yá
 




Ÿ 
-Y
YY

Z @

1 m 8 
M

m m
 8 M áÔ 

.
m


hat did you buy your wife? I bought her a pen.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2
 m

J
š  m 8 
M 8 wM áÔm

.


mm


hat are you going to buy your wife I'm going to buy a watch
for Christmas next year? for her.

3
 ¨J  Ô á
m m 8 

M 8 Ô

 ¨J 
.
 áÔm
 M áÔm


hat did you buy for your friend on I bought things for
his wedding day? decorating the house for
him.

4 šR
¨


m 8 
M m  áÔ8 á
 M  
J

.

hat did your wife buy for you last She bought a shirt for for
year? me.

5 m 8 
M á
m  m
8  
  YY
.
M áÔ

hat are you going to buy for your I think I'll buy him some
friend? good books.

Ÿ 
-Y
YY

1. A: m 
I
M
 Miss Somsri
gave me
some
pictures.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
B: m 
m 
I

M m
 How many
pictures did
you get
from Miss
Somsri?

A: 
m 
I
M m
 I got five
pictures
from Miss
Somsri.

2. A: m  m ¨M á  My parents

gave me
some
money.

B: m  á m  m ¨
Rm

 How many
baht did
you get
from your
parents?

A:  á m  m ¨

  Rm
 I got
several
hundred
baht from
my parents.

3. A: R
‘ R JM  
 J YY¨

á
 á
 The
Embassy
gave
various
books to
our school.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
B: á

  
 
‘ R J
ám
 How many
books did
we get from
the
Embassy?

A: á
  
 J YY
‘ R J

Y e got
about 30


ám
 different
books from
the
Embassy.

4. A: 
R

J
áRIM á m 
 á
 The State
Department
gave us
money for
buying
books.

B: á
 á m 
 m áR
m
 How much
money did
each person
get for
buying
books?

A: á
 á m 
 m 

 
m
 e got 30
dollars a
person ¹for
buying
books).

Y

YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y
 #


1. Ô Ô
ƒ  Ô Ô
ƒ I got

presents.

I got
several
2. á 
   á 
 
hundred
¹baht).

3.    I got work.

4.    I got a
house.

5. Ô M  Ô M I got

things to
use.

6.  

á   

á I got two

books.

7. ám

M ĀĀ  ám

M ĀĀ I got
electrical
equipment.

8.
R 
R I got a

radio.

9. R
  R
 I got a TV.

10. á  M  á   M I got a new

chair.

11. á
 R
IRÔ áÔ  á
 R
IRÔ áÔ I got her
telephone

†††
 


 X  X
Y
number.

12. m¨   m¨  I got good

grades.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Z @

1. m

M 
áÔ M  

m


hat shall I give him? Give a book.

2. m

8 
M 

 8 ám

m

M áÔ
m


Buy some kitchen utensils for

hat shall I give my wife?
her.

3. m

‘Mm
 ‘ 
m


ho shall I ask? Ask the linguist.

4. m

R R

   R R

 

m


hich restaurant shall I eat at? Eat at this restaurant.

5. m

  
 
‘Ā
m


How shall I go? Go by train.

$%Y
YY

1. 


†††
 


 X  X
Y

8 


m

8 
M áÔ

m

8 Ô Ô
ƒ 
M áÔ

2. Mm


áƒMm


áƒMm


á
áƒMm


3. Mm


‘Mm


m

‘Mm


m

‘Mm


4.  

R
 

R R
 

R 
R
 

R 

 R
 

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m

R 

 R
 

5.  

R 

á
 R 

m

á
 R 

á
m

á
 R 

6.  

  

  
á

  
  á

m

  á 
  

á
m

  á 
  

7.  


R  


m

R  


m

R  


†††
 


 X  X
Y

@YY 
-Y
YY


 means 'for' in the sense of function ¹for doing such and
such).

Z @

1   


 Mm

  


  ƒ
.
¹M

  )

ho is this toilet for? This toilet is for women. It's

not for men.

2 á J



 
 Mm
á J



 
 m

.

ho is this chair for? This chair is for the

teacher. It's not for
students.

3 ám

m

 


 Mm
ám


m



 
 á

.

¹M

 á 
)

ho is this set of kitchen utensils It's for the bride. It's not for
for? the groom.

4 á 
á  á

 R 
á 
á  á


.
8 

hat is this amount of money for This sum of money is for

¹for doing what)? food.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
5  
 á  M

 R 
m
  
 á  M



.
á


hat is this book used for? This book is used for

teaching students.

6   M

 R 
  M


  á
.



hat is this room used for? This room is used for

student meetings.

7   R
 J
 Ô
á  R


    
‘
.
‘ R Já  R


 R 
m
 R J  m


hat are the ¹several) houses They are for Embassy

opposite the Embassy for? employees to live in.

@YY 
-Y
YY

1 R

á

áÔM  R

á

áÔM  

.

 
Ô
á


hat books do they use at At the language school they use the
the language school? school's books.

2 m M
‘ 
M
‘ á

.

hat kind of car did you I used an American car.

use?

†††
 


 X || X
Y
3 áÔM á
 
 
 áÔM á
  
á8 J
.

How many dollars does he He spends 50 cents a day.

spend per day?

4 R
á RáÔM á 
R
á RáÔM á R
.

hat kind of money do they In Thailand they use 'bahts'.

use in Thailand?

5 m M 
¹

 )áÔ  M R ¨
¹

 )
.

 áÔ  


hat do you use for I use both pen and pencil for
writing? writing.

$%Y
YY

1.  m á  R

á
  m á  R

á
 R

 m á  R

2.  á

 
  á

 
 R  á

3.  ám

M 

†††
 


 X | X
Y

ám

 ám

M 

ám

ĀĀ  ám

M 

4.  J  

J   J  

J R
 M Y  J  

Y
YY

 #


1. á
á
 m  M Ô Y  m  M á Some

friends
gave
things;
some,
money.

2. m
m
 m  M Ô Y  m  M á Some
teachers
gave
things;
some,
money.

3.    m  M Ô Y  m  M á Some

doctors
gave
things;
some,

†††
 


 X |
X
Y
money.

4. Ô

Ô

 m  M Ô Y Some
employees
 m  M á gave
things;
some,
money.

5. á  R
á  R
 m  M Ô Y  m  M á Some

officials
gave
things;
some,
money.

Y

Y

 #


1. á á
  m  á Y  m  á Some students
are good; some
aren't.

2.

 á
  m 

Y  m  

 Some students
are pretty;
some aren't.

3.  ƒ  ƒ  m 

Y  m  

 Some v/omen

are pretty;
some aren't.

4.   ƒ  m  Y  m   Some women

are good;
some' aren't.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
5.  
  
  á Y  á  Some books
are good; some
aren't.

6.
   
  á
 Y  á 
  Some books

are amusing;
some aren't.

Y
YY

Using  with time expressions.

 #


1.
 
 áÔ Y 
 áÔ  Some

days he
comes;
some he
doesn't.

2. 

  

 áÔ Y  

 áÔ  Some

hours he
comes;
some he
doesn't.

3. m
  m
 áÔ Y  m
 áÔ  Some
times he
comes;
some
times he
doesn't.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
4.
 
 áÔ Y 
 áÔ  Some
days he
comes;
some he
doesn't.

5.  R  
 áÔ  R  Y Some
days he

 áÔ  R  goes to
work;
some he
doesn't.

6.    
 áÔ    Y Some
days

 áÔ     she's at
home;
some she
isn't.

7. I 
 I Y 
 I   Some

days the
weather's
fine;
some it
isn't.

@YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1 m 
R
¨


 m
 m
 Y
.

áÔR
m

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Do you know both the husband and Yes, I know both of them.
wife?

2 m  R R¨ 
R m
 Y  R

.

 m


Do you like both the Thai language Yes. I like both ¹things).
and Thai food?

3 mám  R 

áI
¨
á 
 m
 m
 Y
.
ám  R

áRI

Have you lived in both France and Yes, I have lived in both
Spain? countries.

4 m   R  ¨


á8 m
 Y
.

 m
   R


Can you speak both Chinese and Yes, I can speak both
Russian? languages.

5 m ám  R á ¨

 áRY m
 Y
.

 m
 ám  R
¨

Have you lived in both Chiangmai and Yes, I have lived in both
Bangkok? places.

6 m M R á ¨ 
áÔ
 m
 m
 Y
.
M áÔR


Did you give him both money and Yes, I gave him both
food? things.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
7 áÔ m¨  R m

R
¨
¨m
 m
 Y
.



 m
 áÔ m¨  R
m


¹m
 )

Did he get good grades both the time Yes, he got good grades
before and this time? both times.

¢Y  Y

YY

Form noun compounds with ám


+ verb/noun


Y
Y ¢Y  

1. M ám

M

to use things to use

2. m

ám

m


kitchen kitchen utensils

3. áÔ ám

áÔ

to write writing equipment

4. ¨J  ám

¨J 

to decorate a house house decoration

$%
YY

OY Students will discuss invitations they have received specifying

type of activity, time, and place.
†††
 


 X | X
Y
OY Students will discuss various gifts they have given and
received.
OY One student will ask another's opinion about something he is
considering doing ¹giving a gift, etc.). The second will give his
opinion.


Y


  Anuroj ¹male first name)

á
 number


amount

á

¹m ) bride

to use ¹to do something), be used for, to

M
spend ¹money)

 piece ¹classifier for things)

  set of ¹something)

the male and female polite particles

Ž/Ž
informal for m
 or m , in responses

 classifier for things

ƒJ/ƒJY relative¹s)

old ¹of non living things), former ¹of

á
living and nonliving things)

†††
 


 X | X
Y

¨ to, for

m fee, cost, price, value

m¨ ¹m¨ ) grade, score point¹s)

m M ¹m ) servant

Ô M ¹  ,  ,  ) something useful, utensils

ám

M ĀĀ ¹ám

) electrical equipment

ám

m

¹ám

) kitchen utensils

ám

á
 ¹ám

) furniture


R


J
áRI State Department, Foreign Ministry

m

time¹s) ¹occasion)

m
 time¹s) ¹occasion) classifier for time

m

J
Christmas

 per, a, the

some, any ¹pronominal, another form of



 )

 ¹m ) boss

†††
 


 X | X
Y

 ¹m ) linguistic scientist

á
 á ¹m ) former student

   ¹m ) employee

ð 
¹m ) community development worker

¨  to translate

  meeting


 for

particle indicating definiteness or

emphasis


 most of, in the main

¨J to decorate

R
 ¹ám

) TV

R ¹ám

 ) radio

YYY

Sending a servant for a taxi.

: 
á
¨R 8
M ¹ )m  
Please call a taxi
for me.

†††
 


 X  | X
Y

áÔ

R
Yá
¨     Tell him ¹I'm)
going to Sathorn a
little past JUSMAG.

m M : M áÔm 
m ill you have him

wait?

: J That is not

necessary.

¹m M  ) ¹The servant returns)

: 
‘ Did you get
one?

m M : m Yes, I did.

: áÔá áR

 How much
does he
want?

m M :
 Rm Fifteen

baht.

: ¨  
 That is not
too much?

á
! á
á Y Usually
when I get
áÔm¨  RáR  one myself,
they
charge
only 8
baht.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m M : J 
 á  It is
quitting
time now.

¨R 8
m Taxis are

hard to
find

J m  Bargaining

is hardly
possible.

¢YYYYYY

OY ! 'I' is rarely used by men except when speaking to persons

of inferior social status. omen use it more often. They used
it l) with persons of inferior social status, 2) to strangers,
acquaintances, friends and intimates.

OY máR
 'figured or reckoned as how much?' is a reduced
form of m
máR
 'the price is reckoned as how much?'
or mm 

áR
 'The fare is reckoned as how much?'

OY After stative verbs like ¨ 'expensive', á  may occur

with the meaning 'excessively, too',  occurs in the same
position as a reduced form of á  .

OY J R
and á
 both refer to time and may be translated

'when' however, á
 usually refers to a Y
á
 áÔM 'hen ¹ever) I don't understand') whereas,
J R
refers to a 

Y
 of time
J R
m á  á  'hen you were a child'.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

 
YYY

MČ YYYY

M occurs in constructions of the following kind:

OY As main verb in the sentence ¹see 26.2a).

OY As secondary verb with the meaning 'for the benefit or, in

place of someone else', 
Ô
‘M ¹ ) 'Please drive-for
me' áÔR 
M m R 'He makes food for you ¹to eat).'

OY Or as the main verb with a sentence complement. In

constructions of this type it has causative meaning,
m M  m á
 
'hat are you going to have your
children study?'

See NOSS, pg. 100.

ûĎ
YY
Y
YYMČYYYY

The verbs  'tell', Ô 'request',  ƒJ 'permit' and

'order'

¹like , see 22.2b) are followed by M plus Sentence Complement
when the utterance tends to be causative in effect.

áÔûĎ
MČ m áÔ He told me to wait for him.

áÔĎîēöMČ á
 R He permitted me to study Thai.

Compare the following two sentences:

áÔM m áÔ He  me wait for him.

The manner in which the request or command is delivered is Y

†††
 


 X   X
Y
.

áÔ M m áÔ He  me to wait for him.

The manner in which the command or request is delivered is

.

See Noss, pg. 93

áĎ YY*Y 
YY

á occurs at the end of clauses and has the meaning by himself,

herself, themselves, etc., without outside help or influence.

 8 ¹¨Ā)á m
 I went to buy coffee myself.

¹Nobody bought it for me)

YY

@YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1 Mm
J
mMČ m m
 á
m RÔ J ¹
m)MČ
.
m


ho did your bargaining for Thai friend of mine did the
you? bargaining for me.

2 Mm
Ô
‘MČ m m
 Ô áĎ m

.

ho drove the car for you? I drove ¹it) myself.

†††
 


 X   X
Y

¹Mm
Ô M ) No one drove for me.

3 Mm
R 
MČ m R m
 

 R¹ 
)MČ m

.

ho cooks for you? My wife cooks for me.

4 á
m  8 ¨ĀMČm  á m

  8 ¹¨Ā)áĎ m

.

 m


Did your friend go buy coffee No, I bought ¹it) myself.

for you?

5 Mm
áÔ !   MČ m áÔ áĎ m

.
m


ho wrote this letter for you? I wrote it myself.

6 Mm
  MČ m m
 áĎ m

.

ho looked for a house for I looked myself.

you?

7 Mm
8 
MČm m
 

 8 MČ m

.

ho bought food for you? My wife bought it for me.

Y

Y
YY

 #
Y. #
Y/

†††
 


 X   X
Y
1 

  R 
á ĄĄăē RM ¹ 
.
 )

I don't cook for myself. My wife cooks for

me.

2 á
 áÔ !  á áÿĘĩĎ áÔ M

.

I didn't write this letter myself. A friend of mine

wrote it for me.

3 m ‘

 8  
 á á m
ē Ą8 M
.

I didn't buy this book myself. Thaworn bought it

for me.

4 m Ô
‘ Ô
‘á m
ûĄÔ M
.

I didn't drive myself. The chauffeur drove

for me.

5 áÔ 
 á á ē
 M

.

I didn't send the letter myself. He sent it for me.

6 áÔ má á ēmM

.

I didn't originate the idea He thought of it for

myself. me.

†††
 


 X   X
Y

@Y
YY

) Gē

ē,YáÿĘĩĎ ,Y


8 
m
 hat did you buy?

8 Gē

ēm
 I bought a pen.

8 M Mm
m
 ho did you buy it for?

8 MáÿĘĩĎm
 I bought ¹it) for a friend.

) Č
ëĘĎ ,Yö
áĎ ,Y

8 
m
 hat did you buy?

8 Č
ëĘĎm
 I bought a book.

8 M Mm
m
 ho did you buy it for?

8  áĎ m
 I bought ¹it) to read myself.

Continue the drill by having two students form questions and

answers like those above using the following cue words:

1.  
 , J
á

2. ¨Ā, m

3.
, J
á

†††
 


 X   X
Y

4. 
, 



5. Ô Ô
ƒ, á

6.
‘, J
á

Y
YY

 #



á
¨R 8
M    Please call a
taxi for me.

1.
  
 á  
ë Č
ëĘĎá  
ĪM    Please send

me that book.

2. Ô
‘ 

ûĄM    Please drive
the car for me.

3. R 

øēĎēČēĄM    Please cook
for me.

4. 8  
  
8ĘĪĎČ
ëĘĎÿ ÿM    Please buy

newspapers
for me.

5. !   

8  
 û
ûČĩ Please buy a

newspaper for
me.

6.    
8  
 MČĎă Please buy a

newspaper for
me.

7. J R
IR 
öĎøĄĉ
ÿøM    Please make a

†††
 


 X   X
Y
phone call for
me.

@YY 
-Y
YY

1. áÔá  
 MČ 

He brought a book  me.

2. áÔáÔ  MČm ¨áÔ

He wrote a letter  his mother.

3. áÔ
 MČ 

He sent a letter  me.

4. áÔÔ
‘MČ 

He bought a car 
me.

5. áÔ
RMČ 

He taught Thai  me.

Y
YY

 #


¹m)M á ēmĎăĥČ

ill you have him wait?

1.  
 ¹m)M áÔĥG

Ėĩ

†††
 


 X   X
Y
At what time will you have him go?

2.  ¹m)M   


At what time will you have me go?

3. R 
¹m)M øēĎĥĄ

hat will you cause me to do?

4.  m  ¹m)M Ě

m
R 

hat will you have your children do?

5. á
 
¹m)M  m áĄĖăĎĥĄ

hat will you have your children study?

6. 8 
¹m)M  m 8ĘĪĎĎĥĄ

hat will you have your children buy?

7.  ¹m)M  8 

hat will you have me buy?

8. R  ¹m)M øēă
ĥ

How will you have me do ¹it)?

9. áÔ ¹m)M ûĎ

á ēĥČ

ill you have me tell him?

10. m R
 ¹m)M mĎăøĖĩĥČ

†††
 


 X 
| X
Y
here will you have me wait?

Y
YY

 #


áÔM ¨ø

8Ėĩm 

He had the taxi wait.

1.  áÔM m 

He had me wait.

2.  8 Ô áÔM ĥG8ĘĪĎ Ď

He let me go shopping.

3.   áÔM ÿ

Ď

He let me take a rest.

4.  M Č ĎMČ  

The doctor had me take a rest.

5. R   M øēăē

The doctor had me take medicine.

6.  R   M Čăøē ē

The doctor had me stop working.

7.  M ēă MČ  R 

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
My boss had me stop working.

8. R
m   M øĄ ēČēm

My boss had me call you.

Y
YY

 Z @

1 áÔ  m M áÔM m M R 

áÔM m M á
¨R 
.
'
á
¨R 8
M 8
M áÔ
m  
'

He said to a hat did he have the He had the servant call

servant 'call a taxi servant do? a taxi.
for me'.

2 áÔ  m  áÔM m R 

áÔM  m  
.
' m   
 '

He said to you, 'Go hat did he have you He had me go to see

see John'. do? John.

3 ¨    ¨M  R 

¨M   

.
' 
 '

The mother said to hat did the mother The mother had her
her child, 'Sit have her child do? child sit down.
down'.

†††
 


 X 

X
Y
4 m

 á
 m
M á
 R  m
M á
  J
.
' Jm
'
m

The teacher said hat did the teacher The teacher had the
to the student 'Say have the student do? student repeat after
after me'. her.

5 m 


  m m 


M m 
I m 


M m 
I

.

I R 

  


Sawat said to hat did Sawat have Sawat had Somsak

Somsak 'Please Somsak do? send him a book.
send me that
book'.

@YY 
-Y
YY

1. xxx He told me to tell you.

2. xxxx He ordered me to tell you.

3. xxxx He requested me to tell you.

4. xxxx He allowed me to tell you.



Y
Y
YY

 Z @

¹Student 1 to Student ¹Teacher) ¹Student 2)

2)

1 
 M m   áÔ M m  áÔ M 
 M

.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y

     R 
m    áÔ

Please tell John to hat did he He told me to tell John to

come to see me. tell you to do? go to see him.

2  á

 áÔ

M m R áÔ

M  á


.


Go now. hat did he He ordered me to go now.

order you to
do?

3 
  ¿   Y áÔÔ M m  áÔÔ M  ¿ 
.
 m
 R 

Please explain. hat did he He asked me to explain.

ask you to do?

4    R

Y   áÔ

M m R áÔ

M    R
Y

.

M  

Stand here. Don't go. hat did he He ordered me to stand

order you to here, not to go anywhere.
do?

5 m m  
 m
 áÔ M m  áÔ M m áÔ
.
R 

ait for me. hat did he He told me to wait for

tell you to do? him.

6 
   YY  YáÔÔ M m  áÔÔ M  YY

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
.  m
 R 
  

Could you please hat did he He asked me to speak

speak slowly. request you to slowly.
do?

7 á
 
  áÔ  ƒJM áÔ ƒJM á
 

.
m R 



You can open your hat did he He permitted me to open

book. permit you to the book.
do?

8   áÔ  ƒJM áÔ  ƒJM 

.
m R 

You may go. hat did he let He let me go.

you do?



Y
YY

Change pattern 1 to 2 or vice versa.

#
Y. #
Y/

1 R

ë
ĩ MČ á
  R

M á
 
.
R R

The government ordered me to The government had me

study Thai. study Thai.

2 áÔĎîēöMČ   á
 áÔMČ   á


.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
He permitted me to leave before He had me leave before time.
time.

3 áÔûĎ
MČ m 
á
¨R 8
M á áÔMČm 
á
¨R 8
M á
.
Ô Ô

He told you to call a taxi for him. He had you call a taxi for him.

4 áÔë
ĩ MČ m   R

 áÔMČ m   R



.

He ordered me to wait here first. He had me wait here first.

5 áÔĎîēöMČ á
 R áÔMČ á
 R¹ )
.
¹ )

He permitted me to study Thai. He had me study Thai.

6 

  ĎMČ  8 Ô M áÔ 

 MČ  8 Ô M á
.
 Ô

My wife asked me to go shopping My wife had me go shopping

for her. for her.

7 áÔ

M ¨R 8
Ô

‘Y áÔM ¨R 8
Ô
‘Y
.

He ordered the taxi to drive He had the taxi drive slowly.

slowly.



Y
YY

Change from direct to indirect statement.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
#
Y. ¹direct) #
Y/ ¹indirect)

1 áÔ  
   
 áÔ ĥ MČ   


.

He said to me, 'Don't look at He told me not to look at my

your book'. book.

2 áÔ


  Mm

áÔ

ĥ MČ  Mm

He ordered me, 'Don't tell He ordered me not to tell

anybody.' anybody.

3 m
 á

   m
ĥ MČ á
  
.
   

The teacher said to the students, The teacher told the students
'Don't speak English.' not to speak English.

4 áÔÔ 
  á


 áÔÔ ĥ MČ  á


.

He requested me, 'Don't talk He asked me not to talk about

about this subject.' this matter.

5 áÔ ¨R 8

 Ô

‘á

áÔ ĥ MČ ¨R 8
Ô
‘á


.

He said to the taxi ¹driver), He told the taxi ¹driver) not to

'Don't drive fast'. drive fast.

6 áÔ  
 8 Ô

  áÔ ĥ MČ 8 Ô
 
.

He said to me, 'Don't shop in He told me not to shop in that

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
that shop.' shop.

7   
 
 m


ĥ MČ 
 m
.

The doctor said to me, 'Don't The doctor told me not to drink
drink canal water.' canal water.



Y
YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1 áÔë
ĩ ĥ MČ  Mm

áÔĥ MČ  Mm

He ordered me not to tell anyone. He didn't let me tell anyone.

2 áÔĥ ĎîēöMČ  á
 áÔĥ MČ  á

.

He didn't permit me to go by He didn't let me go by boat.

boat.

3 m
ûĎ
ĥ MČ á
    m
ĥ MČ á
   
.
 

The teacher told the students not The teacher didn't let the
to speak English. student speak English.

4 áÔ Ďĥ MČ  á

 áÔĥ MČ  á


.

He asked me not to talk about He didn't let me talk about

this matter. this matter.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
5 áÔûĎ
ĥ MČ  áÔĥ MČ 
.

He told me not to come. He didn't let me come.

Y
YY

 #


ԬR 8


It is hard to find a taxi.

1.
 
  

It is hard to find that shop.

2.  áÔ  áÔ

It is hard to find his house.

3.  
 á   
 á  

It is hard to find this book.

4. m M Y m M YY

It is hard to find good servants.

5.  Y  YY

It is hard to find good houses.

6. á
 á YY   á
 á YY   

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
Smart students like this are hard to find.

@Y
YY

Respond negatively to the question.

Z @

1.  

2.  

3. R R

4. áÔ  áÔ 

5. á
  á
  

6.    

7. áÔM áÔM

8.    

9.    

10.    

11. M  M 

12. Ô  Ô 

†††
 


 X | X
Y
13. á
  á
 

14. Āů  Āů 

15. Ô Ô

16. m m

17. ‘ ‘

18. R  R 

19.  

Y
Y
YY

 Z @

1. m‘Ô áÔ, m‘Ô áÔJ  J 



J  m
 Y
ŽÐ

Is his question hard to No, it isn't.

answer?

2.  m ,   m   Ž

Is your house hard to find? No, it isn't.

3.  , R   R  R  Ž

Is this medicine hard to No, it isn't.

take?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4. 
R, R 
RR R Ž

Is it hard to make Thai No, it isn't.

food?

5. mR,
 mR

 Ž

Is it hard to drive this car? No, it isn't.

6.
‘m  , Ô
‘m  Ô  Ô  Ž

Is it hard to drive this car? No, it isn't.

7.
J   ,

J  

 Ž

Is this door hard to shut? No, it isn't.

8. áÔ    áÔ   Āů  Āů  Ž

, Āů 

Is his English hard to No, it isn't.

understand?

9. J
 
 R, J
 
 RáÔ  áÔ  Ž

áÔ 

Is it hard to write Thai No, it isn't.

letters?

1  ƒ R,
  ƒ R

 Ž
0.

Is it hard to get to know No, it isn't.

Thai women?

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
1  
 á ,  
 á      Ž
1.


Is it hard to read this No, it isn't.

book?

1 
 m R, 
 m R  Ž

2.
 

Are Thai names hard to No, they aren't.

remember?

@YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1. á ē á
   Y á ē á
   Ym
m

¨
m
m

R 

hen a student speaks hen a student speaks

incorrectly, what should the incorrectly, the teacher should
teacher do? correct ¹him).

2. á ēm áÔM m‘Mm

á ē áÔM ‘m

hen you don't understand, hen I don't understand, I ask

what do vou do? the teacher.

3. á ēm  m R á ē  m R

m   
 áÔ  R áÔ

hen you meet a Thai, what hen I meet a Thai, I speak Thai

†††
 


 X  X
Y
language do you speak to to him.
him?

4. á ēm 
 á ē 
  

m  Mm

hen you are not well, who hen I'm not well, I go to the
do you go to see? doctor's.

5. á ēm   á ē   m á

m R 


hen you take a break, what hen I take a break, I talk to

do you do? friends.

6. á ēm J m
á ē J m

m má   
má    

hen you answer the hen I answer the teacher, I

teacher, what language do usually think first in English.
you think in?

@Y
YY

 Z @

 á
m 
Ym R  á
 
Y

 ČēČ Ď

hen you are not well, what hen I'm not well, I usually
do you do? go to the doctor's

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 á
áÔ á

YY á
áÔ á

YY
m áÔM ĥ áÔM

hen he speaks fast, do you hen he speaks fast, I don't

understand. understand.

  á
m 
 Ym R 

á
 
 Y ĎēČ
ëĘĎ




hen you are free, what do hen I'm not busy, I read.
you do?

   á
m 
Y á
 
Y

 m m

R 
m

ĚČ
ëĘĎ

hen you are going to have hen I'm going to have a

a test, what would you do? test, I should study.

  á
m J m
Y á
 J m
Y

 m má   
má    

hen you answer the hen I answer the teacher, I

teacher, what language do think in English.
you think in?

¨ á
m   Y á
   Ym

m

¨

m
m

R 

hen you speak incorrectly, hen I speak incorrectly,

what should the teacher do? the teacher should correct
me.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

‘m
á
m áÔMYm R  á
 áÔMY ē mĄĚ

hen you don't understand, hen I don't understand, I

what do you do? ask the teacher.

 R á
m  Ym R 

á
  Y
¨ ĥGøē
ē¨

hen you take a break, what hen I take a break I go

do you do? drink coffee.

  á
 I

 m á

 á
 I
 m á

Rá
  áR

R


 ĥGëēăøá

hen the weather's hot, hen the weather's hot,

where do most Americans most Americans like to go to
like to go on vacations? the seashore.

@YY 
-Y
YY

Z @

1 öĎøĖĩm á  á Y öĎøĖĩ á  á 

.
m á
  
 R
 á
  
 R
J  


hen you were a child, hen I was a child, I studied in

where did you go to school? the provinces ¹outside Bangkok).

2 öĎøĖĩáÔm  öĎøĖĩáÔ 
.
m    8 Ô Ô 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
hen he came to see you, hen he came to see me, I had
where had you go? gone out shopping.

3 öĎøĖĩm   R

áRIá
 öĎøĖĩ   R

áRIá
 Y
.
Ym J¨ 
á 

 

hen you were stationed in hen I was stationed in Vietnam,

Vietnam, what was your I was consul.
position ¹rank)?

4 öĎøĖĩm á

á
 R öĎøĖĩ á

á
 RM Y
.
M YY m

m m
R

hen you started to study hen I first began to study Thai, I

Thai, did you think it was thought it was very hard.
hard?

5 öĎøĖĩm   R
á

Y öĎøĖĩ   R
á
Y
.
m 
áÔ¨

   
 áÔ

Did you meet him while you I didn't know him when I was in
were in America? America.

6 öĎøĖĩm   R
á

Y öĎøĖĩ   R
á
Y
.
m á
 RR
 á
 RR

á




hen you were in America, hen I was in America, I studied

where did you study Thai? Thai at a language school.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

@Y
YY

 Z @

á
á
  R

m 
áÔá


áÔJ R
áĄēáĄĖăĎăĚ
 J øĖĩ Ďë ö


hen were you I knew him when we were

acquainted with studying in ashington.
him?

m   Ô áÔá

áÔJ R
m
ĎĎ
ĥG  ē
 Ď

hen did he come? He came as you were leaving.

¨J  m  Ô Ô
ƒ  Ô Ô
ƒ  J

 á

R
¨ö ē

hen did you get a I got a lot of presents when I

lot of gifts? married.

á
   m á

m J R
áĄēĥ ĎăĚ

hen did people People came to see us while

come to see ¹us)? we were not in.

á
 J R
m 
Y áÿĘĩĎ R 

M J R

Mm
R 
M m  


ho cooked for you My friend cooked for me

while you were sick? while I was sick.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

R
 
 J
m
 m
   ø
 ĩĖ ÿûĄĖJ
m

R

Ym   R
 m
 R

here were you I was living in Lopburl

living during orld during orld ar II.
ar II?

@YY 
-Y
YY

1. J R
á
 R  R
á Āá
 Yá
   
m R ¨ M

hen I was studying Thai at the FSI, when ¹ever) I made a

mistake, a Thai usually corrected it.

2. J R
á
  R
á
Yá


 8 

 


á


hen we were still living in America, when ¹ever) my wife went

to buy food, I always helped her.

3. J R
á
  M á

á


 
 
R 

áM áÔ

hen we were living in America, when ¹ever) my wife was busy,

I made breakfast for her.

4. J R
R  
R

J
áRIM Y

á
áÔრ  á  Y  á


hen I had just begun working at the Foreign Ministry, when

†††
 


 X  X
Y
¹ever) they invited me to a party, I always went.

@YY 
-Y
YY

1. áÔ  m á
Ym
m

Ô áÔ 


He didn't go alone. His family went too.

2.
   ¿
R
¿ m
¨ á
R

 ă

Today I'm going to the bank on business and I will see a friend
there also.

3. áÔá  m

¨


She is a beautiful person and good too.

4. á
  áR  ¨Já
  ¨áÔ  ă

I didn't just learn to speak but to read and write also.

5. áÔM ¨R 8

 ¨M m áÔ ă

He had the taxi pick him up and had it wait for him too.

6. áÔá  Ô

¨ 
á  ă

He is a government employee and a politician too.

$%
YY

OY Student m asks student to call a taxi for him. They discuss

destination, where he will stop on the way, how long the
driver will have to wait, what the cost will be, and whether
the cost is too high or not. hen student points out that it
will be hard to get a taxi at that particular time, student m
†††
 


 X | X
Y
says he will call one himself.

NOTE: Use the basic dialog as a guide only.

OY Student m asks Student whether he does any of the

following things for himself or whether he has someone do
them for him; and if so, who does them for him.

1. drive a car 4. buy food or other 7. other

things activities

2. go shopping 5. call taxis

3. bargain 6. make telephone calls

OY Student m asks Student what he told ¹ask, let, ordered,

requested, wanted) someone to do and if he did it. Use the
following exchange as a model:

A. m  ¹Ô ,  ƒJ,

)M áÔ¹á
m  etc.)R 

B.  ¹Ô etc.)M áÔmĎăĎăĚøĩĖĩĖ ¹øēăēYøĄ ēČēm

etc)

A. ¹áÔ)m ¹R etc.) 

 á m


B. á m
 
m



YY
 ƒJ permit

¿  explain

á by himself, herself, themselves, etc., without

†††
 


 X  X
Y
outside help of influence.

á
 to pronounce, to voice

 classifier for door

! Man speaking to persons of inferior status.

omen use it more often with persons of inferior
social status, to strangers, acquaintances, friends
and intimates.

!  classifier for letter or newspaper


 too, also

M for the benefit or in place of someone else

  to stop

  to take a break

¨ to correct

á  excessively

m 

fare

m‘ ¹Ô ) question

m to figure or reckon, to think

m Ô
‘ chauffeur, driver

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

Ô to request

 world

m  ¹) hardly, rather

 usually, likely to


á a politician

  to rest

¨ to be expensive

 to be incorrect, a mistake

m price

 to spell ¹words)


¹M ) to order

m
 war

to test, be tested

J to follow, after, along

J¨  position ¹rank)

J ¹
m) to bargain

†††
 


 X  X
Y

J ¹ R
IR ) to make a phone cal

YYY

Conversation with a taxi driver

David: ¨R 8
Taxi

m Ô ¨R 8
:   m
 here to?

¹Taxi driver)

David:  áR


J á How much to
Pratnam?

m Ô :

Rm
 Twelve baht.

David: á  R M ¨m á How, about seven?

It's right near here.

m Ô : 

m
 ¨‘

‘J Can't do it. The
traffic's heavy over
there.

David:  ¨  R  Then, can you do it

for eight?

ám  ¨  R I've been for eight

¹before).

m Ô : á R ¨
   Let's say nine baht.

Do you want to go?

David:    If we're going, let's

go.

†††
 


 X  X
Y


     m
 Please drive slowly.

¹¨R 8
Ô á

 ¹The taxi goes very
fast,

m á
á 
) so David says, ....)

David: m m
 Ô á


m
 Say, don't drive so
fast.


 Ô     m
 Could you please
slow down a little?

 
YYY

@YY
YY
Y
!YY

In affirmative requests stative verbs ¹,  , etc.) usually occur in

reduplicated form when used as modifiers of other verbs.

ÿĚë ēħČĎămĄ
û Speak a little slower.

ČĎă 'a little' usually occurs after the stative verb and serves to
soften the request.

In  requests the stative verb is not usually reduplicated.

ĎăēÿĚáĄ


mĄ
û Don't speak so fast.



'so, so much' may occur after the stative verb.

In the construction ĎăĚM

 ħ¨mĖĪáĎ , áĎ is used to emphasize the
shortness of the distance.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

ČĄĎ
YY YYYY
YY

ČĄĎ
is also pronounced 
 , rook, rok, ro, when followed by
mĄ
û or m or “ when followed by Ž. It is used with statements of
negation, or contradiction, or when correcting a misapprehension.
It makes a statement milder or less abrupt.

ĥ ĥČ ČĄĎ
mĄ
û I can't do it.

YYYYY YY

 or  with mĄ
û at the end of a sentence indicates that a

comment is being made and attention is being called to it. No
response to it is necessary, but if one is made, it is mĄ
û.

Request = Ô   / m
 Drive well.

[YYë,Y8,Y8ĖÐYY
!YY

Notice the difference in usage between ë, 8, and 8Ė, ë is used to
request some one to do something. If it is to be done for the
speaker, ČĎă or øĖ may be used to soften the request.

Ô   
¹or Slow down a bit.

m
 )

If the speaker is urging someone to do something that he has failed

to do on the first request, or urging someone to do something that
obviously needs doing, he may use 8.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Ô ¹  )8 Slow down ¹as I asked you to)

¨ 

 YYY

Y
YY

Y
YY
YY

¨ 

 is a phrase which is used in affirmative sentences to
indicate preference for a particular course of action and to urge
another to agree to it. English equivalents vary from example to
example:

á R ¨
 Let's say nine baht.

 m
 Ô
‘ ¨
 How about you driving today?

YY

Y
Y

 #


 GĄöĚĪēá áR


How much to Pratunam?

1.

¨


m  ëĖĩ¨ă
ĄēëGĄë m á áR


How much to Ratprasong Corner?

2.
  m
  Ą Č
m ë á áR


How much to King's Cinema?

3. á  8  ÿĖáĎ

8á áR


†††
 


 X  X
Y
How much to the P. .?

4. ¿

I
J
  ¿ĄĄ ĉēëöĄá áR


How much to Thammasart

¹University)?

5.  8
Y‘
R
MJ  ăĚ8ëëēøĄMö á áR


How much to USIS on South

Sathorn?

6.
 
 Ą ÿăēûē ëë
ĩá áR


How much to the Mission Hospital?

7.
¨
¨m
J Y  Ą ¨Ą ¨mGG
mĎ Y

 m
 ëÿēm ēăá áR



How much to Hotel Capitol at

Buffalo Bridge?

8. R 
  Gø
á áR



How much to Patoomwan Corner?

9. ‘
Ô 
RJ
M YY  ë øöĄ M
 YħY
8 

 8ĎăăĖĩëûČ ē á áR


How much to Sukhumwit Street,

right near Lane 25?

1 ‘
á J

  ĄēëēáöĄ Ďëē ĄĖăG
0.

†††
 


 X  X
Y


¿ J Ąëē¿Gĥöăá áR


How much to Rachadamnoen Street

right at the Freedom Monument?

@YY 
-Y
Y

1. Ô YY   m


Drive a little slower.

2. á YY   m


Come a bit earlier.

3.   YY   m


Speak a bit louder.

4.  á

YY   m


Go a little faster.

5.  á

YY   m


Come back a bit sooner.

6.   
 YY   m


Study a little bit more.

7. R YY   m


Eat a little more.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Y
Y

 #


1.  ,    ë ēYħY   m


Speak a little slower.

2. Ô ,  Ô ëēYħY   m


Drive a little slower.

3.  , á

 áĄ
YħY   m


Come back a little sooner.

4. R ,  R ē
YħY   m


Eat a little more.

5.  ,     YY   m


Stay a while longer.

6. R ¹ 
)  R ē
YħY   m


Do a bit more.

7.  ,   
YħY   m


Speak a little louder.

8.   áÔ,    áÔĖYħY   m



Speak a little better with him.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

@YY 
-Y
Y

1. Ô á

 m


Don't drive so fast.

2.  á

 m


Don't speak so fast.

3.  m   m


Don't speak so softly.

4. á    m


Don't walk so slowly.

5.   m


Don't come so late.

6. 
  m


Don't come so late ¹in the morning).

7.    m


Don't be gone for so long.



Y
Y

m
 ¢

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. Ô YY   m
 Ô á

 m


Drive a little slower. Don't drive so fast.

2. á YY   m
 
  m


Come a little earlier. Don't come so late.

3.  á

YY   m
    m


Go a little faster. Don't go so slow.

4.  m YY   m
    m


Speak a little softer. Don't speak so loud.

5.  á

YY   m
     m


Come back a little sooner. Don't come back so late.

6. á YY   m
 
  m


Come a little earlier. Don't come so late.

@YY 
-Y
Y

1.

  ¹ Ž) Very pretty, isn't it?

2.

  ¹ Ž) Pretty, isn't it?

3. á   ¹ Ž) Very expert, isn't it?

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
4.   ¹ Ž) Good, isn't it?

5.   ¹ Ž) Very clear ¹distinct), isn't it?

6. ¨  ¹ Ž) Expensive, isn't it?

7.    ¹ Ž) A very long time, isn't it?

8.   ¹ Ž) Very slow, isn't it?

9. á

  ¹ Ž) Very fast ¹quick), isn't it?

10.   ¹ Ž) Very far, isn't it?

11.   ¹ Ž) ¹It's) a lot, isn't it?

12.   ¹ Ž) ¹It's) a very great deal, isn't it



Y
Y

From the situation given in Column 1, one student makes a

comment ¹as a reaction to the situation) to another student.

  

1. 

m   R 

m   R
 

That esterner speaks Thai That esterner speaks Thai

very distinctly. very distinctly, doesn't he?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2. áÔá  m á 
áÔá  m á 


He's a bore. He's a bore, isn't he?

3.  ƒ m 


 ƒ m 
 

That woman is very pretty. That woman is very pretty, isn't

she?

4. R 
 R 
 

Thai is hard. Thai is hard, isn't it?

5. á
m á  m
  á
m á  m
  

Your friend is an amusing Your friend is an amusing

person. person, isn't he?

6.  m  á áR
á   m  á áR
á 

That fellow plays tennis very That fellow plays tennis very
well. well, doesn't he?

7.  m    m   

That doctor is very good. That doctor is very good, isn't

he?

8.  m 

   m 

 

Mr. Prapas' house is very far. Mr. Prapas' house is very far,
isn't it?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
9.
  I
  I 

Today the weather's fine. Today the weather's fine, isn't

it?

10 R

Ô ¨  R

Ô ¨  

.

Here things are very Here things are very expensive,

expensive. aren't they?

 ‘J
11 ¨‘

 ‘J 
¨‘

The traffic Is very heavy in this The traffic Is very heavy in this
section. section, isn't it?

@YY 
-Y
Y

1. Ô YY  
m


Slow down a bit.

2. á YY  
m



Come a little earlier.

3.   YY  
m



Speak a little louder.

4.  á

YY  
m


Go a little faster.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
5.   
 YY  
m


Study a little more.



Y
Y

 @!

¹mÔ
‘á

) Ô YY  
m


Drive a little slower.

¹m
R 
 ) á YY  
m



Come a bit earlier.

¹m m )   YY  
m



Speak a little louder.

¹m )  á

  
m


Go a little earlier.

¹mR   ) Rá

YY  
m


ork a little faster.

¹mR  ) R YY  
m



Eat a little more.

¹m )   YY  
m



Speak a little better.

†††
 


 X  X
Y



Y
Y

m
Y
! ¢Y
!

1. Ô YY  
m
 Ô á


m


Drive slower. Don't drive so fast.

2. á YY  
m

 
 
m


Come earlier. Don't come so late.

3.  á

YY  
m
   
m


Go sooner. Don't go so late.

4. m m YY m   
m



  
m


Converse more quietly. Don't converse in such loud voices.

5. R  á

YY R 
m

  
m


ork faster. Don't work so slowly.



Y
Y

Change Pattern 1 to 2 with , which has the meaning: 'a

reminder to...'; change Pattern 1 to 3 with
, which has the

†††
 


 X  X
Y
meaning 'you are urged to...'.

#
Y. #
Y/ #
Y6

1  m
 
m

.

2   m
 
m

.

3     m
  
m

.

4J J m
 J
m

.

5  á

Y  á

YY m
  á

YY
m

.

6  R  R m
  R
m

.

7           

.
 m
 m


$%
YY

¹The instructor reads the sentences describing the situation and a

student makes an appropriate response.)

1. m  Ô ¨R 8Y
m  M ¨R 8
Ô

‘á

m  
...

2. m  
¨R 8
Ym Ô Ô á


 m  M áÔÔ á

Y

m  
...

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3. á
  á
 m á  Ym  M áÔ  Y

m  
...

4. 
 m
  áR

 á
¨Já  áÔJ  m R
  Y
m  M áÔáYYm  
...

5. m  
á
m á
 m M m  
á
m Y

m  
...

6. m  á  ƒ m  
áÔ

 m     ƒ
...

7. m   m

  I m     á

...

8. m
M á
  RYm


 ...

9. á
     

m
M áÔ R Ym


 ...


YY



 monument

á is used to emphasize the shortness of the distance

¹in this lesson).

 Joe

 loud

¨m  ¹  ) up to ¹such and such a point) that near ¹far), to

†††
 


 X  X
Y
that extent

Capitol, name of a hotel in Bangkok

m  softly, low ¹of sound)

 ¨
 used in affirmative sentences to indicate

preference for a particular course of action and
to urge another to agree to it.


can't do it, unable to, is incapable of ¹because of

lack of physical strength of energy)


Mission, name of a hospital in Bangkok

 so, so much

R 
 a section in Bangkok

¿ J freedom and also the name of a monument in
Bangkok

  m
 King's Cinema

‘J the traffic's heavy

J to get stuck ¹to, in), to connect, to stick ¹to), to

attach ¹to)

 m
 Buffalo Bridge, name of the section in Bangkok

on Phaholyothin Road

, 8, 8 to request someone to do something to urge

someone to do something that he has failed to do

†††
 


 X | X
Y
on the first request or obviously needs doing

¨‘
 over there, that area

R may be used In the place of    to soften the

request if it is to be done for the speaker.

YYY

  
R Ô  YGoing out to eat.

A:   
R Ô Y 
  I'm going to
go out for
something to
eat. ant to
go along?

B:  ¹m) Yes.

m 
Mm
 

 á  ¹m) Did you ask
anybody¹else)
to go along?

A:  
Mm
Yá
Mm
  No, I didn't
invite
anybody
because
nobody was
in.

B: m 
I
 ¹m ) How about
Somsri?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
A:  She didn't
come.


 She's sick.

B:  R á

¨
Y‘á
á
 Y Then, after
we have
 á
áÔ
   eaten, if we
have time
let's go visit
her for a
while.

B: m O.K. ?

A: á 
m
 Good idea!

 á

   ᑠá

 R Then let's
hurry or we
won't get
back on time.

¢YYYYYY
YYY

a) áĎēĥČ means will you accept? or is it acceptable? It is often

used after sentences in which a proposal is made. The response to
it is ĥ áĎēmĄ
û I won't ¹accept it) or it isn't ¹acceptable), or
áĎēëmĄ
û O.K. or I'll accept ¹it), áĎēĥČ is similar in usage and
meaning to ĖĥČ in this particular sense.

b) As indicated in 11.16, MmĄ and ĎĥĄ are not always used as

question words. They may also be used as Y
:

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

¹1) in questions with ĥČ YČĄĘĎ or ČĄĘĎáG ē, or

¹2) as the object complement of certain verbs in affirmative and

negative sentences, as below:

Mm
   Is anyone coming?

Mm
 Nobody's coming .

Mm
YY 

 áR

 Everybody says Bangkok's not
pretty.

Although both MmĄ and m occur with indefinite meaning as

object complements of the verb Ė, they can not be used
interchangeably. The difference in usage is illustrated below:

 [
 3



1. Mr. m had a house for m to his secretary:

sale, so he put an ad in
the paper with his m R
  
 á  Did I get
any calls
telephone number.
¹about
that ad)?

2. Mr. A is expecting a call m to his wife:

from some friends about
a trip to Pataya. Mm
R
  
 á  Did
anyone
¹of my
friends)
†††
 


 X  X
Y
call?

The usage in  sentence is illustrated below:

1. There are several newly built m   Nobody's

houses on a street. living in
those
houses.

2. Some one knocks on a door but Mm

  Nobody's
gets no response. home.

 
YYY

áëĄ
ÜYYø
YY Y
YY

áëĄ
Ü, and ø
 are called completive verbs. They occur in the
structure sentence + completive verb.

1. áëĄ
Ü to finish some activity ¹often of indefinite length and of

temporary nature)

áÔR  á

¨
He has finished
working.

áÔ Rá

 He hasn't finished
doing it yet.

2. ø
 means 'to accomplish something in time, to have time to, or

to catch up to.

†††
 


 X  X
Y


á
  R I didn't come to
school on time.

ĥČ YY
YY!Y
YY

3. After action verbs ¹ĥG, øē, etc.) the question word ĥČ

indicates that a voluntary choice is possible, hence it is used in

invitations, suggestions, etc. ¹see 9.1)

á
 8 Ô e are
going
shopping.

 
  ant to

go
along?

Responses to questions of this type may be:

m
) 
Ž I would like to ¹ready

acceptance)

¢)  ŽYÔ m  Thanks, no. ¹polite

refusal)

ČĄĘĎáG ēYYY Y!Y
YY

ČĄĘĎáG ē is used with action verbs to indicate past time.

 
 á  Did you go?

 m
 I did.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

There are two possible negative responses to this type of question:

 ¹ĥG) and  ¹ĥG). Choice of the ĥ ĥ form of the negative
indicates Y
 Y
YY
Y
 Y
Y  Choice of the ĥ  form indicates that the
speaker did not do something YY. Observe the examples
below:

á

 m
   á

 á 

Did you go to the party yesterday?

 m
 ¹á
 
 )

I didn't go ¹because I was busy.)

 m
 ¹á
   )

I didn't go ¹because I didn't want to go.)

áĎYYYY

áĎ ¹“, á) 'why not, let's' is a sentence particle. It is used in

making mild suggestions. hen joint activity Is called for, It
occurs after

.

á
  Ô
 ᑠm
 Let's go eat.

áĖă
Ĭ YYYYYY

áĖă
Ĭ may occur as a sentence connective, with the meaning 'or
else, otherwise'. In the examples below it used to indicate that one
†††
 


 X  X
Y
event follows as the logical consequence of another.

á

   ᑠm
 á

 R

Let's hurry; otherwise, we won't get back in time.

 m
 á

 á



Don't be so slow, or else the work won't be finished.

YY

Y
Y

 #


 ČēĎĥĄøēY
 
 m


I'm going to get something to eat.

ant to come along?

1. R Ô
 øē  ē Y 
 m



I'm going to eat. ant to come

along?

2. 8 Ô  8ĘĪĎ Ď Y 
 m



I'm going shopping. ant to come

along?

3.
   ë ÜČ ēăY

 
 m


†††
 


 X  X
Y
I'm going to mail a letter. ant to
come along?

4. R ¨Ā  øē
ē¨Y
 
 m


I'm going to drink coffee. ant to

come along.

5.     ĚČ
Y 
 m



I'm going to a movie. ant to

come along?

@YY 
-Y
Y

Z @

¢ & &

¹reluctant ¹willing
acceptance) acceptance)

1.   
R Y  ŽY    
Ž
 
  Ô m 

2.  R ¨Ā   ŽY    
Ž

Ô m 

3.        ŽY    
Ž
Ô m 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4.    ŽY    
Ž
Ô m 

@Y
Y

 Z @

1. Yes. R  Ô m m


Do you want to eat? Yes, thank you.

2. No. R   ŽYÔ m 

Do you want to eat? No, thank you.

3. Yes. 
 Ô m Ž

Do you want something to Yes, thank you.

drink?

4. No. ¨Ā  ŽYÔ m 

Do you want some coffee? No, thank you.

5. No. á   ŽYÔ m 

ould you like some? No, thank you.

¹accept any offer?)

6. Yes.     

¹reluctant) ould you like to go? ell, O.K.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
7. Yes.   Ô m Ž

Do you want to look? Yes, thank you.

8. No.    ŽYÔ m 

Do you want to read ¹it)? No, thank you.

9. No. R 
   ŽYÔ m 

ould you like to eat No, thank you.

together?

10. No.  
   ŽYÔ m 

Do you want to go along? No, thank you.

@Y
Y

 Z @

1. Yes. 8  8

ant to buy it? Yes.

2. No. 8  8

ant to buy it? No.

3. Yes.   

ant to look? Yes.

4. No. á  á 

†††
 


 X | X
Y
ould you like some? ¹ill you No.
accept my offer?)

5. No.  

ould you like to come? No.

6. Yes.   

ould you like to go? Yes.

7. Yes. Ô ÔÔ

¹reluctant) ould you like to sell ¹it)? ell,

maybe.

8. No.
‘m  Ô Ô

ill you sell this car? No.

9. No. 
     

Are you going to the affair No.

tomorrow?

10. Yes. áÔM m  J  
á  á 

They want you to go to the Yes.

provinces, are you going?

@Y
Y

 Z @

¹past action)

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. Yes. R 
 á  R

Did you eat? Yes, I did.

2. No 

 á  


Did you have anything? No, I didn't.

3. No  
 á   

Did you go? No, I didn't.

4. Yes 8 
 á  8

Did you buy ¹it)? Yes, I did.

5. No Ô
 á  Ô

Did you sell ¹it)? No, I didn't.

6. No  
 á  

Did you look ¹at it)? No, I didn't.

7. Yes  
 á  

Did you read ¹it)? Yes, I did.

8. No á 
 á   á 

Did you take it? No, I didn't.

@YY 
-Y
Y

Z @

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
1 á

 á Ô  á

 áÔĥ ĥGm

.
á m
 ¹á
áÔĥ Ďăē
 )

Did he go to the party He didn't go because he didn't

yesterday? want to.

2 á

 m    á  
 ĥ ĥ ĥGm
 á
ĥ  ē
.
á m


Did you go to the party I didn't go because I was busy.

yesterday?

3 á
m á 
m R  áÔĥ øēm


.

R
 á  ¹á
áÔĥ ëĎû 
R)

Did your friend eat Thai He didn't because he doesn't like

food last night? Thai food.

4 á
m á 
m R  áÔĥ ĥøēm

 á
 

.

R
 á  

Did your friend eat Thai He didn't because it was all eaten
food last night? up.

5 m 8  
 
 á m
 ĥ ĥ8ĘĪĎ m
 á
ĥ  Ėá 
.

Did you buy the book? I didn't because I didn't have any
money.

6 m 8  
 
 á m
 m
 ĥ 8ĘĪĎm
 á
 ĥ
.
ëĎû 
 á 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Did you buy the book? I thought I wouldn't buy it because
I didn't like this book.

@YY 
-Y
Y

1. ‘ á
¨
áĎmĄ
û

It's break time. Take a break.

2. Ô M á  ¹á
)  
R

 ᑠm


There are chairs inside. Let's go sit there.

3. áR
 ¨
 R Ô 
 ᑠm



It's noon already. Let's go eat.

4.   ᑠm


Let's go.

5.
 á
 R ᑠm


Today let's speak Thai.

6. áÔá  á
R  ᑠm


He's too late. Let's go ahead and eat.



Y
YY

Reword the sentences using 


1. 
) áÔ  Y
 á


  R m


†††
 


 X  X
Y
He said to me, 'ould you like to go to Pataya
¹with us) next Saturday?

) áÔë   R

He invited me to go to Pataya.

2. 
) áÔ  Y
 á

 R ᑠ

He said to me. 'Let's speak Thai today.'

) áÔë   R

He invited me to speak Thai ¹with him).

 @
YYYYë 

1 m      m   ë    
R
.
á á
  
RR R á 

 m


2 á
m    á
m ë   á áR


.

  á áR
 m
 

3 á

 

   Yá

 

 ë    
.
     ᑠ 
¹á
     )

4 áÔ   áÔë   Āů 

á


.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

'
 á Ô

á

á R
 
á R'
 Āů 
 m


5 áÔ  

¨Ā áÔë  
¨Ā

.
m


6 áÔ  Y áÔë  R Ô

 

.

  R Ô
  m


7 áÔ  Y áÔë   R   áÔ

.
 M m  R  


Y
Y

 #


1.   R  á

¨

I've finished working.

2. á
 áĄēR  á

¨

e've finished working.

3. á
  
 á
áĄĖăČ
ëĘĎá

¨

e've finished studying.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4. R 
á
øēĎēČēĄá

¨

e've finished eating.

5. R Ô
á
øē

û  ē á

¨

e've finished cooking.

6.
á
ëĎûá

¨

e've finished the test.

7. áÔ  á
á ĖăÜČ ēăá

¨

e've finished writing letters.

8.   áÔ á

¨

I've finished writing letters.

9.   ÿĚá

¨

I've finished talking.

10. R
IR øĄĉ
ÿø á

¨

I've finished phoning.

11. Āů
R  øăá

¨

I've finished listening.

12.   áÔ ÿĚ

ûá ēá

¨

I've finished talking to him.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
13. 8 Ô 8ĘĪĎ Ď á

¨

I've finished shopping.

14.
  ë ÜČ ēăá

¨

I've finished mailing the letter.

15. R¿
 øē¿Ąá

¨

I've finished my business.

@YY 
-Y
YY

á

Yas main verb.

Z @

1  Ô m á

m
  Ô á

¨
m

.

Is your work finished? My work is finished.

2  Ô á
m á

m
  Ô á
 á

m

.

Is your friend's work finished? My friend's work isn't

finished.

3
Ô m á

m

Ô á

¨
m

.

Is your picture finished? My picture is finished.

4  Ô m á

¨

  m
  Ô  á

m


†††
 


 X  X
Y
.

Is your house finished yet? My house isn't finished yet.

5  
 Ô m á

¨

  m  
 Ô á

¨
m

.



Is your book finished yet? My book Is finished already.



Y
Y

#
Y. #
Y/

1.  R  á

¨
¨Já ē ĥ á



I've finished working. but he hasn't yet.

2. R Ô
á

¨
¨JáÔ á



I've finished eating but he hasn't yet.

3. á
  
 á

¨
¨JáÔ á
 á



I've finished studying but he hasn't yet.

4.   R
IRá

¨
¨JáÔ  á



I've finished telephoning but he hasn't yet.

5. á áR
á

¨
¨JáÔ á á



I've finished playing tennis but he hasn't yet.

6. 
á

¨
¨JáÔ
á



†††
 


 X  X
Y
I've finished my exams but he hasn't yet.

7. 8 Ô á

¨
¨JáÔ 8 á



I've finished shopping but he hasn't yet.

8. R¿
á

¨
¨JáÔ Rá



I've finished my business but he isn't finished yet.

9. áÔ á

¨
¨JáÔ áÔ á



I've finished writing a letter but he isn't finished yet.

10. R ¨Āá

¨
¨JáÔ á



I've finished drinking coffee but he hasn't yet.

11. R 

á

¨
¨JáÔ á



I've finishing cooking but she hasn't yet.

$%Y
Y

$% Y.)   Is it enough?

á
  Is the time sufficient?

á
  Is there sufficient time?

á
á
  Do we have enough time?

$% Y/)   Is it enough?

†††
 


 X | X
Y


  Is the food sufficient?

 
  Is there sufficient food?

á
 
  Do we have enough food?

Continue the drill by having the teacher provide cue words which
the student incorporates in the sentences given:




1.    

m
m
 

 m
 

á
 á
m
 

2.    

 
  
  

  
  

m  m  
  

3.    

á á  

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 á  

á
 á
á  

4.    

á á á á  

  á á  

m  m  á á  

5.    



 

R R 
 

áÔ áÔR 

 

6.    

á
 á
m  

M m  M á
m  

áÔ áÔM á
m  

$%Y
Y

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
$% )  m
 It's not sufficient.

) á
 time

) á
 m
 The time is not sufficient.

)  there is

) á
 m
 There isn't sufficient time.

)  I

) á
 m
 I do not have sufficient time.

Continue by supplying the following sets of words and having the

students make expansions like the one in the example above:

1.  ... m
... ... á


2.  ... á  R
...  ... á



3.  ... á ... M ... áÔ

@YY 
-Y
Y

Notice the difference in usage between áăĖĩă and Čē in the

following drill.

1. m 
I

Yá
 áăĖĩă áÔR

 

Somsri is not well. e'll go visit her at the hospital.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2. m 
I

Ym 
I
 Čē R

 

Somsri is not well. Somsri went to see the doctor at the

hospital.

3. ¿
 m 
ÈY  Čēm 
È

I have business with Mr. Pradlt. I'll go see him.

4.  ¿
 m 
È

  ¨m  áÔáR  Y  áăĖĩă áÔá 

I don't have any business with Pradit. I just want to meet and
talk to him. I'll go visit him this evening.

5. m

J
š  

  áăĖĩă m  m ¨R
m 

This Christmas I'm going to take my wife to visit my parents in

Chicago.

6. áÔJ 
 m   Y

m 
áÔ Čēm      m



He wants to meet John. Please take him to see John.

7. A: m Čēm m
 There's someone to see you.

B: áÔ¿
 
hat's his business?

A: áÔ¿
 

m
 He's not here on business.

áÔáăĖĩă m  He came to visit you.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

$%Y
YY

R to be on time, to catch up with.

$% ) 


R  R 

 R 

m  m R 

$) ere you in time?

Come in time?

Did you come in time?

Continue the drill by having the students form sentences like those
above using the following sets of cue words:

1. R m
 ... R  ... m ... á
á 

2. R m
 ...     ... m ... á
m 

3. R m
 ...  ... á
 ... m ... á
 

@YY 
-Y
Y

1.
á
 áÔá

  á

‘
á
 á

  m


†††
 


 X  X
Y


á
 ĥ ø


School starts at 9:00.

I came to school at 9:30.

I didn't come to school on time.

2. 

 á

á
 
 J

 ‘ R

 á
 
 


 ĥ ø


The meeting began at 2 p.m. sharp.

I got to the meeting at 3:00.

I didn't get to the meeting on time.

3. R
R  áÔ á

¹¨ )  m


á

 R
R  á

¹á) 

 R  ĥ ø


The office opens at 8:30 a.m.

I got there at 9:00.

I didn't get to work on time.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4. á
R 

 á

á
 
 


á
 áÔá
 
 J

á
 á
 ĥ ø


e finished eating lunch after 2:00 a.m.

School starts at 2:00 p.m. sharp.

e didn't return to class on time.

5. á

R

J mmJ
 R

m¹mJ )ĥ ø


J ĥ ø


The time ¹provided) was 2 minutes.

It took me 3 minutes to think of an answer.

I didn't think of the answer in time, ¹or)

I didn't answer in time.

6. áÔ á

á 

Āů ĥ ø


†††
 


 X  X
Y
He speaks too fast.

I can't catch it.

7.  áÔ¨JáÔ ¨

 áÔĥ ø


I was going to tell him, but he had already gone.

I wasn't in time to tell him.



Y
Y

)
á
 áÔá

  á

School starts at 9:00 a.m.

‘
á
 á

  m


I got to school at 9:30 a.m.

Y
) 
á
 get to school

) m 
á
 ĥ ø


You didn't get to school on time.

1. R
R  Ô áÔá

 á

á
á   ‘ R
R  á

  á

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Y
) á
á Y  R 

) á
á  m
  R   R

2. áÔá

 á
 
R

 ‘ R

á
R




Y
)  Āů áÔ 

) m  Āů áÔ R

3. áÔM á
 J
R

M á

 R

Y
) J

) m J R

4.  áÔ¨JáÔ ¨

Y
) 

) m  áÔR

5.
‘á  á
áR


  R

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 
‘áá
áR

  R
 ‘ 

Y
)  Ô
‘á

) m  Ô
‘áR

6. 
 áÔá

R

áÔ   á
 
R

Y
) 
 áÔ

) m 
 áÔR

7.
 ÔÔ
á
  á

 ‘ R

 á
 
R

Y
)  8 Ô

) m  8 Ô R

Y Y
Y

¹Combine sentences 1 and 2 using á


as the sentence
connective.)

1. á

   ᑠm
 Y á

   ᑠm


†††
 


 X | X
Y

á
 R Ĭ  R
áĖă

Let's hurry, otherwise we won't

get back in time.

2.   J  Ô Y   J  Ô 

m 
 Ĭ 

áĖă

It's raining. Don't go outside, or

you'll get sick.

3.
   ᑠm
 Y
   ᑠm


á
á
R Ĭ á
R

 áĖă 


 


Let's hurry; otherwise, we won't

have time to eat lunch.

4.    m
 Y    m


m  R Ĭ  R
áĖă

Don't be so slow; otherwise, you

won't get there in time.

5.    
m

 Y    
m

m R Ĭ R
áĖă

Don't speak English, or you will

forget Thai.

6.   

m
 Y   

m


†††
 


 X  X
Y

m  á
 ‘  Ĭ 
áĖă á
 ‘ 

Don't look at your book, or your

pronunciation will be bad.

7. J
ᑠm

¨
Y J
ᑠm

¨

m  R  R Ĭ  R  R
áĖă

Get up. It's late already.

Otherwise you won't get to
work on time.

8. á  Y á  

m á áR


Ĭ á áR



áĖă

Don't spend so much money,

otherwise you won't have any
money for your trip to Europe.

9. R  á  Y R  á 

m 
 Ĭ 

áĖă

Don't work too much, or you

get sick.

10 áR

Ym 
J áR

 áĖă

Ĭ 
J
.

Don't go out a lot ¹in the

evenings) or you'll fail your
exams.

 Y
Y
†††
 


 X 
X
Y

$% ) T:
   ᑠm
 Yá

¹á
)...

S:
   ᑠm
 Yá

¹á
)

û ēĥ ø


1.   Yá


...

2.  á

Yá

á
 ...

3.
  ᑠm
 Yá

...

4.  R
m
 Yá

...

5.   
m
 Yá

...

6.    á  Yá

áÔ...

7. R  á  Yá


...

@Y
Y

#
Y. ¹question) #
Y/ ¹negative

response)

1. m 
Mm
 

 á   
Mm
¹á)

Did you ask anyone to go along? I didn't ask anyone ¹at all).

2. m 
Mm
R

   
 Mm
¹á)

Do you recognize anybody there? No, I don't recognize

†††
 


 X  X
Y
anybody ¹at all).

3.  Mm
 
 á   Mm
¹á)

Did you meet anybody? I didn't meet anybody ¹at

all).

4. 8 
  
 á   8 
¹á)

Did you buy anything? I didn't buy anything.

5.  m 
 
 m 
¹á)

Thinking about something? I'm not thinking about

anything.

6.
      
 á     ¹á)

Did you go anywhere on the I didn't go anywhere.

holiday?

@Y
YYYY
Y

#
Y. #
Y/

1. Mm
   Mm
 

as anybody in? Nobody was in.

2. Mm

áÔ  Mm



Did anybody recognize him? Nobody recognized him.

3. Mm
á   Mm
á

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Does anybody see? No one sees.

4. Mm
R  Mm
R

Can anyone do it? Nobody can do it.

5. m  Mm



Is anybody ¹at all) Nobody came.

6. m 
 á  Mm


Did anyone ¹at all) come visiting? Nobody came.

7. m R
  
 á  Mm
R


Did anyone telephone? Nobody called.



Y
Y

Change from the human indefinite general form m to the human

indefinite familiar form Mm
.

#
Y. #
Y/

1. m R
  
 á  MmĄ R
  
 á 

ere there any calls? Did anyone call?

2. m
 á  MmĄ¹ )
 á 

ere there any visitors? Did anyone come to see me?

3. má  J

 á  MmĄá  J

 á 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Did people come and play Did anyone come and play
music? music?

4. m  w MmĄ  w

Do many people go watch Does anyone ¹of you) ¹go)

sports? watch sports?

5. m 
áÔ
 á  MmĄ 
áÔ
 á 

Did he get help from anyone? Did anybody go help him?

@YY 
-Y
Y

1. MmĄYħY  
  ƒ á M



Everybody tells me Chlangmai women are beautiful.

2. MmĄYħY á
áÔá  m
 

Everybody likes him because he's a lot of fun.

3. M áR  MmĄYħY 



Not just me, ¹but) everybody wants to be rich.

4. áÔ MmĄYħY
áÔá  J



He told everybody he was a policeman.



Y
YYYY

#
Y. #
Y/

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. Mm
YY Mm
 
á M   
  
á M   

Everybody told me Nobody told me Chlangmai was a

Chiangmai is a nice place to nice place to live.
live.

2. Mm
YY  áÔ Mm
 áÔ

Everybody likes him. Nobody likes him.

3. Mm
YY Mm
‘ 
Rm 

 ‘ 
Rm 

Everybody asked me why Nobody asked me why you didn't

you didn't go. go.

4. Mm
YY á Mm
á

Everybody wants to see. Nobody wants to see

$%
YY
a) One student extends an invitation to another, The second
student indicates that he is:

1. willing 2. unwilling 3. reluctant to accept the

invitation.

b) Student 1 asks Student 2 if he did something. Student 2 says he

didn't. hen student 1 asks him why he didn't, he says that he
didn't want to do it.

c) Repeat the above exercise except for the final response. In the

†††
 


 X  X
Y
final response Student 2 says he didn't do it because he was
, , etc.

d) Student 1 says: A friend said to me, would you like to...

Student 2 says: Did he invites your wife to go too.

Student 1 says: No, he didn't.

e) Student 1: ould you like to...

Student 2: Are you inviting my wife to go along too?

Student 1: I am

f) Student 1 asks Student 2 if he has finished doing something

¹reading books, studying, etc.)

Student 2 says he has and tells when he finished ¹or) says that
he hasn't and gives the reason.

g) Student 1 asks Student 2 when he arrived at a certain place.

Student 2 gives him the time. Student 1 asks him if he got there
on time. Student 2 says he did or he didn't.

h) Student 1 says to Student 2: Have you finished yet?

Student 2 says: Yes, I have, but ¹Student 3) hasn't yet.

Student 3 says: That's not so. I've already finished.

¹Substitute different activities in the first question.)

i) Student 1: Let's hurry.

Student 2: hy?

Student 3: Otherwise we won't get to school on time.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
¹Substitute other place names for
school.)

j) Student 1: Don't be so slow.

Student 2: hy?

Student 3: Otherwise you won't get to ... on time.


YY

oh! ¹excl. of surprise, dismay)

á  will you accept? ¹question word: It is

similar in usage to .)

á  Indiana

á
 to pronounce

m  Chicago

á

or else, otherwise

á
 to go to see, to visit



 lecturing, narration



  a meeting conference, session

á to be over, to end, to quit, discontinue, to

give up, to break up

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 
 ¹traffic) stop sign, tag, sign

 
‘á
 bus stop

  to meet ¹in a group), to hold a meeting,
meeting, assemble

È Pradit ¹given name)

á

 to finish some activity ¹often of indefinite
length and of temporary nature)

R to accomplish something in time, to have

time to, to catch up to

¹ )ᑠ ¹á‘) why not, let's

R

  ¹¨ ) a meeting ¹place), assembly, gathering ¹of
people)

"
Lesson 30

UY Part I

Y,YYYYYY
YmYY

YY

m     á
á
R

 

á
Ô áÔ

 ¨

†††
 


 X || X
Y

áÔM m M  á
¨R 8
M áÔm  

áÔ  á
á á
á
¨R 8
á 

áÔ 

mm 

¨

m M á
¨R 8
M áÔm  
Yá 
‘M
áÔ m  
  m   
 
m Ô
mm 


 R m   
¨  Y
áÔM m M J
R
¨R 8

‘

R
áÔÐ  á
¨‘

‘J


¨R 8
m  Ô
‘á

Ym   Ô M áÔÔ  Y
¨Jm Ô Āů áÔáYm    R

R  
m    R

R
   ƒJM áÔá
m Ô 
 
 áÔ ‘ R

 á  áÔá á
á
 R
áÔá


‘ШR 8
m  
¨ M 
 áÔR
J 



ZYYYYY
YYY

1. m   
 
R

2. RáÔ‘ á
¨R 8
á

3.   m   
 
¨R 8
mm 

á

R


†††
 


 X | X
Y
4. m   M m M J áR


5. ¨R 8

 

6. ¨R 8
m  Ô
‘á    

7. m   R  YáÔ m Ô
 

8. m    R á
á


9. RáÔ‘  R

10 
 
áÔ 
.

Y,YYYYYY 
Y
YYY

m   á áR

J   


R

Ô ÔR   YR Ô M YJ  Y¨
J
á

Ô R

   ‘     ¨ Y
m   8 Ô   áÔ8 Ô á M  Y
¨Ô M M 

YáÔ8 Ô ¨ Y
R
á
M m  m ¨áÔ
áÔm
á
‘
 m

J
áÔ
 Ô á  M m  m 
¨Ô áÔR
á



 

Ô áÔáÔ R

M 


8 Ô á

¨
m     
ÔR
áÔ  ¨R 8
 áÔ á
m  
Y

†††
 


 X |
X
Y

á
m  
m 
 m 
 ámá

 R
á
Y
á
á
  ¨
áÔ á R
¨R  á  Ô 


R

RY
áÔ R    R
á
á
šYmIY1960
m    m 
 J R
m    á
 R   R

á

J  áÔ m Rm á
á
m R R

 J
á  R

R

J
áRI¨  M á
 R


á
áÔ M á

m R¨ R m
RYYm

ZYYYYY
YYY

1. m   á áR

   

2. R

 
Ô 

3. Ô R

‘ 
 ¨

4. m   8 
 

5.
 m

J
m   
 
 M m  m ¨áÔ

6.
 m

J
m   M Ô Ô
ƒ 


áÔ

7. ÔR
áÔ áÔ Mm

8. m 
 R  

†††
 


 X | X
Y
9. áÔám á
Yá



1 áÔ á 
  R 
0.

1 áÔ á
R
1.

1 R
á
m    m 
 á


2.

1 Rá  R

R

J
áRI‘ ¨  M á
 R
á

3.
 R
m RR
 á R

 
YYY

á ĩĘĎYY Y
)Y

á ĩĘĎ occurs in two different types of constructions:

noun
1. á ĩĘĎ + phrase

verb phrase

or

2. á ĩĘĎ + sentence

In the first time á ĩĎ

Ę means 'at the time of' and usually refers to
events in the .

$% Y
) á ĩĘĎmĘĖĪ last night

†††
 


 X | X
Y

á ĩĘĎáë ēĖĪ this morning ¹when the morning

has passed)

á ĩĘĎá

ħ in childhood

In á ĩĘĎ + sentences constructions the reference may be to 

time.

á
áÔ ¨
I came when he had already gone.

Or to 
 time or to  situations:

á

‘ ¹‘ )  hen I
have a
car, I'll
be able
to go.

áÔ
m ¹ ¨J )á
áÔá
m 

  áÔ He will
help you
only
when he
sees
that you
are
useful to
him.

áëĄ
ÜYYÜûY 
YYYY

Although both áëĄ
Ü and Üû are completive verbs they differ

†††
 


 X | X
Y
somewhat in meaning and usage:

1. áëĄ
Ü to finish some activity ¹often of indefinite

length and of temporary nature)

áÔR  á

¨
He has
finished
working.

áÔ Rá

 He
hasn't
finished
doing it
yet.

2. Üû to complete a task ¹often of prescribed duration,

such as a course of study).

Óá á
 R m
 I'll
finish
the
Thai
course
in 2
months.

á
    e
didn't
see the
movie
to the
end.

¢ Either áëĄ
Ü or Üû may occur in sentences which are

†††
 


 X | X
Y
otherwise Identical. The selection of one over the other
indicates a difference in emphasis or focus. ith set the
focus is on the activity in general; with Üû it is on the
completion of a particular action.

áÔáÔ á

¨
He has finished letter
writing.

áÔáÔ  ¨
He has finished writing a

¹the) letter.

YY

@YY 
-Y
Y

á

  yesterday

á
á this morning ¹past time)

á

 2 p.m. ¹it's later than that now.)

á
m last night

á
á  ¹) in childhood

á
‘ R

M Y hen I had just got here.

á
 R   R

hen I was still working here.



Y
Y

#
Y. #
Y/

†††
 


 X | X
Y
1. áÔ‘ á
   áÔ‘ ¨
á
 

He'll get there at 1 p.m. He got here at 1.p.m.

2. R á
  á R ¨
á
  á

I'll eat at 5 p.m. I ate at 5 p.m.

3.  áÔá   áÔ¨
á
á 

I'll meet her this evening. I met her this evening.

4. áÔ J á  áÔ á
¹J )á

They'll go in the morning. They went in the morning.

5. áÔ á
   áÔ á


He'll come to see me at 1 p.m. He came to see me at 1 p.m.

@Y
Y

The instructor reads a cue sentence then forms a question based

on it. A student gives a response to it. The instructor forms a
second sentence, and the student answers that. Sentences and
responses are based on the cue sentence.

1. á
áÔá
  YáÔ  á R

hen he finished his studies, he returned to Thailand.

Z @

á
áÔá
  áÔR  áÔ  á R

†††
 


 X | X
Y
hen he finished his studies, what did he He returned to
do? Thailand.

2. á
á YYáÔ  á



hen he was a child, he liked to avoid studying.

Z @

á
á YáÔá    áÔ  á



hat was he like, when he was a He liked to avoid studying.

child?

áÔ  á
 á

 á
á Y

hen did he like to avoid hen he was a child.

studying?

3. á
áÔ ¨

I came when he had already gone.

Z @

m á

 á
áÔ ¨

hen did you come? hen he had already gone.

J R
áÔ  m 

   Y

á
áÔ ¨

Had I come while he was still there? Not yet. You came after he
had already gone.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
4. á
á

á
 RM Y m
R

Right after I started studying Thai, I thought it was very hard.

Z @

á
m á

á
 RM m
R
 YYm 

 

Right after you began I thought Thai was very hard.

studying Thai, how did you
feel?

J m
 m
R M
M J  m
á á
J

R
á
 M Y

Now I think Thai isn't hard, Not so. Now you don't think it's ¹as)
right? hard¹as) when you first started
studying it.

@YY 
-Y
Y

Z @

1 m    
 á   ¨    
 á   ¨
m


.


  m


Have you finished I have finished reading this book.

reading this book yet?

2 m    
 á      
 á    m



†††
 


 X  | X
Y
. ¨

  m


Have you finished I haven't finished reading that book

reading that book yet? yet.

3 m áÔ  ¨
áÔ   m


.

  m
 Y


 M

Have you finished I haven't finished writing the letter

writing that letter yet? yet.
I'll mail it for you.

4 m á
 R á á
  á   m

.


m


hen will you finish I'll finish next month.

studying Thai?

5 m á
 RR

¨  á
 RR

¨   m

.
¨

  m


Have you finished I haven't finished studying lesson 18

studying lesson 18 yet? yet.

6 á
m m
      á
m á
    á
J

.
m
      á

Did you finish seeing the No, because we had to hurry home
movie last night? ¹see to before it hurry home before it was
the end) over.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
7 m   m
   m
 Y
.
á
áÔM á
   á 

Did you finish telling I didn't finish because they gave me

your story. too little time.

8 m á
 
R ¹á
 ) šIYÓĶıı
.
š m


In which year did you I graduated in B.E. 2500.

graduate from the
university?

9 m  
R  
R á m


.

m


hat university did you I graduated from the University of

graduate from? Indiana.


YYY)Y#
YY

John is about to go visit a friend at the 7th Day Adventist

Hospital. His friend has been ill for several days.

He had a servant to get a taxi ¹for him). He didn't want to go for

one himself, because whenever taxis see a esterner, they ask
for higher fares.

The servant called a taxi for him. It was new. He told John the
driver figured the fare from his house to the Adventist Hospital
at 15 baht. John said it was too expensive. He had the servant
bargain for 10. The taxi ¹driver) said that if he didn't get 12
baht, then he wasn't going because the traffic was heavy in that
area.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
The driver drove very fast. John asked him to drive slower, but
the driver didn't listen to him at all. John didn't know what to do.

John didn't know at what time the hospital allowed one to visit
patients. He got there too late, so he didn't get there in time to
visit his friend. He called a taxi and told ¹the driver) to take him
to the ¹Sunday) Market at the Pramane Grounds.


YYY)Y#
YY

John spent hours walking around at the Sunday Market. There

were all kinds of things for sale there: things to use, plants, and
pets. Some things were cheap; some expensive. John bought a lot
of things. He bought toys for children and things to use for his
wife. He bought unusual things that are not available in the U.S.
for his mother and father. He thought he'd send some of these
things to his mother and father in America at Christmas. He
didn't know what he ought to give to his younger sister.

The shopping done, John goes home. hile he is standing looking

for a taxi, he meets a friend. His friend is name Saman. Saman
studied in America. After he graduated, he returned to Thailand
and worked as an employee of the Ministry of the Interior. He got
a grant to go observe work ¹1) in America in 1960. John met
Saman while John was studying Thai in America. At that time he
met many Thais because when there are Thais visiting
ashington, State Department officials introduce them to the
students of Thai, because they want student to meet Thais and to
practice speaking Thai with many Thais.

¹1) An observation tour


YY
á district, a subdivision of a
changwat

  to observe work, an observation

†††
 


 X   X
Y

¹) to practice, drill, train

ÔR
while

m Ô ¹m ) patients

Ô á ¹  ) play things, toy

á  these, this group

á  those, that group

¨   to introduce, to advise, to
suggest

m¨   advice, suggestion, instruction

¨  ¹) to be unusual, to be strange

 male or female first name

J
 ¹J
) animal

J
á  ¹J
) pet

R ¹R ) a grant, fund, investment, a

scholarship, a fellowship

J  ¹J ) plants, tree

"Y6.Y9Y"Y
YY#YY"YY

†††
 


 X   X
Y
A. á

   m ¨J Yesterday I
went to see
you but
didn't see
you.

B.    á I went to
look for a
house to
rent.

A. m   á 
 ill you
live ¹there)
yourself?

B. á YM á
No. I'm

looking for
a friend.

m 
       
Rá RY 
 You think
it's better
to live in a
house or an
apartment?

A. á
m á 

 ¨J  ¨
Is your
friend
single or
married?

B. á 
m
 He's single.

A. m

J
á     
 Actually, as
for me I
prefer

†††
 


 X   X
Y
living in a
house.

¨J

 m
 
  ¨ĀJ
 But for
single
persons, I
think living
in a flat is
better.

B. Rm
 hy?

A.


    It's more

convenient
than living
in a house.

A. ¨á   
Y And less

expensive,
á
J  m M m because
you don't
have to
hire a lot of
servants.

B. 
 Right.

 

 It's safer

too.

J 
Ô  You don't

have to be
afraid of
thieves.

†††
 


 X   X
Y

 
YYY

ÿûYYĥ YY

ÿû and ĥ occur after Čē 'to look for', try to find and indicate the
result of the action of 'looking'.'

Observe the following examples:

Z @

m
 ¢

ČēÿûĥČ ČēÐÿû ČēÐĥ ÿû

Did you get to see him? Yes, I did. No, I didn't.

Čēĥ ĥČ ČēÐĥ ČēÐĥ ĥ

Did you get Yes, I did. No, I didn't.

¹what you were looking for)?

Observe also these two examples:

I didn't get any because it

¹ ÐY á
Ô
wasn't for sale.

I didn't get to see him because

¹ ÐY á
  
he wasn't in.

áÜĎYYÿûYY

†††
 


 X   X
Y

áÜĎ 'to meet, run into unexpectedly' may replace ÿû in

constructions with Čē involving  Y, thus  
or á  'Did you get to see  ?' In constructions referring
to * áÜĎ rather than ÿû is used, thus:

A: Č
ëĘĎČēă I lost my book.

B: ČēáÜĎĥČ Did you find ?

A: ĥ áÜĎ No, I didn't.

hen áÜĎ is used as the main verb in the sentence, it has the
meaning 'to meet unexpectedly':

á

  á á
á Yesterday I ran into an old friend.

3
Y,YYYY

ē means 'more than, to a greater extent'.

1. After stative verbs, use

ē alone.

Examples:

English is more difficult

  Ċăē

ēR
than Thai.

2. After other verbs, use ē

ē for 'more than' and Ďă

ē for
'less than'.

Examples:

†††
 


 X   X
Y
This year we have more
š á
 Ė  á
 ē

ē š
students than last year.

ëĎûm  Ďă
ē áÔ I like you less than him.

3. here a degree of difference is stated, observe in the following

examples, the position of forms indicating degree of difference.

¢#. Y

Y2Y ¢#/


YY

 


1. R

 á

 
 m
ııYm

Here they students more than teachers 400

are

There are 400 more teachers than students here.

2. m 


 áÔ 

you pretty more than she much

alot

You are prettier than she ¹is).

NP1 Stative Verb +

ē NP2 Degree of Difference

1. R

 Y á

 Y
Ym
YııYm

Here there are students more than teachers 400

There are 400 more students than teachers here.

2. m Y


YáÔY

†††
 


 X   X
Y
you pretty more than she much a lot

You are a lot prettier than she ¹is)

m ēÐĎăē ĥĄY
YmĎĥĄ

Ďăē ĥĄY

Use Ďăē ĥĄ when asking for a person's opinion or comment on

something.

m m

Ð  
hat do you think?

m 

Ð  
¹hat's your opinion?)

áÔ
  
hat did he say?

¹hat was his reaction?)

ĎĥĄYY

Use ĎĥĄ to find out what is in a person's mind.

m  m 
hat are you thinking...

¹ about?

¹ of?

YY

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

†††
 


 X 
| X
Y
#
Y. #
Y/ ¹contracted form)

1. ¨J 

looked for but didn't meet with didn't find

2. ¨Já á

looked for but didn't meet with didn't find

3. ¨J 

looked for but didn't get didn't succeed in getting



Y

YY

Combine patterns  and  to form pattern .

#
YYY #
Y

1. áÔ  á
áÔĥGČēá

a. áÔ á
R
  ¹¨JÐĥ ÿû

b. áÔ á

He wanted to see his friend. He want to see his friend but

didn't see him.

He went to see his friend at home.

He did not meet his friend.

2.  

áÔ áÔČē 


†††
 


 X 
X
Y

a. áÔ 

¨Jĥ áÜĎ/ÿû

b. áÔá A  


His daughter disappeared. He looked for his daughter

without success.

He looked for his daughter.

He didn't find his daughter.

3.  
  Čē 


a.  
 ¹¨JÐĥ áÜĎ

b. á  


My book was lost. I looked for my book without

success.

I looked for my book.

I didn't discover my book.

4.    
 á  Čē¹8 Ð 


a. 
8 Ð 
 á  á 
¨JÐĥ ĥ

b.   
 á 

I'd like to get that book. I tried unsuccessfully to get

¹buy) that book.

I sought ¹to buy) that book.

†††
 


 X 

X
Y
I didn't get that book.

$%Y

YY

1.  m
  m


  m


8 8  m



 8  m



2.  m
  m


  m


á
á
 m



3. á m
 á m


 á m


Ô Ô á m


@Y

YY

¹Respond 
 to the questions, if the cue word indicates

that the search was successful ¹  ) , respond , if the cue
word indicates that the search was unsuccessful ¹  ) .

Z  @

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y


1 á

 m
  áÔ m
 áÔ    m

.

Did you find him when you went to see him He was in. Yes I
yesterday? did.

2 á
 m
    m
     m
.



here you went to see the linguist a while He wasn't ¹No) I

ago, did you find him? in. didn't.

3 á
m á Ôm      m


.

hen he came to see you last night, did he I was in. He did.
see you?

4 m        m

.

hen you went to see the doctor, did you see He was in. I did.
him?

5 á
 á 
m m R

á
      
.
m


A short time ago when your friend came to I wasn't He

see you at school, did you meet? in. didn't.

6 m á
 R
IRÔ áÔM
  R
IR   M

.
 m
  

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
Did you find his number in the phone book? It wasn't I didn't.
there.

Y@Y

YY

The teacher gives 2 cue words. One student forms a statement

using the first cue word. Another student asks the question
ČēáÜĎĥČ mĄ
û. The first then responds either negatively or
affirmatively according to the second cue word.

Y
  '!'


Č
ëĘĎ... No S1:  
  My book was

lost.

S2: á m

 Did you find it?

S1: ĥ áÜĎm
 No, I didn't.

Continue on using the following cue words:

1. á ... No 2.  ... Yes

3. 
... No 4.  

... No

5. m M ... Yes 6.

‘ ... Yes

7. wáÔ... No  ... No
8. 
á 

@Y

YY

 Z @

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
1.  m  
 á   m
 m


Did you find that book? I did.

2.  m 8  
 R m

 m


ere you able to buy the Thai book you were I was.
looking for?

3.  m m M  m

 m


ere you able to find the servants you were No, I

looking for? wasn't.

4.  áÔm

   m
 m


Did you find the English teacher you were No, I

looking for? didn't.

5.  m    m

 m


Did you find the house you were looking for? No, I
didn't.



Y

YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1. á

  

Yesterday it was hot.

  


 Ą
 Ď
ēá

 

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
Today it's very hot. It's hotter today than yesterday.

2.  ƒ m 



That girl is pretty.

 ƒ m 


 ƒ m  ë ă
ē  ƒ m 

This girl is very pretty. This girl is prettier than that one.

3.  

My house is far.

 áÔ  áÔĥ

ē  

His house is very far. His house is farther than mine.

4. 



In the daytime it's hot.

 m 
 
 Ą Ď
ē m

At night it's not hot. It's hotter in the daytime than at

night.

5. R
 I

There the weather is good.

R

I R

IĖ

ē R


Here the weather is very Here the weather is better than

good. there.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
6. á
 m á 

This student is smart.

á
 m  á  á
 m  á

ē á
 m

That student is very smart. That student is smarter than this

one.

7. 
R

  

The food in that shop is

good.


R

   
R

 
Ė
ē
 

The food in this shop is The food in this shop is better than
very good. in that shop.

8. áÔ  
 

He studies late at night.

  
    
 

ēáÔ

I study very late at night. I study later at night than he.

9. áÔ
á
 á 

He came to school early.


á

 
á
 ëēă
ē áÔ

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
I came to school late. I came to school later than he.

áÔ
á
 á 
 

He came to school earlier than I.

10 R
.

Thai is not hard.

     ăē

ēR

English is hard. English is harder than Thai

11 
  
 
.

That day's party wasn't

fun.


 

 
 ë


ē 
 

Today's party is fun. The party today is more fun than

that other party.

12
‘áÔá
.

His car is old.

‘ M
‘ MČ 
ē
‘áÔ

My car is new. My car is newer than his.

13   



†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
.

It's convenient to live in a

house.

  
Rá R

   
Rá Rë

ē   


It's very convenient to live Living in an apartment is more

in an apartment. convenient than living in a house.

14   
Rá Rá 
.

Living in an apartment is
not expensive.

   á      áG ĘĎ
ē   
Rá R

Living in a house is very Living in a house is more expensive

expensive. than living in an apartment.

@Y

YY

 Z @

1  M á  M á    á  M á




.
Y 




hich is more Living in the city.

convenient, living in town
or in the country?

2  
 áR  
 áRY  
 áRYá  


†††
 


 X | X
Y
.   J  

 á  


hich is more expensive, Living in Bangkok.

living in Bangkok or the
provinces?

3     m
Y  

.
   
 áR
Y


hich is farther from Ubon.

Bangkok, Ubon or Korat?

4
 ÔR  
  ¿
 ÔRY
 ÔRá


.
 á


hich is older, Ayuthaya Sukhotai.

or Sukhotai province?

5
‘m 
‘m  
‘m  Y
‘m  ¨ 

.
 ¨ 


hich is more expensive, That one.

that car or this one?

6 á
   á
     Y á
   

.
 


In which class are there That one.

more students, that one

†††
 


 X  X
Y
or this one?

7 
 áR 
 áRY á MY 
 áRm  
.
 m  



hich has a larger Bangkok.

population, Bangkok or
Chlangmai?

@Y

YY

 Z @

1 á
 á á
 á á
 M á
 á  
.
 Mm
 R 



hich can speak Thai better, The old.

the old students or the new
ones?

2 m 


 m 


 m 

mMm
 m 


á 

.
á 


ho is more skillful, Sawat or Sawat.

Prasong?

3 á
m m á
m m   m  á
m  áÔ M

.
 Mm

ÐáÔMm 
 


†††
 


 X 
X
Y
ho understands you better, That one understands
that friend of yours or this me better.
one?

4 m   m    m Y m   Ô á



.
Mm
Ô
‘á




ho drives faster, John or John.

Jim?

$%Y

YY

1. 
 


 

á 
 

áÔá 
 

2. 





 á
 


   á
 


   á
 
 

3. 
 

†††
 


 X  X
Y


 

á

 

á

 
 

áÔá

 
 

4. 


 


    


    


    
   
Rá R

5. 
áÔ

 
áÔ

 m 
áÔ

 m 
áÔ

6. 


R


R  


†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔR  


áÔR  
 

áÔR  
 





Y

YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1 áÔá
  

 

.



He has classes 6 hours a

day.

á
á
  

 



áÔá
  
 
á

 

 



e have classes 4 hours a He has classes 2 hours more per day

day. than we do.

2 R

á
 m

 m
.

There are 100 teachers at

school.

R

á
  á
  
 R

á
  á
 
m



 
m m

There are 500 students at There are 400 more students than

†††
 


 X  X
Y
school. teachers at school.

3 m 
  J


m
.

ichai has 4 children.

m 
á

È  J

m m 
  J

m 
á

È

m

Prasert has 2 children. ichai has 2 more children than

Prasert.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

 
 less

á   
 less expensive

  
 have less

  
 like less

   
 speak less

R  
 do less

R  
 eat less

8  
 buy less

á
  
 study less

†††
 


 X  X
Y



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. Ô R

   ē

ēÔ R

 Ô R

  Ďă
ē

 

There are more things in this There are less things in that
shop than that one. shop than this one.

2. áÔá ē

ē  á  Ďă
ē áÔ

He has more money than I. I have less money than he.

3. áÔM á ē

ē  M á  Ďă
ēáÔ

He spends more money than I. I spend less money than he.

4.    áG ĘĎ
ē   
Rá   
Rá RáG ĘĎ  Ďă


R    

Living in a house is more Living in an apartment is less

expensive than living in an expensive than living in a
apartment. house.

5.  Ô m 
Iá
 ē

 m 
Iá
  Ďă
ē 
ēm 
I Ô áÔ

Somsak's younger brothers and Somsak studies less than his

sisters study more than he. younger siblings.

6.  ƒ m    ē

ē  ƒ  ƒ m     Ďă
ē  

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m  ƒ m 

That woman talks more than The woman over there talks
the one over there. less than that one.

7.  á
áÔ ē

ē áÔ  áÔ Ďă
ē á
áÔ

I like his friends better than I like him less than ¹I like) his
him. friends.

8. m 
I
ë ă
ē 

áÔ 

m 
I
ë ă Ďă

ēm 
I


Somsri is prettier than her Somsri's younger sister is less

younger sister. pretty than Somsri.

9. áÔR  ē

ē  RJ R   Ďă
ē áÔ RJ


 



He works 6 hours a week more I work 6 hours a week less

than I do. than he does.

1 
   J
ē

ē 
 J
 Ďă
ē
 

0.
m m

My older brother has 2 more I have two less children than

children than I. my older brother.



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1 ! m ē   
Rá R
  ē   
Rá R

.

I think living in an apartment is I think living in an apartment

better. is better.

2 ! m ēá 

  ēá 



.

I think being single is better. I think being single is better.

3 ! m ē¨   ē¨ 

.

I think it's too expensive. I think it's too expensive.

4 ! m ēá

m

 áÔ  ēá
m

 áÔ
.

I think we should tell her. I think we should tell her.

5 ! m ēá

m

   á  ēá
m

   á
.
R
 R


I think we should leave before I think we should leave

noon. before noon.

6 ! m á

m

8
‘m   ēá
m

8
‘m 
.

I don't think we should buy the I don't think we should buy

car. the car.

7 ! m ēáÔm   ēáÔm 

.

I think he will surely come. I think he will surely come.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

$%Y

YY

1.   How.

ē  hat do ¹you)

think?

m 
  hat do you

think?

m m
  hat do you

think?

2. m  Ėm ē máČ

  hat's your

opinion?

m m
má á
Ėĩă

ûá



   hat's your
opinion about this
matter?

m m
má á

 á


   hat's your
opinion about this
matter?

$%Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. !
 
 Ym m

 Y
 

I think it's good. I think it's good. And you, what do you
think?

2. !
m


m

Ym m
 Y
 

†††
 


 X | X
Y
I think you shouldn't. I think you shouldn't. And you, what do
you think?

3. !
m


m

Ym m
 Y
 

I think you should. I think you should. And you, what do

you think?

4. !
‘  
‘ Ym m

 Y
 

I think it's not so. I think it's not so. And you, what do
you think?

5. !
¨  
¨  Ym m

 Y
 

I think it's too expensive. I think it's too expensive. And you,
what do you think?

6. !
 á 

 á 
Ym m

 Y
 

I think it's boring. I think it's boring. And you, what do

you think?

Idiom ¹to intimates or inferiors): hat are you up to?

$%
YY

OY Have students compare various persons and objects in terms

of certain qualities ¹good, pretty, etc.).
OY Compare various activities in terms of convenience, pleasure,
etc.
OY One student expresses an opinion and asks another student's
opinion of the same thing.
OY One student reports on the loss of some object ¹watch, etc.) A
second asks if he has found it. He indicates he has or hasn't.
OY One student says that he went to look for something or
†††
 


 X  X
Y
someone. Another asks if he was successful in his search. The
first indicates he was ¹or wasn't).
OY Two students compare the weather l) on different days, 2) in
different months, 3) at different times of the day, and 4) in
different places.
OY One student asks another about the weather at some other
place or some other time of the year.
OY Find out which of 2 things various students prefer.
OY Find out the extent of superiority of one thing over another.
OY Compare the number of hours per day or week various people
participate in various activities.
OY One student asks another his opinion on something. The
second gives it.
OY One student asks another what he is thinking about at the
moment.
OY One student asks another if he thinks he should do one thing
or the other. The second gives his opinion.


YY

Rá R apartment

 á a house to rent

á to meet with unexpectedly

á to rent

¹ÐY to get. ¹It indicates that the speaker was able

to get the things he was looking for.)

 , á to meet with ¹indicates that the search

resulted in meeting with persons or things)

Y
 Ð to disappear, vanish, to be missing, be lost

from sight

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

 to be difficult

m wage, wages, pay

Ô  thief, robber

m

truthfully, actually

m
má opinion

á

 about


to be afraid of


 more than, to a greater extent

 classifier for houses and buildings

 Y

Ð some ¹out of a number), somewhat, in part,

partly, to some extent

  to be little, small, less, slight ¹in quantity)

  to be safe, out of danger

á  to use up, to consume, to waste ¹e.g. money,

time resources) the expenses; to be expensive


 to be convenient

 R
IRY
áÐ a phone book

†††
 


 X  X
Y

‘ R
Y
¨ Ð place, site ¹place equipped for a particular

kind of work, activity, etc.)

á
 to pay out ¹money) to waste, lost ¹time) to be

obligated to pay

 to be single, unmarried state

¹m ÐY
 single person, bachelor, spinster

J
á I ¹myself)

J
áÔá he ¹himself)

J
á
á we ¹ourselves), more emphatic than Dztuadz
alone

 to say, criticize, to think, to have an opinion

"Y6/Y9Y@YYüY/YY
A. m   á¨

  Have you got a
house to rent
yet?

B.  m Not yet.

A. M 8    
 M á    
On my lane

thereǯs a house
for rent.

B. áÔmmá  m How much is

the rent?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
A. ‘
á  I didnǯt ask the
details.

á    M Itǯs a new

house.

   Itǯs cosy.


 m
m

á YY  m  For a small
family like
yours

Ô   Yá Mƒá  the size is just

right, not too
big, not too
small.

B.  ‘ Mƒm Is it far from

the main
street?

A.    8 


YY
 
m
 Itǯs about two
kilometers or
so from the
end of the
lane.

B. ! JJ áÔ     m How do I get

in touch with
the owner?

A. R
 ‘áÔ J
m
 YJ     Call him
directly. You
donǯt have to
go through an

†††
 


 X  X
Y
agent.

B.  áÔ R
IRá
 
m hat is his
home phone
number?

A. á
YáYY RY
Y
Y
Ym


ÓTÐ 962-346


YYY

ĖYYY
Y

The stative verb  occurs in several different types of constructions

with different meanings:

+Ė Examples Meaning of Ė

I. ¢

A. Animate ¹Human)

1. People in general mĖ good moral

character

2. People in special mĄĚøĩĖĖ ¹1) good at doing

roles something

B. Inanimate

1. Objects öūĖ good quality

2. Places
Ą áøÿĐĖ ¹2) good for some
special purpose

†††
 


 X  X
Y

II.



A. Action verbs á ēáĄĖăĖ well, efficiently

B. Stative verbs MČîĖ nice and ¹big)

III. 

A. Questions øēĎĥĄĖ to be acceptable, all

right

¹1) hen used with nouns indicating family roles ¹son, etc.),
professional roles ¹teacher, etc.), øĖĩĖ is used to indicate that the
person is performing well in that particular role without regard to
his moral character.

¹2) This type of construction can only be used when it is clear from
the context in what respect a place can be called 'good'.

Ė YĎăĚ Y

Ė ... ĎăĚ calls attention to the fact that a certain thing is in

existence at a particular time or place. Its existence may be
temporary or accidental.

J  á  


RáR  

At that time I had only about fifty baht ¹on me).

J
8 
 ¨Ā  
  

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Right at the end of the lane there is ¹located) a coffee shop.

mYYY

m  means 'how is it figured? ¹what is Included in the

calculations)'

áÔmmá  m


How is the rent figured? ¹hat's included in the rent?)

máR


How much does it amount to?

áÔmmááR


How much is the rent?

ēYY
Y Y

 is a verb meaning 'worthy of, leading to, or able' which

combines with other verbs to form verb compounds:


 loveable, cute:  worthy of +
 love

M nice to use:  nice + M to use

 interesting to look at:  interesting +  look at

ööĎ

û Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

JJ  means 'to contact or get in touch with' someone.

JJ áÔ    

How do I get in touch with the owner of the house?

Čē Y

 means 'to be separated by a certain distance'. It is limited to

use in sentences referring to the extent of the distance between two
points.

     ‘ Mƒ
 

That house is 2 kilometers from the main street.

 'to be far' can replace  in constructions like the one above
and can be used in other construction in which  can  be
used, as follows:

Q: 
 áR  R



Is Bangkok far from here?

A: m
 Not very far.

Or in sentences where  is used with verbs of action:

áÔJ  He hit the ball very far.

 
YYY

†††
 


 X  X
Y

ēYYĥGYY
Y
YY

1. Besides the verbs  ¹towards the speaker) and  ¹away from

the speaker) R
IR may be followed by other words.

¹a) Calling a place

 R

IRÐ + R
YYPlace



I telephoned the ... ¹Place).

¹b) Calling a person

 

 R

IRÐ + + Person

 ‘

I called ¹Person) up.

Both when calling 
 and  other action verbs with
R
may occur. Observe the following:

‘áÔ
 I called to ask him.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

áÔ
 I called to tell him

¹

 R
IR

¹


áÔ I called to invite him to go

‘R
+ Place I called to ask at the...

 
Y

YY

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY


 M á A house for rent

 
 M  A book to read

M 
 ater to drink


M R Food to eat

  M  A movie to see

R
M  A place to stay/rest.

#

YY

YY

 #


†††
 


 X  X
Y

M 8    
 M á    

On my lane there is a house for rent.

1.
 ¨Ā M 8   
 ¨Ā  
  

In my lane there is a coffee shop.

2. 
 M 8   
 ¨Ā  


In the lane I live in there are many coffee shops.

3. R
8  R
8 

 ¨Ā  


At the entrance to the lane there are many

coffee shops.

4.
 
R
8 
 
 


At the entrance to the lane there are many

restaurants.

5.
  
R
8 
 
 
  

At the entrance to the lane there is a

restaurant.

6. R

R


 
 
  

At that place there is a restaurant.

7.
 J  R


 J   
  

There is a good barber shop there.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
8. 
 R


 J  YY  


There are many good barber shops there.

Y

YY

 #


áÔmmá  

How do they figure the rent?

1. áR
áÔmmááR

How much do they charge for the rent?

2. á áR
áÔmmáá áR

How much do they charge per month for the

rent?

3. á 
 R áÔmmáá 
 R

How many thousands a month do they

charge for the rent?

4. šáR
áÔmmá šáR

How much a year do they charge for the

rent?

5. RJ
R áÔmmá RJ
R

How much baht a week do they charge for

†††
 


 X  X
Y
the rent?

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1.   á    M That house is a new house.

2. 
 áRYá  á Mƒ Bangkok is a big city.

3. R
á R¨ á
ųá  Ô ¨ Apples are expensive in

Thailand.

4. á Rá  á

 Thailand is a hot country.

5.

á á  á  
Sweden is a cold country.

6.
 ÔRá  á 
á Sukhothai is the old capital.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. áÔá  m  He is a nice person.

2. áÔá  m
  He is an enjoyable person.

3. áÔá  m á He is a competent person.

4. áÔá  m M He is a newcomer.

5. áÔá  m

 She is a pretty girl.

6. áÔá  m á 
He is a boring person.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY
†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. áÔá 
R
 Heǯs a good husband.

2. áÔá  

R
 Sheǯs a good wife

3. áÔá   R
 Heǯs a good son.

4. áÔá  m
R
 Heǯs a good teacher.

5. áÔá  Ô

R
 Heǯs a good government
official.

6. áÔá  R
 Heǯs a good boss.

7. áÔá     R
 Heǯs a good subordinate

¹employee).

8. áÔá  á
 R
 Sheǯs a good student.

Note: Compare these two sentences:

áÔá  á
 á Y
áÔá
 á Ð Heǯs a good student. ¹He has
good ability to learn.)

áÔá  á
 R
 Heǯs a good student. ¹He is a
dutiful student.)

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1.    nice and cozy

2.

 nice and pretty

3. ‘  nice and cheap

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4. M  nice and close

5. á  nice and cool

6.
  nice and hot

7. á

 nice and fast

8. á  nice and small

9. Mƒ nice and big

10.
  nice and amusing

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1.
 á  too hot

2.  
á  too cold

3. á  too far

4. á

á  too fast

5. á  too slow

6. á á  too small

7. Mć  too big

8. M á  too close

†††
 


 X  X
Y



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. áÔÔ
‘á

Y  áÔÔ
‘á



He drives fast. I like that. He drives nice and fast.

2. áÔÔ
‘á

Y  áÔÔ
‘á



He drives fast. I donǯt like that. He drives too fast.

3. áÔ Y  áÔ 

He speaks slowly. I like that. He speaks nice and slow.

4.  m   M JY   m   M J

Your house is near the market. I Your house is nice and close
like that. to the market.

5.  m   M JY   m   M Já 

Your house is near the market. I Your house is too close to

donǯt like that. the market.

6.    MƒY     Mƒ

That house is big. I like that. That house is nice and big.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. Ô   Yá Mƒá 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Itǯs the right size, not too small and not too large.

2. I  Y
   
á 

The weather is just right, not too warm and not too cold.

3. áÔ   Yá


 á 

He speaks at just the right speed, not too fast and not too slow.

4.
m  Y¨ ‘ á 

The price is just right, not too expensive and not too cheap.

5. á
‘   Yá

 

e arrived at just the right time, not too early and not too late.

Y

YY

 #


    The house is nice to live

in.

1. ŽáJ  ŽáJ     The hotel is nice to live in.

2. 
 áR 
 áR    Bangkok is nice to live in.

3. á R á R    Thailand is nice to live in.

4. 
Rá R 
Rá R    The apartment is nice to
live in.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
5. J  
 J  
    Upcountry ¹Thailand) is
nice to live in.

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y/YēY Y
YY

Y

1.     The house is nice ¹to live in).

2. 
R The food looks delicious.

3.
‘m  Ô That car is nice to drive.

4.  
 á    That book is interesting to

read.

5. Ô R

8 Things here are nice to buy.

6.   á

  This movie is nice to see.

7.    mᨠY á That house is not too

expensive. Itǯs nice to rent.

8.   M This pen is nice to use.

9. á
 m   
That student is nice to teach.

10.  
 á  
M That book is interesting.

11. ¹á má

ÐYm

 Āů The lecture is interesting.

12. á m  
 The child is lovable ¹cute,
etc.).

†††
 


 X  X
Y



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1.   

Y           That house

is cozy.

2.
‘m  Y  Ô
‘m  Ô That car is
nice to
drive.

3. Ô R

‘  Y  8 Ô R

8 Things

here are
good buys.

4.      á    á This is a

good house
to rent.

5. á
 m  á Y á
 m   
That
student is
 
nice to
teach.

6.  
 á  Y     
 á    This is a

readable
book.

7.  
 á  Y 
M  
 á  
M This book

is
interesting.

8. á m   YR m
áÔ á m  
 That child
is lovable
¹cute, etc.).

†††
 


 X | X
Y

@Y

YY

 Z @

1

      ‘
 


.
Mƒ
 

How many kilometers is More than two.

that house from the main
street.

2





‘
 ‘Ā   
R
Ð





.


  

How many kilometers is About 2 or 3?

the railroad station from
here?

3


 
Ð
  
    
 áR


 
Ð
 

.

Y
   

How far is HuaHin from About 150

Bangkok? kilometers.

4 
 á

    
 áRY 
 á


.

  

How far is Ubon from About 692

Bangkok? kilometers.

5  
  

 
Ô   
 áR  
  

 


.

†††
 


 X  X
Y



á  Y
  á 

How far is Songkla from 1,129 kilometers.

Bangkok?

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y[YYööĎÐYY

Z @

1 áÔ¿
 
áÔJJ á

 á
.

hy did he come? He came to inquire about the

house for rent

2 áÔm

JJ  Mm
áÔm

JJ  á  R
m
.


ho should he contact? He should contact that official.

3 ! JJ  áÔ  

JJ    8m

.

How can I get in touch with Contact ¹him) through the

him? agent.

4 ! JJ  áÔ  

JJ  á  R
8m

.

How can I get in touch with Through the man in charge.

him?

5 ! JJ  m   

m
 Yá
 R
IR 
.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
How do I get in touch with you? Here is my phone number.

6 m  áÔ  
 á  á m
 Y
.
JJ  áÔ  ¨


Have you seen him lately? No, Iǯve been out of touch with
him for a long time.

7 m áÔ  
 á á m
 Y
.
 JJ  áÔ  ¨


Have you got any letters from No, I havenǯt been in touch with
him? him for a long time.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. R
 ‘ call and ask

2. R
  call and tell

3. R
 
call and invite

4. R
 á
 call and summon

5. R
  call

6. R
 ‘ call



Y
YY
†††
 


 X  X
Y
¹Combine Patterns I and II to form Pattern III.)

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

a
1.  R
 áÔ
.  R
 ‘áÔ
Y

b áÔ 
‘áÔ
áÔ 
.

I called him.
I called and asked if he was
I asked him whether he going.
was going.

a
2.  R
 áÔ
.
 R
 áÔ
 Y  
b
 áÔ
  
.

I called him.
I called and asked if he was
I asked his whether he going.
was going.

a
3.  R
 áÔ
.
 R
 
áÔ  Ô
b

áÔ  Ô
.

I will call him.

I will call and ask him to go
I will ask him to go shopping with me.
shopping with me.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
a
4.  R
 áÔ
.
 R
 
áÔ áR


b

áÔ áR


.

I will call him.

I will call him and invite him to
I will invite him to go out go out ¹for fun).
¹for fun).

a
5.  R
 áÔ
.
 R
 M áÔR


b
 M áÔR


.

I will call him.

I will call and tell him to come
I will tell him to come over.
over.

a
6.  R
 áÔ
.
 R
 ‘áÔá

 á
b
‘áÔá

 á
.

I will call him.

I will call him and ask him about
I will ask him about the the house for rent.
house for rent.

a
7.  R
 R

R¨R 8

.
 R
 á
¨R 8

b á
¨R 8

†††
 


 X  X
Y
.

I called the taxi company.

I called for a cab.
I asked for a cab.

a
8. áÔ R
 
.
áÔ R
‘
  á


b áÔ‘ 
  á

. 

He called me.
He called and asked when I was
He asked me when I was leaving.
leaving.

a
9. áÔ R
 
. áÔ R
  
áÔ

b 
áÔ  
áÔ

.

He called me. He called and told me he was

He told me he was sick. sick.

10 a
áÔ R
 
. .
áÔ R

 R
b
áÔ
 R
.

He called me.
He called and invited me to go to
He invited me to go to Pattaya.
Pattaya.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

$%
YY
1. Ask someone if he has rented a house yet. He indicates he
hasn't.

2. Ask if there are any houses for rent in his street. He says there
are some.

3. Find out the name of someone's landlord.

4. Find out how much the rent is.

5. Comment on the looks of various buildings in the

neighborhood. Indicate that they look nice.

6. Discuss how far apart various buildings in the neighborhood

are.

7. Ask someone how you get in touch with someone else. He says
call him directly.

8. Ask someone if the house he is living in is big enough for a

small family like his.

9. Find out how much the rent is for different houses and
apartments, how many hundreds, thousands, etc. per week,
month, and year.

10. Discuss the weather in various seasons at various places.

11. Discuss the manner in which various activities are done and
whether you like the way it's done.

12. Indicate that something is just right, not too . . . and not too . . .
.

13. Ask questions and answer them about places that are nice to

†††
 


 X  X
Y
live in, things that are nice to eat, etc.

14. Discuss various telephone calls; who made them to whom for
what purpose and at what time.


YY
¨ á
ų apple

áÔ Y
m Ð owner

á  R
the man in charge, official

J
directly

 to be far apart, to be separate, to be

distant

   just right

á  too . . . ; in excess

má the rent

m

Y
Ô Ð lecture

Ô  size

m  
, m  how is it figured ¹what is included
in the calculation)

  kilometer

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á má
Y
Ô Ð lecture

   Y
m Ð subordinate ¹employee)

‘ to arrive ¹towards the speaker

 ‘ to arrive ¹away from the speaker)

YYYY   has, have, is, are in possession of, is

are in existence, is are to be found

 worthy of, leading to, or Ȃable ¹It

combines with other verbs to form
verb compounds)

  interesting to read

á 
boring

M nice to use

á nice to rent

 interesting to look at

Āů interesting to listen to

   to be cozy, livable

Ô nice to drive


 lovable, cute

†††
 


 X  X
Y

8 nice to buy


M interesting

 
nice to teach

R to look delicious

  Y
m Ð agent

Y
Ð mouth, beak, lips, opening

8  the entrance into a lane

á  details

 to love

8  lane, narrow street

JJ  , JJ  , JJ  to contact or get in touch with

someone

R
Y
R
IRÐ to telephone, to call

R
IR to call ¹out)

R
IR to call ¹in)

"Y6/Y9Y@YYüY/YY
A. m   á¨

  Have you got a
house to rent
†††
 


 X | X
Y
yet?

B.  m Not yet.

A. M 8    
 M á    
On my lane

thereǯs a house
for rent.

B. áÔmmá  m How much is

the rent?

A. ‘
á  I didnǯt ask the
details.

á    M Itǯs a new

house.

   Itǯs cosy.


 m
m

á YY  m  For a small
family like
yours

Ô   Yá Mƒá  the size is just

right, not too
big, not too
small.

B.  ‘ Mƒm Is it far from

the main
street?

A.    8 


YY
 
m
 Itǯs about two
kilometers or
so from the
end of the
†††
 


 X  X
Y
lane.

B. ! JJ áÔ     m How do I get

in touch with
the owner?

A. R
 ‘áÔ J
m
 YJ     Call him
directly. You
donǯt have to
go through an
agent.

B.  áÔ R
IRá
 
m hat is his
home phone
number?

A. á
YáYY RY
Y
Y
Ym


ÓTÐ 962-346


YYY

ĖYYY
Y

The stative verb  occurs in several different types of constructions

with different meanings:

+Ė Examples Meaning of Ė

I. ¢

A. Animate ¹Human)

1. People in general mĖ good moral

character

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
2. People in special mĄĚøĩĖĖ ¹1) good at doing
roles something

B. Inanimate

1. Objects öūĖ good quality

2. Places
Ą áøÿĐĖ ¹2) good for some
special purpose

II.



A. Action verbs á ēáĄĖăĖ well, efficiently

B. Stative verbs MČîĖ nice and ¹big)

III. 

A. Questions øēĎĥĄĖ to be acceptable, all

right

¹1) hen used with nouns indicating family roles ¹son, etc.),
professional roles ¹teacher, etc.), øĖĩĖ is used to indicate that the
person is performing well in that particular role without regard to
his moral character.

¹2) This type of construction can only be used when it is clear from
the context in what respect a place can be called 'good'.

Ė YĎăĚ Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Ė ... ĎăĚ calls attention to the fact that a certain thing is in

existence at a particular time or place. Its existence may be
temporary or accidental.

J  á  


RáR  

At that time I had only about fifty baht ¹on me).

J
8 
 ¨Ā  
  

Right at the end of the lane there is ¹located) a coffee shop.

mYYY

m  means 'how is it figured? ¹what is Included in the

calculations)'

áÔmmá  m


How is the rent figured? ¹hat's included in the rent?)

máR


How much does it amount to?

áÔmmááR


How much is the rent?

ēYY
Y Y

 is a verb meaning 'worthy of, leading to, or able' which

combines with other verbs to form verb compounds:

†††
 


 X  X
Y


 loveable, cute:  worthy of +
 love

M nice to use:  nice + M to use

 interesting to look at:  interesting +  look at

ööĎ

û Y

JJ  means 'to contact or get in touch with' someone.

JJ áÔ    

How do I get in touch with the owner of the house?

Čē Y

 means 'to be separated by a certain distance'. It is limited to

use in sentences referring to the extent of the distance between two
points.

     ‘ Mƒ
 

That house is 2 kilometers from the main street.

 'to be far' can replace  in constructions like the one above
and can be used in other construction in which  can  be
used, as follows:

Q: 
 áR  R



Is Bangkok far from here?

†††
 


 X  X
Y
A: m
 Not very far.

Or in sentences where  is used with verbs of action:

áÔJ  He hit the ball very far.

 
YYY

ēYYĥGYY
Y
YY

1. Besides the verbs  ¹towards the speaker) and  ¹away from

the speaker) R
IR may be followed by other words.

¹a) Calling a place

 R

IRÐ + R
YYPlace



I telephoned the ... ¹Place).

¹b) Calling a person

 

 R

IRÐ + + Person

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 ‘

I called ¹Person) up.

Both when calling 
 and  other action verbs with
R
may occur. Observe the following:

‘áÔ
 I called to ask him.

áÔ
 I called to tell him

¹

 R
IR

¹


áÔ I called to invite him to go

‘R
+ Place I called to ask at the...

 
Y

YY

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY


 M á A house for rent

 
 M  A book to read

M 
 ater to drink

†††
 


 X  X
Y


M R Food to eat

  M  A movie to see

R
M  A place to stay/rest.

#

YY

YY

 #


M 8    
 M á    

On my lane there is a house for rent.

1.
 ¨Ā M 8   
 ¨Ā  
  

In my lane there is a coffee shop.

2. 
 M 8   
 ¨Ā  


In the lane I live in there are many coffee shops.

3. R
8  R
8 

 ¨Ā  


At the entrance to the lane there are many

coffee shops.

4.
 
R
8 
 
 


At the entrance to the lane there are many

restaurants.

5.
  
R
8 
 
 
  

†††
 


 X  X
Y
At the entrance to the lane there is a
restaurant.

6. R

R


 
 
  

At that place there is a restaurant.

7.
 J  R


 J   
  

There is a good barber shop there.

8. 
 R


 J  YY  


There are many good barber shops there.

Y

YY

 #


áÔmmá  

How do they figure the rent?

1. áR
áÔmmááR

How much do they charge for the rent?

2. á áR
áÔmmáá áR

How much do they charge per month for the

rent?

3. á 
 R áÔmmáá 
 R

How many thousands a month do they

†††
 


 X  X
Y
charge for the rent?

4. šáR
áÔmmá šáR

How much a year do they charge for the

rent?

5. RJ
R áÔmmá RJ
R

How much baht a week do they charge for

the rent?

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1.   á    M That house is a new house.

2. 
 áRYá  á Mƒ Bangkok is a big city.

3. R
á R¨ á
ųá  Ô ¨ Apples are expensive in

Thailand.

4. á Rá  á

 Thailand is a hot country.

5.

á á  á  
Sweden is a cold country.

6.
 ÔRá  á 
á Sukhothai is the old capital.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. áÔá  m  He is a nice person.

2. áÔá  m
  He is an enjoyable person.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
3. áÔá  m á He is a competent person.

4. áÔá  m M He is a newcomer.

5. áÔá  m

 She is a pretty girl.

6. áÔá  m á 
He is a boring person.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. áÔá 
R
 Heǯs a good husband.

2. áÔá  

R
 Sheǯs a good wife

3. áÔá   R
 Heǯs a good son.

4. áÔá  m
R
 Heǯs a good teacher.

5. áÔá  Ô

R
 Heǯs a good government
official.

6. áÔá  R
 Heǯs a good boss.

7. áÔá     R
 Heǯs a good subordinate

¹employee).

8. áÔá  á
 R
 Sheǯs a good student.

Note: Compare these two sentences:

áÔá  á
 á Y
áÔá
 á Ð Heǯs a good student. ¹He has
good ability to learn.)

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔá  á
 R
 Heǯs a good student. ¹He is a
dutiful student.)

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1.    nice and cozy

2.

 nice and pretty

3. ‘  nice and cheap

4. M  nice and close

5. á  nice and cool

6.
  nice and hot

7. á

 nice and fast

8. á  nice and small

9. Mƒ nice and big

10.
  nice and amusing

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1.
 á  too hot

2.  
á  too cold

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
3. á  too far

4. á

á  too fast

5. á  too slow

6. á á  too small

7. Mć  too big

8. M á  too close



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. áÔÔ
‘á

Y  áÔÔ
‘á



He drives fast. I like that. He drives nice and fast.

2. áÔÔ
‘á

Y  áÔÔ
‘á



He drives fast. I donǯt like that. He drives too fast.

3. áÔ Y  áÔ 

He speaks slowly. I like that. He speaks nice and slow.

4.  m   M JY   m   M J

Your house is near the market. I Your house is nice and close
like that. to the market.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
5.  m   M JY   m   M Já 

Your house is near the market. I Your house is too close to

donǯt like that. the market.

6.    MƒY     Mƒ

That house is big. I like that. That house is nice and big.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. Ô   Yá Mƒá 

Itǯs the right size, not too small and not too large.

2. I  Y
   
á 

The weather is just right, not too warm and not too cold.

3. áÔ   Yá


 á 

He speaks at just the right speed, not too fast and not too slow.

4.
m  Y¨ ‘ á 

The price is just right, not too expensive and not too cheap.

5. á
‘   Yá

 

e arrived at just the right time, not too early and not too late.

Y

YY

 #


†††
 


 X  X
Y

    The house is nice to live

in.

1. ŽáJ  ŽáJ     The hotel is nice to live in.

2. 
 áR 
 áR    Bangkok is nice to live in.

3. á R á R    Thailand is nice to live in.

4. 
Rá R 
Rá R    The apartment is nice to
live in.

5. J  
 J  
    Upcountry ¹Thailand) is

nice to live in.

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y/YēY Y
YY

Y

1.     The house is nice ¹to live in).

2. 
R The food looks delicious.

3.
‘m  Ô That car is nice to drive.

4.  
 á    That book is interesting to

read.

5. Ô R

8 Things here are nice to buy.

6.   á

  This movie is nice to see.

7.    mᨠY á That house is not too

expensive. Itǯs nice to rent.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
8.   M This pen is nice to use.

9. á
 m   
That student is nice to teach.

10.  
 á  
M That book is interesting.

11. ¹á má

ÐYm

 Āů The lecture is interesting.

12. á m  
 The child is lovable ¹cute,
etc.).



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1.   

Y           That house

is cozy.

2.
‘m  Y  Ô
‘m  Ô That car is
nice to
drive.

3. Ô R

‘  Y  8 Ô R

8 Things

here are
good buys.

4.      á    á This is a

good house
to rent.

5. á
 m  á Y á
 m   
That
student is
 
nice to
teach.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
6.  
 á  Y     
 á    This is a
readable
book.

7.  
 á  Y 
M  
 á  
M This book

is
interesting.

8. á m   YR m
áÔ á m  
 That child
is lovable
¹cute, etc.).

@Y

YY

 Z @

1

      ‘
 


.
Mƒ
 

How many kilometers is More than two.

that house from the main
street.

2





‘
 ‘Ā   
R
Ð





.


  

How many kilometers is About 2 or 3?

the railroad station from
here?

3


 
Ð
  
    
 áR


 
Ð
 

.

Y
   

†††
 


 X  X
Y
How far is HuaHin from About 150
Bangkok? kilometers.

4 
 á

    
 áRY 
 á


.

  

How far is Ubon from About 692

Bangkok? kilometers.

5  
  

 
Ô   
 áR  
  

 


.


á  Y
  á 

How far is Songkla from 1,129 kilometers.

Bangkok?

@YYŸ 
-Y

Y[YYööĎÐYY

Z @

1 áÔ¿
 
áÔJJ á

 á
.

hy did he come? He came to inquire about the

house for rent

2 áÔm

JJ  Mm
áÔm

JJ  á  R
m
.


ho should he contact? He should contact that official.

3 ! JJ  áÔ  

JJ    8m

.

How can I get in touch with Contact ¹him) through the

†††
 


 X  X
Y
him? agent.

4 ! JJ  áÔ  

JJ  á  R
8m

.

How can I get in touch with Through the man in charge.

him?

5 ! JJ  m   

m
 Yá
 R
IR 
.

How do I get in touch with you? Here is my phone number.

6 m  áÔ  
 á  á m
 Y
.
JJ  áÔ  ¨



Have you seen him lately? No, Iǯve been out of touch with
him for a long time.

7 m áÔ  
 á á m
 Y
.
 JJ  áÔ  ¨


Have you got any letters from No, I havenǯt been in touch with
him? him for a long time.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. R
 ‘ call and ask

2. R
  call and tell

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3. R
 
call and invite

4. R
 á
 call and summon

5. R
  call

6. R
 ‘ call



Y
YY

¹Combine Patterns I and II to form Pattern III.)

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

a
1.  R
 áÔ
.  R
 ‘áÔ
Y

b áÔ 
‘áÔ
áÔ 
.

I called him.
I called and asked if he was
I asked him whether he going.
was going.

a
2.  R
 áÔ
.
 R
 áÔ
 Y  
b
 áÔ
  
.

I called him.
I called and asked if he was
I asked his whether he going.
was going.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
a
3.  R
 áÔ
.
 R
 
áÔ  Ô
b

áÔ  Ô
.

I will call him.

I will call and ask him to go
I will ask him to go shopping with me.
shopping with me.

a
4.  R
 áÔ
.
 R
 
áÔ áR


b

áÔ áR


.

I will call him.

I will call him and invite him to
I will invite him to go out go out ¹for fun).
¹for fun).

a
5.  R
 áÔ
.
 R
 M áÔR


b
 M áÔR


.

I will call him.

I will call and tell him to come
I will tell him to come over.
over.

a
6.  R
 áÔ
.
 R
 ‘áÔá

 á

b ‘áÔá

 á

†††
 


 X  X
Y
.

I will call him.

I will call him and ask him about
I will ask him about the the house for rent.
house for rent.

a
7.  R
 R

R¨R 8

.
 R
 á
¨R 8

b
á
¨R 8

.

I called the taxi company.

I called for a cab.
I asked for a cab.

a
8. áÔ R
 
.
áÔ R
‘
  á


b áÔ‘ 
  á

. 

He called me.
He called and asked when I was
He asked me when I was leaving.
leaving.

a
9. áÔ R
 
. áÔ R
  
áÔ

b 
áÔ  
áÔ

.

He called me. He called and told me he was

He told me he was sick. sick.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
10 a
áÔ R
 
. .
áÔ R

 R
b
áÔ
 R
.

He called me.
He called and invited me to go to
He invited me to go to Pattaya.
Pattaya.

$%
YY
1. Ask someone if he has rented a house yet. He indicates he
hasn't.

2. Ask if there are any houses for rent in his street. He says there
are some.

3. Find out the name of someone's landlord.

4. Find out how much the rent is.

5. Comment on the looks of various buildings in the

neighborhood. Indicate that they look nice.

6. Discuss how far apart various buildings in the neighborhood

are.

7. Ask someone how you get in touch with someone else. He says
call him directly.

8. Ask someone if the house he is living in is big enough for a

small family like his.

9. Find out how much the rent is for different houses and
apartments, how many hundreds, thousands, etc. per week,

†††
 


 X  X
Y
month, and year.

10. Discuss the weather in various seasons at various places.

11. Discuss the manner in which various activities are done and
whether you like the way it's done.

12. Indicate that something is just right, not too . . . and not too . . .
.

13. Ask questions and answer them about places that are nice to
live in, things that are nice to eat, etc.

14. Discuss various telephone calls; who made them to whom for
what purpose and at what time.


YY
¨ á
ų apple

áÔ Y
m Ð owner

á  R
the man in charge, official

J
directly

 to be far apart, to be separate, to be

distant

   just right

á  too . . . ; in excess

má the rent

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m

Y
Ô Ð lecture

Ô  size

m  
, m  how is it figured ¹what is included
in the calculation)

  kilometer

á má
Y
Ô Ð lecture

   Y
m Ð subordinate ¹employee)

‘ to arrive ¹towards the speaker

 ‘ to arrive ¹away from the speaker)

YYYY   has, have, is, are in possession of, is

are in existence, is are to be found

 worthy of, leading to, or Ȃable ¹It

combines with other verbs to form
verb compounds)

  interesting to read

á 
boring

M nice to use

á nice to rent

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 interesting to look at

Āů interesting to listen to

   to be cozy, livable

Ô nice to drive


 lovable, cute

8 nice to buy


M interesting

 
nice to teach

R to look delicious

  Y
m Ð agent

Y
Ð mouth, beak, lips, opening

8  the entrance into a lane

á  details

 to love

8  lane, narrow street

JJ  , JJ  , JJ  to contact or get in touch with

†††
 


 X  X
Y
someone

R
Y
R
IRÐ to telephone, to call

R
IR to call ¹out)

R
IR to call ¹in)

m Y
m"œ Y9Y@YYüY6YY
A  
m   M á Mm
 I heard
. you had a
house to
rent; is
that true?

B m Y   Ym J 

¨  mY á
Yes, I
. have

 Y
  m

several.
hat
kind do
you want:
one story,
two
stories, or
one and a
half
stories?

A    R
 
 ¨
  
R I want a

. house
 á 
 
  m

  with three
bedrooms
and

†††
 


 X  X
Y
completel
y
screened
in. Either
two
stories or
one and a
half
stories is
o.k.

B m   J
  m Do you
. want a
masonry
or a
wooden
house?

A 
 m
 Either is
. o.k.

B !   
 m

Jm

    
I have a
. two
storey
house,
half
masonry
and half
wood.

á   ¨
M It is a
modern
style
house

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Ô R
áÔ
 YÔ M
Ô
Outside

itǯs light
green;
inside itǯs
white.

 

 Y  
 Upstairs
there are
three
bedrooms
and one
bath.

  
 ¨ÔY m

Downstai
rs there is
  

 
   a kitchen,
living
room,
dining
room, and
another
bathroom

¨
 And, at
the back
  á
 m M   á Ô  J  of the
house
there are
separate
servant
quarters
and
storage
space.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
A 

‘m
 Is there a
. carport?

B m Yes, there

. is.

 
YYY

[YY

ĥ YY

hen

ĥ follows Noun+ĥČ, it indicates that either of two or
more of the options is acceptable.

A: m

  m á
 hat time of day should
I go to your house?

á
áĥ Morning is O.K.

á
áR
 ĥ Noon is O.K.

B: á
   = Any time is all

right

á
 m ĥ Nighttime is O.K.

á
...ĥ ...

A: á
 Ô 
R

   hich restaurant shall we
eat at?

 ĥ  This restaurant is
O.K.

†††
 


 X || X
Y

  ĥ That restaurant is
O.K.

B:
    Any one is all right

  ĥ The restaurant over
there is O.K.

Ďăē
Y
YĎăē
ĥ YY

Ďăē
and Ďăē
ĥ both mean 'want' or 'would like', but they are
used differently.

Ďăē
is usually followed by a Verb Phrase and only rarely by a
Noun Phrase; whereas, Ďăē
ĥ is normally followed by a Noun
Phrase. Observe the following examples:

*Y2

Y2   Y


Y


¹1)   

I want to go

¹2)     J  


I want to go and live in the

provinces

* +

 +   YY

†††
 


 X | X
Y



¹1)   

I want a house

¹2)    R



I want a house with two

bedrooms.

YYYY YY

Following are two of the ways that Noun Compounds may be

formed in Thai:

¹1) ¢Y ) Noun + verb phrase


 ¨Ô living room:  room +
 receive + ¨Ô
guest

 bedroom:  + sleep

 á Ô storeroom:  + á store + Ô things

 R Ô
dining room:  + R eat + Ô
rice

¹2) ¢Y ) Noun + noun

 
dining room:  + 
food

†††
 


 X |
X
Y

¹ ) m

kitchen:  + m

kitchen

‘ carport:
building +
‘ vehicle

  flower garden:

garden +   flower

 ¹ƒ ) lawn, yard:
 yard, field + ƒ  grass

Observe the following compounds with ¨ model, type, style:

 ¨ R a Thai style house

 ¨ 

a estern style house

 ¨
M a new style house

 ¨ R
 a modern style house

 ¨  á
a one story house

 ¨
 a two story house

 ¨  m

a storey and a half house


YYY
1. The following words and phrases are used with houses:

 mosquito net

 
 screen ¹for window,

†††
 


 X | X
Y
etc.)

J  
 to be screened

  
R  to be completely

screened

2. The following are some of the color words in Thai:

Y
"Y


Y



áÔ

áÔ

áÔ
¨


á
á 
á ¨


¨
¨ 
¨ ¨




 J

 J 

 J¨



 á
Ā

 á áÔ 

Y

R 
R


Ô
... ...


 ... ...

YY

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Z @

1. m   J
   
 m

Do you like stucco houses or wood houses? Either

2. m   ¨  ¨    m

hat kind of house do you prefer? Any kind.

3. m    R
 R
   m

here would you like to live? Anywhere.

4. m  á  
Yá   
 R
á  
 m

hat would you like to be a doctor or a ¹Any

soldier? occupation) is
fine.

5. á
  á
 á
   m

hat time are we going? Any time is all

right.

6. á!á  
 

  ƒ 
  Y


 ƒ  

Is "Chalerm" a man's name or a woman's It could be

name? either a man's
name or a
woman's name

Y

YY

†††
 


 X | X
Y
 #


á 
 
  á
 

Either a two story one or a one story

one is O.K.

1.  ,   
   

It doesnǯt matter whether we go or

not.

2. Rá

, 

á

Rá



 

á

 

It doesnǯt make any difference

whether you do it now or a little
later.

3. M m   R

, R
 M m   R



 R
  

Itǯs all right with me whether you

have me wait here or there.

4. á    J,   á    J

    

Either a stucco or a wooden house is

O.K.

5. m R, m J J á  m R

 m J J 

It could be either a Thai or a

foreigner.

Y

YY

†††
 


 X | X
Y
 #


   R
 


I want a house with three bedrooms.

1.  R
 
    R
 


I want a house that is screened.

2. 
   


I want a two story house.

3.  ¨ R    ¨ R

I want a Thai style house.

4.
‘M  
‘M

I want a new car.

5.  
 á     
 á 

I want that book.

6. ¨ R
á R 
¨    ¨ R
á R 
¨ 

I want a map of Thailand

7. á Y  á Y

I want ¹to get) a lot of money.

@Y

YY

†††
 


 X | X
Y
 Z @

1. Ā  m R
 

Ām


hat color is your house? Light blue.

2. 
‘m MÔ m 
 

m


hat color is your new car? Black

3. Ô
Ô    m R
 

Ô
m


hat color is your house on the hite

outside?

4. á  á
 Ô áÔ
 

á  m


hat color is his coat? Light yellow.

5. J¨
áR m  
 
m


 J¨ m


hat color is that pair of shoes? Dark brown.



Y

YŸ
Y#
Y6Y
 Y#
Y.YY/YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1  áÔ
áÔ
 áÔ
¨
  
.

 
áÔ


His house is green His house is a darker color than mine.

My house is light green.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
2 á 
 m 


á á   m 


¨
á  
.
 ¨ m 
á

È

á 
 m 
á

È
á
 

The chairs in Prapas' The chairs in Prapas' room are of

room are dark yellow. darker color than those in Prasert's
room.

The chairs in Prasert's

room are light yellow.

3
‘m 
¨
‘m 
¨

‘m 
.

‘m 

¨ 

That car is red. That car is darker colored than this

one.

This car is light red.

4 á
   
 á
á
   
¨
á
   
.

á
   
Ā

That suit is blue. That suit is darker than this one.

This suit is light blue.

5
áR m  
 J¨

áR m  
¨

áR m  
.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

áR m  

 J


That pair of shoes is dark That pair of shoes is darker in color

brown. than this pair.

This pair of shoes is light

brown.

6 

R 
¨
áÔ
.

áÔ
Ā

I like navy blue. I like darker colors than he.

He likes light blue.

Repeat the drill using  
Yrather than ¨


#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1 á   m 


á á 
 m 
á

È
  
á  
.
 ¨ m 


á   m 
á

È
á

 

The chairs in Prapas' The chairs in Prasert' room are of a

room are dark yellow. lighter color than those in Prapas's
room.

The chairs in Prasert's

room are light yellow.

†††
 


 X  | X
Y
2
‘m 
¨
‘m 

  

‘m 
.

‘m 

¨ 

That car is red. This car is lighter colored than that

one.

This car is light red.

3 á
   
 á
á
  

   
á
   
.

 Ā
á
  

That suit is blue. This suit is lighter than that one.

This suit is light blue.

4
áR m  
 J¨

áR m  

  

áRm  
.

áR m  

 J


That pair of shoes is This pair of shoes is lighter in color

dark brown. than that pair.

This pair of shoes is light

brown.

5 

R áÔ
  
 
.

áÔ
Ā

I like navy blue. He likes lighter colors than I.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
He likes light blue.

$%Y

YY

1.  

 


 
 M á

  ¨ R
 M á

  ¨ R
 M á  

  ¨ RR

 M á  

  ¨ R á
R

 M á  

  ¨ R á
R

 M á    

2.   

   J

   JR
áÔ

   JR
áÔ


   JR
áÔ
 R
  


   JR
áÔ
 R
  
R 

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
3 áÔ 
.

áÔ  

áÔ   ¨ 


áÔ   ¨ 

 á

áÔ   ¨ 

 á
R
  

áÔ   ¨ 

 á
R
  ¨
R


4á  
.

á   ¨
á

á   ¨
á


á   ¨
á
 Ô R
¨

á   ¨
á
 Ô R
¨ Ô M
Ô

á   ¨
á
 Ô R
¨ Ô M
Ô
 



@Y

YY

Z @

1. m    
 áRY
 J  
 R
  

†††
 


 X   X
Y
2.
 á
 R Ô
R
  R
  

3. m  M  m á
 

 

4. m M  J  J   

5. m

M 
áÔ 
 

6.   J á

á

á

 

7. m   Mm
Mm
 

8. m  M Mm
 
 Mm
 

$%
YY
a) Find out if someone has a house to rent. He indicates that he
has several, and asks you if you want a single story house. You
say you want a two story house.

b) Tell someone that you have a masonry house that is completely

screened in. Ask him if he wants to rent it. He says he doesn't.

c) Ask someone if he has a half masonry and half wooden house to

rent. He says he has two. You ask him where they are. He says
they are on Sukhumwit Lane.

d) Ask the teacher whether most Thais live in modern style houses
or old style, Thai or foreign.

e) Tell someone you have a house to rent. He asks you what color
it is. You say it's white on the outside and light green on the
inside.

†††
 


 X   X
Y
f) Describe the house you are now living in in terms of: 1) number
of storeys; 2) material it is made out of; 3) the color it is
painted, inside and out; 4) what rooms it has and whether they
are upstairs or down; 5) whether it has servants' quarters,
storage space, a carport, flower garden, and a yard.

g) Various students ask about the colors of various objects in the

classroom; other students respond with the correct answers.

h) One student asks another questions of the following kind: "Do

you like ____ or ____?" to which the response "Any ¹kind, thing,
where, etc.)" is given.

i) One student asks another what kind of ___ he wants. The second
responds with a description of the kind he wants.


YY
 light ¹color)

  ¹ ) a wooden house

 J ¹ ) a stucco home, brick house ¹building)

¨ model, type, style

 patio, porch without a roof

á! ¹á! ) terrace, balcony, porch

 upstairs

 á
one story

†††
 


 X   X
Y

 m

one and a half stories

  downstairs, ground floor

¹
) black

¹
)¨ red

  to hear

  ¹ ) flower

Ā ¹
Ā) sky ¹sky blue)

 
¹ ) dining room

 á Ô ¹ ) storage space; storage room

 m

¹ ) kitchen

¹ )
  bathroom, restroom


 ¨Ô ¹ ) a living room

ƒ  grass

¨ dark ¹color)

Ô
white

áÔ
green

†††
 


 X   X
Y

áÔ
 light green

m  pair


R navy blue; dark blue

á yellow

 ¹  , ¨  ) wood, stick

 ¹ ) mosquito net

 
 screen ¹for window, etc.)

¹
) á blue

¹
) J sugar, brown ¹as color)

á  corridor

‘ garage

áR  ¹m , Ô ) shoes ¹pair; one of a pair)

á
 ¹ ) house ¹in older Thai)

á
 m M servantsǯ quarters

 time, period, era, age, reign

M modern

†††
 


 X   X
Y

 ¹ƒ ) lawn, yard

 ¹
) color

 two story

¹

) garden

  flower garden

¹  ) J  to be separate

R ¹
) to paint, smear, spread ¹on)

R
 modern, up-to-date

J ¹ 
) to be screened

J 
to want, need

"Y61Y9Y@YYüY1YY
A. á     mY    How is this
house?

m  m Do you like

it?

B.
m
 Y
á
 
 Ô
  Very nice.
The
compound is
also nice and
large.

†††
 


 X   X
Y

Ô RYm mmá  m
 Excuse me,
how much is
the rent?

A. á RmY

m Ym
  ĀYm¨
Five
thousand
¨m R
IR baht a
month, not
including
water,
electricity,
gas, and
telephone.

 áJ á
á The tenant

has to pay
those
himself.

B. á   á


 m
 Y   m
 Five
thousand
baht! Could
you come
down some?

A.    ¨ 
m Yá
ám

á
 
  Five
thousand is
not too
expensive
since itǯs
furnished.

B.  
 m
 hat
furnishings

†††
 


 X   X
Y
are there?

A. m
R   m Y 
 ¨ÔY R Ô
YáJ YJ  Everything:
living room
áJ¨
YJ á Y¨Y furniture, a
Ô¨Jám


 I dining set,
beds, chests
of drawers, a
gas stove, a
refrigerator,
and electric
fans. The
only thing it
doesnǯt have
is air
conditioning.

m J á á Y¨Já

JJ M Ā
 You have to
bring your
own. But we
will have it
installed for
you freee.

B. J R
ƒƒá
šm
 How long a
lease is
required?

A.  
šm Yá 
     
á One year;

pay three
months rent
in advance.

Ô RYm   á


m Excuse me,
when would
†††
 


 X 
| X
Y
you like to
move in?

B. Ô


  Iǯd like to

talk it over
with my wife
first.

‘J Yá   If we take it,

weǯll move in
next month.

 
YYY

áëĖă,YĎĎ
,YYÜēăYY

á
 ¹m) means 'to pay for something ¹a bill, etc.)' as an obligation
for services rendered.

 ¹á ) means 'to pay for something, put up the money for

something, or to stand good for something.'

 ¹á ) means 'to pay out, spend, disburse money'. It refers to

the actual expenditure of funds on a specific occasion.

The example below illustrates the usage of á
, , and :

m    m á   
 áÔáëĖămáá YıııY

RYm   ĎĎ
ÓıııY RYm YĎĎ
ÓıııY RY
áÔÜēămá  á m


John and Jim rent a house. The cost of the rent is 4000 baht a
month. John pays out 2000 and Jim pays out 2000. They make the
rent payment once a month.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

Y'Y¢#Y2YmĄûYY

mĄû means 'to be complete' or 'to include all the members of a

limited set of items'. Its opposite is ē 'to be lacking, missing',
mĄû like áëĄ
Ü usually occurs as a completive verb, as in

áÔ  
 m
R á He got all the books.

¹ 
   

á ¹There were 20 books. He

got 20.)
áÔ  
 

á)

However, it can occur independently, as in

A:  
 m
 Are all the books here?

B: m
Ô
á No, two are missing.

hen á
occurs after a quantitative expression, it indicates that

the speaker thinks the quantity referred to is larger than he
expected.

  Rá
á
Five thousand baht? ¹That's
quite a lot of money.)


YYY

¹The following are some of the compounds with m 'cost, price, fee,
value' as the head noun:)

¢) ¢Y2Y¢

†††
 


 X 

X
Y

mĀ¹Ā) electric bill: m+Ā¹Ā) electricity

water bill: m + 

m  water

m¨
gas bill: m+¨
gas

m
‘ carfare: m+
‘ car, vehicle

m 
food ¹on a bill): m + 
food

m doctor bill: m + doctor

¢) ¢Y2Y
Y


m wage: m+ hire

má rent: m+á rent

m food: m+ eat

m   lodging: m+   reside

m R
IR phone bill: m+ R
IR telephone

má R travel expenses: m +á R travel

 
Y

YY

@Y

YY

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
 Z @


1. m ,


m  

m


Does it include the water bill? No, it doesnǯt

2. m¨


m¨


m


Does it include the gas bill? Yes, it does.

3. mĀ, 

mĀ 

m


Does it include the electric bill? No, it doesnǯt.

4. m R
IR

m R
IR

m


Does it include the phone bill? Yes, it does.

Y

YY

 #


J á
m á

You have to pay the water bill by yourself.

1. m J á
m á

You have to pay the wages yourself.

2. m J á
m á

You have to pay the doctor bill yourself.

3. má R J á
má R á

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
You have to pay travel expenses yourself.

4. m   J á
m  á

You have to pay for lodging yourself.



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1 áÔá  á 
 áÔá
má  á 


.
R R

He rents the house for 3,000 He pays 3,000 baht a month for
baht per month. rent.

2 áÔ m M á  

  áÔá
m m M á  
 
.
R R

He hires a servant for 500 He pays 500 baht a month for a

baht a month. servant.

3 áÔMÔ ĀĀá 


   áÔá
mĀĀá 


  R
.
R

He uses 400 baht worth of He pays a 400 baht electric bill

electricity per month. every month.

4 áÔM ¨
á 

  R áÔá
m¨
á 
  R
.

He uses 100 baht worth of He pays a s100 baht a month gas

gas every month. bill.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
5 áÔ8 
á   áÔá
m 
á  R
.
R

He buys 1,000 baht worth of He pays 1,000 baht a month for

food per month. food.

6 áÔM á m Ô ¨R 8

 áÔá
m¨R 8

R

.
R

He gave the taxi driver ten He paid 10 baht for a taxi.

baht.

Y$%Y

YY

1 á
J á
má  á á
J á
má  á Y
.
R

M

e donǯt have to pay the rent. e donǯt have to pay the rent.
The government pays for us.

2 á
J á
má R á á
J á
má R á Y
.
R

M

e donǯt have to pay for travel e donǯt have to pay for travel
expenses. expenses. The government pays
for us.

3 á
J á
m á á
J á
m á Y
.
R

M

e donǯt have to pay doctor e donǯt have to pay doctor

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
bills. bills. The government pays for
us.

4 áÔJ á
máá
 Ô  áÔJ á
máá
 Ô 
.
á á R

M

He doesnǯt have to pay for his He doesnǯt have to pay for his
childrenǯs schooling. childrenǯs schooling. The
government pays for him.

5 áÔJ á
m
‘á áÔJ á
m
‘á Y
.
R

M

He doesnǯt have to pay for He doesnǯt have to pay for

transportation. transportation. The
government pays for him.

@Y

YY

 Z @

1Ó m má 
 R
áR

 R
YÓYm

.

On what day of the month do The second.

you pay the rent?

2 IJĶ m m¨

 R
áR

 R
YIJĶYm

.

On what day of the month do The fifteenth.

you pay the gas bill?

3 ÓÓ m m 

R
áR

 R
YÓÓYm


†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
.

hat day do you pay the The twenty-

water bill on? second.

4
R m m R
IR
 R
áR


R m

.

hat day do you pay the The last day.

telephone bill on?

5 á 
m m m m M á 
á 
m

 m
.

 m



How many times a month do Twice a month.

you pay your servants?

6 á m
 m mĀá 
m
 á m

.

How many times a month do Once a month.

you pay the light bill?



Y

Y Y
 Ym
YY¢YY

#
Y.Y
 #
Y/Y

1  
ám

á
 m
R    
ám

á
 m
R  
.
 

This house has all kinds of This house doesn't have all kinds
furniture. of furniture.

2   
 m
R á¨
  
  m
R á
.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
I've got all the books ¹in a I haven't got all the books yet.
series, etc.)

3 J m‘m
R Ô J m‘m
R Ô
.

I answered every single I didn't answer all the questions.

question.

4  á m
¨
 á  m

I've already got all the money. I haven't got all the money yet.

5 R   m
 
š¨
R   m
 
š
.

I've already worked for one I haven't been working quite a

year. year yet.

Y$%Y

YY

1 áÔJJ ám


 IM Ā áÔJJ ám


 IM Ā
.


 áÔmmJJ

They installed the air They installed the air

conditioner free. conditioner free. They didn't
charge for installation.

2 áÔM á
R Ā
 áÔM á
R Ā
Y
.
áÔmm 

They let us eat free. They let us eat free. They didn't
charge for the food.

†††
 


 X 
 X
Y
3 áÔM   Ā
 áÔM   Ā
YáÔmm  
.

They let me stay free. They let me stay free. They

didn't charge me for rent ¹or
lodging).

4 áÔR  M Ā
 áÔR  M Ā
Y
.
áÔmm

He worked for me free. He worked for me free. He

didn't charge for labor.

5 áÔ
 
 M Ā
 áÔ
 
 M Ā
Y
.
áÔmm

He taught me free. He taught me free. He did not

charge any tuition.

6 R
á
 M  Ô áÔá
 R
á
 M  Ô áÔá

.
Ā
 Ā
 áÔmmáá


The school let his child study The school let his child study
there free. there free. They didn't charge
him any tuition.

@Y

YY

 Z @

1. á   áÔ  á


á  

hen will he move in? Next month.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
2. á 
 áÔ  á

á 


hen will he move in? In January.

3. RJ   áÔ  á


RJ  

hen will he move in? Next week.

4.
  R
R
‘  áÔ  á


  R
R
‘ 

hen will he move in? Monday of next

week.

5. 


 áÔ  á







hen will he move in? In four days.

6.
 I 
   áÔ  á


 I 
  

hen will he move in? Next Friday.

7. š   áÔ  á


š  

hen will he move in? Next year.

Y

YY

 #


Ô


 

Iǯd like to talk it over with my wife first.

1.  Ô
  

†††
 


 X  X
Y
I'd like to talk it over with my boss first.

2. m
Ô
m


I'd like to talk it over with my teacher first.

3. á
Ô
á


I'd like to talk it over with my friend first.

4.  

Ô
 



I'd like to talk it over with my daughter first.

5.   Ô
   

I'd like to talk it over with my younger brother

first.

ZY@Y"YYY
YYYY
Y
YY!Y

Z @

1 m    m á   

 
.
áÔá
máá 

 RY R

m   
 RYm  
R

2 á

m áÔ [1] 8

‘ J
m¨ 
á 

.
RYm 
 
R m  
 
R R

3 m  A  Ym  B   

 
 Y

R
.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

R
m  

RYm  B á M m  A


RáR  Ym  A J  
R

4 



 8 á
 M  Y 

  

.

mJ


R R

¨J

á   RáR  Y


M
 áR

5 m 

R¿ m 

R á

Y

R
.
á
R áR 
RY
R
m  á m 
R

6 á


m

‘ áR

J  

á R
.

á
m 
‘á
 RY

R

m J á m 
R

1. "áÔ " means "to team up" or "to go into partnership".

$%
YY
a) One student asks another what he pays in rent. hen the
second responds, he asks him what is included in the price. If
some things are not included, he is asked how much they cost. If
someone is sharing an apartment or house with another, he is
asked how much he pays.

b) One student asks another if he is renting a furnished house or

apartment. If he is, the first asked him what is furnished. The

†††
 


 X  X
Y
second gives him a list.

c) One student asks another ¹1) how many times a month, and ¹2)
on what day he must pay the bill for electricity, water, rent, and
gas.

d) One student asks another when he moved into his present

apartment or house and when he will move out.


YY
 ¹á ) to put up the money for, to pay for, to stand
good for


bowling

á
 compound, area, grounds ¹around a building),
vicinity

 ¹á ) pay ¹refers to the actual expenditure of funds

on a specific occasion)

 
 ¨Ô ¹ ) living room furniture

 R Ô 
¹ ) a dining set

á
really, very, indeed ¹hen it occurs after a

quantitative expression, it indicates that the
speaker thinks the quantity referred to is larger
than he expected.)

á R to travel

Ā
 to be free ¹no cost)

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  , to move ¹in)

  


 to be broad, wide


 Ô
 to be wide, to be large, to be roomy

á ¹á) game ¹sports)

m   lodging

m¨
gas bill

máá
 tuition

m
‘ carfare

mJJ installation fee

Ô ¹¨J ) to be lacking, missing

áÔ to team up, to go into partnership

m
to be complete ¹in quantity), to include all the
members of a limited set of items

ám


  air conditioner

I ¹ám

)

ám

á
 ¹ ) furniture

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 to reduce ¹the price), to lower, discount


   in advance

 electric fan


  to be ready, set, completed

 á tenant


R Prasat, male first name

 to talk it over, consult

 include, to combine, add, add up, sum up

ƒƒá ¹M ) a lease ¹agreement)

R last, final

á
 ¹m) to pay for something ¹a bill, etc.)

áJ¨
a gas stove

JJ to install

J to agree ¹to something)

J  chest of drawers, cabinets, ¹book) case,

wardrobe

†††
 


 X  X
Y

J á ¹J  ) a refrigerator

"Y64Y9Y@Y
YY
A. m   á
  m
 Have you found a
house to rent yet?

B.    m I'm still looking.

m 
Mm
R
  M á  m Do you know anyone
who has a house to
rent?

A. ƒJm  
I have a relative.

áÔ  
áÔ  M á He told me that he

had a house to rent.

B.  R
 m here?

A.  R
‘  ¿ Y8 R
YIJÓ On Phaholyothin

Lane 12

á     á M Itǯs not old, but it's

not new.

m

¨
M Y

‘Y¨á
 m M ith a modern
kitchen, a carport,
and servantsǯ
quarters.

B. 
 m How many

bedrooms are there?

A.

Y 
 Three bedrooms and

†††
 


 X  X
Y
two baths.

B. 8   Y‘ á     m hat's the road like

in that soi?

A. m
 Y Ā


Y R
IR  Good. The water and
electricity are good.
There are also
telephones in that
area.

B. áÔmmá  m hat
does he
charge for
rent?

A. á 

  Y

m Ym
ĀYm R
IR Four
thousand,
¨m¨
five
hundred
per
month,
not
including
water,
electricity,
telephone
and gas.

 áJ á
á The

tenant
has to pay
those
himself.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
B.

  Yá
 m Four
thousand
five
hundred!
Any
discount
at all?

A. áÔ  
     He told

me that
he could
come
down a
little.

‘m 
M ‘M If you are

interested,
I'll ask
him for
you.

B. Ô m m Thank
you very
much.

m 
JJ M 
 m Please

inquire
about it
for me.

á

 YYá á Nowadays
it's
extremely
difficult to
find good
†††
 


 X  X
Y
houses.

A. m
 Yá
    Y¨m J 
áÔ Yes, there
are few
houses
and more
and more
people
needing
them.

máá¨ Ô R 
 As a
result,
rents are
getting
higher
everyday.

 
YYY

A large number of stative verbs may be grouped together as

binary sets with opposite meanings, such as Ė : á good/bad, etc.
If a model like the following Is drawn with ascending and
descending degrees of 'goodness' and 'badness', it will be observed
that the change from one to the other is a gradual thing: ¹i.e.
passing through an infinite number of gradations):

Going from á towards Ė would be going  ¹ Ī) and going the

opposite direction would be going down ¹ ).

†††
 


 X | X
Y

In this situation Ė Ī 'getting better' indicates that a change is

taking place and the direction of the change is towards 'goodness'
¹upwards). It does not tell us what the situation was ¹how good or
how bad) when the change began or how far it has progressed. A
similar situation in reverse is pictured in á 'getting worse'.

It would be incorrect to read some deep philosophic meaning into

the fact that one stative verb occurs with Ī and its opposite with
. It is no more significant than the fact that some adjectives
occur with 'more' and some with '-er' in the comparative in
English. In the following list of binary sets the first member occurs
with Ī; the second with :

á : ¨ competent : very bad

á

:  fast : slow

¨ : ‘  expensive : cheap

  :

 clean : dirty

 :  
hot : cold

 :   much, many : little, few

 :   having an easy time : having a hard

time

 :  rich : poor

  : á  heavy : light

†††
 


 X  X
Y

J, Mƒ : á  tall, big : small


:
 long : short


:  fat : thin

 :  hard : easy

: áJ  tall : short ¹of persons)

¨Ô :  hard : soft

[YYĚ
YYÜYYY
YY

Stative verbs like Ě

, Ü, etc. that usually occur with may
occur with Ī to indicate an intensification of a situation already
in existence. Observe the difference in meaning between   and
 Ô in in the following examples:

 #


1. áÔám

á

á Ôá   áÔ

He used to be rich. Now he has less money. He's

getting
poorer.

2. áÔ  ¨
á


á Ô 
¨J áÔ Ī

He was poor already. Now he's even poorer than He's

before. getting
even
†††
 


 X 
X
Y
poorer.

 
Y

YY

Y

YY

 #


má  ¨ Ô Rents are going

up.

1. 

¨ Ô Food is getting
more expensive.

2.  
Ô The food is
getting better.

3. I IÔ The weather is

getting better.

4.
 I
 Ô The weather is
getting hotter.

5.
 I
Ô The weather is

getting more
comfortable.

6.  
Ô I feel better.

7. áÔ áÔ
Ô He feels better.

8. á áÔá Ô He is getting

more skillful.

9.  áÔÔ He is improving.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
10. R  R Ô My Thai is
improving.

11.
á
 Ô á

á
 Ô á
Ô Our school is
improving.

12. Mƒ
á
 Ô á
MƒÔ Our school is
getting bigger.

13.


á
 Ô á


Ô Our school is
getting more
beautiful.

14.  ƒ m   ƒ m 

Ô That lady is

getting more
beautiful.

15.   ƒ m  Ô That lady is

getting better.

16. 
áÔ 
áÔÔ Iǯm getting to
know him
better and
better.

17.  R  R Ô My ability to

speak Thai is
improving.

18. á

 R á

Ô The rate at
which I speak
Thai is going
up.

19. Ô
‘ Ô
‘á

Ô I driver faster
¹than

†††
 


 X  X
Y
previously).

20. R  R  á


Ô I work faster
¹than
previously).

Y

YY

 #


má  ‘  The rent is going down.

1. Ô Ô ‘  Things are getting cheaper.

2.
‘
‘‘  Cars are getting cheaper.

3. 
‘ The car is slowing down.

4. áÔÔ
‘ áÔÔ
‘  He reduces the carǯs speed.

5. ¨ áÔÔ
Ԭ His driving is getting worse.

6.
á
 
á
  ¨ That school is getting worse.

7. á 
á
  á  That school is getting smaller.

Y

YY

 #


á


m J 
á  Ô

At present there is an increasing demand

†††
 


 X  X
Y
for houses.

1. á
m
á

á
m
Ô

At present we have more and more

teachers.

2. M á á

 M á Ô

At present I spend more and more money.

3. á á

 á Ô

At present I have more and more money.

4.  R á

  R Ô

At present I speak more and more Thai.

5. J 8 
á

 J 8 
Ô

At present I have to buy more and more

food.

6. R  á

 R  Ô

At present I work more and more.

#

YY

YY

 #


á

á
 á
  

At present we have fewer students.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. m
á

á
m
 

At present we have fewer teachers.

2. á  R
á Y á


á
á  R
á YY  

At present, we have a smaller number of

competent staff.

3.  Y á

á
 YY  

At present we have a lower number of good

doctors.

4.  R á

á
  R  

At present we have less work to do.

5. á á

á
á  

At present we have less money.

6.  á

á
 á  

At present we earn less money.

7. M á

á
M á  

At present we spend less money

8. 8 Ô á

á
8 Ô  

At present we shop less.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
9. R á

á
R  

At present we eat less.



Y

Y ĪYY YY

 #
Y.YY/ #
Y6

1.
  á

 á Ô
Y
 á Ô
Ô

 á Ô


Yesterday he was not well; Today he feels better.

today his is all right.

2. á

á
 á ÔáÔMm R á

á ÔáÔMm RÔ

  á

á ÔáÔMm R

Before this he did not Now he understands the

understand the Thais. Now Thais better.
he understands the Thais
well

3. á

á
 
m     á


m    

     Ô

á


m    

 

Formerly there were a few Now there are more and

people who could speak more people who can speak
English. Now there are English.
many people who can speak

†††
 


 X  X
Y
English.

4. á á
á  mĀ

  á m
Ā‘ 

 R
á m
Ā
  
R

Last month the light bill was This month the light bill has
two hundred baht. This gone down.
month the light bill was one-
hundred and fifty baht.

5. á

á
  
 áRY á



 áRY
 m Yá



 áR m  

m  

In the old days there were Nowadays there are fewer

many canals in Bangkok. canals in Bangkok.
Nowadays there are fewer
canals in Bangkok.

6. á

á
 
m  áR

R

á


m  áR

R



  

á


m  áR

R



Formerly there were many Nowadays there are fewer

people visiting that place. people visiting that place.
Nowadays there are few
people visiting that place.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
7. á

á
     MY á

   á
 á

   á

That house was new. Now That house has gotten

that house is old. older.

8. á

á
    á á

  áÔ

 á

  á

Formerly it was not difficult At present it is increasingly

to find a house ¹for rent). At difficult to find a house.
present it is difficult to find
a house ¹to rent).

9. á

á
  ¨‘
 

 á

¨
‘



Ô
 á

¨
‘





Formerly this area was At present, this area is more

inconvenient. At present this convent.
area is convenient.

1 á

á
 m
R
 
R á

m
R
 
R
0.
    Ô

á

m
R
 
R



Formerly there were few At present the number of

university graduates. At university graduates is
present there are a lot of increasing.
university graduates.

†††
 


 X | X
Y



Y

YY

¹Form sentences with the cue words and Ô or 
 as indicated by

the situation)

 #
Y.YY/  #
Y6

1 a
 1. á

  I


  I
 Ô
. .


2.
  I
 

hot 1. Yesterday, it was hot. Today it's hotter.

2. Today, it's very hot.

b
 

  I
 
á

.

 

á



Today Today it's hotter than

yesterday

Yester
day

2 a ¨ 1. á
 á

m
á  ¨ Ô
. . á
 m
á  á



 R

2.
†††
 


 X  X
Y

á

m
á  á 


 R

expen 1. Formerly the rent was Today the rent is more

sive 2,000 Baht per month. expensive.

2. Today the rent is 4,000

Baht per month.

b ‘  1. má  á
  á

 á

m
á  ¨ 
.


á
 

2. má  á



cheap 1. The rent in those days. Today the rent is more

expensive than in those
days.

2. The rent today

3 a    1. á
 á

¨
‘
   Ô
. . á
  ¨‘
    



2. á

¨
‘
   

nice 1. Formerly, this are is not Today, this area is nicer

to live so nice to live in. to live in.

2. Today, this area is nice

to live in.

b á
 á
 á

¨
‘
   
á
.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y


 


á


forme Today, this area is nicer

rly than in those days.

today

4 a  1. á
 ‘
 á
 á

‘
Ô
. .



2. á

‘


good 1. Formerly the road was Today the road is

bad. better.

2. At present the road is

good.

b á
 á
 á

‘

Ô Ð
á
.

 
 

á




forme Now the road is better

rly than before.

now

†††
 


 X  X
Y
5 a  1. á
  R



  á
 á

R




Ô
. .



2. á

R






There 1. Formerly there were Now there are more

are a few esterners here. esterners here.
lot.

2. Now there are a lot of

esterners here.

b á
 á
 á

R




¹Ô
.

 )
á


á




forme There are more

rly esterners now than
those days.

today

YŸ
Y

YY

Using the information give in the cue sentence, form sentences

with  or Ô so as to illustrate the type of change underway.

 #


1. a. áÔám

 áÔ 

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á

á Ôá  

He used to be rich. He is getting

poorer.

Now he has less money.

b. áÔ  ¨
áÔ Ô

á

á Ô 
¨J

He was poor. He's getting

even poorer.

Now he is poorer than he was before.

2. a. Ô ám¨ Ô ‘ 

á

 Ô 
m  

Things used to be expensive. Things are

getting
cheaper.

Now the price of things is going down.

b. Ô ‘   ¨
Ô ‘ Ô

á

‘

¨J

Things were already cheap. Things are

getting even
cheaper.

Now things are cheaper than before.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
3. a. áÔámá  m  áÔá


á

á Ô

He used to be a good person. He's turning

bad.

Now he isnǯt good.

b. áÔá  m  áÔá
Ô

á

á Ô
á

He wasn't a good person. He's getting

even worse.

Now he's worse than formerly.

4. a. Iám
 I 


á

 Iá 
 á   

The weather was hot. It<'s getting

colder.

Now it has turned cold.

b. á

  I 
I 
Ô

  I 

á

 

Yesterday it was cold. The weather's

becoming even
colder.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Today itǯs colder than it was yesterday.

5. a.  ƒ m  ám 
 áÔ 

á

á Ô 
 

That woman used to be fat. She's getting

thinner.

Now she has lost a lot of weight.

b. áÔá  m  áÔ Ô

á

  !  áÔYáÔ 
á

She was a thin person. She's getting

even thinner.

Yesterday I met her. She was much thinner

than before.

6 a. m 
Iám
 áÔ 

á

á ÔJ R  

Somsak used to have it easy. It's getting

harder for him.

Now he has a lot of work to do.

b. m 
I   ¨
áÔ Ô

á

á ÔJ R   


Somsak was already having a hard time. It's getting

†††
 


 X  X
Y
even harder for
him.

Now he has to work harder than before.

Y$YY

m  

Rá  Ô


R

J
áRIR

‘ R J á

á
 á Ô  R

¨

YáÔ  á
 ¨

áÔ    
Rá Rá
áÔ    

áÔ   MƒYYá
m
m

Ô áÔ
  m Y
m m   Y

 ¨ 
m

  YYM 
 áRY¨má ¨ á á
m    má  á   RY¨J  R
áÔ  

má  J
á    Yá



 áR
má  ¨ á
m J 
áÔ

 á 
 á

Ym       
  áÔ     
R
‘
Ô 
RY8 R
YÓ
 á   á M Yá  J 
 Y
 Y

 
 
 ¨ÔMƒY 
Y
¨ m

¨ R
 Y

‘  J 
    á Ô Y¨á
 m M Y    



†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔ  mmáá    

  R
¨JáÔM m    
  RYá    R‘

áÔM m   R
ƒƒá 
š á 
  M áÔ
á
 má  
R ám

á

R
Y
áÔám

á
 
 R   Ô¨Jám


 IY


m Ym
ĀmY R
IRY¨m¨
m  J á
á Y
m   áÔ 

áÔ    M
 R
 
á ¿
m


YY$YY

Mr. John hite is a State Department official. He has just arrived

in Thailand. He came to work at the American Embassy. At
present, he is staying at the Rama Hotel. He as been looking for a
house for many days.

He doesn't want to live in an apartment because he prefers a

house. He wants a big house because there are five persons in his
family: John, his wife and three children.

Good houses are hard to find and the rent is too expensive. John
gets 5,000 baht a month for his housing allowance, but the houses
he has looked at are at least 5,500 Baht a month. Today rent in
Bangkok is very high because there are more demands.

Today is Saturday. John goes to see a house agent. The house agent
takes him to look at a house on Sukumwit, Lane 27. This house is
not too old, nor brand new. It is a two-story brick house with three
bedrooms and two bathrooms. There is a big living room, dining
room, and a modern kitchen. There is a carport adjoining the
house. At the back of the house, there is a storage room and a
servants' quarters. There is a big lawn in front of the house.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

The landlord charged 5,500 Baht a month for the rent, but for
John he came down to 5,000 Baht which is 500 Baht exactly. He
had John sign a lease for one year and pay him three months rent
in advance. This 5,000 Baht includes furniture. The house is
completely furnished except for air conditioners. As for water,
electricity, telephone and gas, John has to pay them himself. John
told the landlord that he was going to move into the new house on
December 1.

ZYYY$YY
Answer the following questions according to the story given:

1. m   R  

hat does John do for a living?

2. áÔ  á R  

 

Has he been in Thailand long?

3. á
 á Ô  R


here is he staying now?

4. Rm   J   á

hy does he have to look for a house?

5. Rm   ‘     

Rá R

hy doesn't he want to live in an apartment?

6. Rm   ‘ J 
 MƒY

hy does John need a rather large house?

7. Rm   ‘ J   á  


†††
 


 X | X
Y
hy did he have to spend many days looking for a new
home?
8.
m    má   R
á  á    
 
R

Does he get enough housing allowance to pay for the rent at

5,500 baht per month?

9.  R
m   J á  R


here is the house John agrees to rent?

10.   á   ¨ 

hat kind of house is it?

¹a)
 Y
  á
. . . . . Two or one story?

¹b) JY
  . . . . . . . . . . Masonry or wooden?

¹c)  
 . . . . . . . . hat rooms are there?

¹d) 
 . . . . . . . . . .How many bedrooms?

¹e) á    á Y

  Mƒ . . .A small or big house?

¹f) 

‘Y   R
 . . . . . Any carport? here?

11. áÔ  mmáá áR

How much does the landlord charge for the rent?

12.   ám

á
 Y 


†††
 


 X  X
Y
Is it furnished? hat do they have for furniture?


R m Ym

13. máYĶıııY R
ĀY

 á 

Does the 5,000 baht rent include water and electricity?

14. m   R
ƒƒá
š

How long a lease did John sign?

15. áÔJ M á 
  
á

How much deposit does he have to pay?

16. áÔ    Má


hen is he going to move into the new house?

$%
YY
a) Suppose one student is Mr. John hite; another a house agent.
Have the two students carry on a conversation based on the
story given.

b) Suppose one student is Mr. Smith, a bachelor, looking for a one-

bedroom apartment; another student is a landlord. Have them
carry on a conversation using the sentences they have learned.

c) Discuss situations that are in a state of flux whether getting

better, worse, harder, etc. For example:
1) Someone is richer or poorer than he used to be.
2) Some things are cheaper or more expensive than
formerly.
3) The weather is colder or hotter than it was two months
ago or will be three months hence.
4) Someone's relatives are much fatter or thinner than
†††
 


 X 
X
Y
they were some time in the past or will be some time in
the future.

d) Compare various people or things in terms of physical size. For

example,

 

¨ 
Ā  . . . . . My father is a foot taller

than my mother.


YY
 to be soft, tender


to be fat, stout

á  to be light ¹in weight)

Mƒ to be large, big, major, main

¨Ô to be hard, firm, strong, stiff

 á M not old but not new

  to be hard, difficult, troublesome

á
to be bad, poor ¹in quality); low ¹in character)

á á too . . . , so . . .

 to be much, many; a lot; very

 
to be colder ¹weather, person)

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  to be heavy; hard ¹of work); severely, very

 to be simple, easy

 to be thin ¹not fat)

  to be clean

 to be short ¹in length)


 to be dirty

to be high, tall

áJ to be short, low ¹in height)


R hite ¹English name)

Retrieved from
"http://www.thailanguagewiki.com/index.php?title=Lesson_35"

Y YY
m Ô 8 
m hat
would you
¹seller).
like to
buy?

m 8 Ô Ô  R  m
 Iǯd like to
look at
¹buyer).
some Thai
silk.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m Ô. J 
Já
  
  ƒ m Do you
want
fabric for
menǯs or
womenǯs
clothing?

m 8 Ô . Já
  á  m
 Fabric for
menǯs
pants.

m Ô.
m Here it is.

 m


R This kind
is 60 baht
a yard.

  ¨ 
That kind

is 80.

¨  
 

And, that
kind over
there,
120.

m 8 Ô .
 ¨
  J    m
 hatǯs
the
difference
between
the first
two
kinds?

m Ô. á   á  mY¨J

máR The
texture is

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á
  ¨ 
R  
 
 the same
but they
are not
equal in
price,
because
the 80
baht one
is wider.

m Ô. á     R

  Itǯs the

best kind.

á   YR Y¨m  Itǯs heavy,

very
durable,
and is
wrinkle-
resistant.

m 8 Ô . 8 
m
 Is it
washable?

m Ô. mY¨J8¨ 
 Yes, it is.

But it is
better to
have it
dry-
cleaned.

m 8 Ô . 8¨
m
 Once itǯs
washed,
does it
shrink?

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m Ô.   m A little.


YYY

Ďăē Y

Ďăē means 'kind, type ¹with emphasis on !). Observe the

following example:
  Y  Y  Y  ‘ Y  ¨
   
 Y    ¨m
There are many kinds of Thai silk. There is the good kind and the
bad kind, the cheap kind and the expensive kind, the wide kind, the
narrow kind.

ëY

ë means 'kind' or 'type' with emphasis on special

characteristics, such as 'being colorfast' ¹ëëĖĥ ö
), or 'being
made of wood' ¹ëøē ăĥ  ), or 'having long grains ¹as of rice)
¹ëá
ăē ), etc.

 : , ,   Y¨ 
Y

There are many kinds of cloth: silk, cotton, nylon, etc.

 
YYY

YY 
YY

1. $!

áR +  /  'equal, same in size or quantity

†††
 


 X  X
Y
may occur ¹1) in construction with stative verbs, or ¹2)
independently.

a) Ď ëĎ Ďăē ĖĪ¨ÿ áøē



These two things are equally expensive.

¹with stative verb ¨ÿ )

á ēÿĚ ēĊēĥøăĥĖáøē

ûm

He speaks Thai as well as you do.

¹with stative verb )

b) Independently ¹as main verb in the sentence)

ēëĎ Ďăē ĖĪĄēmēáøē



These two fabrics are of the same price.

û ēČ

Īmēáëēáøē

ûû ēČ
ĖĪ

The rent for that house is the same as for this one.

2. !

ē more ¹than), to a greater extent'
occurs in construction with stative Verbs.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

áÔÔ
‘á


  He drives faster than
I do.

  

  This shop is better
than that one.

3. $!YY!Y 


a)  m
áR ¹áR)  á ē

I like  as much as ¹I like)  .

 m áR ¹áR)  R
áÔ ¹m )

I like  as much as  ¹likes you).

b)  m

á ē

I like  more than ¹I like)  .

 m

R
á ē m 

I like  more than he ¹likes you).

4. 


øĖĩë 'most, -est' occurs in construction with stative verbs.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

Č
ëĘĎá  ĖĪĖøĩĖë

This book is the best.

á ēáG

áĄĖăøĖĩá
 øĖĩëMë
Ī

He is the best student in the class.

$!YYY

ē ¹  ¨ 
R) Čē

 ē

Cloth ¹of the 80 baht kind.) ¹is) wide.

This type of sentence is called an equatlonal sentence. It is very

common in Thai. Other examples are:

ēĖĪČ ē¨mû This cloth is narrow

   mᨠThe rent for that house is high.

Formation of Noun Phrases derived from this type of sentence Is

also common.

ēČ ē
ē This wide material.

ĄĄēmē¨ÿ Expensive cars.

Y2YĖ
ēYY

Noun phrase

†††
 


 X | X
Y

+ Ė
ē It's better to...

Verb phrase

Ė
ē may have either Noun Phrase or Verb Phrase as subject.
Below are some examples with Verb Phrase as subject:

8

¨Č Ė
ē It's better to dry clean ¹it).

¹ ē,Ym
Y ¹I think) it's better for ¹you) to stay

home.
ĎăĚû ēĖ
ē

 
Y

YY



Y

YY

Use  with the stative verb and the noun to form a Noun
Phrase.

 ¢Y#


1. ,    

good, silk cloth good quality silk cloth

2. ¨ ,    ¨

expensive, fan Expensive fans.

3. , J á J á  

good, refrigerators Good refrigerators.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
4. ‘ , áĀ
 á
 áĀ
 á
  ‘ 

cheap, furniture Cheap furniture.

5. ¨ , J  J  ¨

expensive, table Expensive tables.

6. , á  á   

good, chair Good quality chairs.


Y

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
Y

YY

 #


  á     R

 

This kind of silk is the best kind ¹of silk).

1    á    R



.

This kind of fan is the best kind of fan.

2 ám


  ám


 I  á  ám


 I
.
I  R

 

This kind of air conditioner is the best kind.

3 J á J á  á  J á  R

 

.

This kind of refrigerator is the best kind.

4 ám

m

ám

m

 á  ám

m

 R

 
.

This kind of kitchen utensil is the best kind.

5 áĀ
 á
 áĀ
 á
  á  áĀ
 á
  R

 
.

This kind of furniture is the best kind.



Y

YY

Combine the sentences in patterns 1, 2, 3 with the cue to form the

resultant pattern, then repeating the operation using a stative

†††
 


 X  X
Y
verb with the opposite meaning ¹the second cue).

#
Y.,Y/,Y6  @Y#


1 a.          R

 

.

b.     á
  á 
R

 

c.    

This kind of silk is not good. The other kind of silk is the
best.

That kind of silk is good. This kind of silk is the worst

in quality.

That other kind of silk is

very good.

2 a.
     
    R

 

.

b.
    á

  á 
R

 

c.
   

This notebook is not good. The notebook over there is

the best.

That notebook is good. This notebook is the worst.

The notebook over there is

very good.

3 a. 
R

¨ ¨ 
R
 ¨ R

 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
.

b. 
R

¨  ‘  
R

‘ R

 

c.

R
 ¨ á á

The food here is expensive. The food over there is the

most expensive.

The food there is more The food here is the

expensive. cheapest.

The food over there is very,

very expensive.

4 a. J  Mƒ M J  MƒR

 

.
ƒ

b. J  Mƒ á  J á  R

 

c. J  Mƒ 

This building is not large. The building over there is the

largest.

That building is large. This building is the smallest.

The building over there is

very large.

5 a.  
 R      
 

m R


.


†††
 


 X  X
Y
b.   
 R  R

 
 
 
 RJ 

c.
 
 

m 

Thai newspapers are not The New York paper is the

thick. thickest.

The Sunday paper is thick. The Thai paper is the thinest.

The New York paper is very

thick.

#
Y.,Y/,Y6  @Y#


6 a. ‘ á
ƒ
 
 
 ‘ J

 R


.

b. ‘ á


 ¨m ‘ á
ƒ
 ¨m R

 

c. ‘ J

 

Charoen Krung is not wide. Friendship highway is the

widest.

Phetburi Street is wide. Charoenkrung Street is the

narrowest.

Friendship Highway is very

wide.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
7 a. m 

R¿á
 á á m 

má
 á R

 
.

b. m

Rá
 á ¨ m 

R¿á
 ¨ R



c. m 

má
 á 

Prasit is not a good student. Prasong is the best student.

Prasat is a good student. Prasit is the worst student.

Prasong is a very good

student.

8 a.m
‘
 ¨ ¨ m
ԬR 8
¨ R

 
.

b. m
‘ᨠ‘  m
‘
 ‘ R

 

c. m
ԬR 8
¨ 

Street car fare is cheap. Taxi fare is the most

expensive.

Bus fare is expensive. Street car fare is the

cheapest.

Taxi fare is very expensive.

9 a. á
 ÔRá  á 
áR



.
 ÔRámá  á 
á


šY.I. IJeıı

b.
M 
 áRY
 ¿ámá  á 
á

†††
 


 X  X
Y

šY.I. IJe
T á  á 
MR



c. 
 áRY

á  á 
á
šY.I.

ÓTÓĶ

Sukhothai was the capital up Sukhothai is the oldest

to B.E. 1800. capital.

Ayuthaya was the capital in Bangkok is the newest

B.E. 1893. capital.

Bangkok is the capital since

B.E. 2325.

Y 
Y

YY

Compose Questions using the Cue words and R

 

 #


1 
R, 
R 
á  
RR
áR

 M
.
á,
áRIR

M
áRIR

university, to hat university is the oldest in Thailand?

be old, in
Thailand

2  
,  
 
á   
R
m  R

 M
á
.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m  , RIR

M
áRIR


province, to hat province has the largest population in

have many Thailand?
people living
in it, in
Thailand

3  
,  
 
á   
R
 
 áR
.
 
 R



áRY

province, hat province is the furthest province from

¹very) far Bangkok?
from Bangkok

4  
 ,  
  
á   
 R
m  
.
m  , R

M
áRIR

M
áRIR


newspapers, hat newspaper has the largest number of

to have many readers in Thailand?
readers, in
Thailand

5 
R

, 
R


á  
R

R
MƒR

M
áR
.
Mƒ ,
†††
 


 X  X
Y

M
áRIR IR


ministry, big, hat ministry is the biggest ministry in Thailand

in Thailand

6
áRI,
áRI 
á 
áRIR
  R

 M 
.
  , M 

country, nice hat country is the nicest country to live in in

to live in, in this world?
the world



Y

YY

¹Change patterns 1 and 2 into a sentence of comparison using the

cue and áR)

#
Y.YY/  #
Y6

1    ‘ 
m 
 
.

   ¨
máR

That kind of fabric is Price The prices of those two fabrics

cheap. That kind of are not equal.
fabric over there is
expensive.

2    mᨠmá 
  mááR

.


†††
 


 X | X
Y

  ‘ 

The rent for that Rent The rents for those two houses
house is high. The are not equal.
rent for that house
over there is cheap.

3   ‘ 
m 
 
máR
.


 ¨


That pen is cheap. Price The prices of those two pens are
This pen is expensive. not equal.

4      
   
 
    
 áR

.
 

     ¨m

That kind of fabric idth ¹of Those two fabrics are not equal
over there is wide. the in width.
That fabric is fabric)
narrow.

5 áÔ má   má  á

 má  áR
.


 má  

He gets a small Housing e get different sized housing

housing allowance. I allowanc allowances.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
get a big housing e
allowance.



Y

YY

#
Y.  #
Y.

1  

á  áR  
 á  
 á  áR 

.
  
 á 

 
 á

 

These two books are equally That book is as good as

good. this one.

2 
 
máR      
máR 
.
  

  

Those two kinds of fabrics The price of that fabric is

are equal in price. equal to this one.

3 Ô R

 Ô R

¨ áR Ô R

Ô R

¨ áR Ô

.
 R


Ô R


Things here and there are Things there are as

equally expensive. expensive as things here.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
4  ƒ
m 

áR  ƒ m  ƒ m 
áR


.
 ƒ m 

 ƒ m


Those two girls are equally This girl is as pretty as

pretty. that one.

5 m    m áĀ
á
 á m   m   á
 á áR
.
 áR m áĀ
 

m áĀ
 

John and Fred and equally John is as good as Fred.

good students. ¹as a student)

6 
  MćR      MćR

.
   

 


Those two houses are That house is as big as

equally big. the one over there.

7 áÔ á á á 


áÔ 

áÔ á á áR

.
 R   áÔ

áÔ á á á

†††
 


 X  X
Y


 R

áÔ

He makes 2,000 Baht a His wife and he get the

month; his wife makes 2,000 same salary.
baht per month.

Y 
YY@Y

YY

Form a question with one set of cues and answer it according to

the second set

 Z  @
 

Example

á
 R, á
 R
 áR á
  ¹ áR

 , ƒ
m
 ) m


á
 ƒ

Studying Thai is Is studying Thai as fun as studying No No, it

fun. Studying Vietnamese. . isn't.
Vietnamese

1 Ô R

 J , Ô R

 J ¨ áR Ô R

 ¹ áR

.
¨ ,
mm
 ) m

Ô R


m

Things in Are things in ashington as No No,

ashington, expensive as things in New York? . they
expensive, things
†††
 


 X  X
Y
in New York arenǯt

2
á
 R

á
 R
 áR á
MƒáR ¹M áR
.
 áR á
,  á Āá
 m
 ) m

Mƒ , á Āá


The language Is the language school in Monterey Ye Yes, it

school in as big as FSI? s. is.
Monterey, big,
FSI

3 á
 m  , á
 m  á áR  á
 m ¹M áR
.
á ,  m
 ) m


á
 m 

That student, Is that student as good as that Ye Yes, he

good, that student over there? s. is.
student there

4   á
,   á

áR  J
 
á ¹ áR
.

, RIm
 ) m


 J
áRI

Living in Is living in America as easy as living No No, it

America, easy, abroad? . isnǯt.
living abroad

5 IR

 J IR

 J
 áR R

 á ¹ áR
.
,
 , RYm
 ) m


¹ I)R

 áR

†††
 


 X  X
Y



The weather in Is ashington as hot as Bangkok? ¹N No, it

ashington, hot, o.) isnǯt.
the weather in
Bangkok

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. R  Is it durable

  Does it wrinkle?

  Is it thick?

á  Is it the same?

J   Is it different?

 Does it shrink?

2. 8   Is it washable ¹in water)?

8¨   Is it dry-cleanable?

8  Is it washable?

  Can you iron it?

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. R  R á Not at all

Is it durable? R No.

m R Not too durable.

R áR
Not very durable.

R  Not very durable.

2.    á Not at all

Is it thick?   No.

m   Not too thick.

 áR
Not very thick.

   Not very thick.

3.  á Not at all

Is it good?  No.

m  Not too good.

áR
Not very good.

  Not very good.

4.    á Not at all.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Does it wrinkle?  No.

m  Hardly at all.

 áR
Not very much.

  Not so much.

5. á  á á Not at all.

Is it the same? á No.

m á Not really.

á áR
Not very much.

á  Not very much.

Y

YY

 #


  
     J    m

hatǯs the difference between this

fabric and that one?

1 m
YDzá
dz  m
Y m
YDzá
dz  m
YDz dz

.
Dz dz J    m


hatǯs the difference between the

†††
 


 X  X
Y

word Dzá
dz and Dz dz?

2  
  á  
  á  J   

.
 m


hatǯs the difference between

Northeastern and Northern dialects?

3 m
á Ô áÔ Ô m
á Ô áÔ Ô m J   

.
m  m


hatǯs the difference between your

opinion and his?

4  

á   

á J
    m

.

hatǯs the difference between these

two books?

5 Ô
  Ô
 J
    m

.

hatǯs the difference between these

two things?

Y

YY

 #


8¨ 


Itǯs better to dry clean.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1. 8    8    


Itǯs better to buy this kind of silk.

2.    á

    á

 


Itǯs better to go see that movie.

3. R

R




Itǯs better to stay there.

4. R

R




Itǯs better to work for the government.

5.  ¨‘
  ¨‘
 


Itǯs better to live around here.

6.  R 
R  R 
R


Its better to go and have a Thai meal.

7.  
  
 


Itǯs better to go to the central post office.

$%Y

YY

. 
 ide

  
 The fabric is wide.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

  
 The wide fabric

 
 
 This fabric is wide.

     
 This kind of fabric is wide.

  
 
 This kind of silk is wide.

/ 
 ide


 áR
How wide?

  
 áR
How wide is the straight
grain ¹of fabric)?

  
 áR

How wide is the fabric?

     
 áR

How wide is that kind of
fabric?

     
 áR

How wide is that kind of silk?

6 
 ide.







Forty inches wide.

  




The straight grain of fabric is

40dz wide.

  




Forty inches wide fabric.

     




That kind of silk is 40dz wide.

†††
 


 X  X
Y
1 
 Not wide.

  
 The straight grain of fabric is

not wide.

  
 The not very wide ¹fabrics)

     
 That kind of silk is not wide.

$%
YY

a) Find out from the tutor

1. hat kinds of cloth you can buy in Thailand;

2. here you can buy them ¹names of shops and locations);
3. here and how silk is "grown" in Thailand [1];

4. here are how it is woven and what kind of dye is used,

and;
5. hat the difference is between various kinds of fabrics sold
in Thailand ¹in terms of whether they shrink, are washable,
durable, etc.).

b) Discuss the difference in quality and price between different

objects.

c) Discuss the difference in climate in different countries.

d) Find out from the tutor or another student what some of the
"superlatives" in the world are; for example,

1. the most beautiful city;

2. the hottest climate;

3. the oldest city, etc.

†††
 


 X 
X
Y

e) One student suggests various "action options". Other students

disagree with his suggestions and suggest others that they
consider better. Finally, one student comes up with what he
considers to be the best suggestion of all. Other students disagree
or agree with the suggestion.

___________________

[1]  - "worm"; R ¹ ) - "to weave cloth";   ¹ ) - "to dye

cloth".


YY
 thin

  kind, type ¹emphasis on type)

áĀ
 Fred ¹English name)

 to shrink

 kind, type ¹with emphasis on quality)

  good quality

 to wrinkle

  to dye ¹cloth)

¹  )

¨m narrow

m
á opinion

†††
 


 X  X
Y


 wide, to be broad

 yard ¹36 inches)

m  scarcely, hardly, not quite, not very

á  seed, grain, pill

J
 Friendship ¹name of a highway in Thailand)


  ¨m narrow

  heavy ¹of material), heavy texture

 worm

¹J
)

á   texture of cloth

 cotton

 silk

  nylon

†††
 


 X  X
Y

 electric fan

¹ám

)

 to iron ¹cloth)

8¨ to dry clean

Lesson 37

Ÿ
 YY"YY

Jump to: navigation, search

Y
[hide]

OY 1 Lesson 37 Ȃ Buying Clothing and Jewelry

OY 2 Vocabulary notes
UY 2.1 Measurement.
UY 2.2 Measuring units

UY 2.3


UY 2.4 M
UY 2.5 á 
OY 3 Grammar notes
UY 3.1 Verbs of measurement with metric classifiers
UY 3.2 An optional transformation
OY 4 Chart I, dimensions
OY 5 GRAMMAR DRILLS
UY 5.1 Recognition and Familiarization Drill
UY 5.2 Recognition and Familiarization Drill
UY 5.3 Transformation Drill
UY 5.4 Response Drill
UY 5.5 Sentence Construction Drills
UY 5.6 Question and Construction Drill
UY 5.7 Substitution Drill

†††
 


 X  X
Y
UY 5.8 Recognition and Familiarization Drill
UY 5.9 Expansion Drill
UY 5.10 Sentence Construction Drill
OY 6 Exercises
OY 7 Vocabulary

"Y6:Y9Y Y YYn
YY

m 8   J
á
  á  M For this
kind of
¹buye 
 material
r)
how many
yards does
it take for
a jacket
and a pair
of pantsdz

m Ô

¨  About 8
yards.

¹seller
)

m 8 m 
 
 m
 hat
colors do
.
you have?

m Ô 
áRYY
RY¨

 J
I have
grey,
. black, blue
and
brown.

m 8
J   Does the

color fade
†††
 


 X  X
Y
. away?

m Ô Já Not at all.

.


 I can
guarantee
it.

m 8  Y á 
áR¨  Then, Iǯll

take 8
.
yards of
grey.

¹m ÔJ Yá  M
‘ Y ¹The

saleslady
¨
 M m 8 ) cuts the
material,
puts it in a
bag, and
hands it to
the buyer.)

m 8 R áR
m
 How much
is it
.
altogether
?

m Ô á
 
R‘
m
 Nine
hundred
. and sixty
baht
exactly.

†††
 


 X  X
Y

m 
m   
  
 m
 ouldnǯt
you like to
look at
something
else?

m 8 m  
 m
 hat do
you have?
.

m Ô R  ám

á Yám

‘Y Over
thereǯs
. ám

R ¨
 á
  silverware,
nielloware
, gold, and
jewelry.

R Ô
ám

áÔ Yám

R
R¿ On the
right there
 ¨
 is
lacquerwa
re,
bronzewar
e, and
wood
carvings.

m Ô
 ¹Ô )á
Ô M á 
R

Our shop
has a
. better
selection
than other
places.


YYY
†††
 


 X  X
Y

3
 Y

In Thailand the metric system, the 'English' system, and the

¹old) Thai system are used in measurement. Some things
are measured In one system and some in another, and some
things can be measured in more than one system:

 Y YY




Either metric or 'English' length, width, height of

small objects ¹tables,
etc.)

Metric distance, weight, content

Metric length of fabrics, except

silk in Bangkok

¹Old) Thai land area

3
YY

3
Y $Y



áJ
meter
inch

á8 ¹JáJ
) centimeter ĀJ foot

 ¹áJ
) kilometer  yard


 gram m

one and one
half yards

†††
 


 X  X
Y

á8 ¹J
) centigram m

 half yard

 ¹
) kilogram

one fourth
yard

J
liter  mile

The Thai system will be taken up later.

Ą
ûĄĎ Y

Ą
ûĄĎ means 'to guarantee, certify, or vouch for

something'.

Ą
ûĄĎ ĥ could be translated 'You can take my word for it'.

MëY

Më means 'to use up, require, take' ¹an amount of time,
effort, people, etc.)

1. of time: ēĖĪö Ď Mëá ēëĎ G

This work takes 2 years.

2. of people: ēĖĪö Ď MëáÜ ēČēøĖĩČ ēăm

This work requires a lot of personnel.

á ĘĎ
Y

á ĘĎ
means 'to choose or select'.

†††
 


 X ||| X
Y

Ď MČá ĘĎ
'selections' ¹of merchandise, things, etc.)

øē á ĘĎ
'choice' ¹as a means)

ēĄá ĘĎ
'Choice, selection' ¹as an action)

á ĘĎ
+ Person + á  + Position, Title 'to choose someone to
be in a certain position'

áÔá áÔá 
¿ Ô


They choose him as President of the club.

á J 'to elect' ¹as in a political election)

áÔ
 á J á 
¿ ¿ Ô

È

He was elected President of the United States.

 
YYY


YY 
 YY 
Y
YY

Stative verbs like 
 'to be wide',
'to be tall',   'to

be heavy', etc. are followed by Number + Classifier ¹metric)
in sentences of measurement, like the following:

Noun phrase Verb of No. + classifier

measurement

1. J J
 
 ÓY

2. á

IJYáJ
YĶıY

á8 JáJ

†††
 


 X || X
Y

 M
3. 
á     eY Y


1. That table is 24 inches wide.

2. My friend is 1.50 meters tall.

3. That bag weighs more than 8 kilograms.

mYY

YY

Compare the two English sentences 'The color in this cloth

is fast.' with 'This cloth is colorfast.' It is clear that these two
sentences are identical in , but are not identical in

. A similar situation occurs In Thai. Observe the
contrast in form in these pairs of sentences with identical
meaning.

 Ô    J Á  
  J

1 2 3 3 2 1 3 3

The color in this cloth This cloth is colorfast.

doesn't run.

m Ô
‘ m  ‘  Á
‘ m 
m ‘ 

1 2 3 2 1 3

The price of this car is low. This car is cheap.

má     ¨ Á    má  ¨

1 2 3 2 1 3

The rent for this house is This house doesn't rent for a

†††
 


 X ||
X
Y
not high. high price.

Although both members of the pairs of sentences above are

correct, the second type is normally used.


Y,Y YY

JJ
 
 ÓY


TY

  TY

ÓıY

This table is 24" wide

36" long

3" thick

20" high

@m33m@Y
@""YY

†††
 


 X || X
Y

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1.   Y Já
  á  M  


For this kind of material, how many yards does it take to

make a jacket and a pair of trousers?

2.  Y J M m R
m

How many people does this work require?

3.  Y J M á

š

How many years does this work take?

4.  ð R

J M á  R
m

How many personnel are needed for this community

development?

5. m

J
 M á 

This project costs a lot of money.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

 JáY


1. 

This fabric is colorfast. ¹I) can guarantee ¹it).

2.  m á  m  Y



This man is a good person. ¹I) can attest to ¹it).

†††
 


 X || X
Y
3. Ô R

 á  Ô R

Y



The merchandise here is the best. ¹I) can vouch for ¹it).

4. 
R


 R

 Y



The food here is the best. ¹I) can guarantee ¹it).

5.
‘m á m

Y



This car has a very good engine. ¹I) can vouch for that.

6.   m
á¨ á  Y



The rent of this house is not too high. ¹I) can guarantee
it. ¹You can take my word for it.)

7.
 
Ô M á 
R

Y



This store has better selections than others. ¹I) can

guarantee it.

8. ám

‘
  
R

Y



The nielloware in this shop is better than in other places.

¹I) can guarantee it.



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

 JáY


1 



Y
.
 Já


†††
 


 X || X
Y
The color of this fabric I can guarantee that this
doesnǯt fade. ¹I) can fabric is colorfast.
guarantee it.

2m m á  m  Y

 


Y
.
m m á  m 

This man is a good person. I can guarantee that this

¹I) can guarantee it. person is a good man.

3 Ô R

 á  Ô R

Y 


Y
.


 Ô R

 á  Ô R



Things in this shop are of I can guarantee that things

the best quality. ¹I) can in this shop are of the best
guarantee it. quality.

4 
R


 R

 Y 


Y
.


 
R


 R

 

The food here is the best ¹I) I can guarantee that the
can guarantee. food here is the best.

5
‘m á m

Y 


Y
.



‘m á m



This car has a very good I can guarantee that this

engine. ¹I) can guarantee it. car has a very good engine.

6   m
ᨠá 


Y
.
 Y

   m
ᨠá

†††
 


 X || X
Y

The rent for this house is I can guarantee that the

not too expensive. ¹I) can rent for this house is not too
guarantee it. high.

7 ám

R R


R

Y 


Y
.


 ám

R R


R


The jewelry here is better I can guarantee that the

than at other places. ¹I) can jewelry here is better than
guarantee it. other places.

@Y

YY

 Z @

1.  
 m á  
á  


books hat do you want? Books.

2. áR m á 
 
á 
áR

grey hat color would you I want grey.

like?

3.
 m á áR
á 


three yards How much do you I want three

want? yards.

4.  Mƒ m á    á   Mƒ

The big one. hich one do you I want the big

†††
 


 X || X
Y
want? one.

5. 

 R m á     á 

 R

the 4,000 hich house do you I want the 4,000

baht one want? baht one.

6.  R

  m á     á   R

 

the best kind hich kind of fabric The best kind.

would you like?

Y 
Y

YY

The instructor will ask questions so as to elicit the answers

given in the cues, as in the following example.

T. á  
m
 hat do
you want
¹to get)?

S. Rm
 Thai silk.

T.    hat
quality of
cloth?

S.  R

  The best

quality.

T. á 
m
 How
many
yards?

†††
 


 X || X
Y
S.
m
 Three
yards.

T. á  R  

YMm

 You want
four yards
of good
quality
silk, right?

S. Mm
 Yá  R  R


 No, I want
three
yards of
the best
quality
Thai silk.

Use the following sets of cue words in the same manner as

above:

1. á
 , ,
J
,
Ô

2. á
   ¨ , R

,  
  ,
 J

3.  
 R,
á, 

4. ,  , ƒ
 ,  


ZYY 
Y

YY

Pretend you don't know what the other person said, and ask
a question so as to get a repetition of the original
statement.

†††
 


 X || X
Y
Ÿ
Ym
YZ

1.
 á áR
¹
) m


How many yards did you say

Two yards
you wanted?

2.
áR á 
 
m


Grey hat color?

3.  á  
¹  
) m


Silk hat did you say you wanted?

4.   á    m


That kind. hat kind did you say you

wanted?

5.  
  á 
  m


One set. How much did you say you

want?

6. ám

‘ á  
m


Nielloware hat did you say you want?

7. 
m¨ 
R á    m


The eighty baht one. hat kind did you say to want?

8.
á á 
á m


†††
 


 X | | X
Y
Three. How many did you say you
want?

9. J

Ô
á J
 m


The white one. hich one did you say you

want?

10.  R
 R Ô
 á    m



The one on the right. hich one did you say you
want?

Y

YY

 #


 
Ô M á 
R


This store has a better selection of

merchandise than other places.

1. 
 
 M á 
R


Silk This store has a better selection of

silk than any other place.

2.  

 
 
 M á 
R


Books This store has a better selection of

books than any other place.

3. áÔ áÔ 
 M á 
R


†††
 


 X | X
Y
They They have a better selection of
books than any other place.

4.  á áÔ  áM á 
R


houses for rent. They have a better selection of

houses to rent than any other place.

5. Ô áÔÔ M á 
R


things. They have a better selection of

merchandise than any other place.

6. 
áÔ 
M á 
R


things They have a better selection of

things than any other place.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Z m

1  

á Y á á 
.
m á á

Of these two books, which one I'd take that one.

would you choose?

2 á M 
 áRY  ¹) á   
 áR
.
m á    


Between Chiang Mai and I'd choose to live in

Bangkok, which province Bangkok.

†††
 


 X |
X
Y
would you choose to live in?

3 ‘m á Y á á  

.
m á á   
 m

If you can have a choice, I'd rather be a doctor.

would you rather be a doctor
or a teacher.

4 m á   R
 R á 

.

here will you ¹choose to) I have no choice.

live?

5 m
m  Y m
 á m ¨

.
m á Mm
á 
¿  á 
¿ ¿ 

¿ 

Of these two persons, which I think I'd choose the first

one would you choose for one for President.
President?

6 ‘m á Y á   
m


.
m á á   ƒ 
  


If you had a choice, would Itǯs better to be a man.

you rather be a woman or a
man?

7 RáÔJ M á


á
 á
áÔ á 

†††
 


 X |  X
Y
.  M    á á
 YM  áÔá


hy did it take him many Because he wanted to find

months to find a school for good schools for them.
his children?

8 RáÔJ  á
J  á
R

á áÔ
.


hy does he have to go to Because the government

Vietnam? has chosen him to go.

9 m á Ô

   á
á Ô

 
.
R
J
áRI
m  R
J
áRI
m

How many government e'll choose three

officials are going to go government officials.
abroad on an observation
tour?

1 m á Ô

   á
á 
R
0
. J
áRIR
   ¨
R

J Y

here are you going to e'll choose from the

choose the government universities and different
officials to go abroad from? ministries.

$%Y

YY

1.
Inch¹es)

†††
 


 X |  X
Y



How many inches?


 


How many inches wide?

  
 

How many inches wide ¹for

fabric)?

 
 
 

How wide is this fabric?

2.  Yard¹s)


 How many yards?



 How many yards long?

á á
 


 How many yards long is this
rope?

3.  Y
áJ
Ð kilo¹s)


  How many kilos?



  How many kilos long?

‘
 


  How many kilos is this road?
¹How long is this road?)

4. áJ
Meter¹s)


 
áJ
How many meters wide?

‘
 

 
áJ
How wide is this road?

†††
 


 X |  X
Y
5.  Y

Ð Kilo¹s)


  How many kilos?

 
  How many kilos by weight?

Ô  
 
  How many kilos does this thing
weigh?

6. áR
How much?

 áR
How thick?

 
 á   áR
How thick is this book?

7. áR
How much?

áR
How tall?

m 
áR
How tall are you?

Y 
Y

YY

 #


1.   , 
 , áR
 
 
 áR

this fabric, wide, how much How wide is this fabric?

2. ‘ J
, 
,   ‘ J


 

Friendship Highway, long, kilo How many kilometers

long is the Friendship

†††
 


 X |  X
Y
Highway?

3. J  ,
, áR
J 
áR

this building, tall, how much How tall is this building?

4.  
 á  ,  ,     
 á   
  

that book, thick, pages How many pages ¹thick)

is this book?

5. Ô   ,    ,   Ô  
 
 

this thing, heavy, kilo How many kilos does this

thing weigh?

6. 
 ¨   ,  ,

 ¨  


this board, thick, inches How many inches ¹thick)

is this board?

7. m ,   , áR
m   áR

you, heavy, how much How much do you weigh?

$%
YY
a) Pretend you are buying material for making some
article of clothing. You take the part of the buyer;
another student takes the part of the seller.

b) Discuss the dimensions of various objects in the room.

c) One student describes a certain object by giving its

dimensions and other characteristics ¹such as color,
price, use, etc.) of it. Another student tries to guess what

†††
 


 X |  X
Y
is being described.

d) Find out the weight and height of everyone in the room,

then make comparisons, such as "John is ten pounds
heavier than Mary", etc. ¹  - pound may be used.)


YY
 classifier for inanimate objects,
careless speakers often use  as a
substitute for other classifiers

á  to want ¹to have), c.f. J 

M to use up, require, take ¹an amount

of time, effort, people, etc.)

 piece ¹of anything whole), hence

classifier for piece of clothing,
furniture, bread, meat, bones, work
¹as specified task), etc.

 to look at, to admire, look at with

pleasure, to praise

  classifier for suit ¹e.g. of clothing),

suite ¹of furniture), set ¹e.g. of
ornaments, glassware, books), for a
committee, cabinet ¹of ministers, for
a team)

á  rope, cord, classifier for

¹domesticated) elephants

†††
 


 X |  X
Y

  to observe the operation ¹e.g., of a

system), observe ¹something) in
operation

ĀJ foot, English system


á  choice, selection ¹as an action)

 á trousers, pants

¨
 to carve or chisel ¹as wood)

áÔ to lacquer

Ô M á  selections ¹of merchandise, things,

etc.)

Ô ¨
 carvings

m

project

ám

engine; -ware ¹see below)

ám

áÔ lacquerware

ám

á silverware

ám

á
ám

R jewelry

ám

‘ nielloware

ám

R things of gold

†††
 


 X |  X
Y

R
R¿ bronzeware

m

 half yard

 ¹
) kilogram ¹metric system)

 ¹áJ
) kilometer ¹metric system)


 board

J
liter ¹metric system)

á  to choose or select

á J to elect ¹as in a political election)

 ¨
 wood carvings

 mile

áJ
meter ¹metric system)

  width ¹for fabric)

  to be heavy ¹in weight), to be hard

¹as of work)

inch ¹English system)

 external

†††
 


 X |
| X
Y

 ð  community development

á silver

á
diamond

á
  jewelry

  precious stones, such as sapphires,

rubies, etc.

 pound ¹weight)

 about, to approximate, to estimate

¿ president, chairman


 guarantee, can guarantee

 1. Classifier for rivers, canals, roads,

for ornamental chains, necklaces, for
wires, cables, and for other line-like
objects.

2. line ¹esp. in the fig. sense of a

channel, route, as in Ǯtelephone lineǯ)


one fourth yard



club, association

á8 J
 centigram ¹metric system)

†††
 


 X |
X
Y

á8 JáJ
centimeter ¹metric system)

á
 refers to top garments, such as shirts

and blouses; womanǯs dress

á
  á suit of clothes ¹for men) any

ensemble of clothes that includes an
upper garment and slacks or pants.
¹e.g. womenǯs blouse and slacks,
childrenǯs coveralls, pajamas, etc.)

Lesson 38

Ÿ
 YY"YY

Jump to: navigation, search

Y
[hide]

OY 1 Shopping for toilet articles

OY 2 Vocabulary notes
UY 2.1 Noun compounds

UY 2.2 


UY 2.3 
Yafter nouns
UY 2.4 Brand names in advertising

UY 2.5 Yand M
OY 3 Grammar notes
UY 3.1 Noun classifiers

UY 3.2 Nominalizations ¹R
YYverb phrase)

OY 4 Drills
UY 4.1 Recognition and familiarization drill
¹classifiers)
UY 4.2 Illustration
UY 4.3 Response drill

†††
 


 X |

X
Y
UY 4.4 Expansion drill
UY 4.5 Substitution drill
UY 4.6 Sentence expansion drill
OY 5 Exercises
OY 6 Vocabulary

Y
YY
YY

m Ô 8 
m
 hat do you
want to buy?
¹seller)

m 8 ¨

Āů  Do you have
toothbrushes?
¹buyer)

m Ô. m
 e do.

m 8 . Ô      May I see

them

m Ô.
m
 Here they are.

   ¨  R This kind is

eight baht
each.

 

R That kind, 12.

m 8 . R
‘ 
 
 You have
anything
cheaper?

m Ô. m
 No.

m 8 .  á   ¨  R 
 In that case,

I'll take the
†††
 


 X |
 X
Y
eight baht
one.

m Ô.
 
m
 ant
anything
else?

m 8 . á 

  
I'd like a bar

of Lux soap.

m Ô. 
 M m
 Imported or
domestic?

m 8 . á 
 Y Imported and
one small
¨
 
Āů  á   
tube of
 

á R  
8 Y toothpaste, a
package of
Ô 

"Gold Flake"
cigarettes,
and a small
box of
matches.

m Ô. 
Āů 
 

m
 hat brand
of
toothpaste?

m 8 . 
  Any kind
¹brand),

m Ô.
m
 YR Y

á RY Here you are.
That will be
 

J m 27.50 baht.

†††
 


 X |
 X
Y

¹m 8
 M m Ô

R) The customer

gives the
salesman
thirty baht.

m Ô.
m
 Yá R Y Here is your
change, 2.50

R 

J mY baht. Thank
Ô m  m
 you very
much. Please

  რ    m

come and
patronize me
again next
time.


YYY

¢Y Y

¨GĄ ëĖ toothbrush: ¨

brush +
 polish +

Āů tooth

ăēëĖ toothpaste:  medicine, chemical

compound +
 + Āů

ëûĚČ
 Ď toilet soap:
 soap +   smell
sweet



 ē
ëûĚ8 laundry soap, detergent:
 + 8
wash +  clothing

†††
 


 X |
 X
Y

ĥ  Ėĥ matches:  wood + Ô strike,

scratch + Ā fire

ăĖĩČ ĎY

ăĖĩČ Ď means 'brand' or 'trade name'. Observe the use in the

following sentences:

Z m

1.
‘
 
Ā


hat make of car Is it? a Ford.

2.

 



hat brand of soap is it? Lux.

3.
R 
 

8á

hat brand of radio is it? R.C.A.

ĎĥĄY
YY

If 
'what kind' is used after the noun in a question,
several answers are possible, as is shown in the examples
below:

Z m

‘Ā
 Ford

†††
 


 X |
 X
Y

¹1)
‘ 

‘ á
 An American
car

‘

J A sport car

  toilet soap

¹2)
 


 Lux soap

Y YY
Y

Brand names are sometimes attached to the name of the

product in advertising, as In the following examples:

¹1.)
J

¨
 Parrot brand soap

¹2) 
J J

ăĚ Peacock brand thermos

¹3) J
 Ě
ø Ď Peach brand cloth

¹4) ¨  á
 J

Ąöēă Rabbit brand records

In the case of some very well-known products the trade name

may be the main identifying feature of the name:

¹1.) J
áëĘĎ Tiger ¹brand) balm

¹2)  J
 ē Horse brand nice smelling
inhalants

†††
 


 X |
 X
Y

Ď
YYMY

 Ď YĎ
is used to refer to any product made  of
Thailand.

 Ď YM is used to refer to products made  Thailand.

Observe the following examples:

¹1) ëûĚĎ
Imported soap

ëûĚM  local soap

ëûĚĥøă Thai soap

¹2) 

áĄĖăĎ
Thais who were
educated abroad



áĄĖăM Thais educated in
Thailand

But notice the difference in usage in the following examples:

mĎ
outsider or layman

mM insider

 
YYY

¢Y
Y

¹1) In 4.1 you were given a list of classifiers and a general

†††
 


 X |
 X
Y
description of classifiers. In succeeding lessons you have been
introduced to more of them. You arenow aware that in many
types of Noun Phrases the classifier must occur with the
noun; therefore, it is imperative that you know which
classifier is associated with which noun. In general it is
probably just as simple to learn the classifier of a noun at the
same time that you learn the noun ¹just as you might learn
the gender class of a noun in German or French) without
reference to the meaning of the noun. However, since there
are some cases in which the classifier of a noun is predictable
from the meaning of the noun, a more nearly complete list of
classifiers is given below. This may help you remember the
ones you have already had better, since it's easier to see the
'logic' of the system if you already know the nouns and their
classifiers, and it should help you guess which classifier to use
with nouns you will learn.


@


¹1) m Ordinary people,

names of
professions,
members of the
family

m

m two teachers

 
m three children

¹2) m Buddha images

¹3) J
Non-human

things with
human parts

†††
 


 X |
 X
Y
¹legs, arms, etc.)


J
two dogs

 á  
J
a pair of pants

An exception is ûČĄĖĩČĩ ö
a cigarette

¹1) The information given here is taken from Noss, 106.

Examples have been added to make the points clearer.


@


¹4) !  Copies of printed

material

 
  
!  one newspaper

¹5) á  Small round

objects

á
 
á  one diamond

¨

 
á  one aspirin
tablet

¹6)  lump, cube, bar

 
 a bar of soap

¨Ô  
 a lump, cube, or
block of ice

†††
 


 X || X
Y

Ô
 
 a lump of rice

¹7) M container

J á  
M one refrigerator

‘  
M one pail

¹8) M flat, thin sheet

 
M one photo or one
picture

¿ J
 
M one bank note

¿ J
M  a 5-baht bill
¹money)

¹9) ám

is usually used
with complex
equipment, such
an engine, or a
modern
invention

ám

 J 
ám

one engine

R
IR 
ám

one telephone

¹10) R
is sometimes

used with simple
equipment.
Notice the

†††
 


 X | X
Y
difference in
usage between R

and ám

in the
following
examples.

1. ám

á

  An electric can
opener

R
á

  an ordinary can
opener

2. ám

JÔ An electric ¹egg)
beater

R
JÔ an ordinary
¹egg) beater

¹11)  refers to
packages or
things wrapped
in paper.

 

 
 a carton of
cigarettes

¹12)  refers to a small

carton or plastic
box.

 
 a box of soap

¹13)  is a very
common
classifier for

†††
 


 X |
X
Y
inanimate
objects. Careless
speakers often
use Ď
 as a
substitute for
other classifiers.
The examples
given in the
drills are the
nouns that are
usually used
with Ď
.

¹14) ith many noun

compounds the
classifier and its
noun referent
are identical.
Some examples
are:

J á  
J  ¹1) one refrigerator

 
 ¨Ô 
  one set of living
room furniture

áJ¨
 
áJ one gas stove

á R 

one picture of
Thailand

ám

8  
ám

one washing
machine

†††
 


 X | X
Y

M   
M one leaf

áJ  
áJ one bed

¹1) M may also be used.

¢ -YøĖĩY Y
Y
YY

R
'that which, the one¹s) which, such ones as, etc.' serves as a
nominalizer ¹i.e. an agent for creating nouns) of Verb Phrases
¹and Sentences) as in the following example:

¢ 

Nominalizer Verb phrase Determiner

R
‘ 
 

¹that which) ¹is cheaper) ¹this)

that which is
cheaper

YY

@YY 
-Y
Y
Y

1.  ¨

Āů  
 One toothbrush

R
á

   
 one can opener

R
JÔ 
 One ¹egg) beater

†††
 


 X | X
Y

áJ
 
 one iron

 
 one electric fan

2.   
 one pen

3. ¨R 
 
¨R one pencil

4.   
Āů  
  one tube of toothpaste

5. 8  

 
8 one package of
cigarettes

8  
8 one envelope

6.   

 
 One carton of cigarettes

 Ô 
 one big package of

matches

7. ¨  
 
¨  one piece of paper

 
¨  one ¹copy of a) photo


  
¨  one piece of board

¨ R
 
¨  one copy of a map

8. 
 
 one bar of soap

J 
 one lump/cube
of sugar

†††
 


 X | X
Y

¨Ô  
 a piece of ice, an
ice cube

9. !   
  
!  one newspaper

 
!  one letter

10. á  
  
á one book

 
á one textbook

11. M   
M

á  one pocketbook,
handbag,
briefcase,
suitcase

¿ J
M 
  one 100 baht
banknote

 
M One ¹example of
a) picture

J  
M one cabinet ¹as

a container)

12. J
J 
J
one table/desk

J
  
J
one Ironing
board

á   
J
one chair

á
  
J
one blouse

†††
 


 X | X
Y

 á  
J
one pair of

pants



 
J
one ¹woman's)
skirt

13. ám


R  
ám

one radio

R
 ¹ R
RI  )  
ám

one TV set

ám

8  
ám

one washing
machine

ám

á

   
ám

one electric can
opener

ám


 I 
ám

one air
conditioner

14.   ám

m

 
  one set of
kitchen
equipment

á
  
  one suit of

clothes

 
 ¨Ô 
  one set of living
room furniture


Y

†††
 


 X | X
Y

@Y
Y

 Z @

1 ¨

Āů , 8 
m á ¨

Āů  

.
 



Toothbrush hat do ¹I want) one toothbrush.

you
want?

†††
 


 X | X
Y
2 
Āů ,
8 
m á 
Āů
 
.



Toothpaste hat do ¹I want) two tubes of

you toothpaste.
want?

3  

,
8 
m 8  


8
.



Cigarettes hat do ¹I want) two packages of

you cigarettes.
want?

4
 ,
 8 
m 8
 

.



Toilet soap hat do ¹I want) three bars of toilet

you soap.
want?

5  Ô,  

 
m ¹8 ) Ô 

.



Matches hat do ¹I want) one box of matches.

you
want?

6
 
  á  
á 

  

.
Y
m


Imported Lux hat do I want two bars of imported Lux

†††
 


 X | X
Y
toilet soap, two you toilet soap.
want?

7 ¨

Āů Ô  á  
8 ¨

Āů Ô á  

.
á ,  
m


Small hat One small toothbrush.

toothbrush, one would
you like?

8 
Āů ,
 
m á 
Āů   á 
.
 á ,
  
 
 ,  

Imported hat One small tube imported

toothpaste, would toothpaste.
small tube, one you like?

$%Y
Y

1 ëûĚ  
 One bar of

. soap.

 Ď  

ëûĚČ One bar of
toilet
soap.

ëûĚČ
 Ď

ë  
 One bar of
Lux toilet
soap.

ëûĚČ
 Ď

ëĎăē Ď
 
 One bar of
imported

†††
 


 X || X
Y
Lux toilet
soap.

2 Gē

ē 
 One pen

.

Gē

ēGēĄmá
ĎĄ 
 One
Parker
pen

Gē

ēGēĄmá
ĎĄĎăē Ė  
 One good
Parker
pen

 
má
  Ô á  
 One good
Parker
pen, small
size.

3 ăēëĖ 
  One
. toothpaste

ăēëĖĥĎGēē 
  One Ipana

toothpaste

ăēëĖĥĎGēēĎăē Ď
 
  One
Imported
Ipana
toothpaste

ăēëĖĥĎGēēĎăē Ď
Ô Mƒ 
 One
Imported
 Ipana
toothpaste
, big
size/large

†††
 


 X | X
Y
tube

4. ¨GĄ ëĖ 
 One

toothbrush

¨GĄ ëĖĎ
áöĎĄá ëö  
 One Dr.
est
toothbrush

¨GĄ ëĖĎ
áöĎĄá ëöĎăē ĎĎ 
 One soft
Dr. est
toothbrush

5. ûČĄĖĩ 
8 One
package of
cigarettes

ûČĄĖĩĥøă 
8 One
package of
Thai
cigarettes

ûČĄĖĩĥøăĎăē Ė  
8 One
package of
good Thai
cigarettes

 

R  
 
   
8 One
package of
Thai
cigarettes
of any
brand

6. Ą 
m One car

†††
 


 X |
X
Y

ĄĎá Ą

  
m One
American
car

ĄĎá Ą

ë ăYħY 
m One
beautiful
American
car

ĄĎá Ą

ë ăYħYĎăē Ė  
m One good,
beautiful
American
car

ĄĎá Ą

ë ăYħYĎăē ĖY ēMČî  
m One big
good and
beautiful
American
car

ĄĎá Ą

ë ăYħYĎăē ĖY ēMČîY One big
good and
ăĖĩČ ĎĎĥĄ

ĥ  
m beautiful
American
car of any
make.

Y
Y

 #


R
Ě

 


Do you have anything

†††
 


 X | X
Y
cheaper?

1.  R
Ė
 


Good Do you have anything better?

2.

 R
ë ă
 



Beautiful, pretty Do you have anything

prettier?

3. ¨ R
¨ÿ 
 


Expensive Do you have anything more

expensive?

4. Mƒ R
MČî
 



Big Do you have anything bigger?

5. á  R
á


 


Small Do you have anything

smaller?

6.   
 R
Čē

 ē 
 


ide ¹Fabric) Do you have anything wider?

7. M R
MČ 
 



New Do you have anything newer?

Y%Y
Y

†††
 


 X | X
Y
 Y


1. ¨

Āů  ¨
  ¨

Āů  ¨
  Y
R
‘ 
 


This kind of toothbrush is too This kind of toothbrush

expensive. is too expensive. Do you
have anything cheaper?

2.
‘m  


‘m  

Y
R



 


This car is not beautiful. This car is not beautiful.

Do you have anything
better looking?

3.   á  á    á  á  Y

R
Mƒ
 


This house is too small. Do you have anything

bigger?

4.  
 ¨m á   
 ¨m á  Y

R

 
 


This fabric is too narrow. This fabric is too

narrow. Do you have
anything wider?

5.  á J
á   á J
á  Y

R
M 
 


†††
 


 X | X
Y
These pants are too old. These pants are too old.
Do you have anything
newer?

6. á
 J
 Mƒ á
 J
 Mƒ Y

R
á 
 


This shirt is too big. This shirt is too big. Do

you have anything
smaller?

7.  
 á 
á   
 á 
á  Y

R

 


This book is too difficult. This book is too difficult.

Do you have anything
easier?

$%
YY

Have one student take the part of a store clerk and another
that of a customer. Have them go through the routine of
purchasing various items, such as:

¹a) a pack of cigarettes, ¹b) two bars of toilet soap,

¹c) a tube of toothpaste, ¹d) some matches, etc.

The clerk asks the brand, kind, and size the customer wants.
hen he is told, he indicates what the price is. Then the
customer inquires if there is anything cheaper ¹better, etc.).
Then he gives the clerk a bill and asks for change.


YY

†††
 


 X | X
Y


Y8Yá R.C.A

   Ipana

 classifier for inanimate objects

¨

aspirin

m classifier for Buddha images, King,

Queen

 soft, tender

   to support, assist ¹financially), to

patronize

M  leaf

 áJ
á

J Dr. est

Āů tooth

Ā
 Ford ¹brand name)

 carton, classifier for packages or things

wrapped in paper

  to smell sweet

 medicine, chemical compound

  nice-smelling inhalants

†††
 


 X | X
Y


Āů toothpaste


 brand or trade name

 classifier for matches



¹
) womanǯs skirt

Ô to strike, scratch

m M insider

m  outsider or layman

ám

 J engine

ám

á

  an electric can opener

ám

8  washing machine

ám

JÔ an electric ¹egg) beater

 small case or box, classifier for things in

such containers hence, box of matches,
etc.

á R Gold Flake ¹name of cigarettes)

 a small carton or plastic box

 bump, cube, bar; classifier for bumpy

objects, e.g. rocks, lumps of clay or sugar,

†††
 


 X | X
Y
cubes of sugar, chumks or hunks of coal
or charcoal, bricks, broken bricks, cake
of soap, clouds, and figuratively, sums of
money


J rabbit


J  thermos bottle


 Lux ¹brand name)

  classifier for tube, tube of toothpaste

 R peach ¹a Chinese loan word)

 horse

 wood

 Ô matches

á  classifier for small, round objects ¹pills,

etc.)


classifier for cigarettes, cigars

¹m ) M Thais educated in Thailand

á
 M Thais educated in Thailand

á
  Thais who were educated abroad

†††
 


 X | X
Y

 bird

 Peacock

¨
Parrot

¹Ô )  is used to refer to any product made

outside of Thailand or country

á R change ¹money returned)


má
 Parker

 electric fan

¨  á
 records ¹phonograph)

¨
brush

¨

Āů toothbrush

  toilet soap


 ¹Lux) soap

M local soap

 imported soap

8  laundry soap

†††
 


 X || X
Y

R Thai soap

8 to wash ¹clothes only); to launder

J m satang

 to polish

8 classifier for cigarettes or envelopes

8  envelope ¹for letters)

á
 tiger

áJ stove

áJ¨
gas stove

áJ
 iron ¹for clothing)

‘ pail

R
 T.V.

R
classifier for simple equipment

R
á

  an ordinary can opener

R
JÔ an ordinary ¹egg) beater

¿ J
bank note

†††
 


 X | X
Y

R to give change ¹money)

R
RI  T.V.

J
 brand, trademark ¹It is sometimes
attached to the name of the product in
advertising.)

  next time

YY5Y Y
YY

How much
m 8 .
  Ô  are these
oranges?

¨m. 
  Rm Fifteen

baht a kilo.

m 8 .   
   How many

oranges in
a kilo?

¨m.

á   About 6 or
7.

m 8 . 
R  How about

10 baht a
kilo?

¨m. m Y


    mY



R Impossible.
This is a
very good
kind of
orange.

†††
 


 X |
X
Y
They have
good,
unusually
sweet
flavor.

m 8 .  Y

R ¨
 Yá   
Then make

it 12 baht.
I'll take
one kilo.

¹¨m

M ) ¹The sales

lady hands
over the
oranges.)

¨m. 
 
m Anything
else?

m 8 .
 
   áR ĥĄ How much
are these
pineapples
each?

¨m.

Rm Four baht.

m 8 .
 R  Is three

o.k.?

¨m. m Y

RÔJ
Can't do it.

Four baht,
no
bargaining.

m 8 . á   
Y
á  YYM 
 I'll take

†††
 


 X | X
Y
one. Pick
out a good
one for me.

¨m.
m Here it is.

R 
 R‘
That

makes 16
baht
exactly
altogether.

¨m. m ¨ m mY!  R You have

any
smaller
bills? I
don't have
any
change.

m 8 . ám
 No, I don't
have any at
all.

¨m.  Y
ë


á

m Then
please wait
!  ¨M a minute.
I'll go get
some
change for
you.

 
YYY

YYY
YY
†††
 


 X | X
Y
mY¢Y2YY
YY

ith this type of construction the reference is non- specific; i.e. it

refers to   or 
 units of the whole class.

1. Noun + stative verb

‘M new cars

Here the reference is to a particular type of object as a class.

¢Y2YY
Y
Y

Depending on the context, reduplication of the stative verb may

result in

¹a) 'Softening' the meaning of the stative verb.

 áČ
ĄëĖ ē YħYēĥGm
Čĩ

I saw a  car pass by.

¹b) strengthening the meaning of the stative verb, or

Ąm
ĖĪĥ MČîÿĎY Ďăē

ĥ ĄMČî Yħ

This car is not big enough. I would like a
Y car.

¹c) it may indicate that the noun it occurs with is 
.

á ē Ėû ēë ăYħ

He has beautiful .

In all of these constructions the reference is to 
 rather than

 objects.
†††
 


 X | X
Y
Y¢Y2Y
Y2YY
YY

Reference is usually to  object.

1. Noun + Classifier + Stative Verb

Reference is Y object.

 
 áMƒ  big book

2. Noun + Classifier + Stative Verb Reduplicated

Reference is Y of a number of objects.

 
 Y  good pineapple

In certain situations reduplication can result in

¹a) 'softening' the meaning of the stative verb


á  MƒYYM   

Please choose a

large one for me.

 
Y
YY

@YY 
-Y
YY

1.

  YM Y  3 oranges

2.
  
 YM Y  1 pomelo

3. 
 

 1 bunch of bananas, or




M Y Y  4 bananas

†††
 


 X | X
Y
4. 

M Y Y  2 mangoes

5.  m  
M Y Y  1 mangosteen

6.  
M Y Y  2 rose apples

7. ¨J  
M Y Y  1 watermelon

8.   
M Y Y  1 papaya

9. 
 
 1 bunch of langsa, or





M Y Y  14 langsa

10. R á
  
M Y Y  1 durian

11.
 
 
M Y Y  1 pineapple

12. á  
 Y
1 bunch of rambuttans, or

á  YM Y  5 rambuttans

Y
Y
YY
Y
Y

 #


1.
,  
  Ô 

2.
 ,  
 
áR

3. 
,   
  Ô  Aspan>

†††
 


 X | X
Y

4. 
,   

áR

5.  m ,    m   Ô 

6.  ,      Ô 

7. ¨J ,   ¨J  
áR

8.  ,      áR

9. 
,   
  Ô 

10. R á
 ,   R á
  Ô 

11.
 
,  
 
   áR

12. á ,   á   Ô 

Y

Y

 #



á  YYM 


Please choose a good one for me.

1. Y 
á   YYM 


pretty Please choose a pretty one for me.

2. 
 Y 
á  
 YYM 


†††
 


 X | X
Y
sweet Please choose a very sweet one for me.

3. MƒY 
á  MƒYYM 


big Please choose a rather big one for me.

4.
Y 
á  
 YYM 


ripe Please choose a really ripe one for me.

5.
Y 
á  
YYM 


fresh Please choose a really fresh one for me.

$%Y

YY

1.
 
 Y A good pineapple

 
 YY
 Y A good and sweet pineapple

2.
 
  J A big pineapple

 
  JYY
 Y A big and sweet pineapple

3. R á
   JY A big durian

R á
   JYY

Y A big, good-tasking durian

4.  m   Y A pretty mangosteen

 m   YY

Y A pretty, good-tasting mangosteen

†††
 


 X | X
Y
5. 
  JY A big mango.


  JYY
 Y A big, ripe mango.

6. 
  JY A big mango.


  JYY
Y A big, fresh mango.

#

YY

Y

 #



á 
 
 YYM   

Please choose a good pineapple for me.

1.
 
á 
   YYM   

Please choose a good pomelo for me.

2. 
, Mƒ ,
 
á 
 M MƒYYM
M

Please choose three ¹rather) big mangoes

for me.

3. R á
 ,

,  

á R á


YYM   

Please choose a good durian for me.

4. Mƒ ,

á R á

 M MƒYY

YY
M
 

Please choose two big and good durians

†††
 


 X || X
Y
for me.

5. ¨J , 
 ,  

á ¨J  MƒYY
 YY

M   

Please choose a big, sweet watermelon for

me.

6.  m , ,  
  
á  m  YYM   

Please choose a kilo of pretty mangoes for

me.

#

YY

YY

 #



á 
 
 YYM   

Please choose a good pineapple for me.

1.
 
á 
   YYM   

pomelo Please choose a good pomelo for me.

2. R á
 
á R á
  YYM   

durien Please choose a good pomelo for me.

3.
 
á R á

  YYM
 

three Please choose three good durians for me.

4. Mƒ 
á R á

  MƒYYM
 

†††
 


 X | X
Y
big Please choose three rather big durians
for me.

5. Mƒ ,

 
á R á
  MƒYY

YY
M
 

big, of good flavor Please choose three, rather big, delicious

durians for me.

6. 8 
8 R á
  MƒYY

YY

M
 

buy Please buy three, rather big, delicious

durians for me.

7.  m ,  
8  m  YY

YYM
 

mangosteens, pretty Please buy three pretty, good tasting

mangosteens for me.

8.  
  
8  m  YY

YYM   

one kilo Please buy a kilo of pretty, delicious

mangosteens for me.

9.
R 
8  m  YY

YYM
R

ten baht Please buy ten baht worth of pretty,

delicious mangosteens for me.

10. 
, J, 
 
8 
  JYY
 YY

M
R

†††
 


 X |
X
Y
mango, large, sweet Please buy ten baht of sweet, big
mangoes for me.

11.  ,
, J 
8    JYY
 YYM
R

papaya, ripe, big Please buy ten baht of big, ripe papayas
for me.

Y 
Y

YY

#
  #


1. m ¨ m 
 m
 ¨ m ¨ m 
 m


 ¨M

You don't have any to You don't have any

change? change change?

I'll go get some for you.

2. m R ¨Ā
 m
 8 m R ¨Ā
 m


 8 M

You'd like a cup of coffee? to buy You'd like a cup of coffee?

I'll go and buy some for

you.

3. m  
 
 m
 á  m  
 
 m


 á M

†††
 


 X | X
Y
You don't have a book? to get You don't have a book?

I'll go get one for you.

4. m J 
¨R 8

 m
 á
 m J 
¨R 8

 m


 á
M

Do you want a taxi? call Do you want a taxi?

I'll go and call one for you.

5. m J 
 
 m
 J m J 
 
 m


 JM

Do you want a doctor? to send Do you want a doctor?

for, to
get ¹a
person)

I'll go get one for you.

6. m  
 á á  m  


 á á  M

ould you like to sit get a ould you like to sit

down? chair down?

I'll bring a chair for you.

7. m R  á  m R 

 á M

†††
 


 X | X
Y
ould you like to eat? get ould you like to eat?

I'll bring something for

you.

8. m ¨á  ¨ m ¨á 

 ¨M

ould you like to change change ould you like to change

money? money?

I'll go and change some for

you.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. ¨ m Y J  ¨á

I don't have small bank notes. I'll have to go change some

money.

2. m ¨ m YÔ ¨

R

Do you have any change? Please change a hundred baht.

3. m áI
J mYÔ ¨
  R

Do you have any change? Could I have change for five baht?

4. 
 ¨á M


R

Please go and get twenty baht change for me.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

5. á  
  

á
ƒ ¨á  á R áR

I have twenty dollars. How much Thai money will I get in

exchange for it?

6. m R
 m

Y¨‘

R
¨á 

Do you know if there are any money changers around here?

7. 
á Ô
 ¨á  Ô M

The farmers took the rice and traded it for things.

8. á á
 ¨ á

Don't trade ¹exchange) smelling salts ¹camphor) for salt.

¹Don't trade valuable things for worthless things. A Thai

proverb.)

$%Y

YY

1. ¨ exchange

¨ exchange with

¨Ô exchange with things

¨á Ô exchange money with things

2. ¨ exchange

¨á exchange money

†††
 


 X | X
Y

¨á
á
ƒ ¹I) want to exchange ten
dollars.

3. ¨ exchange

Ô ¨ Please exchange

Ô ¨¨ m  Please change for small bank

notes.

Ô ¨¨ m 


  R Please give me 100 baht
change.

4. ¨ exchange

Ô ¨ Please exchange.

Ô ¨áI
J m Please exchange for small bank

notes.

Ô ¨áI
J m
  R Please give me 100 baht

change.

5. ¨ exchange

¨ trade

¨
‘ trade cars

¨
‘ Yá  How would you like to trade
cars?

6. ¨ Exchange

†††
 


 X | X
Y

á Ô
 ¨ Take rice and exchange it.

á Ô
 ¨Ô M Take rice and exchange it for

goods.


á Ô
 ¨Ô M The farmers trade rice for

things.

7. ¨ exchange

á  ¨ Take it and exchange it.

á  ¨ been to exchange something

á Ô
 ¨á  Ô M has been to exchange rice for

useful things.

8. ¨ exchange

á  ¨ Take it and exchange it.

á 
‘á ¨ Take the old car to exchange it.

á 
‘á ¨á 
‘M have been to trade the old car
in for a new one.

$%
YY¨
Y

1. 
¨JÔ
Y‘áÔJ 
Ô M ¨JáÔá 8

áÔR 

A farmer has only rice. If he wants other things but he doesn't

†††
 


 X | X
Y
have any money to buy them, what can he do?

2. m J M á m¨R 8

  RYm ¨JM 

 

¨R 8
 R Ym R 

You have to pay 15 baht for the taxi fare. You have only a 100
baht bank note. The driver doesn't have any change. hat do
you do?

3. m ¨Já  
Ym J 
á R m R 

You have only dollars. You want some baht. hat do you do?

4. ‘á  
áR 

R ‘m á  
 
Y
m ¨á R áR

If one dollar is equivalent to twenty baht; if you have fifty

dollars, how many baht do you get?

5. m  á
YáÔá á  ¨R
¿ m
 R

‘á  
áR 

RYm  á  
áR

Mr. Pichai is going to America. He went to the bank to exchange

money for 5,000 baht. If one dollar is equivalent to twenty baht,
how many dollars does Mr. Pichai get?

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. 8 Ô
m
¨  RY M á áÔ 

R
áÔR á M 
R

I made a purchase for 18 baht. I gave him twenty baht. He gave

†††
 


 X | X
Y
me two baht change.

2. m¨R 8


RY M á ¨R 8

  R

áÔR M 
RYáÔR á M Ô  
R

The taxi fare is 12 baht. I gave the driver 15 baht. He gave me

two baht change. He shortchanged me one baht.

3. ¨JM 
 Y¨ m Y¨ má R

áJ  ¨¨ m M áÔ

I had only one hundred baht notes. I didn't have any smaller
bank notes. The vendor didn't have any change. So, I had to go
get some change for her.

4. m m

 á R
RY¨JáÔR M m 
R 

áÔR á M m á 

J m

You should have gotten two baht change but he gave you
change of two baht and fifty satang. He gave you fifty satang
too much in change.

5. Ô
mR ¨ 
RY M á áÔ
  

m

 á R áR

The goods cost altogether 84 baht. I gave him one hundred

baht. How much change should I get?

$%Y

YY

1. R To give change

†††
 


 X || X
Y

R á To give change

R á M m  To give you change

R á M m 
 R To give you three

baht change

áÔR á M m 
 R He gave you three

baht change.

2. R To give change

R  To give change ¹to

me)

R M  To give me change

R M 
 R To give me three

baht change

J R á M 
 R Should give me

three baht change

m J R M 
 RY‘ m

 You should have
given me three baht
change, right?

3. Ô To be lacking

Ô To be lacking

Ô
R Two baht too little

á Ô
R Two baht too little

†††
 


 X | X
Y
change

R á Ô
R Gave two baht too

little in change

R á M Ô
R Gave me two baht

too little in change

m R á M Ô
R You short changed

me two baht.

4. á Too much

á  

J m Fifty satang too

much

á á  

J m The money is fifty

satang too much.

R á á 

J m Gave 50 satang too

much in change

m R á á 

J m You gave me fifty

satang too much in
change.

5. R to give change

á R change

 á R get change

  á R haven't got change

yet

†††
 


 X |
X
Y

  á R I haven't got change

yet.

$%
YY

1. m 8 Ô
m

 RYm M á m Ô 

R

áÔJ R á M m 
R

You bought 13 baht worth of goods. You gave the seller 20 baht.
How much must he give you back in change?

2. m 8 

R 

á   R
m M M 

 M  áÔ YáÔJ R á M m áR

You bought fruit for 21 baht. You gave her one 20 baht bank
note and one five baht bank note. How much is she supposed to
give you back in change?

3. m 8 Ô
má
á  RYá 

J m

m M M 
 áÔ Ym m

 á R áR

You bought goods for 97.70 baht. You gave the seller a one-
hundred baht bank note. How much change should you get
back?

4. m 8 R 


 
R
m M M 
 m Ô

M Y
m ÔR á M m ¨ 
R

áÔR á M m Ô áR

You bought 310 baht worth of Thai silk. You gave the salesman
†††
 


 X | X
Y
four 100 baht bank notes. The salesman gave you eighty baht
change. How much did he shortchange you?

5. m 8 Ô
m
 RYm M M m Ô

áÔR M m 
 RYáÔR á á áR

You bought some things for three baht. You gave the salesman
one five baht bank note. He gave you three baht change. How
much extra change did you get?

Y

YY

 #



 


ould you like anything else?

1. 8 
8 


ould you like to buy anything else?

2. R 
R 


ould you like to do anything else?

3.     

ould you like to go anywhere else?

4.  Mm
 Mm


ould you like to see anyone else?

†††
 


 X | X
Y
5.  
 


ould you like to look at anything else?

6.  ¿
R
  ¿
R
 

ould you like to go ¹on business) anywhere

else?

@YYŸ 
-Y

YĎĖ
CYYY

1. m  áÔ¨
Ym  Mm


You have seen him. Is there anybody else you'll see?

2. m   ¨
Ym 

Mm
 

Besides John, whom else do you know?

3. 8 á

¨
Ym  8 


After we finish shopping for material, is there anything else

you'd like to buy?

4. áÔ á

¨
Ym R 


After you have finished writing letters, what else are you going
to do?

5.  ¿
R

á

¨
Ym J  R
 

After you have finished your business there. do you have to go

anywhere else?

†††
 


 X | X
Y

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. áÔ



¨á

He has a beautiful and clever wife.

2. áÔ 



He has a beautiful house.

3. áÔ m M 

He has ¹got) good servants.

4. áÔ 



  m  

He has a beautiful daughter.

5. R


 
  
  

There is a good restaurant there.

6. R


 ÔÔ Mƒ  
  

There is a big store there.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

¹Reduplication indicates 'plurality')

1. áÔ 

YY

He has many beautiful houses.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
2. áÔ
‘ á
 MƒYYm

He has many big American cars.

3. áÔ   á YYYYm

He has many good and competent employees.

4. áÔÔ M YY 

He has many nice things to use.

5. áÔ

 
YY‘ YY¨

He knows many inexpensive good restaurants.

6. R


á
 M YY YY  

There are many good new schools there.

7. R

Ô  YY‘ YYM á  

There are many kinds of good, inexpensive things to choose

from there.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

¹Reduplication indicates 'generality')

1.    
  YY
á

I want to get a good book.

2. áÔJ 
á
YY
m

†††
 


 X | X
Y
He needs a good friend.

3. 8
‘ á
 m MƒYY
m

I'll buy a big American car.

4. 
8 

YY YY
M



Please buy two yards of good beautiful Thai silk in black for me.

5.       YYá YY
m  

I would like to get a competent good person to work for me.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

¹Reduplication strengthening of the base meanings)

1.
‘m  Mƒ Y  
‘Mƒ Y

This car is not big enough. I would like a big car.

2.    Mƒá  Y     á Y

This house is too big. I would like a small house.

3.  
 á 
   Y    
  

This book is a little to difficult. I would like an easy one.

4.   ¨
  Y    ‘ Y

This kind of material is too expensive. I would like a cheap kind.

5. ¨Ā‘
  
 áY   ¨Ā
 Y

†††
 


 X | X
Y
This cup of coffee is not hot. I'd like hot coffee.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

¹Reduplication softening the base meanings)

1.  
‘ YY
m  

I would like to get a fairly good car.

2. 
8 
  JYYM
  R

Please buy me 50 baht of rather big mangoes.

3.  ƒ m  á  m Y¨J

That lady is a rather dark person, but not very dark.

4. á
‘
Ô
YY   m  

I saw a whitish car pass by.

5. 
 
 á  á   
 áá YY  

I remember that that book is a rather small, think book.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

¹Classifier specifies the object)

1. m 
‘m  Ym á 
 m Mƒ

hich car do you like? The small one or the big one?

2. áÔá  Y
áÔ


 
Ô

†††
 


 X | X
Y
hich house is he going to rent? The green one or the white
one.

3.  
 Ô m á Yáá
 áM

hich book is yours, the old one or the new one?

4. m á    ‘ 
 ¨

Do you want the cheap pen or the expensive one?

5. ¨Ā Ô áÔm  ¹  ƒ )m


 m 



hich one is his girl friend? The pretty one or the not ¹so)
pretty one?

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

Ym* @Ym*

¹Indicating kind or type) ¹Indicating quality)

1. 

  

 

Ripe mangoes Mangoes which are rather ripe

2. ¨Ā
 ¨Ā
 Y

Hot coffee. The coffee which is quite hot

3. á
á Y

Cold water. ater which is really cold

4. Ô á Ô áY

†††
 


 X || X
Y
Antiques Old things

5. Ô 
 Ô 
 Y

Dessert Sweet things

$%
YY
1) Pretend you are shopping for fruit and ask for:
¹a) two oranges and a bunch of bananas,
¹b) six mangosteens and one small watermelon,
¹c) 3 ripe mangoes

¹d) 1 large papaya

¹e) one small durian

¹f) a sweet pineapple
¹g) a bunch of rambuttans

2) Pretend you are shopping and say to the salesperson, "Please

choose for me ___________."

¹a) a good orange,

¹b) 3 sweet pineapples,

¹c) one large durian,

¹d) a big, sweet watermelon,

¹e) 2 kilos of beautiful mangosteens,

¹f) 3 baht worth of big, ripe papayas,
¹g) one bunch of ripe bananas,

¹h) 3 rose apples,

†††
 


 X | X
Y
¹i) 2 bunches of good rambuttans,
¹j) 1 bunch of langsa

3) Student A says to Student B, "here are you going?" Student B

replies, "I am going to buy _______ for you." Use different kinds of
objects in your reply.

4) Student A: "I have _____ dollars. How much Thai money will I get
in exchange for it?"

Student B: "you'll get ______ baht."


YY
M  5 baht bank note

¨ m  small bill ¹change)

  rose apple

 bunch, classifier of fruit in a bunch

 
 dollar

¨Ā girlfriend or boyfriend

á 6 or 7

á too much

Ô shortage of, short ¹of)

ÔJ
no bargaining

†††
 


 X |
X
Y

Ô M things for use


 banana


 bangsaa, langsat ¹small fruit)

  classifier for fruit

á  to choose, pick out, select, elect

 papaya ¹fruit)


mango ¹fruit)

¨m salesperson ¹female)

á R change

á  rambuttan ¹fruit)

 Phichai ¹male first name)

á
smelling salts

 classifier for fruit

 fruit


bunch, classifier for fruit in a bunch

 to take on, to eat ¹something)

†††
 


 X | X
Y

á
ƒ coin, dollars

flavor

 ¹8) a little, a bit


á

a minute

¹8
á

)

R extremely ¹sweet, etc.); close, intimate

¹of friends, etc.)

 
 pineapple

áI
J m change ¹in coin)

 orange

 pomelo

 fresh ¹of fruit, etc.)

 ripe

¨J  watermelon

R  altogether

R
¨á place to exchange money

‘
even, in round numbers

†††
 


 X | X
Y

R á
 durian ¹fruit)


 sweet ¹in flavor)


 bunch, classifier for bunch of ba

Y
)Y YYY
YY
A. m ¨ m  Do you have
any change?

B. Y¨J‘
  R Yes, but not as
much as 100
Baht.

A.  YÔ 


R YÔ m m

 ell, could I
borrow 20 Baht,
then? Thank
you.

B.
    
 m
 You are going
somewhere
today?

A.  ¿ m
To the bank.

B.  á 
 á  To deposit
money?

A. á mY á á No, to get some

money out.

 á


 ¨á R
 And, I am also
taking a
Dzfarangdz friend

†††
 


 X | X
Y
to change some
money,

á
 8 Ô  Because we are
going shopping.

á
áÔ 8  RYÔ á She wants some

Thai silk, a
silver bowl,

¨
 
R
R
 And a wooden

salad bowl.

Y
)Y#
Y/YY
A. m 

 Y R
¨      You know of
any good and
inexpensive
shops?

B.

mRY m
 Yes, the DzThai
merchandisedz
shop.

áÔÔ RYY

YYM á á  They have a

large
selection of
beautiful and
good things.

š áÔYá
áÔ Y Their work is
very good
because they
have good
artisans.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
A. 
Yá
  Thatǯs true, it
just occurred
to me.

B. á Ym  
  Â By the way,
are you going
to go by
DzNana Phandz
shop?

A.  Y8 
 Yes, could I
get you
something?

B. 
8 ‘ Ā!M 
 Could you

buy some
flashlight
batteries for
me?

A. á 
 How many

do you want?

B.
 Y Two, and
three sixty-
¨
  ĀĀ
¨
áR
  watt light
bulbs.

m
 Yá mÔ Hereǯs the
money.

A.  J M 
 Donǯt bother
about it yet,

á
 R

áR
because I
donǯt know

†††
 


 X | X
Y
how much
itǯs going to
be.


YYY
A. áû
á  means 'to get money ¹from the bank)' either by ¹a)

taking money out of an account: Ďá  or ¹b) by cashing a

check: áĎēáë
mĥG Īá 

B.  is used to indicate that a certain point, degree, or amount

has been reached.

hen used as a main verb, it means 'to reach, get to' or 'to be
as much as ¹with amounts)'.

Ė¨û măĎă¨öĥ  ĄĎăûēø I have change but not as much

as 100 baht.

C. ¨ă,YáăĎ,YáăϨă means 'to be a great deal, a lot, plenty.' It

frequently replaces ē
in colloquial speech in the sense of
'large number or quantity', but not in the sense of 'very'.

á ē Ė Ď øĖĩĖ¨ă 'He has a lot of good things.'

D. 
ĘĎ means ¹a) 'craftmanship' as in öūö
ĖĪ
ĘĎĖ .

'This table is well made ¹good craftmanship)' and ¹b) 'manual

skill' ëē 
ĘĎĖ 'a skilled craftman'. Note that á ē
ĘĎĖ and


ĘĎá ēĖ mean the same thing. [See 37.2b]

†††
 


 X | X
Y
E.
Ď in the sentence ĎăĘ
Ď is used to emphasize the fact
that the loan is to be of very short duration. ¹The speaker is
emphasizing that he really does not need a loan, but there
seems to be no other solution, since the other person does not
have change for his bank note.)

F. ë

means 'merely, just, as little as'. It normally precedes a

number or a quantitative expression and implies that the

speaker considers the number or amount referred to as not
very large.

Borrower: ĎăĘ á ë

Ą Ďăûēø

ǮCan I borrow 100 baht?' ¹I am sure you will let me have it,
since it is such a small amount).

ö
Ī means 'as much as, as many as'. It is used in the same types

of constructions as ë

but it implies that the speaker considers
the amount referred to as quite large, hence the prospective
lender might respond to the above request with
ö
Ī Ą ĎăûēøáëĖă áČĄĎ 'a hundred baht!'

¹That is a lot of money)

G. In sentences like ë ă8ĘĪĎēĥēăMČ ă,Y ă has the

meaning 'since you are going to be doing something anyway, it

won't be too much trouble for you to do me a favor too, would
it?'

H. ĥČ is used when pointing to something that has been sought.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
A. m   m  'hich one is John?'

B. m   ¹) 'That one' ¹pointing at him).

 
YYY

ëē YY YY

ëē means a person who has skill in some craft or trade. It is the
head noun in many noun compounds like the following:

ëē ö
 'barber': ëē + ö
 'to cut hair'

ëē ö
áëĘĪĎ 'tailor': ëē Y2Yö
áëĘĪĎ 'to cut ¹out) clothing'

ëē øĎ 'jeweler': ëē + øĎ 'gold'

ëē ēăĄĚG 'photographer': ëē + ēăĄĚG 'take pictures'

ëē ĥ  'carpenter': ëē + ĥ  'wood'

ëē  'nielloware maker': ëē +  'make nielloware'

ëē ¨
ë

'carver': ëē + ¨
ë

'to carve'

 Y
YY

Completive verbs* in Thai are somewhat similar to certain types of

adverbs in English that occur with verbs and form constructions
having a completely different meaning, such as 
Y, 
Y
, etc., except that in Thai the completive verb usually indicates
that the action referred to in the main verb was brought to
conclusion, thus m 'to think' and mĎĎ
'to figure out'. If the
†††
 


 X || X
Y
result of the action is unsuccessful, the negative is placed before
the completive, not the main verb:

mĥ ĎĎ
'I did not succeed in figuring it
out*

ăē
ē
 mĥ ĎĎ
'It is very difficult. I can't figure
it out*

 
ĥ ĎĎ
ēá ēĎăĚø
 ĩĖĥČ 'I can't recall where he lives.'

…Noss. page 125 ff.

#
Y Y
YYYY

In English use of the personal pronoun immediately after its noun

antecedent, such as 3
 , or Y
 , etc. is considered
substandard English. This is not the case in Thai. Examples of this
type ¹in the third person) are very common. The choice of pronoun
is dependent on the degree of intimacy and the relative status
levels of the speaker and the person referred to.

A. áÿĘĩĎá ē '¹my) friend heǯ Not intimate, about

equal status.

B. Ě
 ¨
'my children they' Intimate, equal
status.

C. m
ÿĄûēøøē 'Mr. Prapas he' Least intimate,

superior status ¹rank
or age) to speaker.


YYăĘ YY



 and  are related in Thai in much the same way as in
English. Observe the examples below:

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Subject Ď ăĘ Object Lender ¹Amount)

khun A Ô  á khun B 10 baht

Mr. A asks to borrow money from Mr. B 10 baht

'Mr. A asks Mr. B for the loan of 10 baht.'

Compare the above with this:

Subject MČ Object Recipient ăĘ ¹Amount)

khun A M á khun B  5 baht

Mr. A gave money ¹to) Mr. B to borrow 5 baht

'Mr. A lent Mr. B five baht.'

YYYY

ē
is used to indicate that you are entrusting some task to
another person or something to an institution.

¹NP) ē
¹NP) Verb Phrase

¹ )  ¹m) 8 


¹I) intrust ¹you) to buy medicine ¹for me) too.

'Could you buy some medicine ¹for me) too.'

In sentences like the following:

†††
 


 X |
X
Y

 Ü8ĘĪĎáëĘĪĎë ăYħYĥGē
ĄĄăē

'I will buy pretty dresses to give to my wife'.

ē
means only 'to give too'.

øē ăY Y 
YY

The following construction is used to indicate what material an

object is made of.

NP R 
 Material

JJ
 R 
 

'This table is made of wood.'

Other material such as á 'silver', 
 'teak', á  'iron',


 'paper', or 
 'glass'.

The construction above is also used in a limited number of cases to

indicate the instrument that was used in making something, as in
this example:

ĄáGēMû
Īøē ă ĘĎ 'That bag is handmade'

In place of ĘĎ, ám

¹
) 'machine' could be used.

 
Y

YY

Y 
Y

YY

 #


†††
 


 X | X
Y
1. áÔ, á ,
  R áÔá ‘
  R

He, money, 100 baht Does he have as much as 100 baht?

2. m , ¨  m ,
R m ¨  m ‘
R

You, change, 10 baht Do you have as much as 10 baht

change?

3. áÔ, á , ¿ m

, áÔá ¿ m
‘  R

 R

He, money in the bank, Does he have as much as one million

one million baht baht in the bank?

4.
á
  , á
 ,
á
 
 á
 ‘
 m 

 m

This school, students, 100 Are there as many as 100 students in

this school?

5. 
 ,  
 , 
 
 
 ‘ 
 á
 
 

This library, books, 500 Are there as many as 500 books in

this library?

6. m , á
, m



 m á
‘ m



 

You, time, half an hour Do you have as much as half an

hour?

Y

YY
†††
 


 X | X
Y
 #


¨  m ‘

  R

I donǯt have as much as 100 baht in

change.

1. á ,
  R á ‘
  R

money, 100 Baht I donǯt have as much as 100 baht.

2. á ¿ m
, á ¿ m
‘  
 R

 
 R

Money in the bank, one I donǯt have as much as 1,000 baht in

thousand baht the bank.

3. á
 ,
 m  á
 ‘
 m

Students, 100 I donǯt have as many as 1,000 students.

4. m 
,
m m 
‘
m

helpers, ten I donǯt have as many as 10 helpers.

5. á
á ,  
á á
á ‘  
á

time left, one month I have less than a month left.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. áÔá
má  á ‘
 R

He pays for the rent less than three thousand baht a month.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
2. áÔá ¿ m
‘  R

He doesnǯt have as much as one million baht in the bank.

3. áÔá
á ‘ á

He has only less than a month left.

4. R  R

¹) ‘ š

I have worked here less than a year.

5. áÔ
8
‘m   ‘ š

He just bought this car less than a year ago.

Y

YY

 #


Ô á


R 

May I borrow twenty baht?

1.  
 ,
á

Ô  
 

á

 

May I borrow your newspaper for a

few minutes?

2.
‘, m



 Ô 
‘
m



  

May I borrow your car for only half an

hour?

†††
 


 X | X
Y
3. ,  
,  Ô  
 

May I borrow a pen?

4.  
 á 
,

 Ô  
 á

 

  

May I borrow this book for two days?

5.  
 Y,
á Ô  
 YY

á

May I borrow two good books?



Y

YY

#
Y.YY/ #
Y6

Example I:

A. Ô á

R  m  B M á m  A


R

May I borrow 10 baht? Mr. B lent Mr. A 10

baht.

B. 

O.k.

Example II:

A. Ô á

R  m  A Ô á m  B

RY¨Jm  B

M 

†††
 


 X | X
Y
May I borrow 10 baht? Mr. A asks Mr. B for a
ten baht loan, but Mr.
B won't lend it to him.

B. 

No.

1. A. Ô  
  m  A Ô  m 

B ¨J Ym  B M

Could I borrow a pen? Mr. A asks Mr. B for

the loan of a pen but
Mr. B wonǯt lend it to
him.

B. 

No.

2. A. m  B M m  A
Ô  
 !      
 
 

May I borrow this newspaper? Mr. B lent Mr. A a

newspaper.

B. 

O.k.

3. A. Ô  


á  m  B M m  A

Ô  

á

†††
 


 X | X
Y
May I borrow two books? Mr. B lent Mr. A two
books.

B. 

Yes.

4. A. Ô  
  m  A Ô  m 

B ¨Jm  B M

My I borrow a pen? Mr. A asks Mr. B for a

loan of a pen, but Mr.
B wonǯt lend one to
him.

B. 

No.

5. A. Ô ám


á

  m  B M m  A

Ô ám



A. May I borrow your typewriter for a Mr. B lent Mr. A a

few minutes? typewriter.

B. á 8m


You may take it.

6. A. Ô ám

áR


   m  A
Ô ám

áR m 

B ¨Jm  B M

†††
 


 X | X
Y
May I borrow the tape recorder for an Mr. A asks Mr. B for a
hour? tape recorder, but Mr.
B wonǯt lend it to him.

B. Ô R
Y J M m



Sorry, I have to use it.

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. m   áÔ 

John doesnǯt want to go.

2.   ¨ Ô 
 Y

My children like sweet things.

3.  áÔ M 


My boss doesnǯt like me to be late.

4. 

 ¨    

My wife likes this house.

5. YR 


The prime minister is busy.

6. á m  ¨  R



That child has been here a long time.

Y 
Y

YY
†††
 


 X || X
Y
 #


1. 
M  ,  
M  R


This salad bowl, wood This salad bowl is made of wood.

2. Ô M  , á Ô M R

á

This bowl, silver This bowl is made of silver.

3. JJ
 , 
 JJ
 R



This table, teak This table is made of teak.

4. ‘
M , 
J ‘
M  R

J

This cup, plastic This cup is made of plastic.

5.   

M  , R   

M  R
R

That cigarette box, gold That cigarette box is made of gold.

6. ‘ M  , ‘ M  R

 
 

 
 

This bag, newspaper This bag is made of newspaper.



Y

YY

#
Y. #
Y/

1. š áÔ áÔš 

His work is good.

†††
 


 X | X
Y
2. š  Já
 m    Já
 m  š 


This tailor ¹dressmaker) is good.

3. š  J m    J m š 



This barber is not good.

4. š  R m    R m š 



This jeweler is good.

5. š  ‘

m    ‘
m š 


This photographer is not good.

6. š   m     m š 



This carpenter is good.

7. š  ‘m    ‘m  š 



This nielloware maker is good.

8. š  ¨
m    ¨
m š 



This carver is good.

 Y

YY

Complete the sentences with a compound beginning with

 .

1. m R
 Rám

á
 á

 . . . ¹  )

†††
 


 X |
X
Y
A person who earns his living by making ¹Answer: a
furniture is called . . . cabinet
maker)

2. m R
 J á

. . . . ¹ J )

A person who earns his living by cutting oneǯs ¹Answer: a

hair is called . . . barber)

3. m R
 Já
 á

. . . . ¹ Já
 )

A person who earns his living by making clothes ¹Answer: a

is called . . . tailor)

4. m R
 Rám

R á

. . . . ¹ R )

A person who earns his living making jewelry or ¹Answer: a

gold ornaments is called . . . goldsmith)

5. m R
 R ¨
á


. . . ¹ ¨
)

A person who earns his living by carving things ¹Answer: a

is called . . . carver)

6. m R
 R
R á


. . . . ¹
R )

A person who earns his living in the field of radio ¹Answer: a

is called . . . radio
repairman)

7. m R
 R ĀĀá


. . . ¹ ĀĀ)

A person who earns his living in the field of ¹Answer: an

electricity is called . . . electrician)

†††
 


 X | X
Y

Y 
Y

YY

#
Y.  Y#


m  
 Ô 8  8 



Are you going by the Buy some May I ask you to buy some
drug store? medicine. medicine for me?

1 m   J 8 Ô 8 Ô 


.

Are going by the Buy Iǯd like you to buy

market? something. something for me.

2 m ¨
Ž   8  ‘ 8  ‘


.




Are you going to stop Buy a Iǯd like you to buy a camera
over in Hong Kong? camera. for me.

3 m  J
 m
 8  Ô
8  Ô


.

Youǯre going to the Buy me some May I ask you to buy some
market? food. food for me?

4 m   

  
 

.


Are you going to go Mail a letter. Could you mail a letter for

†††
 


 X | X
Y
by the post office? me?

5 m 
 ¨Ā 8 ¨Ā 8 ¨Ā

.



Youǯre going to the Buy some Could you get some coffee
coffee shop? coffee. for me?

6 m  ¿ m

 ¨á ¨á 

.

Youǯre going to the Change Could you change some

bank? money. money for me?

@Y

YY

Z  @

1 m 8 
 á  
 YY 8  
 YY
.
Ô

á  áÔ

á

hat are you going to Two good Iǯll buy two good books for
buy as a present for books. him.
him?

2 m 8 
  á


Y 8 á


YY
.


m  



hat are you going to Beautiful Iǯll buy beautiful dresses for
buy ¹as a souvenir) for blouses my wife.
your wife? ¹dresses).

3 á
m    Y Ô á 8 Ô á   

†††
 


 X | X
Y
. m 8 
  

 

m 

hen you go home, Toys. Iǯm going to buy some toys

what are you going to for my daughter.
buy ¹as a souvenir) for
your daughter?

4 á
m   á  ám


M Ā 8 ám

M ĀĀ 
.
RY Ā 

 
m 8 
 

m

hen you go back to Electrical Iǯll buy some electrical

Thailand, what are appliances appliances for my wife.
you going to buy ¹as a
present) for your
wife?

5 á
m  Já
Y
R ƒ
  8
R ƒ
  á Y

.
m 8 
 á YY m  
ám


    
ám


hen you go to A rather Iǯll buy you a rather small

Tokyo, what things small Japanese radio.
are you going to buy Japanese
¹as souvenirs from radio.
Tokyo) for me?

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

†††
 


 X | X
Y
Z @

1. m 

 YY  m

 R m


Do you know any good stores? Yes, DzThaidz storeǯs the one.

2.
‘m   R
 
 m


here is your car? Right here.

3. m 
Im  m   m


hich oneǯs Mr. Somsak? That one there?

4. m á  
    
 m


Did you see my book? Right there. ¹Donǯt you see it?)

5. áÔ
 á  Y   
 m


Did he come? Yes, heǯs standing right there.

¹Donǯt you see him?)

@YYŸ 
-Y

YY

1. m   JY8 Ô 


Are you going to the market? Could you get me something?

2. m ¨
 Já
Y8 Ô 


Are you going to stop over Tokyo? Can I have you buy
something for me?

†††
 


 X | X
Y
3. m  8 ¨Ā
 mY8 
 
‘


Are you going to buy coffee? Could you get a cup for me too?

4. m  

 mY
 


You are going to the post office? Could you mail this letter for
me?

5. m  m 
  
 á  M áÔ


You are going to see Jim? Could you take this book to him also?

6. m 
 Ô 
 Y
8 M 


You are going to the fabric shop? Could you buy some material
for me too?

7. m   áÔM 
 áÔ

  

You are going to his house, arenǯt you? Please tell him that I
canǯt go.

8. m     
 Y
‘áÔ



   mááR

You are going to see the agent? Please ask him ¹also) how
much the rent for that house is.

9. m m 

R¿
 
á  
 á  M áÔ


You are going to see Mr. Prasit? Please take this book to him
also.

†††
 


 X | X
Y

$%
YY
1. Pairs of students will ask and answer questons of eadh other
eliciting information like the following:

¹a) Does one student have as much/many as $3,000; 50

baht; 2,000 books, etc.

¹b) Does one student have as much as $3,000; 36,000

baht; 40,000 baht; $100,000 deposited in the bank?

2. Two students discuss their monthly salary. The first member of

the pair indicates that he finds his salary quite small. The
second student is impressed by the size of it.

3. Two students discuss the length, size, or cost of various

objects. In each case one takes the position that the amount
given is not very much, while the other takes the position that
it is quite a lot.

4. Discuss the monthly bill for rent, gas, water, and electricity in
the same manner as in 3.

5. Student A asks to borrow various objects ¹$10, a pen, two

books, his car, a typewriter, etc.). Student B indicates that he
will lend A some of the items, but not all.

6. Student C asks Student B what Student A wanted to borrow

and if he lent these things to him. hen B indicates that he
lent him some of the things, C asks why he didn't lend A the
other objects.

7. Student A asks Student B what material some object ¹a table,

a chair, a shirt, a glass, a tie, etc.) is made of. Be responds.
Then A asks him if it is hand-made or machine-made.

8. Students will discuss the craftsmanship of various kinds in

†††
 


 X | X
Y
various countries ¹woodcarving in Germany, nielloware in
Thailand, etc.).

9. Students will find out from the instructor what the Thais call
sculptors, watch repairmen, hair dressers, weavers, boat-
builders, house-painters, carpenters, printers, etc.

10. Student A asks student B if he is going to some particular

place. hen B indicates that he is, A asks him to do something
¹buy something, etc.) for him, indicating that since he is going
somewhere, it won't be any trouble for him to do him a favor.

11. One student asks another what he plans to buy ¹as a present)
in Thailand for his mother, or his older sister, or his maternal
aunt, or some other relative.

12. Student A asks about the location of some object, or the

identity of some person in the classroom. Student B indicates
his surprise and points it out to him.

13. Student A plays the part of a bank teller and Student B that of
a customer. They discuss withdrawing and depositing money
in the bank.

¹Below is a facsimile of a Thai check.)

YYY

Insert Thai check here?

†††
 


 X | X
Y


YY
 profession

 to tape, to copy

á by the way

m ,    out ¹a completive verb)

á  to withdraw ¹money), to
requisition ¹as from a storeroom)

á á to get money ¹from the bank)

 A person who has skill in some

craft or trade. It is the head noun in
many noun compounds.

 ¨
 ¹m ) carver

  ¹m ) carpenter

 J  ¹m ) barber

†††
 


 X X
Y

 Já
 ¹m ) tailor

 ‘
¹m ) photographer

 ‘ ¹m ) nielloware maker

 R ¹m ) jeweler, goldsmith


  ¹M ,  ) salad bowl

á

 thatǯs a lot of ¹something)


 Thatǯs true.


 also, too, as well

 to deposit; to ask a person to carry

on some business for you

á to deposit money ¹in the bank)

š manual skill, craftsmanship

M  to let someone borrow, to lend

Ž  Hong Kong

á , á ¨ to be a whole lot, a great deal,

plenty; plentifully

¨ he, she, they ¹in the third person)

for children, intimates, persons of

†††
 


 X
X
Y
equal status

¨
 to carve

Ô á silver bowl

áÔ ¹ám) he, she, they ¹third person) not

intimate, about equal status

m  to figure out

Ô  to borrow

Ô á ¹  ) toys

ám

¹
) ¹ám

) machine

ám

áR ¹ám

) tape recorder

Ô á to cash a check

 used to emphasize the fact that the

action is to be of very short
duration


 Ǯglassǯ

á  Ǯiron, steelǯ

 ĀĀ ¹ ) light bulb

 wood

†††
 


 X  X
Y


 teak

 ¹ ) hand

, 
È J
 ¹R ) prime minister ¹short form), prime
minister ¹official title)

 Â Nanaphan ¹name of a shop)

  think about, can recall, can

remember; to be able to recall to
memory

á á  a deposit ¹in a bank)

 to take, escort


J plastic


just ¹immediately before)

¨
áR watt ¹measure of electricity)

mR Thai merchandise

8  , 8  to buy something as a gift or

souvenir for someone

J as much as, as many as

J to cut

†††
 


 X  X
Y

‘
take pictures

‘ Ā! ¹ ) flashlight batteries

R
 . . . made of

R he, she, they ¹third person) least

intimate, superior status ¹rank or
age) to speaker

‘ to make nielloware

R gold

‘ is used to indicate that a certain

point, degree, or amount has been
reached

OY Privacy policy
OY About Thai Language iki
OY Disclaimers
OY Powered by Mediaiki
OY Designed b


m
 Y   M áY m


m Y  M áYMYm



máYá YáR
Ym


á YY
 Ym


†††
 


 X  X
Y
J Y
  Y
á

ĀYJ 
m Ym

m

 Yá YR Y

Y RYm


Y m  Y á    Ô Yá
Yá
á Y
mY 

  RY
J á

 YÔ á
á     á
Y 

Y Y
 Y

    Y

á
Y

 JYm

áJ
Y

áÔá  Ym á
 Y
áRIY

ÈY

áÔY

Yá  m ¨m Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y


Ô áÔY
Yá
Y ¨

 Y


áÔY Y
YáĀšYm

áJ


IJ.Y á
Y 
Y 

Y
Ó.Y áÔY
áRI 

T.Y 

YáÔá  Ym
áRI 

.Y 
áÔY   ƒ M

Ķ.Y 

áÔY

 

Y m Ym Yá
Y¨m
 YáÔá  Y
 Y

áÔ  M
áRIRY YÓY šY¨
YáÔR  Yá  Y  
R

¨
Y
Y ŽáR YM á

IJ.Y m  Ym Mm

Ó.Y 
 YáÔ
 

T.Y áÔá  Ym RM

.Y áÔY IY  R


Ķ.Y áÔR  Y  R


  Yá  Y
  R
Ym á
 R 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
áÔJ
Y
 á

 Ô 
áYJ Y
 m


áÔÔ
‘ R  YJ Y Y 


áÔá  Yá
Y

 á

áÔRY Ô
 á J Y
Rm


Y

áÔY Ô
m á

áÔY  R
Y

áÔY 

áÔ YJ Y

Rm


YYY


Y A-rai hat
†††
 


 X  X
Y
á
Y
 
Rƹiak waah a-rai. hat is this called?


Y  A-rai na. hat?

á¿ Y
 
Y  Ter waah a-rai na. hat did she say?

á

Y 
Y  Nii ruak waak a-rai na.hatǯs called?

áÔ Y
 
Khao puud waah a-rai.hat did he say?

á  
Y
 Ydpen a-rai reuh.

á Y 
A-ao a-rai

 Y 
YYGin a-rai

 R 
Ydpai tham a-rai


Y 
Y Y á a-rai a-rai koh dii mohd loei


Yá

m 
Y  

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Mm

Y  YMm
Y

Mm
 

áÔá  YMm

Mm
R

Mm
 YMm
á


Mm


Mm
á  

Mm
Y


Mm
Y á

Mm



 YMm

Mm
á  

Mm

 

†††
 


 X
| X
Y

R

‘R

RR

R


R

RmY á

Rá 

R  

R


áÔRYR

RY

 

  

R 

á Y 

†††
 


 X
X
Y
 Y 

 Y 

á   

  

Ô ¨Ā  m

 ? Can I have more coffee, please?

ám 

 Y Yá¿  



 

R

á
  J

 YY

 á

má

á Yá 

á 

†††
 


 X

X
Y

 Y


Y


 Y


YÔ  

Y  

! á
 YR I learn Thai.

! 
YYMy name is Malee

! R  Y¿ m
YI work in a Bank.

m á
 YR
 here do you study?

á  Ym
mR
 YThat is a good idea.

áÔ
 
Yhat did he say?

m 
YAre you in pain?


  Y YRYPlease repeat that?

 
YAnything else?

m á
MYDo you regret that?

áÔá  YHe
almost drowned.

KhƱao kƱueap jom náam

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
R ĀYá 
ĀYThe sky is blue.

Thòong fàah dpen siƼi fàah

á
Ô
YOpen the bottle.

PƱoet khƱuat.

! Y    YI want to stay home.

  Yá 
  R
 YToday is Monday.




J
 ᑠYLetǯs go to the zoo.

á¿
áÔYShe loves him.

m á


  YYou have finished already.

¨
® YThe cat killed the bird.

 á
Y
Y YOur house has three floors.

R


R
YR R R Y¨ Y
m 



áÔ




†††
 


 X
 X
Y
 áR

Y

áÔMY



á YY
¨

á Y

Mm

áJYá  YYTortoises move very slowly

R

Ô
 Y

á



áÔM

 

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
á 

m


YR

R¨

YmY Y

 Y¨

Nuke leaw

Y

Y á
 

Y 

Y
 


Ym 

J R Ymâi tông thon

 JYY

á
 


 

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
 
YR


á



Ô

áÔ YYYY¨YYÔYY 



რ
YR


 8 

á  

 R 8Y

 R Ô


 

á 

á Mm

á  

m Yá  

 
Y

 Y 

†††
 


 X
 X
Y
Y 


¨

Ô Mm
Y





á

 

á
Y
Y J

JMƒ Y

Mƒ YY Já 

R


á Y  R


Y ¨
 YJ Y  R


Y á
 Y  R


Y  á¿ Y  R


 
Y  R


áÔY R


Y m  Y

Y m YR


†††
 


 X
 X
Y
Y  YR


Y  YR


R
 Y

Y R
 Y

Y R
 Yám R

Y R
 YR


á
m 

m   R


 

  Mm

m R 

 áR

R


m  R


áÔ 

MY 

á¿   Mm
Y

Y á
  Y R


†††
 


 X
 X
Y
Y Y 

Y 
Y

  

 Y 

  

 

  

 

¨ M 8 Ô ! Thereǯs a fly in my soup!

Mǎee mưa leang wan nai sup khong chaan


 ‘ áY   Y

 á á 
Y

This is very cheap. whatǯs a catch!

Y Y
Y

á
Y


†††
 


 X | X
Y
Y á

 

  Yá



 áR

á 


 Ô ÐYá



Y á
 Yá
Y


áR


Y
á 
Y2 
  ÐYáR


Y 
máR


Y
Y

Y Y

Y Y

 á


  Y
 
Y

 

†††
 


 X  X
Y

  Y
 

  Y R 

  R
 Ym 
 

‘  


‘ 



 á J Y JY




‘ á JY
 Y

 
á
Y


Y
 Y


á
Y


‘áY Y


á
 
Y

 šM

Ô
 JY
 šM

šM Y áR
 

 Y
 šM

†††
 


 X 
X
Y
Y

 m



 


 

 ¨

  

 

 
 

 

 á



 á

R
¨

 á

  



 J

 R  ƒ

 á 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Y


Ym Y
J
Y

YÔ Y
‘ R
YM YR


Y

 
Y YY  Y Y  J

Ô
ƒ
Y Ô
ƒMY


Yá Ym R

Y¨ YYYYYáÔ
Y

J YY  Y 
 Y á
Y Y  YY  Y

J YYY
Y

YY
Y Ô Y

Y Y á Y Y 
Y Y m Y Y MƒYYY á 

Y Y
Y Y JY Y á Y 
Y Y 

á Y Y Y J Y Y

Y Y  Y Y  ¿

 Y Y 

Y Y Y Y YY á Y 

R Y Y R M
Y
ÔY Y J Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

J


 Y Y  YYáÔYY á YY YY Y ¨
Y Y 


 Y Y J
YYJ YYJ YJ
YY J Y

J Y Y

Y

Y Y

Y Y 
Y Y  Y YY

á Y  
YY  Y Y 
Y Y ¨


YY 

M Y Y ¨
Y Y áY Y áYY 
YY YĀ

 YY Y

J
YM R

YYá Y Y Y Y  Y Y ¨
Y Y YY 

Y   Y Y 
 YY  Y Y m
Y 

JY Y Y

Y Y Y á
 Y Y

Ô

J YYá Y áJ YYYJ  YY

YY YY Y Y 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
á

YY ¨
Y

 Y Ô
Y ‘ ÔY
J YY  J

Y ‘
Y YY Y YY Y
 Y Ô

 ¨ Y ‘Y Yá  YY

‘ R
YYY

 YY
 
Y ¿ m
Y Y
á
 Y
¨
Y

Y

Ô
Y Y

Y
 Y
m

  Y Y
®
J
 YYYY
 YY
8 Y
‘ YYYJ

YYY

‘  YYRá
 Y

YYRáYY YYYR

Y áÔY 
Y Y


JYYYY
YYY YYm YY  YY

YY
I
YY

Y

YY

 YY mYY

 YY
ԬR 8
Y
 
Y áÔYRáYJ  YJ 

Y á JY

 
Y

  R
 YY


 JY
  Yá 
Yá   ¿

 ¨ Y
  Y
 YÔ šM

†††
 


 X  X
Y
Y¨Y
I
Yá  á


á
 á
 Y 
 Y
á
 á


I
Yá   ƒ Y 



Yá  
YÔ
I



¨J  Y Y

Y

 á 
  

  R
 Yá 
 ¨
YÔ
 Y

á
 I 


m 


Yá!Y¨Y
R



m Y
J
Y

Ô Y
‘ R

á
 YY  áJ
Y 
 Ym
YY Y m

Y   ƒYY Y
m Ô
‘Y

 Y  ƒ YYY

J


¨
YYY¨  Y¨
 YY Y 
 Y Y YY

Y¨Y

Ô YYá
 Yám

 Yá
 Y á Y
áR Y
Y
‘Yá Y
á 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
J Yá Y   J Y wYÔY
  YÔ  ů Y Y  Y
Y
RY

R
RI Y
‘ĀY mĀYm 
áJ
YJ á Ô YYYY

‘ R
YY

RáYR
Y áÔY¨ Y

¨
Y
á
 Y
 
Y 
Y

ƒ YáY

Y
ƒY


J
Y‘ Y
‘Y  YJY

wY
Y
 Yá
áÔY

 YR
Y
 YY

¨ R

M á má Y JM ‘ J

aa    

 
 Y

Ü    a

 a
ÜY

!"#   
  a $%Y
YYYm YYYYYYYYYYYYY
J
YYYYYYYYYYYYY
‘ R
YYYYYYYYYYY

Ô

---------- ---------- ------------ -----------

†††
 


 X  X
Y
---------- ---------- ------------ -----------

---------- ---------- ------------ -----------

---------- ---------- ------------ -----------

---------- ---------- ------------ -----------


á!á

YYY
á YYm YYYJ YYY¨ YYY  YYá Y
YYYá 8YY

m RYYYYm á
 YYYYm  YYYm áá8

m  J YYm Já YYm 


áI
YYYm ƒ 

má Y M áÔ á



+Üa
,

-
-
,. / 
a
 -01Y

a 
  
,

  Y


R

 Y Y Y Y 
á!

----------- -------------

----------- -------------
----------- -------------
†††
 


 X  X
Y
---------- -------------

---------- -------------
----------- -------------

----------- -------------

¨ 

M 
YYYY
 m á!YY¨YÔY

 m R

 Y

IJ.Y 
Ô
ǥǥǥǥǥ

Ó.Y Rá


T.Y    
.Y
á
 Y   á

Ķ.Y á
.Y
 

.Y  

e.Y


.Y
¨

IJı.Y
‘

 ‘ĀYY

mIR 

†††
 


 X | X
Y
má á  Ymá
¨R Y  mmYY A! Ym Yá¿ YáÔY
á
Y


áÔY Y


Y
Y
Y R
¨Yá  Y Y 
 JY¨Y   Y

 R
¨

m
 Ym  YYáÔá  Ym
Y  Ym Ym ¨Yá¿ á  Y

 Y  Ym  
Y¨Y


Y
m


áÔ
Y

Y

Y¨Y


 Y
 ÔY 
J
Y
Yá¨

RY8  Yá


 Yá

Y  m á


  J
á M 



YR
J á

¨
Ô á
YRm

 J á Y Y 


á
YáJ
R   Yá
!
 šMY
J

á
á

á YáÔÔ M
Y¨
R

á á 

†††
 


 X  X
Y

YMm
Y YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYm Y    Mm


 
Mm
Y 
 YYYYYYYYYáÔ   Mm

8
,R
YY Y Y Y

 M  YR
á  Ô m 

á 

 
 á YR
á  YÔ á¿

‘m  YR
á  Ô á¿ Y

Ô á¿ Y

 

m   ‘ 

á
 
Y¨
Y

 ¨
Ð

    Y¹Demonstrative pronouns)

¨á 
Y Y Y Y ¨á 

m
   !

m
  áÔ

m
 

Y á
á
Y
 Y

Y 
Ym  Y



†††
 


 X 
X
Y

Ym YJ 





á
R Y
 Y 


Ym
 Y 
Mm
  


Ym
 Y
M

M Y
  Y

m


m Y
 


 YR


  
 Y

 
 Y

YÔ m 

R   

m YR Ô 
Y
 Y

R ¨
Y

 
 


 Y




†††
 


 X  X
Y
á

 Y



  

á á



  

! Y

!  YR Ô 

!  R Ô
Y 


!  R Ô
Y 
 

!  Yá
 YR

!  á
 YRY 
 

!  YáR

á RY

!  YáR

á RY 
 

  YÔ 
 

R  á



 áR
 

 áR


†††
 


 X  X
Y
 8 YÔ  

 Ô 
á



 áR
Y 

 áR

R
Y Y

 áR
Y á J

 áR
 
m


Y

m

 á JYR
 Y YáR

 áR
Y8 Ô

8 YÔ YR


R
Y 8YR
J

R

Y Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y
 YR
á8 R

á
YáÔá  

YY  YáÔ R

1.Y á
 YR 

†††
 


 X  X
Y
2.Y áÔá  

YMm


3.Y áÔY
áRIY

m
Yá RYáÔá  Ym á
 Y

áÔY
R  R

 

Y1.

Ô Ym
 R  YMm


2Ym
 Y R 

3.Ym
á  

M

R

áRIá
 YáÔá  m á
 Y

áÔY

á  m
R

1.Y R



 Ym


2.Y m
RYá  m á
 YM

3.Y R
Yá  m  YM

áÔá  ¨ÔY
áRI áYáÔá   YR  R
Y

  wYáÔ
Y


1.Y m  
Y 

Y

2.Y áÔR  Y
 Yá 
3.Y áÔR  R


4.Y áÔá  Y¨ÔYM

5.Y áÔY
áRIYáá8YM

6.Y m Y
Yá  Y 
YR

 Y w

†††
 


 X  X
Y
á
 Yá  Y
 á8YáÔá
 Y YáÔá
 Yá Y

áÔá  Y

Y 

Ym ¨YáÔYY
 YJ


†††
 


 X  X
Y

†††
 


 X  X
Y

†††